AMRESCO INC
S-3, 1995-12-22
ENGINEERING, ACCOUNTING, RESEARCH, MANAGEMENT
Previous: XTRA CORP /DE/, DEF 14A, 1995-12-22
Next: AMRESCO INC, 8A12BT, 1995-12-22



<PAGE>
   AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON DECEMBER 22, 1995

                                                       REGISTRATION NO. 33-
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                           --------------------------
                                    FORM S-3
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                             ---------------------

                                 AMRESCO, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>
                       DELAWARE                                                59-1781257
            (State or other jurisdiction of                                 (I.R.S. Employer
            incorporation or organization)                                 Identification No.)
</TABLE>

                          1845 WOODALL RODGERS FREEWAY
                                   SUITE 1700
                              DALLAS, TEXAS 75201
                                 (214) 953-7700
         (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including
            area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
                           --------------------------

                               L. KEITH BLACKWELL
                         GENERAL COUNSEL AND SECRETARY
                          1845 WOODALL RODGERS FREEWAY
                              DALLAS, TEXAS 75201
                                 (214) 953-7700
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                           --------------------------

                                   COPIES TO:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                      <C>
                   MICHAEL M. BOONE                                          PATRICK DELANEY
               HAYNES AND BOONE, L.L.P.                               LINDQUIST & VENNUM, P.L.L.P.
                3100 NATIONSBANK PLAZA                                       4200 IDS CENTER
                    901 MAIN STREET                                   MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55402
               DALLAS, TEXAS 75202-3789                                      (612) 371-3211
                    (214) 651-5000
</TABLE>

                           --------------------------

        APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO THE PUBLIC:
   As soon as practicable after the Registration Statement becomes effective.

    If  the  only securities  being registered  on this  Form are  being offered
pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the  following
box.  / /

    If  any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest
reinvestment plans, check the following box.  / /

    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration statement  number  of  the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering.  / /

    If  this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act,  check the following box  and list the Securities  Act
registration  statement number  of the earlier  effective registration statement
for the same offering.  / /

    If delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule  434,
please check the following box.  / /

                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                       PROPOSED MAXIMUM       PROPOSED MAXIMUM
           TITLE OF EACH CLASS                   AMOUNT TO BE         OFFERING PRICE PER     AGGREGATE OFFERING
      OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED            REGISTERED (1)           SECURITY (2)             PRICE (2)
<S>                                         <C>                      <C>                    <C>
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003........        $57,500,000                100%                $57,500,000

<CAPTION>

           TITLE OF EACH CLASS                   AMOUNT OF
      OF SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED          REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                         <C>
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003........        $11,500
</TABLE>

(1)   Includes  $7,500,000  principal  amount  issuable  upon  exercise  of  the
    Underwriters' over-allotment option.

(2) Estimated solely for purposes  of calculating the registration fee  pursuant
    to Rule 457(a) of Regulation C under the Securities Act of 1933.
                           --------------------------

    THE  REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933,  AS AMENDED,  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT
SHALL  BECOME EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS  THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID
SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED DECEMBER 22, 1995
PROSPECTUS
DATED         , 1996
                                  $50,000,000

                                     [LOGO]

                       % SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2003

                            ------------------------

The     % Senior Subordinated  Notes due 2003 (the  "Notes") offered hereby  are
senior  subordinated obligations of  AMRESCO, INC. (the  "Company"). Interest on
the Notes is payable on  the fifteenth day of each  month, commencing          ,
1996  and will accrue at  the rate of     % per  annum until maturity or earlier
redemption. The Notes mature on            , 2003. The Notes are not  redeemable
prior  to          , 2001.  However, the Notes are  redeemable thereafter at the
option of the Company  at par plus  accrued interest upon not  less than 30  nor
more  than 60 days' notice to the holders thereof. The Notes will be issued only
in fully registered form and in  denominations of $1,000 and integral  multiples
thereof. The Notes will be unsecured general obligations of the Company and will
be subordinated to all existing and future "Senior Indebtedness", as defined, of
the Company. As of December 15, 1995, Senior Indebtedness of the Company totaled
approximately $85.2 million. The Notes will also be structurally subordinated in
right  of payment  to all  liabilities of  the Company's  subsidiaries, which at
November 30, 1995, totaled approximately $171.4 million (excluding $53.1 million
representing intercompany  notes  of  subsidiaries payable  to  the  Company  in
respect of obligations that are included in Senior Indebtedness of the Company).
The  shares of capital stock, the  Company's 8% Convertible Debentures due 2005,
and any other indebtedness that the  Company may issue which is subordinated  to
the  Notes by its terms will be junior to the Notes. The Company will redeem, at
par plus  accrued interest  to the  date of  redemption, Notes  tendered by  the
personal representative or surviving joint tenant or tenant by the entirety of a
deceased  holder, after  presentation of  necessary documents,  up to  an annual
maximum of $30,000  per holder and  subject to a  maximum aggregate of  $300,000
during  any twelve month  period. The Company  has made application  to list the
Notes on the New York Stock Exchange. See "Description of the Notes."

SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE  12 FOR CERTAIN INFORMATION THAT SHOULD  BE
CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE NOTES OFFERED HEREBY.

                            ------------------------

THESE  SECURITIES HAVE  NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY  THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION  NOR HAS THE  SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR  ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION PASSED  UPON THE
ACCURACY OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                PRICE TO        UNDERWRITING      PROCEEDS TO
                                                 PUBLIC         DISCOUNT(1)        COMPANY(2)
<S>                                         <C>               <C>               <C>
Per Note..................................         %                 %                 %
Total (3).................................         $                 $                 $
</TABLE>

(1) The  Company  has  agreed  to indemnify  the  Underwriters  against  certain
    liabilities,  including  liabilities under  the Securities  Act of  1933, as
    amended. See "Underwriting."

(2) Before  deducting offering  expenses  payable by  the Company  estimated  at
    $       .

(3) The Company has granted to the Underwriters an option, exercisable within 30
    days  of  the date  of  this Prospectus,  to  purchase up  to  an additional
    $7,500,000 aggregate principal amount of Notes, at the Price to Public  less
    Underwriting  Discount, solely for the  purpose of covering over-allotments,
    if any. If the Underwriters exercise such option in full, the total Price to
    Public, Underwriting Discount and  Proceeds to Company  will be $          ,
    $       and $       , respectively. See "Underwriting."

                            ------------------------

The  Notes are offered by  the Underwriters named herein,  subject to prior sale
and when,  as and  if  delivered to  and accepted  by  the Underwriters.  It  is
expected that delivery of certificates for the Notes will be made at the offices
of Piper Jaffray Inc. in Minneapolis, Minnesota on or about          , 1996.

                               PIPER JAFFRAY INC.
<PAGE>
                             AVAILABLE INFORMATION

    The  Company is subject to the  informational requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934,  as amended (the "Exchange  Act"). In accordance with  the
Exchange  Act, the Company files reports, proxy statements and other information
with the Securities  and Exchange  Commission (the  "Commission"). The  reports,
proxy statements and other information can be inspected and copied at the public
reference  facilities  that the  Commission maintains  at  Room 1024,  450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549,  and at the Commission's regional  offices
located  at 7  World Trade  Center, 13th  Floor, New  York, New  York 10048, and
Northwestern Atrium  Center,  Suite  1400, 500  West  Madison  Street,  Chicago,
Illinois  60661. Copies of  these materials can be  obtained at prescribed rates
from the Public Reference Section of the Commission at the principal offices  of
the Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549. The Common Stock
is  listed on the Nasdaq National Market and reports, proxy statements and other
information concerning the Company may be inspected at the offices of the Nasdaq
National Market, 1735 K Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20006.

    The Company has filed with the  Commission a registration statement on  Form
S-3  (the "Registration Statement") under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Securities  Act"),  with respect  to  the Notes.  This  Prospectus,  which
constitutes  a  part of  the Registration  Statement, does  not contain  all the
information set forth in the Registration Statement, certain items of which  are
contained  in schedules and exhibits to  the Registration Statement as permitted
by the  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Commission.  Statements  made  in  the
Prospectus  concerning the contents of any  documents referred to herein are not
necessarily complete.  With  respect  to  each  such  document  filed  with  the
Commission as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, reference is made to the
exhibit for a more complete description, and each such statement shall be deemed
qualified in its entirety by such reference.

                INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

    The  following  documents, which  have been  filed by  the Company  with the
Commission pursuant to the Exchange Act, are hereby incorporated by reference in
this Prospectus the Company's: (i) Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 1994,  (ii) Quarterly  Report on Form  10-Q for  the quarter  ended
March  31, 1995, (iii) Quarterly Report on  Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June
30, 1995, (iv) Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30,
1995, as amended by its  Form 10-Q/A No. 1 dated  October 25, 1995, (v)  Current
Report  on Form 8-K dated November 22, 1995  and (vi) Current Report on Form 8-K
dated December 7, 1995.

    All documents filed by the Company pursuant to Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14  or
15(d) of the Exchange Act subsequent to the date of this Prospectus and prior to
the  termination of the Offering shall be deemed to be incorporated by reference
herein. Any  statement contained  in a  document incorporated  or deemed  to  be
incorporated  by reference  herein shall  be deemed  superseded or  modified for
purposes of this Prospectus to the extent that a statement contained herein  (or
in any other subsequently filed document which also is incorporated by reference
herein) modifies or supersedes such statement. Any such statement so modified or
superseded  shall  not  be  deemed,  except as  so  modified  or  superseded, to
constitute a part of this Prospectus.

    The Company  will  provide without  charge  to each  person,  including  any
beneficial  owner, to whom this Prospectus is  delivered, on the written or oral
request of any such person, a copy  of any or all of the documents  incorporated
by  reference (other than exhibits to  such documents which are not specifically
incorporated by reference in such  documents). Written requests for such  copies
should  be directed  to the Company,  1845 Woodall Rodgers  Freeway, Suite 1700,
Dallas,  Texas  75201,  Attention:  L.  Keith  Blackwell,  General  Counsel  and
Secretary.  Telephone requests  may be directed  to L.  Keith Blackwell, General
Counsel and Secretary of the Company at (214) 953-7700.

                                       2
<PAGE>
[Map of the United States showing the locations of the Company's Asset
Acquisition and Resolution offices, Mortgage Banking offices, Real Estate
Pension Advisory office and Corporate Headquarters, and a listing of
International Offices in Toronto and London.]

    The Company intends to furnish holders of the Notes with (i) annual  reports
containing  audited financial  statements and  (ii) for  so long  as the Company
provides quarterly reports to  its shareholders, quarterly  reports for each  of
the  first  three quarters  of each  fiscal year,  which will  contain unaudited
summary financial information.

    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR  EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS  WHICH STABILIZE  OR MAINTAIN  THE MARKET PRICE  OF THE  NOTES AT A
LEVEL ABOVE  THAT  WHICH  MIGHT  OTHERWISE PREVAIL  IN  THE  OPEN  MARKET.  SUCH
TRANSACTIONS  MAY BE EFFECTED IN THE  OVER-THE-COUNTER MARKET OR OTHERWISE. SUCH
STABILIZING, IF COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.

                                       3
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

    The following are certain defined terms used in this Prospectus:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
"ACACIA" means Acacia Realty Advisors, Inc.

"ACACIA ACQUISITION" means the acquisition by the Company of the real estate
    pension advisory business of Acacia Realty Advisors, Inc.

"ACC" means AMRESCO Capital Corporation, a subsidiary of the Company.

"ARMC" means, collectively, AMRESCO Residential Mortgage Corporation and AMRESCO
    Residential Credit Corporation, subsidiaries of the Company.

"ASSET PORTFOLIO" means a pool or portfolio of performing, non-performing or
    underperforming commercial, industrial, agricultural and/or real estate
    loans.

"BEI" means BEI Holdings, Ltd.

"BEI MERGER" means the merger of Holdings with and into a subsidiary of BEI on
    December 31, 1993.

"CKSRS" means CKSRS Housing Group, Ltd., a Florida limited partnership.

"COMPANY" means, unless otherwise stated in this Prospectus or unless the
    context otherwise requires, the Company and each of its subsidiaries.

"CONDUIT PURCHASERS" means investment bankers and other financial intermediaries
    who purchase or otherwise accumulate pools or portfolios of loans having
    common features (E.G., real estate mortgages, etc.), with the intent of
    securitizing such loan assets and selling them to a trust that secures its
    funds by selling ownership interests in the trust to public or private
    investors.

"CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES" means the Company's 8% Convertible
    Subordinated Debentures due 2005.

"CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURE INDENTURE" means that certain Indenture
    dated November 27, 1995, governing the Convertible Subordinated Debentures.

"CREDIT AGREEMENTS" means the Revolving Loan Agreement and the Warehouse
    Agreements.

"EQS" means, collectively, EQ Services, Inc. and Equitable Real Estate
    Investment Management, Inc.

"EQS ACQUISITION" means the acquisition by the Company of the third-party
    securitized, commercial mortgage loan Master Servicer and Special Servicer
    business of EQS.

"FACE VALUE" means, with respect to any loan or Asset Portfolio, the aggregate
    unpaid principal balance of a loan or loans.

"FANNIE MAE" means the Federal National Mortgage Association.

"FDIC" means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

"FREDDIE MAC" means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.

"HOLDINGS" means AMRESCO Holdings, Inc.

"HOLLIDAY FENOGLIO" means Holliday Fenoglio, Inc., a subsidiary of the Company.

"MASTER SERVICER" means an entity which provides administrative services to
    securitized pools of mortgage-backed securities.

"NATIONSBANK CONTRACT" means the asset management contract, as amended,
    originally dated July 1, 1992, among the Company, NationsBank Corporation
    and certain of its bank subsidiaries.
</TABLE>

                                       4
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                               <C>
"NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS" means NationsBank of Texas, N.A.

"PRIMARY SERVICER" means an entity which provides various administrative
    services for loans such as collecting monthly mortgage payments, maintaining
    escrow accounts for the payment of ad valorem taxes and insurance premiums
    on behalf of borrowers, remitting payments of principal and interest
    promptly to investors in mortgages or the Master Servicer of a pool and
    reporting to those investors or the Master Servicer on financial
    transactions related to such mortgages.

"OFFERING" means the offering of Notes made hereby.

"REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT" means the Revolving Loan Agreement dated as of
    September 29, 1995, among the Company, NationsBank of Texas, as Agent, and
    the Banks which are parties thereto from time to time.

"RTC" means the Resolution Trust Corporation.

"SECURITIZATION" and "SECURITIZED" mean a transaction in which loans originated
    or purchased by an entity are sold to special purpose entities organized for
    the purpose of issuing asset-backed securities.

"SPECIAL SERVICER" means an entity which provides asset management and
    resolution services for non-performing or under-performing loans within a
    pool of performing loans and/or mortgages.

"WAREHOUSE" means a type of lending arrangement whereby loans funded and held
    for sale are financed by financial institutions or institutional lenders on
    a short-term basis.

"WAREHOUSE  AGREEMENTS"  means,  collectively,  (i)  the  $25.0  million  credit
    facility  dated as of April 28, 1995, among ACC, the Company and NationsBank
    of Texas, (ii) the credit facility dated as of August 15, 1995, between  ACC
    and  Residential  Funding Corporation  and (iii)  the $150.0  million credit
    facility  dated  as  of  November  3,  1995,  between  ARMC  and  Prudential
    Securities Realty Funding Corporation.
</TABLE>

                                       5
<PAGE>
                                    SUMMARY

    THE FOLLOWING SUMMARY IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY, AND SHOULD BE READ IN
CONJUNCTION  WITH,  THE  MORE DETAILED  INFORMATION  AND  CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS AND NOTES THERETO, APPEARING  ELSEWHERE OR INCORPORATED BY  REFERENCE
IN  THIS PROSPECTUS.  UNLESS OTHERWISE  INDICATED, THE  INFORMATION CONTAINED IN
THIS PROSPECTUS  DOES NOT  GIVE  EFFECT TO  THE  EXERCISE OF  THE  UNDERWRITERS'
OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION IN RESPECT OF THE NOTES.

                                  THE COMPANY

    GENERAL.   The  Company is  a leading  specialty financial  services company
engaged primarily in  Asset Portfolio  acquisition and  resolution and  mortgage
banking.  The  Asset  Portfolio  acquisition  and  resolution  business involves
acquiring at a  substantial discount to  Face Value and  managing and  resolving
Asset  Portfolios to maximize cash recoveries.  The Company manages and resolves
Asset Portfolios acquired  by the Company  alone, acquired by  the Company  with
co-investors and owned by third-parties. The Company's mortgage banking business
involves  the  origination, placement  and servicing  of commercial  real estate
mortgages. In addition, the  Company has formed  a residential mortgage  banking
business  through which the  Company will purchase  and securitize portfolios of
residential mortgages of borrowers who do not qualify for conventional loans and
whose borrowing needs are not  being met by traditional financial  institutions.
The  Company also is entering the  real estate pension advisory business through
the purchase of substantially all of the advisory contracts of Acacia.

    HISTORY.  The  Company is the  product of  the December 1993  merger of  two
Asset  Portfolio management and resolution  service companies: BEI and Holdings.
Holdings was  the  former Asset  Portfolio  management and  resolution  unit  of
NationsBank  of Texas, which was created  in 1988 in connection with NationsBank
Corporation's acquisition from the FDIC of certain assets and liabilities of the
collapsed First RepublicBank. BEI, a publicly-held company that was in the  real
estate   and  asset  management  services   businesses,  began  providing  asset
management and resolution services to the RTC in 1990. BEI also participated  in
certain  non-real estate service  businesses, which were  not retained after the
BEI Merger. The BEI Merger created one of the largest Asset Portfolio management
and resolution service companies in the  United States. Since 1987, the  Company
and  its predecessors have  managed approximately $30.0  billion (Face Value) of
Asset Portfolios.

    DEVELOPMENT OF  BUSINESS  STRATEGY.   The  Company's  original  business  of
managing  and resolving Asset Portfolios for third parties developed as a result
of the takeover of failed thrifts and banks by the federal government's  deposit
insurance  agencies  in  the  late  1980s.  Due  to  the  substantial  volume of
under-performing and  non-performing loans  and foreclosed  assets (much  of  it
commercial  real estate loans and properties)  and a lack of sufficient internal
staffing, the  RTC and  FDIC turned  to  private contractors  to assist  in  the
management and resolution of Asset Portfolios.

    In  early 1994,  the Company  made the  strategic decision  to diversify its
business lines and to  reduce the Company's dependence  on asset management  and
resolution contracts with governmental agencies and certain other entities. As a
result,  the Company shifted its  strategic focus in order  to take advantage of
business opportunities in the specialty  finance markets that capitalize on  the
Company's competitive strengths and reputation within its core business.

    ASSET ACQUISITION AND RESOLUTION BUSINESS.  The Company manages and resolves
Asset Portfolios acquired at a substantial discount to Face Value by the Company
alone  and by  the Company  with co-investors.  The Company  also resolves Asset
Portfolios owned by  third parties. Asset  Portfolios generally include  secured
loans  of varying  qualities and  collateral types.  The resolution  of an Asset
Portfolio typically involves  either (i) negotiating  with debtors a  discounted
payoff,  which may be accomplished  through a refinancing by  the obligor with a
lender other than the  Company or (ii) foreclosure  and sale of the  collateral.
Since  the Company's objective  is to resolve  an Asset Portfolio  as quickly as
practicable, the  Company's  policy  is  to not  extend  credit  to  debtors  by
advancing  cash or by renewing and  extending their obligations. As of September
30, 1995,  the  Company's  management  and  resolution  service  contracts  with
third-parties   (including   Asset  Portfolios   owned   by  the   Company  with
co-investors) covered Asset Portfolios having an aggregate

                                       6
<PAGE>
Face  Value  of  $2.7  billion  of  which  $411.3  million  was  represented  by
securitized  commercial mortgage pools with respect  to which the Company is the
named Special Servicer. At September 30, 1995, the Company's total investment in
Asset Portfolios was $175.8  million compared to $70.9  million at December  31,
1994  and $48.8 million at  September 30, 1994. For  the nine month period ended
September 30, 1995 and  the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1994, $54.3  million
(78%) and $139.1 million (88%) respectively of the Company's gross revenues were
attributable to its Asset Portfolio acquisition and resolution business.

    MORTGAGE  BANKING BUSINESS.  The Company performs a wide range of commercial
mortgage banking services, including originating, underwriting, placing, selling
and servicing of commercial real estate loans through its Holliday Fenoglio  and
ACC  mortgage banking units.  Holliday Fenoglio was one  of the largest mortgage
bankers in the United States in 1994 (based on origination volume) and primarily
serves commercial real  estate developers and  owners by originating  commercial
real  estate loans. Holliday Fenoglio primarily targets developers and owners of
higher-quality commercial  and  multi-family real  estate  properties.  Holliday
Fenoglio  originates  prospective  borrowers  through  its  own commission-based
mortgage bankers in its offices located in Atlanta, Boca Raton, Buffalo, Dallas,
Houston, New York City  and Orlando. The loans  originated by Holliday  Fenoglio
generally  are funded  by institutional lenders,  primarily insurance companies,
with Holliday Fenoglio  retaining the Primary  Servicer rights on  approximately
20%  of such loans.  The Company believes  that Holliday Fenoglio's relationship
and credibility  with the  institutional lender  network provide  the Company  a
competitive advantage in the commercial mortgage banking industry.

    ACC, which originated approximately $260.7 million of commercial real estate
mortgages  during the nine months ended September 30, 1995, is a mortgage banker
that originates and  underwrites commercial  real estate loans  that are  funded
primarily  by Conduit  Purchasers rather than  by institutional  lenders such as
insurance  companies.  ACC,   therefore,  makes   certain  representations   and
warranties  concerning the loans it originates. These representations cover such
matters as  title to  the  property, lien  priority, environmental  reviews  and
certain  other matters. ACC primarily targets originators of commercial mortgage
loans for  commercial real  estate  properties that  are  suitable for  sale  to
Conduit  Purchasers accumulating loans for  securitization programs. ACC markets
its services  directly  through  ACC's  offices located  in  Dallas,  Miami  and
Washington,  D.C., as well as through  a network of approximately 20 independent
mortgage brokers located throughout the United States. ACC recently  established
a relationship with the 22 office commercial real estate finance unit of a major
insurance  company whereby the insurance company has agreed to refer prospective
borrowers to the Company  in instances where the  prospective borrower does  not
meet   the  insurer's  requirements   (typically  borrowers  for  medium-quality
commercial properties).  Since ACC  commenced  its underwriting  activities  and
through  September 30, 1995, Holliday  Fenoglio has originated approximately 31%
of the loans underwritten by ACC, with Holliday Fenoglio and ACC each  receiving
fees for their respective services.

    As  of September  30, 1995, the  Company was the  servicer for approximately
$3.1 billion of  commercial mortgages of  which $117.0 million  was as a  Master
Servicer  and $3.0 billion was  as a Primary Servicer.  On October 27, 1995, the
Company acquired  additional  servicing business  in  the EQS  Acquisition.  See
"Recent   Developments  --  Acquisition  of  EQS."  The  Company  has  formed  a
residential mortgage banking  business through which  the Company will  purchase
and  securitize  portfolios  of non-conforming  residential  mortgages.  For the
nine-month period  ended  September  30,  1995, $14.1  million  (20.2%)  of  the
Company's  gross revenues  were attributable  to the  Company's mortgage banking
business.

    BUSINESS STRATEGY.   The Company seeks  to continue to  increase its  market
share  in its  existing business lines  and to enter  related businesses through
both internal growth and acquisitions.  See "Recent Developments." Key  elements
of this strategy include:

    - increasing  the amount  that the  Company invests  for its  own account in
      Asset  Portfolios  by  capitalizing  on  its  expertise  in  managing  and
      resolving Asset Portfolios for third parties;

    - continuing  to provide high quality  management and resolution services to
      co-investors and other third-party owners of Asset Portfolios;

                                       7
<PAGE>
    - expanding its presence in the traditional mortgage banking market  through
      greater  market penetration and  by participating in  the expanding market
      for securitization of  commercial and residential  real estate  mortgages;
      and

    - developing its new real estate pension advisory business to complement the
      Company's existing business lines.

    The  Company is  a Delaware  corporation. The  Company's principal executive
offices and  mailing  address are  1845  Woodall Rodgers  Freeway,  Suite  1700,
Dallas, Texas 75201 and its telephone number is (214) 953-7700.

                                  THE OFFERING

<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
Notes offered.....................  $50,000,000   principal  amount  of            %  Senior
                                    Subordinated Notes  due 2003.  See "Description  of  the
                                    Notes -- General."
Denomination......................  $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.
Maturity..........................  15, 2003.
Interest payment dates............  Monthly,  commencing              15,  1996, and  on the
                                    fifteenth  day  of  each  month  thereafter.  The  first
                                    interest  payment will represent  interest from the date
                                    of issuance of the Notes through         14, 1996.
Redemption at option of the
 Company..........................  The Notes may not be redeemed prior to          ,  2001.
                                    Thereafter,  the Notes  may be  redeemed in  whole or in
                                    part at any time at the option of the Company, upon  not
                                    less  than 30 nor more than  60 days' written notice, at
                                    par plus accrued interest to the date of redemption. See
                                    "Description of the Notes -- Redemption at Option of the
                                    Company."
Repayment option upon death.......  Upon the death of any holder of Notes, the Company  will
                                    redeem,  at  par  plus accrued  interest,  such holder's
                                    Notes upon request up to $30,000 in principal amount per
                                    holder per year  subject to an  aggregate limit for  all
                                    holders  of $300,000  in principal amount  in any twelve
                                    month period and certain conditions being met, including
                                    the condition that the Company  would not be in  default
                                    on   any  Senior  Indebtedness  as   a  result  of  such
                                    redemption. See "Description of  the Notes --  Repayment
                                    Option Upon Death."
Subordination.....................  The  Notes are subordinated to  the prior payment of all
                                    existing   and   future    Senior   Indebtedness.    See
                                    "Description  of the Notes  -- Subordination." The Notes
                                    will  also   be   structurally   subordinated   to   all
                                    liabilities  of and  the rights of  holders of preferred
                                    stock, if any, of the Company's subsidiaries. The  Notes
                                    are  not secured by any collateral. Upon consummation of
                                    the Offering, only the capital stock and the Convertible
                                    Subordinated Debentures of the Company will be junior to
                                    the Notes. At December 15, 1995, Senior Indebtedness  of
                                    the  Company  totaled  approximately  $85.2  million. At
                                    November  30,   1995,  liabilities   of  the   Company's
                                    subsidiaries   totaled   approximately   $171.4  million
                                    (excluding  approximately  $53.1  million   representing
                                    intercompany   notes  of  subsidiaries  payable  to  the
                                    Company in respect of  obligations that are included  in
                                    Senior  Indebtedness  of  the  Company).  Following  the
                                    Offering, the Company will have  the ability to incur  a
</TABLE>

                                       8
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>
                                    significant amount of additional indebtedness, including
                                    indebtedness which may have rights that are senior to or
                                    equivalent  to those of the Notes in respect of payments
                                    and distributions  on liquidation.  See "Description  of
                                    the Notes -- Restrictions on Additional Indebtedness."
Limited rights of acceleration or
 repurchase.......................  Payment  of principal  on the  Notes may  be accelerated
                                    upon the occurrence  of Events of  Default (as  defined)
                                    only upon the action of the Trustee or the holders of at
                                    least  25% in aggregate  principal amount of outstanding
                                    Notes, and  such acceleration  may be  rescinded by  the
                                    holders  of a majority of the aggregate principal amount
                                    of the outstanding  Notes if all  Events of Default  are
                                    remedied and all payments due are made before a judgment
                                    or  decree  for payment  of money  due is  obtained. See
                                    "Description of the Notes -- Events of Default."
Covenants.........................  The indenture under which the Notes will be issued  (the
                                    "Indenture")  will contain certain covenants that, among
                                    other things, will  limit (i) the  Company's ability  to
                                    incur Indebtedness for Money Borrowed (as defined), (ii)
                                    the  payment of dividends or distributions to holders of
                                    the Company's equity securities and (iii)
                                    consolidations,  mergers   and  transfers   of  all   or
                                    substantially  all of the Company's assets. All of these
                                    covenants, however, are subject to a number of important
                                    qualifications.  See  "Description   of  the  Notes   --
                                    Covenants."
Listing...........................  The  Company has made  application to list  the Notes on
                                    the New York Stock Exchange.
Trustee...........................  Bank One, Columbus, N.A.
</TABLE>

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

    The net proceeds from the  sale of the Notes  offered hereby by the  Company
will  be used to reduce the Company's outstanding borrowings under the Revolving
Loan Agreement. After  application of  the net  proceeds, approximately  $
million will be available for borrowing under the Revolving Loan Agreement to be
used  for general corporate  purposes, which may  include funding investments in
Asset Portfolios, acquiring  new businesses or  making strategic investments  in
companies  that complement the Company's business lines and strategies. See "Use
of Proceeds."

                                  RISK FACTORS

    Prior to making an investment decision, prospective purchasers of the  Notes
should  consider all of the information set  forth in this Prospectus and should
evaluate the considerations set forth in "Risk Factors."

                                       9
<PAGE>
                        SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

    The  summary  data  presented  below  under  the  captions  "Summary  Income
Statement" and "Summary Balance Sheet Data" for and as of the end of each of the
fiscal  years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1994, are derived from
the Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of the  Company  and  its  predecessors
audited  by  Deloitte  & Touche  LLP  and  included herein.  In  the  opinion of
management of  the  Company,  the  data presented  for  the  nine  months  ended
September  30, 1994  and 1995,  which are  derived from  the Company's unaudited
consolidated financial statements, reflect all adjustments (consisting of normal
recurring adjustments)  necessary  for  a fair  presentation  of  the  financial
position and results of operations for such periods. Results for the nine months
ended  September 30,  1995, are  not necessarily  indicative of  results for the
entire fiscal  year.  See "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of  Financial
Condition  and Results of Operations," the Consolidated Financial Statements and
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                        -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                         1992(1)     1993      1994(2)    1994(2)     1995
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
SUMMARY INCOME STATEMENT:
Revenues:
  Asset management and resolution fees................   $166,857   $168,313   $120,640   $101,221    $27,278
  Asset Portfolio income..............................         --      2,642     13,089      8,433     23,662
  Mortgage banking fees...............................         --         --      6,176      1,967     14,077
  Other revenues......................................      1,273      1,207     17,279     16,184      4,585
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total revenues....................................    168,130    172,162    157,184    127,805     69,602
Operating expenses....................................    134,085    127,731    119,730     92,579     46,860
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating income......................................     34,045     44,431     37,454     35,226     22,742
Interest expense......................................         19        754      1,768      1,696      2,771
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income from continuing operations before taxes........     34,026     43,677     35,686     33,530     19,971
Income tax expense....................................     10,730     17,371     14,753     13,874      7,541
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income from continuing operations.....................     23,296     26,306     20,933     19,656     12,430
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations..............     (1,063)    (2,088)    (2,185)      (976)     2,425
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income............................................    $22,233    $24,218    $18,748    $18,680    $14,855
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Earnings per share from continuing operations.........      $2.04      $2.33      $0.88      $0.83      $0.51
Earnings per share....................................       1.95       2.15       0.79       0.79       0.61
Weighted average number of shares outstanding.........  11,419,536 11,288,688 23,679,239 23,515,800 24,429,822
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              AS OF DECEMBER 31,         AS OF SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                        -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                          1992       1993       1994       1994       1995
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
SUMMARY BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents.............................     $4,228    $43,442    $20,446    $41,733    $12,720
Investment securities.................................         --         --         --         --     27,222
Investment in Asset Portfolios:
  Loans...............................................         --     33,795     30,920     17,272    114,676
  Partnerships and joint ventures.....................         --      2,503     22,491     14,157     30,052
  Real estate.........................................         --      2,504     14,054     14,201     11,046
  Asset-backed securities.............................         --         --      3,481      3,481     19,982
Total assets..........................................     44,238    163,653    172,340    162,582    291,082
Notes payable.........................................      4,656     22,113     15,500      4,406    104,222
Mortgage warehouse debt...............................         --         --         --         --      5,693
Nonrecourse debt......................................         --      6,000        959      4,761     30,605
Total indebtedness....................................      4,656     28,113     16,459      9,167    140,520
Shareholders' equity..................................     18,735     91,699    113,586    114,558    129,024

OTHER DATA:
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (3)................        N/A(4)      58.9x      21.2x      20.8x       8.2x
Pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed charges (5)......        N/A        N/A
EBITDA (6)............................................    $40,294(1)   $45,668   $43,177   $37,325    $25,436
Interest coverage ratio (7)...........................        N/A(4)      60.6x      24.4x      22.0x       9.2x
Pro forma interest coverage ratio (5).................        N/A        N/A
Face Value of assets under management.................  $8,060,400 $5,756,900 $3,088,700 $2,436,800 $3,040,700
Commercial mortgage loans originated (for the
 period ended):
  Face Value..........................................         --         --   $610,000   $185,200  $1,585,000
  Number of loans.....................................         --         --        106         28        255
Commercial mortgage loans serviced:
  Face Value..........................................         --         --  $2,555,000 $2,592,000 $2,970,000
  Number of loans.....................................         --         --        592        559        749
</TABLE>

                                       10
<PAGE>
- ------------------------------
(1) Includes the  Company's operations  for the  two months  ended December  31,
    1992,  and the combined  operations of its predecessor  entities for the ten
    months ended October 31, 1992.

(2) Summary Income Statement and Other Data  for the fiscal year ended  December
    31,  1994, and the  nine months ended  September 30, 1994,  reflect data for
    Holliday Fenoglio  effective  August 1,  1994,  the effective  date  of  its
    acquisition by the Company.

(3) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings
    consist  of operating  income before income  taxes and  fixed charges. Fixed
    charges consist of interest expense.

(4) The Company had nominal interest expense in 1992 and it was not  meaningful,
    therefore, to calculate these ratios for the year ended December 31, 1992.

(5) Gives effect to the offering of the Convertible Subordinated Debentures, the
    offering  of  the Notes  hereby and  the application  of the  respective net
    proceeds therefrom, as if  such events had occurred  on January 1, 1994  and
    1995,  respectively. Does not give effect  to the incurrence by a subsidiary
    of  the  Company  of  additional  indebtedness  in  1995,  which  aggregated
    approximately $115.8 million at November 30, 1995.

(6) EBITDA  is  calculated  as  operating  income  (excluding  gain  (loss) from
    discontinued operations)  before interest,  income taxes,  depreciation  and
    amortization. The Company has included information concerning EBITDA because
    EBITDA is one measure of an issuer's historical ability to service its debt.
    EBITDA  should not  be considered as  an alternative to,  or more meaningful
    than, net income as an indicator  of the Company's operating performance  or
    to cash flows as a measure of liquidity.

(7) Interest coverage ratio means the ratio of EBITDA to cash interest expense.

                                       11
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS

    PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS SHOULD  CAREFULLY CONSIDER,  AMONG OTHER  THINGS, THE
FOLLOWING FACTORS IN EVALUATING THE  COMPANY AND ITS BUSINESS BEFORE  PURCHASING
THE NOTES OFFERED HEREBY.

UNCERTAIN NATURE OF THE ASSET ACQUISITION AND RESOLUTION BUSINESS

    The  outsourcing of  the management and  resolution of  Asset Portfolios has
grown rapidly  since the  late  1980s; accordingly,  the asset  acquisition  and
resolution  business is  relatively young and  still evolving.  This business is
affected by long-term  cycles in  the general  economy. In  addition, the  Asset
Portfolios  available for purchase by investors and/or management by third party
servicers such  as the  Company  has declined  since  1993. The  Company  cannot
predict  what will be a  normal annual volume of Asset  Portfolios to be sold or
outsourced  for  management  and  resolution.  Moreover,  there  cannot  be  any
assurance  that Asset Portfolio purchasers/owners  for whom the Company provides
Asset Portfolio  management services  will not  build their  own management  and
resolution  staffs and reduce or eliminate  their outsourcing of these services.
As a result of these factors, it is difficult to predict the long-term future of
this business.

STRATEGIC SHIFT IN BUSINESS LINES

    In early 1994,  the Company  made the  strategic decision  to diversify  its
business  lines and to  reduce the Company's dependence  on asset management and
resolution contracts with governmental agencies and certain other entities.  The
Company  has substantially  increased its  investments in  Asset Portfolios. The
Company also  pursues  private  sector  Asset  Portfolio  management  contracts,
generally  through co-investing in Asset Portfolios. Since 1993, the Company has
also entered the commercial and residential mortgage banking businesses and  has
purchased a pension advisory business.

    As a result, the Company must simultaneously manage (i) a significant change
in  its customer mix, (ii) the investment  of the Company's own capital in Asset
Portfolios and (iii) the development of new business lines in which the  Company
has  not  previously  participated. All  of  these activities  will  require the
investment of  additional  capital and  the  significant involvement  of  senior
management  to  achieve a  successful outcome.  There is  no assurance  that the
Company will successfully execute this strategic transition.

GENERAL ECONOMIC CONDITIONS

    Periods  of  economic  slowdown  or  recession,  rising  interest  rates  or
declining  demand for real  estate may adversely affect  certain segments of the
Company's business. Although such economic conditions may increase the number of
non-performing loans available  for sale to  or for management  by the  Company,
such  conditions could adversely affect the  resolution of Asset Portfolios held
by the Company for its own account or managed for others by the Company, lead to
a decline in prices or demand for collateral underlying Asset Portfolios or,  in
the  case of Asset Portfolios  held for the Company's  own account, increase the
cost of capital invested by the Company  and the length of time that capital  is
invested  in a  particular portfolio, thereby  negatively impacting  the rate of
return upon resolution of the portfolio. Economic downturns and rising  interest
rates  also may reduce the number of mortgage loan originations by the Company's
mortgage banking  business  and  thereby  may  adversely  affect  the  Company's
mortgage banking business.

FINANCIAL LEVERAGE

    Following  the Offering, the Company will have substantial indebtedness and,
as a result,  significant debt  service obligations.  As of  December 15,  1995,
after  giving effect to  the Offering and  the application of  the estimated net
proceeds therefrom,  the Company  would have  had approximately  $284.7  million
aggregate  amount  of indebtedness  outstanding, representing  65% of  its total
capitalization. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Capitalization."

    The ratio of the Company's debt to equity could have important  consequences
to  purchasers of  the Notes, including:  (i) limiting the  Company's ability to
obtain  necessary   additional  financing   to  fund   future  working   capital
requirements, Asset Portfolio investments, capital expenditures, acquisitions or
other  general corporate requirements,  (ii) requiring a  significant portion of
the Company's  cash  flow  from  operations to  be  dedicated  to  debt  service
requirements,  thereby reducing  the funds  available for  operations and future
business opportunities, (iii) requiring all  of the indebtedness incurred  under
the Revolving Loan Agreement

                                       12
<PAGE>
to be repaid prior to the time any principal payments are required on the Notes,
thereby  potentially impairing  the Company's  ability to  make payments  on the
Notes, and (iv) increasing the  Company's vulnerability to adverse economic  and
industry  conditions. In  addition, since  certain of  the Company's borrowings,
including borrowings under  the Revolving  Loan Agreement, will  be at  variable
rates  of  interest, the  Company will  be vulnerable  to increases  in interest
rates. The Company may incur additional indebtedness in the future, although its
ability to do so will be restricted by the Indenture and the Credit  Agreements.
The  ability of  the Company  to make scheduled  payments under  its present and
future indebtedness, or to  refinance such indebtedness,  will depend on,  among
other  things,  the  future operating  performance  of the  Company,  changes in
interest rates, general economic conditions,  and the perception in the  capital
markets  of the Company's  business, results of  operations, leverage, financial
condition and business  prospects. Each of  these factors is  to a large  extent
subject  to  economic,  financial,  competitive  and  other  factors  beyond the
Company's control.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

    The  Credit Agreements  contain numerous  financial and  operating covenants
that will  limit the  discretion of  the Company's  management with  respect  to
certain  business matters.  These covenants will  place significant restrictions
on, among other things, the ability of the Company to make certain payments  and
investments, and to sell or otherwise dispose of assets and merge or consolidate
with  other  entities.  See  "Description  of  Other  Indebtedness."  The Credit
Agreements also require the Company to meet certain financial ratios and  tests.
A  failure to  comply with  the obligations  contained in  the Credit Agreements
could result in  an event of  default under  any of the  Credit Agreements,  the
Convertible  Subordinated  Debenture  Indenture or  the  Indenture,  which could
permit acceleration of the related indebtedness and acceleration of indebtedness
under other  instruments that  may contain  cross-acceleration or  cross-default
provisions. See "Description of Other Indebtedness."

SUBORDINATION OF THE NOTES

    The  Notes will be subordinated in right  of payment in full to all existing
and future Senior Indebtedness of  the Company, which includes all  indebtedness
under the Revolving Loan Agreement. As of December 15, 1995, after giving effect
to  the Offering and the application of  the net proceeds therefrom, the Company
would have had Senior Indebtedness  aggregating approximately $37.4 million  and
would  have had up to $91.8 million available under the Revolving Loan Agreement
which, if borrowed, would  be included as Senior  Indebtedness. In the event  of
the liquidation, dissolution, reorganization or any similar proceeding regarding
the  Company, the assets of the Company  will be available to pay obligations on
the Notes only after Senior Indebtedness of  the Company has been paid in  full.
Accordingly,  there may not be sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on
all or any of the Notes. See "Description of the Notes -- Subordination."

    The Notes will be effectively subordinated to indebtedness, preferred  stock
(if any) and liabilities of the Company's subsidiaries. As of November 30, 1995,
the   aggregate  amount  of  liabilities   of  the  Company's  subsidiaries  was
approximately $171.4 million (excluding $53.1 million representing  intercompany
notes  of subsidiaries payable to the Company in respect of obligations that are
included in Senior  Indebtedness of  the Company. The  Company's operations  are
conducted  principally through  its wholly-owned  subsidiaries. Accordingly, the
Company will be dependent  upon the cash  flow of, and  receipt of dividends  or
advances from, its subsidiaries in order to meet its debt obligations, including
the  Company's obligations under  the Notes. Since the  Notes are obligations of
the parent  company  only,  the  Company's subsidiaries  are  not  obligated  or
required  to pay any  amounts pursuant to  the Notes or  to make funds available
therefor in the form of dividends or advances to the Company. In addition, since
the Company is  a holding company,  its principal assets  consist of its  equity
ownership  position in its  wholly-owned subsidiaries. The  claims of holders of
the Notes effectively  will be subordinated  to the prior  claims of holders  of
preferred  stock,  if  any, and  creditors,  including trade  creditors,  of the
Company's subsidiaries.

    In addition  to  being  subordinated  to  all  existing  and  future  Senior
Indebtedness  of  the Company,  the  Notes will  not be  secured  by any  of the
Company's assets. The Revolving Loan  Agreement is secured by substantially  all
of  the  assets  of  the  Company not  pledged  under  other  credit facilities,
including stock of a

                                       13
<PAGE>
majority of the Company's subsidiaries. If  the Company becomes insolvent or  is
liquidated, or if payment under the Revolving Loan Agreement is accelerated, the
lenders  under the  Revolving Loan Agreement  would be entitled  to exercise the
remedies available to a secured lender under applicable law and pursuant to  the
Revolving Loan Agreement. Accordingly, such lenders will have a prior claim with
respect to such assets and subsidiary capital stock.

LIMITED COVENANTS

    The  covenants in the Indenture are limited  and are not designed to protect
holders of the Notes in the event of a material adverse change in the  Company's
financial  condition or  results of  operations. The  Indenture prohibits, among
other things, the  Company from  incurring Indebtedness for  Money Borrowed  (as
defined)  if, immediately after giving effect  thereto; (i) the aggregate amount
of the Senior Recourse Indebtedness  (as defined) outstanding would exceed  450%
of  the Company's Consolidated  Capitalization (as defined),  (ii) the aggregate
amount of Subordinated Indebtedness (as  defined) outstanding would exceed  100%
of  the Company's  Consolidated Net  Worth (as  defined) and  (iii) the Interest
Coverage Ratio (as  defined) would  be less  than 1.25  to 1  for the  preceding
twelve  (12)  month  period,  on  a  pro  forma  basis  as  if  such  additional
Indebtedness for Money Borrowed had  been outstanding during the entire  period.
The provisions of the Indenture should not be a significant factor in evaluating
whether the Company will be able to comply with its obligations under the Notes.
See "Description of the Notes."

NEED FOR ADDITIONAL FINANCING

    The  Company's  ability  to  execute  its  business  strategy  depends  to a
significant degree on its ability  to obtain additional indebtedness and  equity
capital.  Other  than  as  described  in this  Prospectus,  the  Company  has no
commitments for additional  borrowings or sales  of equity and  there can be  no
assurance  that the Company  will be successful in  consummating any such future
financing transactions on terms satisfactory to the Company, if at all.  Factors
which  could affect the Company's access to the capital markets, or the costs of
such capital, include  changes in interest  rates, general economic  conditions,
and  the perception in the capital markets of the Company's business, results of
operations, leverage, financial condition and business prospects. Each of  these
factors  is to  a large extent  subject to economic,  financial, competitive and
other  factors   beyond  the   Company's  control.   See  "Capitalization"   and
"Management's  Discussion  and Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results of
Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

DEPENDENCE ON SECURITIZATION PROGRAM

    The Company likely will become more  dependent upon its ability to pool  and
sell  loans in the secondary  market in order to  generate cash proceeds for new
originations and  purchases.  Accordingly,  adverse  changes  in  the  secondary
mortgage  market could impair  the Company's ability  to originate, purchase and
sell mortgage loans on  a favorable or timely  basis. Any such impairment  could
have  a  material adverse  effect  upon the  Company's  business and  results of
operations. In addition, in  order to gain access  to the secondary market,  the
Company  may rely  on monoline insurance  companies to provide,  in exchange for
premiums,  a  guarantee   on  outstanding  senior   interests  in  the   related
securitization  trusts  to enable  it to  obtain  a "AAA/  Aaa" rating  for such
interests. Any  substantial  reductions  in  the size  or  availability  of  the
secondary  market  for the  Company's loans,  or  the unwillingness  of monoline
insurance companies  to guarantee  the senior  interests in  the Company's  loan
pools,  could have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position
and results of operations.

RISKS OF HEDGING TRANSACTIONS

    The Company has in the past and  may in the future enter into interest  rate
or  foreign  currency financial  instruments  used for  hedging  purposes. While
intended to  reduce  the effects  of  volatility  in interest  rate  or  foreign
currency price movements, such transactions could cause the Company to recognize
losses depending on the terms of the instrument and the interest rate or foreign
currency price movement.

                                       14
<PAGE>
COMPETITION

    The  Asset Portfolio management  and other financial  services industries in
which the  Company  operates  are  highly competitive.  Some  of  the  Company's
principal  competitors in  certain business  lines are  substantially larger and
better capitalized than the Company. Because of these resources, these companies
may be better able than  the Company to obtain  new customers, to acquire  Asset
Portfolios,  to  pursue new  business opportunities,  or  to survive  periods of
industry consolidation. See "Business -- Competition."

    The Company believes that  its ability to acquire  Asset Portfolios for  its
own  account  will be  important  to its  future  growth. Acquisitions  of Asset
Portfolios are often based  on competitive bidding, where  there are dangers  of
bidding  too low (which generates  no business), as well  as of bidding too high
(which could win  the portfolio  at an economically  unattractive price).  Asset
Portfolio  acquisitions  also require  significant  capital. There  currently is
substantial competition for  Asset Portfolio acquisitions  and such  competition
could  increase in the future. See "Business -- Asset Acquisition and Resolution
Business -- Asset Portfolio Investment."

LIMITED MARKET FOR THE NOTES

    The Notes are not currently authorized for quotation on any quotation system
or listed on any securities exchange. The Company intends to make application to
list the Notes on the New York  Stock Exchange. The Company has been advised  by
the  Underwriter that pending such  listing or if such  listing is not accepted,
the Underwriter intends to make a market in the Notes. No assurance can be given
that an active trading market for the Notes will develop.

                                       15
<PAGE>
                              RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

    ACQUISITION OF CKSRS.   Effective June  30, 1995, the  Company acquired  for
approximately  $1.3  million  substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  CKSRS,  a
Miami-based commercial mortgage banking limited partnership specializing in  the
origination,  sale  and servicing  of  mortgages on  multi-family  properties in
Florida.

    ACQUISITION OF  EQS.    On  October 27,  1995,  the  Company  completed  the
acquisition  of  the third-party  securitized,  commercial mortgage  loan Master
Servicer and  Special  Servicer  businesses  of  EQS.  The  purchase  price  was
approximately  $16.9 million. At September 30, 1995, the EQS businesses acquired
by  the  Company  had  contracts  to  service  approximately  $6.0  billion   of
securitized  commercial mortgage loans. The Company  believes that it is now one
of the  largest servicers  of  securitized commercial  mortgages in  the  United
States.

    ACQUISITION  OF ACACIA.  Effective November  20, 1995, the Company completed
the purchase for approximately $4.5 million of substantially all of the  pension
fund advisory contracts and certain other assets of Acacia. Acacia provides real
estate investment advisory services to pension and other institutional investors
in  respect  of investments  in office,  industrial  and distressed  real estate
properties. Through  these  contracts, to  date  approximately 35  clients  have
invested   over   $970.0  million   in   commercial  real   estate  representing
approximately 63 properties  with over  13.5 million square  feet of  commercial
space  and approximately 670 apartment units. Acacia  is based in Boston and has
approximately 18 employees.

    CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED  DEBENTURE OFFERING.   On  November 27,  1995,  the
Company completed an offering conducted in Europe (the "Convertible Subordinated
Debenture  Offering"), pursuant to Regulation S promulgated under the Securities
Act, of $45.0  million aggregate  principal amount  of Convertible  Subordinated
Debentures. The net proceeds (aggregating approximately $43.0 million) from such
offering  were used to repay borrowings  under the Revolving Loan Agreement. The
Convertible Subordinated  Debentures bear  interest  at 8%  per annum  and  will
mature  on  December 15,  2005.  There is  no  sinking fund  or  amortization of
principal prior to  maturity. The  Convertible Subordinated  Debentures are  not
redeemable  prior to December 15,  1996. The Convertible Subordinated Debentures
are convertible at the option  of the holders into shares  of Common Stock at  a
conversion  price of  $12.50 per  share (equivalent to  a conversion  rate of 80
shares of Common Stock per  $1,000 principal amount of Convertible  Subordinated
Debentures),   subject  to   adjustment  in  certain   events.  The  Convertible
Subordinated  Debentures   are  unsecured   obligations  of   the  Company   and
subordinated  to all existing and future  Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the
Convertible Subordinated Debenture  Indenture) of the  Company. The  Convertible
Subordinated  Debentures contain  certain rights  of the  holder to  require the
repurchase of the  Convertible Subordinated  Debentures (i)  upon a  Fundamental
Change (as defined in the Convertible Subordinated Debenture Indenture) and (ii)
if  the  Company  is  not able  to  maintain  a  Net Worth  (as  defined  in the
Convertible Subordinated Debenture  Indenture) of  approximately $141.0  million
(which  includes the net proceeds to the  Company from the Common Stock offering
described below) plus the net proceeds to the Company from any other offering of
Common Stock by  the Company subsequent  to the date  hereof. There are  certain
other  covenants restricting dividends on and  redemptions of capital stock. See
"Description of Other Indebtedness -- Convertible Subordinated Debentures."

    The Convertible Subordinated  Debentures (and the  underlying Common  Stock)
have not been registered under the Securities Act and may not be offered or sold
in  the United States without registration under the Securities Act (the Company
has agreed to register for resale under the Securities Act the underlying Common
Stock) or absent an applicable exemption from the registration requirements.

    COMMON STOCK  OFFERING.   On  December 13,  1995,  the Company  completed  a
registered  public offering  of 2,000,000  shares of  Common Stock  (the "Common
Stock Offering"). Subsequent  thereto, the  Company sold  an additional  300,000
shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option.
The  net  proceeds  from  such offering,  including  the  over-allotment shares,
aggregated approximately $25.1 million and  were used to repay borrowings  under
the  Revolving Loan Agreement. The price to  the public was $11.75 per share and
the price to the Company per share was $11.10 (after an underwriting discount of
$ .65 per share). In addition to the  offering of shares of Common Stock by  the
Company, two institutional shareholders sold an aggregate of 2,300,000 shares of
Common  Stock (including  300,000 shares  sold pursuant  to the  exercise of the
underwriters' over-allotment option). The Company  did not receive any  proceeds
from the sale of these shares.

                                       16
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS

    The  net proceeds to the  Company from the sale  of the Notes offered hereby
(after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated expenses of the  Offering)
will  be  approximately  $       million ($       million  if  the Underwriters'
over-allotment option is exercised in full).

    The Company  intends  to  use  the net  proceeds  to  reduce  the  Company's
outstanding  borrowings  under  the  Revolving  Loan  Agreement  (which  had  an
outstanding balance of approximately  $61.0 million at  December 15, 1995).  For
the  nine months ended September 30, 1995, the weighted average interest rate on
indebtedness under the Company's  bank credit agreement  (which was replaced  on
September  29, 1995 by the  Revolving Loan Agreement) was  8 1/5% per annum. The
indebtedness under  the  predecessor credit  agreement  and the  Revolving  Loan
Agreement  was  incurred  primarily  in  connection  with  investments  in Asset
Portfolios,  the  acquisition  of  CKSRS,   the  EQS  Acquisition,  the   Acacia
Acquisition  and other general corporate purposes.  After application of the net
proceeds to the Company  of the Offering, $     million  would be available  for
reborrowing  under the Revolving Loan Agreement to be used for general corporate
purposes, which may include funding  investments in Asset Portfolios,  acquiring
new  businesses or making strategic investments in companies that complement the
Company's business  lines  and  strategies.  Other than  as  disclosed  in  this
Prospectus,  the Company has  no understandings or agreements  in respect of any
material acquisition. See "Description of  Other Indebtedness -- Revolving  Loan
Agreement"  and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

                                       17
<PAGE>
                                 CAPITALIZATION

    The following table presents the capitalization of the Company at  September
30,  1995, and (i)  as adjusted to  reflect the EQS  Acquisition, the incurrence
through November 30, 1995  of $115.8 million of  indebtedness under a  warehouse
facility,  the Acacia  Acquisition, completion  of the  Convertible Subordinated
Debenture Offering and  completion of  the Common  Stock Offering,  and (ii)  as
further  adjusted to reflect the application  of the estimated net proceeds from
the sale of the Notes offered hereby  as described under "Use of Proceeds."  The
table  should be read in conjunction  with the Consolidated Financial Statements
of the Company, the notes thereto  and "Management's Discussion and Analysis  of
Financial   Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  --  Liquidity  and  Capital
Resources" included elsewhere in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                  AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1995
                                                                            ------------------------------------
                                                                                            AS       AS FURTHER
                                                                              ACTUAL    ADJUSTED (2) ADJUSTED (3)
                                                                            ----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                        (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                         <C>         <C>          <C>
Debt(1):
  Notes payable...........................................................  $  104,222   $  60,806    $
  Mortgage warehouse debt.................................................       5,693     121,458      121,458
  Nonrecourse debt........................................................      30,605      30,605       30,605
  Senior Subordinated Notes...............................................          --          --
  Convertible Subordinated Debentures.....................................          --      45,000       45,000
                                                                            ----------  -----------  -----------
    Total debt............................................................     140,520     257,869
                                                                            ----------  -----------  -----------
Shareholders' equity:
  Common Stock, par value $0.05 per share; 50,000,000 authorized shares
   and 24,193,464 issued shares, as adjusted(4)...........................       1,210       1,310        1,310
  Capital in excess of par................................................      78,790     100,470      100,470
  Reductions for employee stock...........................................        (620)       (620)        (620)
  Treasury stock, 24,339 shares...........................................        (160)       (160)        (160)
  Retained earnings.......................................................      49,804      49,804       49,804
                                                                            ----------  -----------  -----------
    Total shareholders' equity............................................     129,024     150,804      150,804
                                                                            ----------  -----------  -----------
    Total capitalization..................................................  $  269,544   $ 408,673
                                                                            ----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                            ----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>

- ------------------------------
(1)  See "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and
     Results  of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital Resources," "Description of
     Other  Indebtedness"  and  Note  5  of  Notes  to  Consolidated   Financial
     Statements for a description of this indebtedness.

(2)  Gives  effect to the  EQS Acquisition, the  incurrence through November 30,
     1995 of  $115.8 million  of indebtedness  under a  warehouse facility,  the
     Acacia Acquisition and completion of the Convertible Subordinated Debenture
     Offering and the Common Stock Offering.

(3)  Gives  effect  to the  offering  of Notes  by  the Company  hereby  and the
     application  of  the  net  proceeds  therefrom  as  described  in  "Use  of
     Proceeds."

(4)  Does  not include an aggregate of 1,775,948 shares of Common Stock reserved
     for issuance at September 30, 1995, upon the exercise of outstanding  stock
     options  and 2,405,665 shares available for  future grants of options under
     the Company's stock  option plans.  See Note  11 of  Notes to  Consolidated
     Financial Statements.

                                       18
<PAGE>
                        SUMMARY FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

    The  summary  data  presented  below  under  the  captions  "Summary  Income
Statement" and "Summary Balance Sheet Data" for and as of the end of each of the
fiscal years in the three-year period ended December 31, 1994, are derived  from
the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  of the  Company  and  its predecessors
audited by  Deloitte  &  Touche LLP  and  included  herein. In  the  opinion  of
management  of  the  Company,  the  data presented  for  the  nine  months ended
September 30, 1994  and 1995,  which are  derived from  the Company's  unaudited
consolidated financial statements, reflect all adjustments (consisting of normal
recurring  adjustments)  necessary  for  a fair  presentation  of  the financial
position and results of operations for such periods. Results for the nine months
ended September 30,  1995, are  not necessarily  indicative of  results for  the
entire  fiscal  year. See  "Management's  Discussion and  Analysis  of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations," the Consolidated Financial Statements  and
the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                          NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                        -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                         1992(1)     1993      1994(2)    1994(2)     1995
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                            (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
SUMMARY INCOME STATEMENT:
Revenues:
  Asset management and resolution fees................   $166,857   $168,313   $120,640   $101,221    $27,278
  Asset Portfolio income..............................         --      2,642     13,089      8,433     23,662
  Mortgage banking fees...............................         --         --      6,176      1,967     14,077
  Other revenues......................................      1,273      1,207     17,279     16,184      4,585
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total revenues....................................    168,130    172,162    157,184    127,805     69,602
Operating expenses....................................    134,085    127,731    119,730     92,579     46,860
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Operating income......................................     34,045     44,431     37,454     35,226     22,742
Interest expense......................................         19        754      1,768      1,696      2,771
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income from continuing operations before taxes........     34,026     43,677     35,686     33,530     19,971
Income tax expense....................................     10,730     17,371     14,753     13,874      7,541
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income from continuing operations.....................     23,296     26,306     20,933     19,656     12,430
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations..............     (1,063)    (2,088)    (2,185)      (976)     2,425
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net income............................................    $22,233    $24,218    $18,748    $18,680    $14,855
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Earnings per share from continuing operations.........      $2.04      $2.33      $0.88      $0.83      $0.51
Earnings per share....................................       1.95       2.15       0.79       0.79       0.61
Weighted average number of shares outstanding.........  11,419,536 11,288,688 23,679,239 23,515,800 24,429,822
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              AS OF DECEMBER 31,         AS OF SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                        -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                          1992       1993       1994       1994       1995
                                                        ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                     <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
SUMMARY BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents.............................     $4,228    $43,442    $20,446    $41,733    $12,720
Investment securities.................................         --         --         --         --     27,222
Investment in Asset Portfolios:
  Loans...............................................         --     33,795     30,920     17,272    114,676
  Partnerships and joint ventures.....................         --      2,503     22,491     14,157     30,052
  Real estate.........................................         --      2,504     14,054     14,201     11,046
  Asset-backed securities.............................         --         --      3,481      3,481     19,982
Total assets..........................................     44,238    163,653    172,340    162,582    291,082
Notes payable.........................................      4,656     22,113     15,500      4,406    104,222
Mortgage warehouse debt...............................         --         --         --         --      5,693
Nonrecourse debt......................................         --      6,000        959      4,761     30,605
Total indebtedness....................................      4,656     28,113     16,459      9,167    140,520
Shareholders' equity..................................     18,735     91,699    113,586    114,558    129,024

OTHER DATA:
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (3)................        N/A(4)      58.9x      21.2x      20.8x       8.2x
Pro forma ratio of earnings to fixed charges (5)......        N/A        N/A
EBITDA (6)............................................    $40,294(1)   $45,668   $43,177   $37,325    $25,436
Interest coverage ratio (7)...........................        N/A(4)      60.6x      24.4x      22.0x       9.2x
Pro forma interest coverage ratio (5).................        N/A        N/A
Face Value of assets under management.................  $8,060,400 $5,756,900 $3,088,700 $2,436,800 $3,040,700
Commercial mortgage loans originated (for the
 period ended):
  Face Value..........................................         --         --   $610,000   $185,200  $1,585,000
  Number of loans.....................................         --         --        106         28        255
Commercial mortgage loans serviced:
  Face Value..........................................         --         --  $2,555,000 $2,592,000 $2,970,000
  Number of loans.....................................         --         --        592        559        749
</TABLE>

                                       19
<PAGE>
- ------------------------------
(1) Includes  the Company's  operations for  the two  months ended  December 31,
    1992, and the combined  operations of its predecessor  entities for the  ten
    months ended October 31, 1992.

(2) Summary  Income Statement and Other Data  for the fiscal year ended December
    31, 1994, and  the nine months  ended September 30,  1994, reflect data  for
    Holliday  Fenoglio  effective  August 1,  1994,  the effective  date  of its
    acquisition by the Company.

(3) For purposes of calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings
    consist of operating  income before  income taxes and  fixed charges.  Fixed
    charges consist of interest expense.

(4) The  Company had nominal interest expense in 1992 and it was not meaningful,
    therefore, to calculate these ratios for the year ended December 31, 1992.

(5) Gives effect to the offering of the Convertible Subordinated Debentures, the
    offering of  the Notes  hereby and  the application  of the  respective  net
    proceeds  therefrom, as if such  events had occurred on  January 1, 1994 and
    1995, respectively. Does not give effect  to the incurrence by a  subsidiary
    of  the  Company  of  additional  indebtedness  in  1995,  which  aggregated
    approximately $115.8 million at November 30, 1995.

(6) EBITDA is  calculated  as  operating  income  (excluding  gain  (loss)  from
    discontinued  operations)  before interest,  income taxes,  depreciation and
    amortization. The Company has included information concerning EBITDA because
    EBITDA is one measure of an issuer's historical ability to service its debt.
    EBITDA should not  be considered as  an alternative to,  or more  meaningful
    than,  net income as an indicator  of the Company's operating performance or
    to cash flows as a measure of liquidity.

(7) Interest coverage ratio means the ratio of EBITDA to cash interest expense.

                                       20
<PAGE>
                      MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
                OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW
    On December 31, 1993, BEI merged with Holdings. The BEI Merger was accounted
for as a "reverse acquisition" whereby Holdings was deemed to have acquired  BEI
for  financial reporting purposes. However,  BEI, renamed AMRESCO, INC., remains
the continuing  legal  entity and  registrant  for Commission  filing  purposes.
Consistent  with the  reverse acquisition  accounting treatment,  the historical
financial statements of AMRESCO, INC. presented for the year ended December  31,
1993, and the two months ended December 31, 1992, are the consolidated financial
statements  of Holdings and differ from the consolidated financial statements of
BEI as previously reported. The results of operations of BEI have been  included
in the Company's financial statements from the date of acquisition.

    The  Company's business  originally consisted  almost entirely  of providing
Asset Portfolio management and resolution  services for government agencies  and
certain   financial  institutions.  In  1994,  the  Company  concluded  all  its
significant business relationships with government agencies and the  NationsBank
Contract  and also began to shift its  focus toward Asset Portfolio investing by
the Company and the  development of new lines  of financial service  businesses.
Since  the BEI Merger,  the Company has  extended its business  lines to offer a
full range of mortgage  banking services, has increased  its interests in  Asset
Portfolios   and  has  disposed  of   certain  non-core  business  lines.  These
significant changes in the composition  of the Company's business are  reflected
in  the Company's results of  operations and may limit  the comparability of the
Company's results from period to period.

    The following discussion  and analysis presents  the significant changes  in
the  financial condition and results of continuing operations of the Company for
the years ended December  31, 1992, 1993  and 1994, and  the nine month  periods
ended  September 30, 1994 and 1995. The historical data for 1992 is presented on
a pro forma basis with Holdings' predecessor businesses as if their  acquisition
had  occurred on January 1, 1992. Such  information may not be comparable to the
Company's current operations. The results  of operations of acquired  businesses
are  included  in  the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements  from  the  date  of
acquisition. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated
Financial Statements and Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,         SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                            -------------------------------  --------------------
                                                              1992       1993       1994       1994       1995
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                           (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                         <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues:
  Management fees.........................................  $  40,222  $  30,521  $  27,991  $  23,468  $  15,136
  Resolution fees.........................................     66,288     88,031     65,773     58,287     11,615
  Asset Portfolio income..................................         --      2,642     13,089      8,433     23,662
  Mortgage banking fees...................................         --         --      6,176      1,967     14,077
  Other revenues..........................................      1,273      1,207     17,279     16,184      4,585
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total revenues before assistance revenue..............    107,783    122,401    130,308    108,339     69,075
  Assistance revenue......................................     60,347     49,761     26,876     19,466        527
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total revenues........................................    168,130    172,162    157,184    127,805     69,602
Expenses:
  Personnel...............................................     49,556     63,618     65,585     52,268     35,961
  Other general and administrative........................     16,130     11,315     27,194     20,910      9,926
  Interest................................................         19        754      1,768      1,696      2,771
  Profit participations...................................      8,052      3,037         75        (65)       446
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total expenses before reimbursable costs..............     73,757     78,724     94,622     74,809     49,104
  Reimbursable costs......................................     60,347     49,761     26,876     19,466        527
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total expenses........................................    134,104    128,485    121,498     94,275     49,631
Income from continuing operations before
 taxes....................................................     34,026     43,677     35,686     33,530     19,971
Income tax expense on continuing operations...............     10,730     17,371     14,753     13,874      7,541
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Income from continuing operations.........................     23,296     26,306     20,933     19,656     12,430
Gain (loss) from discontinued operations..................     (1,063)    (2,088)    (2,185)      (976)     2,425
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net Income................................................  $  22,233  $  24,218  $  18,748  $  18,680  $  14,855
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                            ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

                                       21
<PAGE>
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    Revenues from the Company's asset management and resolution services include
fees charged  for the  management of  Asset Portfolios  and for  the  successful
resolution  of the assets within  such Asset Portfolios. The  asset base of each
Asset Portfolio declines  over the life  of the portfolio,  thus reducing  asset
management  fees as assets within that  Asset Portfolio are resolved. Resolution
fees are earned  as individual assets  within an Asset  Portfolio are  resolved.
These  fees, therefore,  are subject to  fluctuation based  on the consideration
received, timing of the  sale or collection of  the managed assets and  reaching
specified earnings levels on behalf of investors or investment partners. Certain
direct  costs incurred, primarily through 1994,  in the management of assets for
the FDIC  were paid  by the  Company and  billed to  the FDIC.  Such costs  were
included  in reimbursable costs and the related payment by the FDIC was included
in assistance revenue.  Such costs  did not affect  net income,  other than  the
costs  of such advanced  funds, but at times  required sizable capital resources
until reimbursed by the FDIC.

    The Company  classifies  its  investments  in  Asset  Portfolios  as  loans,
partnerships  and joint ventures, real  estate, and asset-backed securities. The
original cost of  an Asset Portfolio  is allocated to  individual assets  within
that  Asset Portfolio based on  their relative fair value  to the total purchase
price. The  difference  between  gross  estimated  cash  flows  from  loans  and
asset-backed securities and their present value is accrued using the level yield
method  of accounting. The Company accounts  for its investments in partnerships
and joint ventures using the equity method of accounting, generally resulting in
the pass-through  of  the  Company's pro  rata  share  of the  earnings  of  the
partnership  or joint venture. Real estate is accounted for at the lower of cost
or estimated fair value. Gains and losses on the sale or collection of  specific
assets  are recognized on  a specific identification  basis. Loans, partnerships
and joint  ventures,  and real  estate  are carried  at  the lower  of  cost  or
estimated  fair value. The Company's  investments in asset-backed securities are
classified as  available  for sale  and  are  carried at  estimated  fair  value
determined  by discounting  estimated cash  flows at  current market  rates. Any
unrealized gains (losses) on asset-backed securities are excluded from  earnings
and  reported  as  a separate  component  of  shareholders' equity,  net  of tax
effects.

    Revenues from  the  Company's  commercial mortgage  banking  activities  are
earned  from the origination and underwriting  of commercial mortgage loans, the
placement of such loans with permanent investors and the subsequent servicing of
loans. Loan  placement  and servicing  fees,  commitment fees  and  real  estate
brokerage commissions are recognized as earned. Placement and servicing expenses
are charged to expense as incurred.

    Other  revenues consist  of interest  on the  Company's investments  in cash
equivalents, consulting revenues earned on  due diligence, interest and fees  on
loans  net of loan participations, and other miscellaneous income. Additionally,
the third  quarter  of 1994  includes  the $10.0  million  NationsBank  Contract
conclusion fee.

    In  December  1994, the  Company  elected to  dispose  of the  operations of
AMRESCO Services,  Inc., its  data processing  and home  banking subsidiary,  in
order  to concentrate  efforts in the  Company's primary lines  of business. The
loss from such discontinued operations totaled approximately $1.1 million,  $2.1
million, $2.2 million, and $1.0 million for years ended December 31, 1992, 1993,
and  1994  and the  nine  months ended  September  30, 1994,  respectively. This
subsidiary was sold on June 16, 1995 for a net gain of $2.4 million or $0.10 per
share.

NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 COMPARED TO NINE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30,
1994

    REVENUES.   Revenues before  assistance revenue  for the  nine months  ended
September  30, 1995 compared to the corresponding period of 1994 decreased $39.3
million, or 36.2%. This decrease was due, in part, to an $8.3 million, or 35.5%,
decrease in  management  fees  and  a  $46.7  million,  or  80.1%,  decrease  in
resolution  fees. In addition, other revenues  decreased $11.6 million from 1994
to 1995, for a 71.7% decrease, primarily as a result of the NationsBank Contract
that concluded during the third quarter  of 1994 for which the Company  received
an  early conclusion  fee of  $10.0 million in  August 1994.  The decreases also
resulted from  reduced  revenues  from  government  sector  contracts  as  these
contracts  concluded. These decreases  were partially offset  by Asset Portfolio
income, which  increased  $15.2  million,  due  to  a  significant  increase  in

                                       22
<PAGE>
investments  in  Asset  Portfolios, and  a  $12.1 million  increase  in mortgage
banking revenue, primarily due to the inclusion of Holliday Fenoglio, which  was
purchased  in August 1994,  and ACC, which  commenced underwriting activities in
the fourth quarter of 1994.

    EXPENSES.  Total expenses before reimbursable costs decreased $25.7 million,
or 34.4%, for the first nine months of 1995 compared to the corresponding period
in 1994. The first  nine months of  1994 included expenses  of $20.7 million  as
compared  to  none  in the  corresponding  period  in 1995  for  the NationsBank
Contract that concluded in the third  quarter of 1994 and for government  sector
contracts that were concluding during 1994. Additionally, during the nine months
ended  September 30, 1995, general and administrative expenses were reduced by a
$3.7 million change  in estimate  of accounts  receivable bad  debt reserve  and
other   accrued  expenses  related  to  concluded  asset  management  contracts,
particularly the FDIC and RTC contracts. Receivables related to these  contracts
declined  $16.7 million between December 31,  1994 and September 30, 1995. Also,
the decrease in expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 1995,  compared
to  the nine months ended September 30, 1994, reflected the corporate downsizing
initiatives that  began in  the second  half of  1994. The  decline in  expenses
related  to  concluding contracts  was partially  offset by  increased operating
expenses related to the  addition of the mortgage  banking line of business  and
the growth in the asset acquisition and resolution operations. The $1.1 million,
or  63.4%,  increase  in interest  expense  in 1995  reflects  greater borrowing
related to increased investments in Asset Portfolios.

    INCOME TAXES.   The  Company  must have  future  taxable income  to  realize
recorded  deferred  tax assets,  including net  operating loss  carryforward tax
benefits obtained in the BEI Merger. Certain of these benefits expire  beginning
in  1995 and are subject to  annual utilization limitations. Management believes
that recorded  deferred tax  assets will  be realized  in the  normal course  of
business.  The decrease  in the  effective income tax  rate for  the nine months
ended September 30, 1995 was primarily due to permanent tax differences  related
to  mortgages sold by  a partnership in  which the Company  owns an interest for
which the acquired tax basis exceeded the book basis.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993

    REVENUES.   Revenues  before  assistance revenue  for  1994  totaled  $130.3
million  compared to $122.4  million for 1993,  an increase of  $7.9 million, or
6.5%. Management  fees decreased  $2.5  million, or  8.3%, and  resolution  fees
declined  $22.3 million,  or 25.3%, during  1994, principally due  to only eight
months of operations under the NationsBank Contract, as well as reduced revenues
from the government  sector contracts  as the contracts  continued to  conclude.
These  declines  were offset  by  a $10.4  million  increase in  Asset Portfolio
income, a  $6.2  million  increase  in  mortgage  banking  revenue  due  to  the
acquisition  of Holliday  Fenoglio and the  commencement of business  by ACC. In
addition, there was an increase in other revenues of $16.1 million primarily due
to the  $10.0 million  conclusion fee  from the  NationsBank Contract  and  $3.8
million  in  revenue  relating  to  the inclusion  in  1994  of  BEI operations,
primarily from the operations of a subsidiary  for the period prior to its  sale
in the first quarter of 1994 and its resulting sale.

    EXPENSES.    Total expenses  before  reimbursable costs  increased  by $15.9
million, or 20.2%, in 1994  primarily due to an  increase in personnel costs  of
$2.0  million and  an increase in  other general and  administrative expenses of
$15.9 million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in the profit
participations of $3.0 million. The increase  in personnel costs was due to  the
addition  of  personnel costs  for BEI,  Holliday and  ACC, which  was partially
offset by  reductions in  full time  employees associated  with concluded  asset
management  contracts. Other general and administrative expenses increased $15.9
million over 1993, primarily due to  the inclusion of BEI and Holliday  Fenoglio
in  1994 and the $2.8 million intangible  write-off related to the conclusion of
the NationsBank Contract in 1994. The  decrease of the profit participations  of
$3.0 million, or 97.5%, was primarily due to the modification of the NationsBank
Contract  effective April  1, 1993, that  effected an  exchange of NationsBank's
profit participation in the Company's income before taxes for a rebate of  fees.
See  "-- Year Ended December 31, 1993  Compared to Pro Forma Year Ended December
31, 1992 -- Profit Participation."

    PRO FORMA  INCOME SUMMARY.    Revenues before  assistance revenue  for  1994
totaled $130.3 million compared to pro forma combined revenues before assistance
revenue  of  approximately  $160.3 million,  assuming  the BEI  Merger  had been
consummated as of  January 1,  1993. The $30.0  million, or  18.7%, decrease  is
primarily  due to a decrease in BEI revenues  of $15.3 million and a decrease in
Holdings revenues

                                       23
<PAGE>
of $14.7 million. The decline in revenues is primarily related to the conclusion
of certain  asset management  contracts  during 1994  and  the sale  of  certain
Company  subsidiaries  in  the first  quarter  of 1994.  Income  from continuing
operations for 1994 totaled $20.9 million when compared to pro forma net  income
of  $28.3 million for  1993, after removing  the impact of  merger expenses, net
gain on sales of subsidiaries and discontinued operations for a decrease of $7.4
million, or 26.1%. Earnings per share for income from continuing operations  was
$0.88 for 1994, compared to $1.34 for the previous year for a decrease of $0.46,
or 34.3%.

YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993 COMPARED TO PRO FORMA YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1992

    REVENUES.    Revenues  before  assistance revenue  for  1993  totaled $122.4
million compared to  $107.8 million in  1992, an increase  of $14.6 million,  or
13.5%.  During  1993,  management  and resolution  fees  from  private contracts
increased approximately $25.1 million,  or 33.4%, primarily  due to the  Company
reaching  the highest incentive fee rate due  to the level of collections on the
NationsBank  Contract.  Resolution  fees   from  the  FDIC  contract   increased
approximately  $7.8  million,  or 105.0%,  primarily  due to  reaching  a higher
resolution fee rate due to the level of cumulative collections. The increases in
resolution fees from  the private and  FDIC contracts were  partially offset  by
decreases  of  approximately  $6.7  million, or  68.4%,  and  approximately $6.8
million, or 47.6%, in management and resolution fees, respectively, from the RTC
contracts. The decrease in fees  on the RTC contracts  was primarily due to  the
lower  volume  of  assets  managed. Effective  April  1,  1993,  the NationsBank
Contract was renegotiated  to reduce fees  by providing for  a 12.25% rebate  of
fees  earned on such  contract. Rebated fees  totaled $7.3 million  for the last
nine months of  1993. Income from  an Asset Portfolio  purchased in August  1993
were $2.6 million.

    EXPENSES.   Total  personnel and  other general  and administrative expenses
were $75.7 million for 1993 compared to  $65.7 million for 1992 for an  increase
of  $10.0 million, or 15.2%. Personnel  expense increased $14.1 million to $63.6
million in 1993 from $49.5  million in 1992. The  majority of this increase  was
due  to 1993 being the  first full year of operations  of Holdings as a separate
entity,  resulting  in  increases  in  employee  benefit  programs,   additional
corporate  personnel  as  well as  staff  additions for  the  private contracts.
Additionally, the incentive compensation  and severance compensation plans  were
expanded in 1993. Other general and administrative expenses decreased in 1993 to
$12.1 million from $16.1 million in 1992.

    PROFIT  PARTICIPATION.  The profit  participation by NationsBank Corporation
began with the acquisition of  Holdings by private investors, effective  October
31,  1992. The profit participation would have been $6.5 million higher, or $8.1
million on a pro forma basis, if the profit participation had been effective  as
of January 1, 1992. Effective April 1, 1993, a rebate of fees on the NationsBank
Contract   was  granted   in  exchange   for  the   termination  of  NationsBank
Corporation's profit participation in Holdings' income before taxes.

    PRO FORMA  INCOME SUMMARY.   Pro  Forma combined  revenue before  assistance
revenues,  assuming the BEI Merger  had been consummated as  of January 1, 1992,
were approximately  $160.3 million  for 1993  compared to  approximately  $140.3
million  for 1992. The $20.0 million, or  14.3%, increase in revenues was due to
an increase of  Holdings' revenues of  $14.6 million which  has been  previously
discussed  and an increase of $5.4 million for BEI. The $5.4 million increase in
revenues for  BEI  was  primarily  due  to  new  private  asset  management  and
resolution  contracts. Pro forma net income,  after removing the impact of BEI's
merger expenses, net gain on sales of subsidiaries and discontinued  operations,
resulted  in net income of $28.3 million,  up $4.5 million, or 18.9%, from $23.8
million for 1992. Earnings per share was  $1.34 for 1993, compared to $1.14  for
the previous year, for an increase of $0.20, or 17.5%.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

    Cash  for  investment in  Asset Portfolios,  originating/underwriting loans,
acquiring loans  for securitization,  general  operating expenses  and  business
acquisitions  is  primarily obtained  through cash  flow and  credit facilities,
including: advances  on  the  corporate and  portfolio  credit  lines,  mortgage
warehouse  lines and nonrecourse debt, retained  earnings and cash flow from the
resolution of Asset Portfolios in which the Company invests.

    On September 29, 1995, the Company entered into the $150.0 million Revolving
Loan Agreement which matures and is payable in full on September 29, 1997.  (The
Revolving  Loan Agreement initially  included a $25.0  temporary bridge facility
that was  permanently  repaid  with  a  portion  of  the  net  proceeds  of  the
Convertible  Subordinated Debenture Offering.) By  its terms, the Revolving Loan
Agreement has two

                                       24
<PAGE>
primary  components:  (i)  a  $50.0  million  revolving  credit  facility   (the
"Corporate  Facility") to be used for  (A) general working capital purposes, (B)
acquisitions of  equity  interests  in  other  persons,  (C)  certain  permitted
investments,  and (D) other business needs approved by the Banks that constitute
at least 50% of the lenders in number and have loaned 51% or more of the  amount
then  outstanding under the  Revolving Loan Agreement and  (ii) a $100.0 million
revolving credit facility (the "Portfolio Facility") to be used to (A) refinance
indebtedness  incurred  in  connection  with  the  purchase  of  certain   Asset
Portfolios  acquired  prior  to execution  and  delivery of  the  Revolving Loan
Agreement, (B) finance future acquisitions of Asset Portfolios, and (C)  finance
acquisitions  of entities for the purpose of resolving Asset Portfolios owned by
such entities. The banks' current commitment under the Revolving Loan  Agreement
is  limited to  a total  of $105.0  million, $35.0  million under  the Corporate
Facility and $70.0 million under the Portfolio Facility. The additional  amounts
under  the Revolving Loan  Agreement would become available  to the Company upon
the participation by additional financial institutions in the syndicate for  the
loan  and upon an increase in the Company's borrowing base under this agreement.
There can be  no assurance  that such events  will occur.  The borrowing  terms,
including  interest,  may be  selected by  the  Company and  tied to  either the
NationsBank of  Texas' variable  rate (8  3/4% at  September 30,  1995) or,  for
advances  on a  term basis  up to  approximately 180  days, a  rate equal  to an
adjusted LIBOR rate (7  5/8% at September 30,  1995 for a term  of 30 days).  At
September  30, 1995, there was a balance  of $33.0 million at 7 5/8% outstanding
under the Corporate Facility  and $39.0 million  at 7 5/8%  and $5.0 million  at
8  3/4% for a total  of $44.0 million outstanding  under the Portfolio Facility.
The combined balance outstanding  under the Revolving  Loan Agreement was  $77.0
million  at September  30, 1995. At  November 30, 1995,  the balance outstanding
under the Corporate Facility was $15.8 million including $2.8 million at 8 3/4%,
$8.0 million at 7 5/8% and $5.0 million at 7 9/16%, and the balance  outstanding
under  the  Portfolio Facility  was $22.4  million,  including $20.0  million at
7 5/8% and $2.4 million  at 8 3/4%. The  combined balance outstanding under  the
Revolving Loan Agreement was $38.2 million at November 30, 1995.

    The  Revolving Loan Agreement is secured  by substantially all of the assets
of the Company not pledged under  other credit facilities, including stock of  a
majority  of the Company's subsidiaries held  by the Company. The Revolving Loan
Agreement requires  the  Company  to meet  certain  financial  tests,  including
minimum  consolidated tangible  net worth,  maximum consolidated  funded debt to
consolidated capitalization ratio, minimum fixed charge coverage ratio,  minimum
interest  coverage  ratio,  maximum  consolidated  funded  debt  to consolidated
earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA")  ratio
and  maximum corporate  facility outstanding  to consolidated  EBITDA ratio. The
Revolving Loan Agreement contains covenants that, among other things, will limit
the incurrence of  additional indebtedness, investments,  asset sales, loans  to
shareholders, dividends, transactions with affiliates, acquisitions, mergers and
consolidations,  liens and encumbrances and other matters customarily restricted
in such agreements.

    Prior to entering into the  Revolving Loan Agreement, Holdings maintained  a
$75.0  million line of credit  with NationsBank of Texas  which bore interest at
NationsBank of Texas' floating prime rate or an adjusted LIBOR rate plus 1 1/2%.
This line of  credit was  terminated with the  execution of  the Revolving  Loan
Agreement.

    During  July  1995, two  wholly-owned  subsidiaries of  the  Company jointly
entered  into  a  nonrecourse  debt  agreement  for  $27.5  million  to  support
wholly-owned  Asset Portfolio purchases. This nonrecourse facility is secured by
all wholly-owned Asset Portfolios purchased with borrowings under this debt  and
bears  interest at the financing company's prime  rate plus 1 1/2% or LIBOR plus
3%. There was  a balance  outstanding at September  30, 1995,  of $21.9  million
under this nonrecourse debt agreement, $3.4 million at 10 1/4% and $18.5 million
at  8  15/16% At  November 30,  1995,  the balance  outstanding under  this debt
agreement was $18.9 million, $2.4  million at 10 1/4%,  $14.5 million at 8  7/8%
and $2.0 million at 8 15/16%. This facility matures on July 31, 1998.

    On  April 28, 1995,  ACC, a wholly-owned subsidiary  of the Company, entered
into a $25.0  million warehouse  line of  credit agreement  with NationsBank  of
Texas  (the "NationsBank Warehouse Facility") to support its commercial mortgage
financing. This facility is secured by loans originated through borrowings under
this facility  and  bears interest  at  either  the prime  rate  announced  from
time-to-time  by NationsBank of Texas  or an Adjusted LIBOR  Rate (as defined in
the   facility)    plus    2%.    The    Company    also    is    a    guarantor

                                       25
<PAGE>
on  this  facility.  At September  30,  1995,  an advance  of  $2.7  million was
outstanding at  an interest  rate of  7 13/16%  and was  paid in  full prior  to
November  30, 1995.  The NationsBank Warehouse  Facility matures  on January 25,
1997.

    On August 15, 1995, ACC, a  wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company,  entered
into  a warehouse line of credit  agreement with Residential Funding Corporation
(the  "RFC  Warehouse  Facility")  to  facilitate  multi-family  mortgage   loan
underwriting  and origination. This facility is  secured by the loans originated
through borrowings under  this facility and  the stated interest  rate for  this
line  is an adjusted 30-day LIBOR rate plus 3% (8 33/50% at September 30, 1995).
At September 30, 1995, an advance of $3.0 million was outstanding at an interest
rate of 8  33/50%. At November  30, 1995,  $10.4 million was  outstanding at  an
interest  rate of 7 1/2%. Each borrowing under the RFC Warehouse Facility is due
60 days after funding.

    On September 27, 1995, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company entered into
a Global  Master  Repurchase  Agreement  to  support  the  purchase  of  certain
commercial  mortgage  pass-through certificates.  A  total of  $8.7  million was
outstanding under this  facility at  September 30  and November  30, 1995.  This
facility  bears interest at  7 3/8%. This  facility is secured  by the Company's
investments in certain asset-backed securities.

    On November 3, 1995, ARMC, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, entered
into a  $100.0  million warehouse  line  of credit  (the  "Prudential  Warehouse
Facility"),  increased to $150.0  million on November  30, 1995, with Prudential
Securities Realty Funding Corporation to finance the acquisition and warehousing
of residential mortgage loans. This facility  is secured by the loans  purchased
through  borrowings under this  facility and held for  sale. The stated interest
rate for this line is LIBOR (as defined in the facility) plus 7/8% (which can be
adjusted retroactively under  certain circumstances  to LIBOR plus  2 2/5%).  At
November  30,  1995, $115.8  million was  outstanding  under this  facility. The
Prudential Warehouse Facility matures on March 29, 1996.

    On November  27, 1995,  the  Company completed  the  sale of  $45.0  million
principal  amount  of  Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures.  The  net proceeds
(approximately  $43.0  million)  were  used  to  repay  indebtedness  under  the
Revolving Credit Agreement. See "Recent Developments."

    On  December 13, 1995, the Company  completed a public offering of 2,000,000
shares of Common Stock. An additional  300,000 shares of Common Stock were  sold
on  December 19, 1995, upon exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option.
The aggregate net proceeds to the  Company (estimated to be approximately  $25.1
million)  were used to repay indebtedness  under the Revolving Credit Agreement.
See "Recent Developments."

    Accounts receivable decreased from  $20.7 million at  December 31, 1994,  to
$7.7  million at  September 30,  1995, due to  the conclusion  and expiration of
certain asset management contracts.

    In 1996,  the  Company intends  to  pursue (i)  additional  Asset  Portfolio
acquisition  opportunities,  by  acquiring  Asset Portfolios  both  for  its own
account and as an investor with various capital partners who acquire such  Asset
Portfolios,  (ii) acquisitions of new businesses  and (iii) expansion of current
businesses. The funds for such  acquisitions and investments are anticipated  to
be  provided in 1996 by cash flows  and borrowings under the Company's Revolving
Loan Agreement and the  Notes offered hereby. As  a result, interest expense  in
1996 will be higher than the interest expense in 1995.

    The Company believes that its funds on hand of $13.8 million at November 30,
1995,  cash flow from operations, its unused borrowing capacity under its credit
lines, the  anticipated net  proceeds  from this  Offering, and  its  continuing
ability  to  obtain  financing  should be  sufficient  to  meet  its anticipated
operating needs and capital  expenditures, as well  as planned new  acquisitions
and  investments, for  at least  the next  twelve months.  The magnitude  of the
Company's acquisition and investment program will be governed to some extent  by
the availability of capital.

INFLATION

    The  Company has generally been able to offset cost increases with increases
in revenues. Accordingly, management does not  believe that inflation has had  a
material  effect on its results of operations  to date. However, there can be no
assurance that  the  Company's  business  will  not  be  adversely  affected  by
inflation in the future.

                                       26
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS

GENERAL

    The  Company  is  a  leading specialty  financial  services  company engaged
primarily in Asset  Portfolio acquisition and  resolution and mortgage  banking.
The  Asset Portfolio acquisition and resolution business involves acquiring at a
substantial discount to Face Value  and managing and resolving Asset  Portfolios
to  maximize cash recoveries. The Company  manages and resolves Asset Portfolios
acquired by the  Company alone, acquired  by the Company  with co-investors  and
owned  by third  parties. The Company's  mortgage banking  business involves the
origination, placement and  servicing of  commercial real  estate mortgages.  In
addition, the Company has formed a residential mortgage banking business through
which  the  Company  will  purchase  and  securitize  portfolios  of residential
mortgages of  borrowers who  do not  qualify for  conventional loans  and  whose
borrowing  needs are  not being met  by traditional  financial institutions. The
Company also is entering the real  estate pension advisory business through  the
purchase of substantially all of the advisory contracts of Acacia.

BACKGROUND

    HISTORY.   The  Company is the  product of  the December 1993  merger of two
Asset Portfolio management and resolution  service companies: BEI and  Holdings.
Holdings  was  the  former Asset  Portfolio  management and  resolution  unit of
NationsBank of Texas, which was created  in 1988 in connection with  NationsBank
Corporation's acquisition from the FDIC of certain assets and liabilities of the
collapsed  First RepublicBank. BEI, a publicly-held company that was in the real
estate  and  asset  management   services  businesses,  began  providing   asset
management  and resolution services to the RTC in 1990. BEI also participated in
certain non-real estate service  businesses, which were  not retained after  the
BEI Merger. The BEI Merger created one of the largest Asset Portfolio management
and  resolution service companies in the  United States. Since 1987, the Company
and its predecessors have  managed approximately $30.0  billion (Face Value)  of
Asset Portfolios.

    DEVELOPMENT  OF  BUSINESS  STRATEGY.   The  Company's  original  business of
managing and resolving Asset Portfolios for third parties developed as a  result
of  the takeover of failed thrifts and banks by the federal government's deposit
insurance agencies  in  the  late  1980s.  Due  to  the  substantial  volume  of
under-performing  and  non-performing loans  and foreclosed  assets (much  of it
commercial real estate loans and properties)  and a lack of sufficient  internal
staffing,  the  RTC and  FDIC turned  to  private contractors  to assist  in the
management and resolution of Asset Portfolios.

    In early 1994,  the Company  made the  strategic decision  to diversify  its
business  lines and to  reduce the Company's dependence  on asset management and
resolution contracts with governmental agencies and certain other entities. As a
result, the Company shifted  its strategic focus in  order to take advantage  of
business  opportunities in the specialty finance  markets that capitalize on the
Company's competitive strengths and reputation within its core business. The key
elements of this strategy include:

    - increasing the amount  that the  Company invests  for its  own account  in
      Asset  Portfolios  by  capitalizing  on  its  expertise  in  managing  and
      resolving Asset Portfolios for third parties;

    - continuing to provide high quality  management and resolution services  to
      co-investors and other third-party owners of Asset Portfolios;

    - expanding  its presence in the traditional mortgage banking market through
      greater market penetration  and by participating  in the expanding  market
      for  securitization of  commercial and residential  real estate mortgages;
      and

    - developing its new real estate pension advisory business to complement the
      Company's existing business lines.

                                       27
<PAGE>
ASSET ACQUISITION AND RESOLUTION BUSINESS

    GENERAL.  The Company  manages and resolves Asset  Portfolios acquired at  a
substantial  discount to Face Value by the Company alone and by the Company with
co-investors. The Company also  manages and resolves  Asset Portfolios owned  by
third  parties.  Asset Portfolios  generally  include secured  loans  of varying
qualities  and   collateral  types.   The  Company   estimates  that   typically
approximately  85% of  the loans  in the Asset  Portfolios in  which the Company
invests are in payment default at  the time of acquisition. Although some  Asset
Portfolios  include  foreclosed real  estate and  other collateral,  the Company
generally seeks Asset  Portfolios that do  not include such  assets. Some  Asset
Portfolio  loans are loans  for which resolution  is tied primarily  to the real
estate securing  the loan.  Other loans,  however, are  collateralized  business
loans, the resolution of which may be based either on cash flow of a business or
on  real estate and other collateral  securing the loan. Collateralized business
loans generally have  smaller Face Values  and often are  more quickly  resolved
than  more traditional  real estate  loans. The  Company intends  to focus  to a
greater extent on collateralized business loans.

    The Company  obtains information  on available  Asset Portfolios  from  many
sources.  Repeat business and  referrals from Asset  Portfolio sellers with whom
the Company previously  has transacted  business are an  important and  frequent
source  of Asset Portfolios. The Company has developed relationships in which it
is a  preferred  Asset Portfolio  purchaser  for certain  sellers.  The  Company
believes  that  it  receives  many  Asset  Portfolio  solicitations  that result
primarily from the Company's reputation as an active portfolio purchaser.  Other
important  sources of business include referrals  from co-investors who seek the
Company's participation in Asset Portfolio purchases, focused contacts initiated
by senior management, public  advertising of Asset Portfolios  for sale and  the
Company's nationwide presence.

    Although   the  need  for  asset   management  and  resolution  services  by
governmental agencies has  substantially declined in  recent years, the  Company
believes that a permanent market for Asset Portfolio acquisition, management and
resolution  services has  emerged within the  private sector.  Whether because a
financial institution desires to reduce overhead costs, is not staffed to handle
large volumes of Asset Portfolios or simply does not want to distract management
and personnel  with the  intensive  and time-consuming  job of  resolving  Asset
Portfolios,  many financial institutions now  recognize that outside contractors
often are better staffed to manage and resolve Asset Portfolios. These financial
institutions include multi-national, money  center, super-regional and  regional
banking  institutions nationwide and in Canada,  as well as insurance companies.
Moreover, financial  institutions have  embraced the  concept of  packaging  and
selling  Asset Portfolios to investors as a means of disposing of non-performing
and under-performing  loans and  improving the  financial institution's  balance
sheet.  Consolidations within the  banking industry have  reinforced this trend.
Insurance companies, which historically have avoided outsourcing Asset Portfolio
management or selling Asset  Portfolios, also are emerging  as sellers of  Asset
Portfolios  due in  part to the  implementation of risk-based  capital rules for
insurance  companies.  Additionally,  there  is  a  market  for  management  and
resolution  services for  delinquent or  non-performing loans  within performing
securitized loan  pools. The  Company believes  that the  significant volume  of
annual  performing loan securitizations makes this an attractive market in which
to participate.

    The Company believes that opportunities for the acquisition, management  and
resolution  of  Asset Portfolios  are becoming  increasingly evident  in certain
international markets and that lenders in these markets are adopting many of the
Asset Portfolio  management  and  resolution  outsourcing  techniques  currently
utilized  in the United  States. Accordingly, the Company  has opened offices in
Toronto (August 1994) and  London (October 1995) in  order to take advantage  of
opportunities  in Canada, the United Kingdom  and certain other Western European
nations. The  Company had  $53.2  million (US$  Face  Value) in  Canadian  Asset
Portfolios  under  management as  of September  30,  1995, and  subsequently was
designated  as  the  Special  Servicer   for  a  Canadian  Asset  Portfolio   of
approximately $370.0 million (US$ Face Value).

    Because  of  the  significant  decline  in  Asset  Portfolio  management and
resolution services  required  by governmental  agencies  and the  trend  toward
outright  sales of Asset Portfolios, the  Company shifted its strategic focus to
becoming  an  active  Asset  Portfolio  investor  for  its  own  account  and  a
co-investor  with other Asset  Portfolio buyers. The Company  believes that as a
direct investor in Asset Portfolios it has a significant

                                       28
<PAGE>
competitive advantage relative  to the Company's  competitors in the  management
and  resolution business. Moreover, the  Company believes that direct investment
permits the  Company to  take advantage  of the  profit opportunities  of  Asset
Portfolio  investing. The Company believes that it  can gain market share in the
Asset Portfolio  acquisition,  management and  resolution  business due  to  its
financial  strength;  experience  in managing  and  resolving  Asset Portfolios;
national reputation; and strategic relationships with sellers and purchasers  of
Asset  Portfolios,  including  financial institutions,  large  corporate buyers,
investment banking firms and sophisticated private investors.

    For the nine months ended September  30, 1995, $54.3 million (78.0%) of  the
Company's  gross revenues were  attributable to its  Asset Portfolio acquisition
and resolution business. The following table reflects the ownership  composition
of  the Asset  Portfolios (based  on their Face  Value) under  management by the
Company as  of the  dates indicated  and  further reflects  the decline  in  the
management of Asset Portfolios for governmental agencies and the increase in the
Company's investment in Asset Portfolios since December 31, 1993:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             AT DECEMBER 31, 1993    AT DECEMBER 31, 1994       AT SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                                      1995
                                            ----------------------  ----------------------  -------------------------
                                             AMOUNT    % OF TOTAL    AMOUNT    % OF TOTAL      AMOUNT     % OF TOTAL
                                            ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------  ------------  -----------
                                                                      (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                         <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>
Wholly-owned by the Company (1)...........  $    92.9        1.6%   $   143.3        4.6%   $   310.0          10.2%
Owned by the Company with co-investors
 (2)......................................      392.4        6.8      1,729.9       56.0      1,507.4          49.6
Owned by third parties:
  Securitized mortgage pools..............      268.8        4.7        315.0       10.2        411.3(3)       13.5
  Government and other owners.............    5,002.8       86.9        900.5       29.2        812.0          26.7
                                            ---------      -----    ---------      -----    ------------      -----
    Total under management................  $ 5,756.9      100.0%   $ 3,088.7      100.0%   $ 3,040.7         100.0%
                                            ---------      -----    ---------      -----    ------------      -----
                                            ---------      -----    ---------      -----    ------------      -----
</TABLE>

     -----------------------------
     (1)  Includes  $0.0,  $13.9  million and  $44.0  million,  respectively, of
          asset-backed securities,  and  $2.5  million, $3.5  million  and  $5.2
          million  of real estate, respectively, at  December 31, 1993 and 1994,
          and at September 30, 1995.

     (2)  Includes the securitized  Asset Portfolios managed  by the Company  as
          Special  Servicer in which the  Company has invested, which aggregated
          $354.3 million, $973.8  million and $790.7  million, respectively,  at
          December 31, 1993 and 1994, and at September 30, 1995.

     (3)  Does   not  include   approximately  $300.0   million  of  securitized
          commercial mortgages for  which EQS  served as  Special Servicer.  See
          "Recent Developments -- Acquisition of EQS."

    The  following table  reflects, by ownership  category, the  number of Asset
Portfolios managed by the Company at September 30, 1995 and the number of assets
included in such portfolios:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                NUMBER OF ASSET    NUMBER OF
                                                                                  PORTFOLIOS        ASSETS
                                                                               -----------------  -----------
<S>                                                                            <C>                <C>
Wholly-owned by the Company..................................................             35           1,124
Owned by the Company with co-investors.......................................             28           1,740
Owned by third parties:
  Securitized mortgage pools (1).............................................              3             426
  Government and other owners................................................             10           2,146
                                                                                         ---           -----
    Total under management...................................................             76           5,436
                                                                                         ---           -----
                                                                                         ---           -----
</TABLE>

     -----------------------------
     (1)  Does not  include Asset  Portfolios for  which EQS  served as  Special
          Servicer. See "Recent Developments -- Acquisition of EQS."

                                       29
<PAGE>
    The following table reflects the Company's investment (at carrying value) in
Asset Portfolios as of the dates indicated below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                  AT DECEMBER 31,          AT
                                                                                      SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                  1993       1994         1995
                                                                ---------  ---------  -------------
                                                                           (IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                                             <C>        <C>        <C>
Wholly-owned by the Company (1)...............................  $    36.3  $    37.9    $   139.9
Owned by the Company with co-investors (2)....................        2.5       33.0         35.9
                                                                ---------  ---------       ------
    Total.....................................................  $    38.8  $    70.9    $   175.8
                                                                ---------  ---------       ------
                                                                ---------  ---------       ------
</TABLE>

       -------------------------------
        (1)  Includes  $0.0, $3.5  million and  $20.0 million,  respectively, of
             asset-backed securities, and  $2.5 million, $3.5  million and  $5.2
             million  of  real estate,  respectively, at  December 31,  1993 and
             1994, and at September 30, 1995.

        (2)  Includes the securitized Asset Portfolios managed by the Company as
             Special  Servicer  in  which   the  Company  has  invested,   which
             aggregated   $1.7   million,   $7.9  million   and   $8.6  million,
             respectively, at December 31, 1993  and 1994, and at September  30,
             1995.

     ASSET  PORTFOLIO INVESTMENT.  The Company's  business of investing in Asset
Portfolios is conducted either  through the Company  owning the Asset  Portfolio
alone  or  with  co-investors. At  September  30, 1995,  the  Company's weighted
average investment in all Asset Portfolios in which it was a co-investor was  6%
of  the  aggregate  purchase  price  of  such  portfolios.  Consistent  with the
Company's strategy of increasing its investment in Asset Portfolios in which  it
is  a  co-investor,  the Company's  weighted  average investment  in  such Asset
Portfolios purchased during the nine months ended September 30, 1995 was 20%  of
the  aggregate purchase price.  Asset Portfolios acquired  solely by the Company
have ranged up to $36.9 million (Face Value), whereas Asset Portfolios owned  by
the Company with co-investors have ranged up to $405.5 million (Face Value). The
Company  generally  funds its  share  of any  investment  with a  combination of
borrowings under its existing credit lines and internal cash flow. Future  Asset
Portfolio  purchases will depend on the availability of Asset Portfolios offered
for sale,  the availability  of  capital and  the  Company's ability  to  submit
successful  offers to  purchase Asset Portfolios.  As a  result, Asset Portfolio
purchases can vary significantly  from quarter to  quarter. The following  table
reflects  the Company's  total purchases  (at cost)  by fiscal  quarter in Asset
Portfolios over the past seven quarters:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   FOR THE QUARTER ENDED
                           -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                            MARCH 31,     JUNE 30,     SEPTEMBER 30,  DECEMBER 31,     MARCH 31,      JUNE 30,     SEPTEMBER 30,
                              1994          1994           1994           1994           1995           1995           1995
                           -----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                        <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
Wholly-owned by
 the Company (1).........   $   6,761     $   6,941      $      --      $  21,014      $  15,539      $  62,499      $  45,987
Owned by the Company with
 co-investors (2)........       5,125         8,948         11,306          7,900          6,294          8,480            325
                           -----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
    Total................   $  11,886     $  15,889      $  11,306      $  28,914      $  21,833      $  70,979      $  46,312
                           -----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
                           -----------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------  -------------
</TABLE>

- ------------------------------
(1) Includes $3,497, $2,875  and $13,248 in  the quarters ended  June 30,  1994,
    June  30,  1995  and  September 30,  1995,  respectively,  for  purchases of
    asset-backed securities, but does not include any real estate assets.

(2) Includes $2,000, $1,601  and $4,000 of  investments in securitized  mortgage
    pools  purchased in  the quarters  ended March 31,  1994, June  30, 1994 and
    December 31, 1994, respectively.

    Prior to  making  an offer  to  purchase  an Asset  Portfolio,  the  Company
conducts  an  extensive investigation  and  evaluation of  the  individual loans
comprising 95% to  100% of  the aggregate  Face Value of  all the  loans in  the
portfolio. This examination typically consists of analyzing the information made
available  by the Asset  Portfolio seller (generally,  the respective credit and
collateral files for the loans), reviewing  other relevant material that may  be
available  (including tax  and judgment  records), and  analyzing the underlying
collateral (including conducting site inspections, obtaining value opinions from
third parties and consulting with any  of the Company's asset managers who  have
experience  with the  local market  for such  assets). The  Company also reviews
information on the local economy  and real estate markets  in the area in  which
the  loan collateral is located. Because  of its broad, nationwide experience in
managing assets,  the Company  often is  able to  draw on  its asset  management
experience   in   the   specific  market   in   which  an   asset   is  located.

                                       30
<PAGE>
Unlike the original lender,  the Company values Asset  Portfolio loans based  on
the  present  value  of estimated  total  cash  flow from  resolution,  with the
expectation that the  loans will be  resolved prior to  scheduled maturity.  The
Company's  policy is  to not  refinance or  renew purchased  loans or  grant new
credit.

    Asset  Portfolio  evaluations  are  conducted  almost  exclusively  by   the
Company's   employees  who   specialize  in   analysis  of   non-performing  and
under-performing loans, often with further specialization based on geographic or
collateral-specific factors. Most of these employees have previously served  the
Company  (and some continue to serve)  as asset managers with responsibility for
resolving such loans. Their asset management experience aids these  individuals,
working together in teams, in making informed judgments about the status of each
loan  and the underlying collateral, the probable  cash flows from the loan, the
likely resolution  of  the loan  and  the time  and  expense required  for  such
resolution.  The Company's personnel document  these evaluations in standardized
Company formats.

    Upon completion  of evaluation  forms, the  Company compiles  a database  of
information  about the loans  in the Asset  Portfolio. The primary  focus of the
database is the anticipated recovery amount,  timing and cost of the  resolution
of  the  Asset  Portfolio.  Using  its  proprietary  modeling  system  and  loan
information database, the Company then determines the amount it will offer.  The
offer  is structured to achieve certain minimum rates of return. As of September
30, 1995, the Company had paid an average purchase price of 46% of the aggregate
Face Value on all of its  wholly-owned Asset Portfolios and an average  purchase
price of 56% of the aggregate Face Value on all of the Asset Portfolios owned by
the Company with co-investors.

    When  an Asset Portfolio is acquired  (whether for the Company's own account
or with co-investors), the  Company assumes the management  of the loans in  the
portfolio.  Management  includes  responsibility  both  for  servicing  and  for
resolving such loans. The Company's asset managers are given the supporting  due
diligence  information and projections relating  to each newly-acquired loan for
which the manager assumes management responsibility. Because asset managers  are
actively  involved in the Asset Portfolio  evaluation process, it is not unusual
for an asset  manager to  be given  management responsibility  for the  specific
loans  that the  asset manager  assisted in evaluating  in the  due diligence or
pricing processes. The  Company believes  that by combining  the resolution  and
evaluation  activities, the Company  achieves efficiency in  loan resolution and
accuracy in loan evaluations.

    Resolutions typically are accomplished through (i) negotiating with  debtors
a  discounted payoff,  which may  be accomplished  through a  refinancing by the
obligor with a lender other than the Company or (ii) foreclosure and sale of the
collateral. The  Company generally  seeks consensual  resolution of  each  loan,
having  found that  a negotiated resolution  usually maximizes  the Company's or
investor's rate of  return. The  Company resolves  most assets  within an  Asset
Portfolio  within 18 months. The goal  of the Company's asset resolution process
is to  maximize in  a timely  manner  cash recovery  on each  loan in  an  Asset
Portfolio.

    In   evaluating   Asset   Portfolios,  the   Company   takes   into  account
concentrations of collateral located  in specific regions  of the United  States
and  Canada. As of September 30, 1995, the geographic dispersion of each primary
asset securing  the loans  in the  Asset  Portfolios in  which the  Company  had
invested (whether for its own account or with co-investors) was as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  FACE                    NUMBER OF
                                                  VALUE     % OF TOTAL     ASSETS      % OF TOTAL
                                                ---------  ------------  -----------  ------------
                                                              (DOLLARS IN MILLIONS)
<S>                                             <C>        <C>           <C>          <C>
Northeast.....................................  $   477.5        26.3%        1,228         42.9%
West..........................................      716.6        39.4           766         26.8
Southwest.....................................      200.7        11.1           434         15.1
Midwest.......................................      109.1         6.0            96          3.3
Southeast.....................................      260.3        14.3           220          7.7
Canada........................................       53.2         2.9           120          4.2
                                                ---------       -----         -----        -----
  Total.......................................  $ 1,817.4       100.0%        2,864        100.0%
                                                ---------       -----         -----        -----
                                                ---------       -----         -----        -----
</TABLE>

                                       31
<PAGE>
    The  Company  invests in  both Asset  Portfolios composed  of collateralized
business loans and in  Asset Portfolios composed  of real estate  collateralized
loans.  Asset  Portfolios  purchased by  the  Company  alone have  tended  to be
primarily composed of  collateralized business  loans, because  many such  Asset
Portfolios  are within  the size  range generally  sought by  the Company. Asset
Portfolios composed primarily of real estate loans typically are larger and  the
Company's  investments in such portfolios usually are made with co-investors. At
September 30,  1995,  the  Company's  total  investment  in  wholly-owned  Asset
Portfolios  aggregated $310.0 million (Face Value), which was composed of $223.3
million (Face Value)  (72.0%) of  collateralized business  loans, $37.5  million
(12.1%)  of real estate loans, $44.0 million (14.2%) of asset-backed securities,
and $5.2 million (1.7%) of real estate.

    In addition, as  of September 30,  1995, the Asset  Portfolios in which  the
Company had invested (whether for its own account or with co-investors) included
approximately 2,900 individual assets. The Company has found that the market for
smaller  portfolios is less  competitive, because larger  Asset Portfolio buyers
often elect not to consider these  portfolios. In a recent industry trend,  some
Asset  Portfolio sellers are  soliciting bids on  portfolios consisting of small
groups of loans.

    ASSET MANAGEMENT  AND  RESOLUTION  SERVICES.   The  Company  provides  asset
management  and resolution services to third  parties pursuant to contracts with
the owner of an Asset Portfolio  or a purchaser (including a partnership,  joint
venture  or  other group  in which  the Company  is a  co-investor) of  an Asset
Portfolio. Management  of Asset  Portfolios includes  both loan  resolution  and
providing  routine accounting  services, monitoring collections  of interest and
principal (if any), confirming (or advancing) insurance premium and tax payments
due  on  collateral,  and  generally  overseeing  and  managing,  if  necessary,
collateral condition and performance.

    Asset  management  and  resolution contracts  relating  to  Asset Portfolios
managed by the Company for third parties have a finite duration, typically three
to five years, and at September 30, 1995 covered Asset Portfolios that ranged up
to $429.8  million  (Face Value).  These  contracts generally  provide  for  the
payment  of (i) a fixed annual management fee (generally between 50 and 75 basis
points based on the  Face Value or  original purchase price  of the loans)  with
revenues  declining as assets  under management decrease,  (ii) a resolution fee
(generally between 50 and 150 basis points based on the net cash collections  on
loans  and  assets) and  (iii)  a negotiated  incentive  fee for  the successful
resolution of loans  or assets, which  is earned after  a predetermined rate  of
return for the portfolio owner or co-investor is achieved.

    As  part of  its third-party asset  management and  resolution business, the
Company is aggressively pursuing  contracts to serve  as the designated  Special
Servicer  for pools of securitized mortgages.  After a loan within a securitized
pool of  performing  loans  becomes delinquent  or  non-performing,  the  Master
Servicer   or  Primary  Servicer   of  the  pool   will  contractually  transfer
responsibility for  resolution of  that loan  to the  pool's designated  Special
Servicer. Special Servicers earn an annual fee (typically approximately 50 basis
points  of the Face Amount of the  delinquent or non-performing loans subject to
Special Servicing), plus a 75  to 100 basis points  resolution fee based on  the
total  cash flow  from resolution  of each such  loan as  it is  received. As of
September 30, 1995 (pro forma with EQS), the Company was the designated  Special
Servicer  for securitized pools holding over $4.3 billion (Face Value) of loans,
$772.2 million  (Face Value)  of which  had  been assigned  to the  Company  for
resolution in its capacity as Special Servicer.

    The   Company  believes  that  its  willingness  to  purchase  participating
interests in the delinquent or non-performing portion of a securitized portfolio
provides the Company  a significant  competitive advantage  in pursuing  Special
Servicer contracts. The Company believes that acceptance of this risk is similar
to  its Asset  Portfolio acquisition business,  and that the  risk is acceptable
because the Company  understands the loan  valuations and will  manage the  loan
resolutions.

                                       32
<PAGE>
MORTGAGE BANKING BUSINESS

    GENERAL.   The Company performs a  wide range of commercial mortgage banking
services, including originating, underwriting, placement, selling and  servicing
of  commercial real estate loans through  its Holliday Fenoglio and ACC mortgage
banking units. The Company also formed AMRESCO Residential Credit Corporation, a
residential mortgage banking business, through  which the Company will  purchase
and  securitize portfolios composed of residential mortgages of borrowers who do
not qualify for  conventional loans  and whose borrowing  needs are  not met  by
traditional  financial institutions. For  the nine month  period ended September
30, 1995, $14.1 million (20%) of the Company's gross revenues were  attributable
to the Company's mortgage banking business.

    The  Company believes that the real  estate mortgage banking business offers
significant growth  opportunities.  There  are an  estimated  $1.0  trillion  of
commercial  real  estate mortgages  outstanding and  the Company  estimates that
$125.0 billion  to  $150.0  billion  in commercial  real  estate  mortgages  are
refinanced  each year  in addition  to mortgage  financing of  new construction.
Originations of  loans  for  new  construction projects  are  cyclical  and  are
influenced  by  various  factors  including  interest  rates,  general  economic
conditions and demand patterns in individual real estate markets. The commercial
mortgage banking industry is  fragmented, composed primarily  of small local  or
regional  firms. The  Company anticipates that  expensive technological demands,
increasingly standardized  underwriting requirements,  more demanding  borrowers
and  lenders,  and the  emergence of  a market  for securitized  commercial real
estate mortgage pools will likely push the commercial mortgage banking  industry
toward  greater consolidation. The Company  believes that well-capitalized, full
service mortgage banking firms offering a  variety of mortgage banking and  loan
management   services  nationwide  will  emerge  from  this  consolidation.  The
Company's objective  is to  improve  its position  as  a major  nationwide  full
service  mortgage banker  to the  commercial real  estate industry.  The Company
intends to achieve this  goal through the internal  development of its  mortgage
banking  group  and through  strategic  acquisitions of  mortgage  bankers which
either serve key real estate  markets in the United  States or provide niche  or
specialized services that enhance the Company's product line.

    COMMERCIAL  MORTGAGE BANKING BUSINESS.  As a leading full service commercial
mortgage broker and  banker with offices  in key markets  throughout the  United
States,  the  Company  provides a  wide  range  of real  estate  capital markets
services to owners and  developers of the full  range of commercial real  estate
properties.  The typical  consumers of  commercial real  estate mortgage banking
services  are  both  real  estate  developers  and  owners  (as  borrowers)  and
investor/lenders  (as funding  sources). Due to  the more  specialized nature of
commercial mortgage lending  and the  smaller universe of  lenders serving  this
market  (in each  case relative to  the residential  mortgage market), borrowers
rely on commercial mortgage brokers and bankers to find competitive lenders, and
these lenders (particularly insurance companies and pension plans, which do  not
generally have origination staffs located in multiple branches) rely on mortgage
brokers  and bankers  to source  potential borrowers.  Lenders generally include
banks, pension funds  and insurance  companies. In  originating loans,  Holliday
Fenoglio  and ACC each work closely with both the borrower and potential lenders
from the time a  loan prospect is first  contacted, through the application  and
proposal process, and throughout the documentation of the loan to final funding.
Holliday  Fenoglio and  ACC each typically  perform extensive  due diligence and
market analysis for the lenders in this process.

    Holliday Fenoglio was one of the largest commercial mortgage bankers in  the
United  States  in  1994  (based on  origination  volume)  and  primarily serves
commercial real  estate developers  and owners  by originating  commercial  real
estate  loans.  Holliday Fenoglio  primarily  targets developers  and  owners of
higher-quality commercial  and  multi-family real  estate  properties.  Holliday
Fenoglio  originates  prospective  borrowers  through  its  own commission-based
mortgage bankers in its offices located in Atlanta, Boca Raton, Buffalo, Dallas,
Houston, New York City  and Orlando. The loans  originated by Holliday  Fenoglio
generally  are funded  by institutional lenders,  primarily insurance companies,
with Holliday Fenoglio  retaining the Primary  Servicer rights on  approximately
20%  of such loans.  The Company believes  that Holliday Fenoglio's relationship
and credibility  with the  institutional lender  network provide  the Company  a
competitive advantage in the commercial mortgage banking industry.

                                       33
<PAGE>
    ACC, which originated approximately $260.7 million of commercial real estate
mortgages  during the nine months ended September 30, 1995, is a mortgage banker
that originates and  underwrites commercial  real estate loans  that are  funded
primarily  by Conduit  Purchasers rather than  by institutional  lenders such as
insurance  companies.  ACC,   therefore,  makes   certain  representations   and
warranties  concerning the loans it originates. These representations cover such
matters as  title to  the  property, lien  priority, environmental  reviews  and
certain  other matters. ACC primarily targets originators of commercial mortgage
loans for  commercial real  estate  properties that  are  suitable for  sale  to
Conduit  Purchasers  accumulating  loans  for  securitization  programs directly
through ACC's offices located in Dallas, Miami and Washington, D.C., as well  as
through  a  network of  approximately  20 independent  mortgage  brokers located
throughout the United States. ACC  recently established a relationship with  the
22  office  commercial real  estate finance  unit of  a major  insurance company
whereby the insurance company has agreed  to refer prospective borrowers to  the
Company  in instances  where the  prospective loan  does not  meet the insurer's
requirements (typically  borrowers  for medium-quality  commercial  properties).
Since  ACC  commenced underwriting  activities and  through September  30, 1995,
Holliday Fenoglio originated approximately 31% of the loans underwritten by ACC,
with Holliday  Fenoglio  and  ACC  each  receiving  fees  for  their  respective
services.

    The  Company believes that  through ACC, the  Company has certain additional
significant advantages in the mortgage  banking marketplace. First, through  its
relationships  with  certain institutional  investors,  the Company  is  able to
underwrite and sell commercial mortgage  loans, particularly in instances  where
the  borrower needs relatively quick access to funding for a particular project.
Through a warehouse credit facility arranged in early 1995, the Company is  able
to  underwrite and fund a loan and hold that loan for resale to a buyer. Second,
because of  the  Company's extensive  experience  in real  estate  markets,  the
Company  believes  it  can carefully  evaluate  the risks  of  such underwriting
transactions  in  order  to  minimize  financial  exposure  to  the  Company  in
underwriting and/or warehousing a loan.

    In  July  1995,  the Company,  through  ACC, acquired  CKSRS,  whose primary
business is the origination, sale to  Freddie Mac and servicing of  multi-family
apartment mortgages in the state of Florida. Through CKSRS, the Company became a
member  of  the Freddie  Mac  multi-family seller/servicer  program  in Florida.
Through this acquisition, the Company will obtain access to a significant source
of funding for multi-family mortgages. The Company intends to expand its Freddie
Mac authorization to operate in other  states. The Company has been approved  by
Fannie  Mae to participate in  its DUS program. The  Company expects Freddie Mac
and Fannie Mae loan  originations to become a  significant part of its  mortgage
banking  activities. Holliday Fenoglio is expected to be a significant source of
such loan originations. See "Recent Developments -- Acquisition of CKSRS."

    The Company generally earns a fee of between 75 and 100 basis points of  the
loan  amount  for  originated  or underwritten  loans,  plus  certain additional
processing fees. From time to time, the Company also originates  non-traditional
financing  involving  hybrid  forms  of debt,  equity  participations  and other
creative financing structures. Fees for  equity or joint venture structures  are
typically  higher. The table that follows reflects the loan origination activity
and loan origination  and underwriting  fee revenue  for the  nine months  ended
September 30, 1995:

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
Origination:
  Dollar volume...................................................   $1,585.0
  Number of loans.................................................        255
Origination and underwriting fees earned..........................      $12.2
Number of offices.................................................         10
</TABLE>

                                       34
<PAGE>
    After the evaluation of a loan prospect and the project financing needs, and
depending  upon  the type  of property  involved and  its location,  the Company
approaches institutional lenders that the  Company believes would be  interested
in  funding the  loan. The Company  has established relationships  with over 200
institutional lenders  that  include  insurance  companies,  pension  plans  and
Conduit Purchasers. In 1994, the Company placed 289 loans with over 80 different
lenders.  Twenty-six institutional  lenders have  retained the  Company as their
respective exclusive or  semi-exclusive loan originator  in selected cities  and
regions.

    COMMERCIAL  LOAN  SERVICING  BUSINESS.   The  Company  serves  as  a Primary
Servicer for  whole loans  and as  a Master  Servicer for  securitized pools  of
commercial mortgages. For the nine months ended September 30, 1995, $1.9 million
(2.7%)  of the  Company's gross  revenues were  generated by  its loan servicing
business (excluding Special Servicing). See "-- Asset Acquisition and Resolution
Business -- Asset  Management and  Resolution Services." The  dominant users  of
loan   servicers  are  mortgage-backed  bond   trusts  and  similar  securitized
asset-backed loan  portfolios  made  up of  numerous  passive  investors.  Other
lenders often contract with the originating mortgage banker or other third-party
servicer  to manage collection, accounting and  other activities with respect to
the loan. The revenue stream from servicing contracts on commercial mortgages is
relatively  predictable  as   prepayment  penalties   in  commercial   mortgages
discourage  early loan payoffs, a risk that  is more significant to servicers of
residential mortgage portfolios.

    Primary Servicing involves collecting monthly mortgage payments, maintaining
escrow accounts for the  payment of ad valorem  taxes and insurance premiums  on
behalf  of borrowers, remitting  payments of principal  and interest promptly to
investors in the underlying mortgages, reporting to those investors on financial
transactions related to such mortgages,  and generally administering the  loans.
The  Primary Servicer also  must cause properties  to be inspected periodically,
determine  the  adequacy  of  insurance  coverage  on  each  property,   monitor
delinquent accounts for payment, and, in cases of extreme delinquency, institute
and   complete  either  appropriate   forbearance  arrangements  or  foreclosure
proceedings on  behalf of  investors. Primary  Servicers are  typically paid  an
annual  fee ranging  between 6 and  20 basis points  of Face Value  of the loans
under management.  At  September  30,  1995,  the  Company's  Primary  Servicing
portfolio totaled approximately $3.0 billion (Face Value).

    Master Servicing involves providing administrative and reporting services to
securitized pools of mortgage-backed securities. Typically, mortgages underlying
mortgage-backed  securities are serviced by a number of Primary Servicers. Under
most master  servicing  arrangements,  the Primary  Servicers  retain  principal
responsibility for administering the mortgage loans and the Master Servicer acts
as  an intermediary in overseeing the  work of the Primary Servicers, monitoring
their compliance with the issuer's standards, and consolidating their respective
periodic accounting  reports  for transmission  to  the issuer  of  the  related
securities.  The Company occasionally  is designated as the  full servicer for a
pool of mortgages, in which case the Company acts as Master, Primary and Special
Servicer for the pool. Master Servicers are typically paid an annual fee ranging
between 4 and 10 basis points of  Face Value of the loans under management.  The
average  life of these  securitized pools is expected  to be approximately eight
years. At September 30, 1995,  the Company's Master Servicing portfolio  totaled
approximately $117.0 million (Face Value).

    The  market for  servicing performing loan  pools constitutes  a much larger
potential  market   than   the   market   for   servicing   non-performing   and
under-performing  assets. The Company  believes that by  gaining access to these
pools in a servicer capacity, opportunities  exist for the Company to  originate
loan  refinancings  as  outstanding  loans mature.  In  addition,  the Company's
ability to also act as Special Servicer is a competitive advantage. The Company,
therefore, has targeted the market for performing loan management services as  a
growth  area for  the Company. The  Company has previously  participated in this
market as  a  Primary  Servicer  of  commercial  real  estate  loans  for  loans
originated  by  the  Company's mortgage  banking  unit  and for  loans  owned by
investor clients.

    On October  27, 1995,  the Company  acquired a  substantial portion  of  the
assets  of EQS, consisting  exclusively of EQS'  third-party loan pool servicing
contracts. See "Recent Developments." Management estimates that at September 30,
1995, EQS  was  Master Servicer  on  approximately $5.9  billion  (Face  Value),
including  approximately $1.6  billion (Face Value)  as full  servicer, in loans
under the servicing contracts purchased in the EQS Acquisition.

                                       35
<PAGE>
    RESIDENTIAL MORTGAGE SECURITIZATION.  Through  ARMC, the Company intends  to
purchase  (in bulk from  independent originators), warehouse,  and securitize or
sell portfolios of  residential mortgages of  borrowers who do  not qualify  for
conventional  loans  and  whose  borrowing  needs  are  not  met  by traditional
financial  institutions.  Such  borrowers  may   not  satisfy  the  more   rigid
underwriting  standards of  the traditional residential  mortgage lending market
for a number  of reasons,  such as blemished  credit histories  (from past  loan
delinquencies  or bankruptcy), inability to provide income verification data, or
lack of  established  credit history.  Because  this market  is  underserved  by
traditional  lenders, credit is  less available, there  is less competition, and
interest rates are higher than for higher credit quality mortgage borrowers. The
Company believes that the higher  risk-adjusted profit opportunities offered  by
this  market  are  attractive.  As  of November  30,  1995,  ARMC  held mortgage
portfolios aggregating approximately $121.7 million.

    The Company intends to securitize loans through the sale of  mortgage-backed
securities  in the public and private capital  markets. The Company will seek to
utilize  securitization   structures  that   minimize  the   Company's   capital
requirements,  while still  providing income  to the  Company. For  example, the
Company may  sell certificates  for senior  interests in  a securitization,  but
retain  subordinated and/or  interest-only certificates. The  Company then would
have limited capital at risk, but would  retain a portion of the cash flow  from
the  securitization.  The Company  also may  seek  to place  bundled residential
mortgages through non-securitization  transactions such as  joint ventures  with
insurance companies and pension funds.

    To  lead the Company's entry into this market, the Company recently hired an
experienced team of individuals from a major national consumer finance  company.
This  group  managed  their former  employer's  comparable  residential mortgage
business. This group has  estimated that between 1991  and 1995, it managed  the
acquisition of over $2.0 billion of mortgage assets.

PENSION ADVISORY SERVICES

    The  Company believes that a market  exists for quality real estate advisory
services to pension plans and  other institutional investors in commercial  real
estate.  The Company believes  that through the targeted  hiring of high quality
personnel with proven track records and the purchase of advisory contracts  from
other  advisors, the Company can become a major provider of real estate advisory
services to  institutional real  estate  investors such  as pension  plans.  The
Company's  acquisition of  substantially all of  the advisory  contracts and the
hiring of  pension  advisory  personnel of  Acacia  is  the first  step  in  the
implementation  of this strategy. See  "Recent Developments." Acacia principally
provides real  estate  investment  advice  to  various  institutional  investors
(primarily  pension funds) seeking  to invest a  portion of their  funds in real
estate. The investors establish certain investment parameters with Acacia (E.G.,
amount of funds available for investment, type of property, geographic mix, form
of investment (loan, partnership, direct  ownership), target rate of return  and
investment  term). Acacia then  seeks investment opportunities  it believes meet
the investors' parameters.  The investors  exercise varying  degrees of  control
over  Acacia's  investment  decisions.  Depending on  the  amount  of discretion
granted by the  client, Acacia  also will make  a recommendation,  or the  final
decision,  concerning whether to sell a  particular property and will direct the
work necessary to  complete the sale.  Although Acacia is  paid acquisition  and
disposition  fees by  some of  its clients, its  principal source  of revenue is
asset management fees, which are based on the cash flow of the investments under
management or  are  negotiated at  the  time of  the  client's investment  in  a
property.

COMPETITION

    The  Company's competition  varies by  business line  and geographic market.
Generally, competition  within  each of  the  business lines  within  which  the
Company  competes is fragmented, with  national, local and regional competitors,
none of which  dominates a particular  business line. Certain  of the  Company's
competitors  within  each of  its  business lines  are  larger and  have greater
financial resources than the Company.

                                       36
<PAGE>
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

    The Company  is involved  from time  to time  in various  legal  proceedings
arising  in the  ordinary course of  business. In connection  with the Company's
loan  servicing,  asset  management  and  resolution  activities,  the   Company
generally is indemnified by the party on whose behalf the Company is acting. The
Company  also maintains insurance  that management believes  is adequate for the
Company's operations. None  of the  matters in  which the  Company is  currently
involved,  either individually or  in the aggregate  (and after consideration of
available indemnities and  insurance), is  expected to have  a material  adverse
effect on the Company's business or financial condition.

EMPLOYEES

    At  November  30,  1995,  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  employed 805
employees. Approximately  354  persons  are  employed  in  the  Company's  asset
management  and  resolution group,  301 persons  are  employed in  the Company's
commercial real  estate mortgage  banking  and services  group, 10  persons  are
employed  in  its residential  mortgage group,  18 persons  are employed  in its
pension advisory services business,  and 122 persons  work in general  corporate
administration.  The Company believes that  its employee relations are generally
good.

PROPERTIES

    The Company leases approximately 65,000  square feet in the Woodall  Rodgers
Tower  in  Dallas,  Texas  for  its  centralized  corporate  functions including
executive,  business  development  and   marketing,  accounting,  legal,   human
resources and support. The lease provides for annual rent of $693,000 and has an
initial   termination  date  of  August  14,   1997.  The  Company  also  leases
approximately 197,000 square feet of space  for an operations office and  branch
offices pursuant to leases with varying terms.

                                       37
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

    Set  forth below are  the names, ages,  and a brief  account of the business
experience of each person who is a director or executive officer of the Company.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   POSITION WITH THE COMPANY AND PRINCIPAL
        NAME (AGE)                                  OCCUPATION DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
- --------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>
Robert L. Adair III         Mr. Adair serves  as director, President  and Chief Operating  Officer of the  Company
        (52)                (since  December 1993).  Mr. Adair previously  served as Executive  Vice President and
                            director of BEI (1989 to December 1993). His term as a director expires in 1997.

L. Keith Blackwell          Mr. Blackwell serves as  General Counsel and Secretary  of the Company (since  January
        (54)                1994)  and previously  served as General  Counsel and Secretary  of Holdings (December
                            1993). Mr. Blackwell previously was an  investor and consultant (May 1992 to  December
                            1993)  and served as Executive Vice President,  General Counsel and Secretary of First
                            Gibraltar Bank, FSB (December 1988 to May 1992).

Randolph E. Brown           Mr. Brown serves as Senior  Vice President -- Commercial  Group of the Company  (since
        (35)                June  1995).  Mr. Brown  previously  served as  Director  -- Business  Development and
                            Acquisitions of  the Company  (1993 to  June 1995),  Director, Department  Manager  of
                            NationsBank  of Texas (1991 to 1993) and  Senior Vice President, Department Manager of
                            NationsBank of Texas (1990 to 1991).

James P. Cotton, Jr.        Mr. Cotton serves as a director of the Company (since December 1993). His term expires
        (56)                in 1998.  Mr. Cotton  previously served  as  Chairman of  the Board  of BEI  (1986  to
                            December  1993). Mr. Cotton also  serves as Chairman of  the Board and Chief Executive
                            Officer of  USBA Holdings,  Ltd., a  provider of  products and  services to  financial
                            institutions (since 1990).

Richard L. Cravey           Mr.  Cravey serves as a director of the  Company. His term expires in 1996. Mr. Cravey
        (51)                previously served  in  the  following  positions: Chairman  of  the  Board  and  Chief
                            Executive Officer of the Company (December 1993 to May 1994) and Chairman of the Board
                            of  Holdings (1992 to December  1993). Mr. Cravey also  holds the following positions:
                            Founder and Managing Director of Cravey,  Green & Wahlen Incorporated, a private  risk
                            capital  investment  firm  (since  1985),  its  investment  management  affiliate, CGW
                            Southeast Management Company (since  1991) and its affiliates,  CGW Southeast I,  Inc.
                            (the  general partner of  CGW Southeast Partners  I, L.P.) and  CGW Southeast II, Inc.
                            (the general partner  of CGW Southeast  Partners II, L.P.)  (since 1991); Director  of
                            Commercial Bancorp of Georgia (since 1988); Director of Commercial Bancorp of Gwinnett
                            (since  1990); and  Director of  Cameron Ashley Inc.,  a national  distributor of home
                            building products (since 1994).

Barry L. Edwards            Mr. Edwards serves  as Executive  Vice President and  Chief Financial  Officer of  the
        (48)                Company  (since November  1994). Mr. Edwards  previously served as  Vice President and
                            Treasurer of  Liberty Corporation,  an  insurance holding  company (1979  to  November
                            1994).

Gerald E. Eickhoff          Mr.  Eickhoff serves  as a  director of  the Company.  His term  expires in  1996. Mr.
        (49)                Eickhoff also is  a private investor  (since December 1993).  He previously served  as
                            President, Chief Executive Officer and director of BEI (1986 to December 1993).
</TABLE>

                                       38
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   POSITION WITH THE COMPANY AND PRINCIPAL
        NAME (AGE)                                  OCCUPATION DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
- --------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>
William S. Green            Mr.  Green serves as a director of the Company (since December 1993). His term expires
        (53)                in 1998. Mr. Green  also holds the following  positions: Managing Director of  Cravey,
                            Green  & Wahlen Incorporated, a private risk capital investment firm (since 1985), its
                            investment management affiliate, CGW Southeast Management Company (since 1991) and its
                            affiliates, CGW Southeast I,  Inc. (the general partner  of CGW Southeast Partners  I,
                            L.P.)  (since 1991) and CGW  Southeast II, Inc. (the  general partner of CGW Southeast
                            Partners  II,  L.P.)  (since  1991);  Director  of  DENTSPLY  International,  Inc.,  a
                            manufacturer  of dental supplies,  dental equipment and  medical x-ray products (since
                            1987); and Director of  Cameron Ashley Inc., a  national distributor of home  building
                            products (since 1994).

Harold E. Holliday, Jr.     Mr.  Holliday serves as Chairman of the  Board and Chief Executive Officer of Holliday
        (48)                Fenoglio (since August 1994). Mr. Holliday previously served as President of Holliday,
                            Fenoglio, Dockerty &  Gibson, Inc.,  a mortgage banking  company (for  more than  five
                            years prior to August 1994).

Amy J. Jorgensen            Ms.  Jorgensen serves  as a  director of the  Company. Her  term expires  in 1998. Ms.
        (42)                Jorgensen also  serves  as  Managing  Director of  Greenbriar  Associates  LLC,  which
                            provides advice and executes transactions relating to real estate assets and companies
                            (since 1995). Ms. Jorgensen previously served as President of the Jorgensen Company, a
                            consultant  for real estate strategy and finance (April 1992 to September 1995) and as
                            Managing Director in the Real Estate  Department of Morgan Stanley & Co.  Incorporated
                            (1986 to February 1992).

Ronald B. Kirkland          Mr.  Kirkland  serves as  Vice  President (since  January  1994) and  Chief Accounting
        (51)                Officer (since  January  1995) of  the  Company.  Mr. Kirkland  previously  served  as
                            Controller  of the Company (December 1993 to January 1995) and Holdings (December 1992
                            to December 1993) and  as Senior Vice  President and Controller  of the Special  Asset
                            Division of NationsBank of Texas (August 1988 to December 1992).

Robert H. Lutz, Jr.         Mr.  Lutz serves as Chairman  of the Board and Chief  Executive Officer of the Company
        (46)                (since May 1994). Mr. Lutz previously served as President of Allegiance Realty, a real
                            estate management company  (November 1991 to  May 1994); Executive  Vice President  of
                            Cousins  Properties  (February 1990  to October  1991); and  President or  Senior Vice
                            President of  The Landmark  Group (1980  to February  1990). His  term as  a  director
                            expires in 1996.

Michael N. Maberry          Mr.  Maberry serves as President of ACC (since April 1994). Mr. Maberry previously was
        (52)                a Shareholder of  the law  firm of  Winstead, Secrest &  Minick (April  1989 to  April
                            1994).
</TABLE>

                                       39
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                   POSITION WITH THE COMPANY AND PRINCIPAL
        NAME (AGE)                                  OCCUPATION DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS
- --------------------------  --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                         <C>
John J. McDonough           Mr.  McDonough serves  as a  director of the  Company. His  term expires  in 1997. Mr.
        (59)                McDonough also serves or  has served in the  following positions: President and  Chief
                            Executive  Officer  of McDonough  Capital  Company LLC,  a  company through  which Mr.
                            McDonough conducts personal and family investments (since February 1995); Chairman  of
                            the  Board of SoftNet  Systems, Inc., a  company that develops,  markets, installs and
                            services information and document management systems (since June 1995); Vice  Chairman
                            (since  1993)  and  Chief  Executive  Officer  (1993  to  February  1995)  of DENTSPLY
                            International, Inc., a manufacturer of  dental supplies, dental equipment and  medical
                            x-ray  products; Chairman of the Board (1992  to 1993), Director (1983 to 1992), Chief
                            Executive Officer (1983  to 1993),  President (1983 to  1991) and  Treasurer (1983  to
                            1989)  of GENDEX  Corporation, a  manufacturer of  dental equipment  and medical x-ray
                            products, which merged with DENTSPLY in June 1993; and Senior Vice President,  Finance
                            (1981   to  1983)  and  Director  (since  1992)  of  Newell  Co.,  a  New  York  Stock
                            Exchange-listed  manufacturer  of  products   for  the  do-it-yourself  hardware   and
                            housewares market.

Scott J. Reading            Mr.  Reading  serves as  President of  AMRESCO  Residential Credit  Corporation (since
        (51)                August 1995).  Mr.  Reading  previously  served  as  Managing  Director  of  Household
                            Financial  Services, Inc., a division of  Household International, Inc., a diversified
                            financial services company (June  1991 to August 1995),  and Senior Vice President  --
                            Human   Resources  of  Household  Finance   Corporation,  a  subsidiary  of  Household
                            International, Inc., for more than one year prior thereto.

Bruce W. Schnitzer          Mr. Schnitzer serves  as a  director of  the Company. His  term expires  in 1997.  Mr.
        (51)                Schnitzer  previously served as  Vice Chairman of  the Board of  BEI (1986 to December
                            1993). Mr. Schnitzer  also serves  as Chairman of  Wand Partners  Inc., an  investment
                            advisory company (since 1987); Director of Life Partners Group, Inc., a life insurance
                            holding  company (since 1990);  and Director of Penncorp  Financial Group, Inc. (since
                            1990).

Douglas R. Urquhart         Mr. Urquhart  serves  as  Senior Vice  President  --  Real Estate  Group  or  Business
        (50)                Development (since June 1995). Mr. Urquhart previously served as Senior Vice President
                            -- Portfolio Acquisitions of the Company (January 1994 to June 1995); President of BEI
                            Real  Estate Services, Inc.  and BEI Management,  Inc., a subsidiary  of BEI (December
                            1992 to January 1994); and President of BEI Asset Managers, Inc., a subsidiary of  BEI
                            (January 1989 to January 1994).
</TABLE>

                                       40
<PAGE>
                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

    The   Notes   are  to   be  issued   under  the   Indenture,  dated   as  of
                        , 1996,  between the  Company  and Bank  One,  Columbus,
N.A., as trustee (the "Trustee"). The following summary of certain provisions of
the  Indenture  does  not purport  to  be complete  and  is subject  to,  and is
qualified in  its entirety  by reference  to, the  provisions of  the  Indenture
(including  the definition of certain terms in the Indenture), the form of which
has been  filed  as an  exhibit  to the  Registration  Statement of  which  this
Prospectus  is a  part. Wherever  particular provisions  and definitions  of the
Indenture are referred to, such  provisions and definitions are incorporated  by
reference  as part of the  statements made, and the  statements are qualified in
their entirety by such reference. Article and Section references are to Articles
and Sections of the Indenture.

GENERAL

    The Notes  offered by  this  Prospectus will  be  limited to  $50.0  million
aggregate  principal amount,  plus up  to an  additional $7.5  million aggregate
principal amount  if the  Underwriters' over-allotment  option is  exercised  in
full.  The  Notes will  be issued  in  global or  registered form  only, without
coupons, in denominations of $1,000 and any integral multiple thereof.  Interest
on  the Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance and will be payable
on the 15th day of each month, commencing             15, 1996, at the rate  per
annum  stated on the cover page of  this Prospectus. Interest will be payable to
the person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on  the
10th  day of the month  of such Interest Payment  Date. (Sections 201, 202, 301,
307, 308 and 311) The Notes will mature on             15, 2003, unless redeemed
earlier at the  option of  the Company  or repaid earlier  upon the  death of  a
Holder  or upon the  exercise of the  conditional repayment option,  each as set
forth below. See  "-- Redemption  at Option of  the Company"  and "--  Repayment
Option Upon Death."

    Principal  and  interest  will be  payable  at  an office  or  agency  to be
maintained by the Company in New York, New York and Columbus, Ohio, except that,
at the option of the Company, principal and interest may be paid by check mailed
to the person entitled thereto.  (Sections 301, 307 and  1002) The Notes may  be
presented  for registration of transfer or exchange at an office or agency to be
maintained by the  Company in New  York, New York  and Columbus, Ohio.  (Section
305)  The Notes will be exchangeable without  service charge but the Company may
require payment to cover  taxes or other government  charges. (Section 305)  The
Notes  will  not  be  secured  by  the assets  of  the  Company  or  any  of its
subsidiaries or Affiliates or otherwise. In addition, the rights of the  Company
to  participate  in  any distribution  of  assets of  any  subsidiary, including
Holliday Fenoglio,  ACC, AMRESCO  Advisors, Inc.  (a subsidiary  of the  Company
formed in connection with the Acacia Acquisition) and ARMC, upon its liquidation
or reorganization or otherwise (and thus the ability of the Holders of the Notes
to benefit indirectly from such distribution) are subject to the prior claims of
creditors of the subsidiary.

    So  long as the Company  is a reporting company  under the Exchange Act, the
Company will  furnish to  Holders of  the Notes  annual reports  of the  Company
containing  audited consolidated  financial statements and  interim reports with
unaudited consolidated  summary financial  data  on a  quarterly basis.  If  the
Company  ceases to be  a reporting company  under the Exchange  Act, the Company
will furnish  to Holders  of  the Notes  annual audited  consolidated  financial
statements  and quarterly  unaudited consolidated  summary financial statements.
(Section 704)

REDEMPTION AT OPTION OF THE COMPANY

    The Notes may not be redeemed prior to                    , 2001. The  Notes
are  subject to redemption at 100% of  the principal amount thereof plus accrued
interest, at the option of the Company in whole at any time or in part from time
to time, commencing on                    , 2001, upon not less than 30 nor more
than 60 days' notice  mailed to the registered  Holders thereof. The  redemption
price  will be paid with  interest accrued to the  date fixed for redemption. If
the Company elects to redeem less than all of the Notes, the Trustee will select
which Notes to redeem using such method  as it shall deem fair and  appropriate,
including  the selection for redemption of a  portion of the principal amount of
any Note but not less  than $1,000. On and  after the redemption date,  interest
will  cease to accrue  on the Notes  or portions thereof  called for redemption.
(Article Eleven)

                                       41
<PAGE>
REPAYMENT OPTION UPON DEATH

    Upon the  death of  any Holder  of  Notes, the  Company will  purchase  such
Holder's Notes on request, if (i) the Notes have been registered in the Holder's
name  since their date  of issuance or for  a period of six  months prior to the
date of such  Holder's death, whichever  is less, (ii)  the redemption  payments
with  respect to such Holder's Notes will not exceed $30,000 in principal amount
in any calendar year, (iii)  the Company will not,  after giving effect to  such
payment,  have  made redemption  payments  on Notes  of  deceased Holders  in an
aggregate amount  exceeding $300,000  in principal  amount in  any twelve  month
period  (if such aggregate  principal amount exceeds  $300,000, then the Trustee
will repay such Notes up to $300,000  in principal amount in the order in  which
such  requests  for repayment  were received),  (iv) either  the Company  or the
Trustee has been notified  in writing of the  request for redemption within  one
year  after the Holder's death, and if less  than all of such Holder's Notes are
redeemed pursuant to such initial request, either the Company or the Trustee has
been notified in  writing of  subsequent requests for  redemption of  additional
Notes  of such Holder within  one year after any  such preceding notice, (v) the
Company is not, after giving effect to such payment, in default under any Senior
Indebtedness, and  (vi) the  Company  is not  subject  to any  law,  regulation,
agreement or administrative directive preventing such repayment. Notes for which
such  repayment is requested shall, subject  to the limitations described above,
be repaid  at 100%  of  the principal  amount  thereof, together  with  interest
accrued  to the repayment date, within 30  days following receipt by the Company
of the following: (i) a written request for payment signed by a duly  authorized
representative  of the  Holder, which  shall indicate  the name  of the deceased
Holder, the date of  death of the  deceased Holder and  the principal amount  of
Notes  to be repaid, (ii)  the certificates representing the  Notes to be repaid
and (iii) evidence satisfactory to the Company  and the Trustee of the death  of
the  Holder  and  evidence of  authority  of  the representative  to  the extent
required by the Trustee.  Authorized representatives of  a Holder shall  include
executors,  administrators or other legal representatives of an estate, trustees
of a trust,  joint owners  of Notes  owned in joint  tenancy or  tenancy by  the
entirety,  custodians,  conservators,  guardians,  attorneys-in-fact  and  other
persons generally  recognized as  having legal  authority to  act on  behalf  of
others. (Section 1201)

    The  death of  a person  owning a Note  in joint  tenancy or  tenancy by the
entirety with another or others shall be  deemed the death of the Holder of  the
Note,  and the entire principal  amount of the Note so  held shall be subject to
repayment, together with  interest accrued  thereon to the  repayment date.  The
death  of a person owning a Note by  tenancy in common shall be deemed the death
of a Holder of a Note only with respect to the deceased Holder's interest in the
Note so held by tenancy in  common; except that in the  event a Note is held  by
husband  and wife as tenants in common, the  death of either shall be deemed the
death of the Holder of the Note, and the entire principal amount of the Note  so
held shall be subject to repayment. The death of a person who, during his or her
lifetime,  was  entitled to  substantially all  of  the beneficial  interests of
ownership of a Note, will be deemed the death of the Holder thereof for purposes
of this  provision, regardless  of  the registered  Holder, if  such  beneficial
interest  can be established to the satisfaction of the Trustee. Such beneficial
interest will  be  deemed  to  exist in  typical  cases  of  nominee  ownership,
ownership  under  the  Uniform Transfers  (or  Gifts) to  Minors  Act, community
property or other joint  ownership arrangements between a  husband and wife  and
trust  arrangements where  one person  has substantially  all of  the beneficial
ownership interests in the Note during his or her lifetime. (Section 1201)

CONDITIONAL REPAYMENT OPTION

    The Indenture provides that each Holder shall have the right to require  the
Company  to  repurchase the  Notes  at a  purchase price  equal  to 100%  of the
principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid  interest, upon the occurrence of  any
event requiring that the Company repurchase, or make an offer to repurchase, any
Subordinated  Indebtedness other than the Notes. In the event such a requirement
is effected  with respect  to  Junior Indebtedness,  the  Holders of  the  Notes
requiring  the Company  to repurchase Notes  must be  paid in full  prior to any
payment to the holders of Junior  Indebtedness. In the event such a  requirement
is  effected with respect  to Subordinated Indebtedness that  is pari passu with
the Notes, the Holders  of the Notes requiring  the Company to repurchase  Notes
must  be  paid concurrently  with  the holders  of  the pari  passu Subordinated
Indebtedness. The Convertible Subordinated  Debenture Indenture contains such  a
repurchase requirement (i) in the event of any Fundamental Change (as defined in
the  Convertible Subordinated Debenture Indenture) or  (ii) if the Company's Net
Worth (as defined in the Convertible Subordinated

                                       42
<PAGE>
Debenture Indenture) at the end of  each of any two consecutive fiscal  quarters
is  less than  the Minimum  Net Worth  (defined in  the Convertible Subordinated
Debenture Indenture  as approximately  $141.0 million  (which includes  the  net
proceeds to the Company from the Common Stock Offering) plus the net proceeds to
the Company from any other offering of Common Stock by the Company subsequent to
the date hereof). See "-- Convertible Subordinated Debentures."

SUBORDINATION

    The  Notes are  subordinated, in  the manner  and to  the extent hereinafter
described to the  prior payment  of all  "Senior Indebtedness"  of the  Company.
Senior  Indebtedness  is defined  as any  Indebtedness  for Money  Borrowed (see
"Covenants -- Restrictions on  Additional Indebtedness") whether outstanding  on
the date of execution of the Indenture or thereafter created or incurred, unless
it  is provided in  the appropriate instrument that  such Indebtedness for Money
Borrowed is subordinated to any other Indebtedness for Money Borrowed. (Sections
101 and 1301) Indebtedness for Money Borrowed is defined in the Indenture as any
of the following obligations of the Company or any subsidiary which by its terms
matures at or  is extendable  or renewable  at the  sole option  of the  obligor
without  requiring the consent of the obligee  to a date more than twelve months
after the  date  of the  creation  or incurrence  of  such obligation:  (i)  any
obligations,  contingent or  otherwise, for borrowed  money or  for the deferred
purchase price  of  property or  services  (including, without  limitation,  any
interest  accruing  subsequent to  an event  of  default), (ii)  all obligations
(including the Notes)  evidenced by  bonds, notes, debentures  or other  similar
instruments,  (iii) all  indebtedness created  or arising  under any conditional
sale or other title retention agreement with respect to property acquired  (even
though  the rights and remedies of the  seller or lender under such agreement in
the event of  default are  limited to repossession  or sale  of such  property),
except  any  such obligation  that constitutes  a trade  payable and  an accrued
liability arising in the ordinary course of  business, if and to the extent  any
of  the foregoing indebtedness would appear as  a liability upon a balance sheet
prepared in accordance with generally  accepted accounting principles, (iv)  all
Capitalized  Lease Obligations, (v) all indebtedness  of the type referred to in
clause (i), (ii), (iii) and  (iv) above secured by (or  for which the holder  of
such indebtedness has an existing right, content or otherwise, to be secured by)
any  lien upon or security interest in property of the Company or any subsidiary
(including, without limitation, accounts and  contract rights), even though  the
Company  or any subsidiary has  not assumed or become  liable for the payment of
such indebtedness  and  (vi)  any  guarantee  or  endorsement  (other  than  for
collection  or  deposit in  the ordinary  course of  business) or  discount with
recourse  of,  or  other  agreement,  contingent  or  otherwise,  to   purchase,
repurchase,  or otherwise acquire,  to supply or advance  funds or become liable
with respect to, any indebtedness or any  obligation of the type referred to  in
any  of  the  foregoing clauses  (i)  through  (v), regardless  of  whether such
obligation would appear on a balance sheet. As of December 15, 1995, the Company
had an aggregate  of $85.2  million in  outstanding Senior  Indebtedness and  an
aggregate of $    million in Indebtedness for Money Borrowed.

    The  Indenture contains certain standstill provisions, which provide that no
payments of principal of, or interest on, the Notes may be made and no Notes may
be redeemed or repurchased  if at the  time thereof the  Trustee has received  a
written  notice (a "Default Notice") from the holder or holders of not less than
51% in principal  amount of  the outstanding  Senior Indebtedness  or any  agent
therefor (a "Senior Agent") specifying that an event of default (a "Senior Event
of  Default")  under  any  Senior  Indebtedness  has  occurred.  Such standstill
provisions remain in effect until the first  to occur of the following: (i)  the
Senior  Event of Default is cured, (ii) the Senior Event of Default is waived by
the holders  of  such Senior  Indebtedness  or the  Senior  Agent or  (iii)  the
expiration  of 180  days after the  date the  Default Notice is  received by the
Trustee if the maturity of such Senior Indebtedness has not been accelerated  at
such  time.  Upon  a  distribution of  assets,  dissolution,  winding  up, total
liquidation or reorganization of  the Company, all  Senior Indebtedness must  be
paid  in full before  any payment of principal  or interest on  the Notes can be
made. (Section 1301)  Any subordination will  not prevent the  occurrence of  an
"Event of Default" (as defined below) under the Indenture.

    By  reason of the subordination of the Notes, in the event of liquidation of
the Company, the Holders of the Notes will not receive payment until the Holders
of Senior Indebtedness have been satisfied  and in such event Holders of  Senior
Indebtedness  may recover  more than Holders  of the  Notes. Senior Indebtedness

                                       43
<PAGE>
may also  be  issued  or  incurred  in  the  future,  subject  only  to  certain
limitations  on the ratio of Senior Indebtedness to Consolidated Capitalization.
See "-- Covenants -- Restrictions on Additional Indebtedness."

COVENANTS

    The Indenture will contain a number of covenants relating to the Company and
its operations, including the following:

    RESTRICTIONS ON ADDITIONAL INDEBTEDNESS.  The Indenture limits the amount of
Indebtedness for Money  Borrowed of  the Company  on a  consolidated basis.  The
Company  may not create, incur, assume, guarantee or otherwise be liable for any
Indebtedness for Money Borrowed if, immediately after giving effect thereto: (i)
the aggregate  amount  of the  Senior  Recourse Indebtedness  outstanding  would
exceed  450% of  the Company's  Consolidated Capitalization,  (ii) the aggregate
amount of  Subordinated  Indebtedness  outstanding  would  exceed  100%  of  the
Company's  Consolidated Net Worth or (iii)  the Interest Coverage Ratio would be
less than 1.25 to 1 for the preceding  twelve (12) month period, on a pro  forma
basis as if such additional Indebtedness for Money Borrowed had been outstanding
during the entire period. "Consolidated Capitalization" is defined as the sum of
the  Company's  Subordinated  Indebtedness  plus  its  Consolidated  Net  Worth.
"Subordinated Indebtedness" is  defined as all  Indebtedness for Money  Borrowed
except  Senior Indebtedness (including  the Notes, any  indebtedness issued on a
pari  passu  basis  with  the  Notes  and  any  Junior  Indebtedness).   "Junior
Indebtedness"  is defined as any Indebtedness for Money Borrowed of the Company,
whether outstanding on  the date  of execution  of the  Indenture or  thereafter
created  or  incurred,  if,  in  the  instrument  creating  or  evidencing  such
Indebtedness for Money Borrowed or pursuant to which such Indebtedness for Money
Borrowed is outstanding, it is provided that (i) such indebtedness is junior  in
right  of  payment  to  the  Notes,  (ii)  no  payments  with  respect  to  such
indebtedness may  be made  at  any time  that an  Event  of Default  shall  have
occurred  and be  continuing and  (iii) no  payments other  than the  payment of
interest may be made with respect to such indebtedness at any time the Notes are
outstanding. "Consolidated Net Worth" is defined as the excess, as determined in
accordance with  generally  accepted accounting  principles,  after  appropriate
deduction  for minority interests in the net worth of consolidated subsidiaries,
of the Company's assets  over its liabilities. (Sections  101 and 1007)  "Senior
Recourse  Indebtedness" is defined as Senior Indebtedness minus any Indebtedness
for Money  Borrowed of  the  Company or  any of  its  subsidiaries that  is  (i)
specifically  advanced to  finance the acquisition  of assets  classified on the
Company's balance sheet as "assets held for sale" and (ii) either (a) secured by
the assets to which such indebtedness relates without recourse to the Company or
any of its subsidiaries or (b) issued under a loan agreement that requires  each
advance  to be  repaid upon  sale of  the assets  to which  such advance relates
within no more than one year of the date of such advance. The Interest  Coverage
Ratio  is defined as  the ratio of Consolidated  EBITDA to Consolidated Interest
Expense. Consolidated EBITDA is defined as the sum of consolidated net income of
the Company and its subsidiaries before taxes and non-recurring gains or losses,
plus depreciation,  amortization  and interest  expense.  Consolidated  Interest
Expense  is defined as the interest expense required  to be shown as such on the
financial statements  of the  Company and  its subsidiaries,  on a  consolidated
basis.  At  September 30,  1995, the  Company's Consolidated  Capitalization was
approximately $      million, consisting of Consolidated Net Worth in the amount
of approximately $      million and $      million of Subordinated  Indebtedness
on  a consolidated basis and the Interest Coverage Ratio was     to 1. Under the
foregoing restriction, and  after giving  effect to  the sale  of $50.0  million
principal  amount of the Notes hereby  (assuming the $7.5 million over-allotment
option is not exercised), the  Company could have incurred approximately  $
million  of additional  Senior Recourse  Indebtedness and  approximately $
million of additional Subordinated Indebtedness. (Sections 101 and 1007)

    RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS,  REDEMPTIONS AND OTHER  PAYMENTS.  The  Indenture
provides that the Company cannot (i) declare or pay any dividend, either in cash
or  property, on  any shares  of its  capital stock  (except dividends  or other
distributions payable solely in shares of capital stock of the Company) or  (ii)
purchase,  redeem or  retire any  shares of its  capital stock  or any warrants,
rights or options  to purchase or  acquire any  shares of its  capital stock  or
(iii)  make any  other payment  or distribution,  either directly  or indirectly
through any  subsidiary,  in  respect  of its  capital  stock  (such  dividends,
purchases,  redemptions,  retirements, payments  and distributions  being herein
collectively called "Restricted Payments") if, after giving effect thereto,

                                       44
<PAGE>
        (1) an Event of Default would have occurred; or

        (2) (A) the sum of (i) such Restricted Payments plus (ii) the  aggregate
    amount  of all Restricted Payments made during the period after December 31,
    1995 would  exceed (B)  the sum  of (i)  $10 million  plus (ii)  50% of  the
    Company's Consolidated Net Income for each fiscal year commencing subsequent
    to  December 31, 1995 (with  100% reduction for a  loss in any fiscal year),
    plus (iii) the  cumulative net  proceeds received  by the  Company from  the
    issuance or sale after December 31, 1995 of capital stock of the Company.

Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Company  may  make  a previously-declared
Restricted Payment if the declaration  of such Restricted Payment was  permitted
when  made. The amount  of any Restricted  Payment payable in  property shall be
deemed to be the fair market value  of such property as determined by the  Board
of Directors of the Company. (Section 1006)

    CONSOLIDATION,  MERGER OR TRANSFER.   The Company  may not consolidate with,
merge with, or transfer all or substantially all of its assets to another entity
where the Company is not the surviving corporation unless (i) such other  entity
assumes  the Company's  obligations under the  Indenture, and  (ii) after giving
effect thereto, no  event shall  have occurred  and be  continuing which,  after
notice or lapse of time, would become an Event of Default. (Section 801)

    LIMITATION  ON RANKING OF FUTURE INDEBTEDNESS.   The Indenture provides that
the Company will not, directly or indirectly, incur, create, assume or guarantee
any Indebtedness for Money Borrowed which is
expressly subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness, other than
Junior Indebtedness or indebtedness that is  pari passu with the Notes in  right
of  payment. The incurrence of Senior Indebtedness which is unsecured shall not,
because of its unsecured status, be deemed to be subordinate in right of payment
to Senior Indebtedness which is secured. (Section 1013)

    LIMITATIONS ON  RESTRICTING SUBSIDIARY  DIVIDENDS.   The Indenture  provides
that  neither the Company nor its subsidiaries  may create or otherwise cause to
become effective any consensual  encumbrance or restriction of  any kind on  the
ability  of any subsidiary of the Company to (i) pay dividends or make any other
distribution on its capital stock, (ii) pay any indebtedness owed to the Company
or any other subsidiary of the Company or (iii) make loans, advances or  capital
contributions  to the Company or  any other subsidiary of  the Company except in
certain specified circumstances. (Section 1014)

    LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS  WITH AFFILIATES.   Neither the  Company nor  any
subsidiary  may  enter into  any transactions  with any  Affiliate on  terms and
conditions less favorable to the Company or such subsidiary, as the case may be,
than would be available at such time in a comparable transaction in arm's length
dealings with  an unrelated  Person  as determined  by  the Company's  Board  of
Directors.  These  provisions  do  not apply  to  Restricted  Payments otherwise
permitted under  the Indenture,  fees and  compensation paid  to, and  indemnity
provided  on behalf  of, officers,  directors, employees  or consultants  of the
Company or any subsidiary, as determined by the Company's Board of Directors  or
its  senior management in the exercise  of their reasonable business judgment or
payments for goods and services purchased in the ordinary course of business  on
an arm's length basis. (Section 1015)

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

    An  Event of Default includes: (i) failure to pay the principal on the Notes
when due at  Maturity, upon  redemption or upon  repayment, as  provided in  the
Indenture,  whether or  not prohibited  by the  subordination provisions  of the
Indenture, (ii) failure to pay any interest on the Notes for 10 days, whether or
not prohibited by the subordination  provisions of the Indenture, (iii)  failure
to  perform any  other covenants set  forth in  the Indenture for  30 days after
receipt of  written notice  from  the Trustee  or Holders  of  at least  25%  in
principal  amount of the outstanding Notes  specifying the default and requiring
the Company  to remedy  such default,  (iv)  default in  the payment  at  stated
maturity of indebtedness of the Company for money borrowed having an outstanding
principal amount due at stated maturity greater than $1 million and such default
having continued for a period of 30 days beyond any applicable grace period, (v)
an  event of default as defined in  any mortgage, indenture or instrument of the
Company shall have happened and resulted in acceleration of indebtedness  which,
together   with   the   principal   amount   of   any   other   indebtedness  so

                                       45
<PAGE>
accelerated, exceeds $1 million or more at any time, and such default shall  not
be  cured  or waived  and such  acceleration  shall not  have been  rescinded or
annulled, (vi) certain events of  insolvency, receivership or reorganization  of
the  Company or any  subsidiary and (vii)  entry of a  final judgment, decree or
order against the Company for the payment  of money in excess of $5 million  and
such  judgment, decree or order continues unsatisfied for 30 days without a stay
of execution. (Section 501)

    The Indenture provides  that the  Trustee shall,  within 90  days after  the
occurrence of a "default" (meaning, for this purpose, the events specified above
without  grace periods), give  the Holders of  the Notes notice  of all defaults
known to it which have occurred  and remained uncured; provided that, except  in
the  case of a  default in the  payment of principal  or interest on  any of the
Notes, the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so  long
as  it in good  faith determines that the  withholding of such  notice is in the
interest of the Holders. (Section 602)

    If an Event of Default  shall occur and be  continuing, the Trustee, in  its
discretion  may,  and,  at the  written  request  of Holders  of  a  majority in
aggregate principal amount of  the outstanding Notes  shall, proceed to  protect
and  enforce its rights  and the rights of  the Holders. If  an Event of Default
shall occur and be continuing, either the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25%
in aggregate principal amount of  outstanding Notes may accelerate the  maturity
of  all such outstanding Notes. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal
amount of outstanding Notes may waive a default, except a default in the payment
of principal of or interest  on any Note. If any  Event of Default has  occurred
and  a declaration of acceleration made before  a judgment or decree for payment
of money due is  obtained, Holders of  a majority of  the outstanding Notes  may
rescind  the  acceleration of  the  Notes if  all  Events of  Default  have been
remedied and all payments due, other than those due as a result of acceleration,
have been made. (Sections 502, 503, 512 and 513)

    The Company must furnish  quarterly to the  Trustee an Officers  Certificate
stating  whether to the best knowledge of the signers, the Company is in default
under any of the provisions of  the Indenture, and specifying all such  defaults
and the nature thereof, of which they have knowledge. (Section 1011)

    A Holder will not have any right to institute any proceeding with respect to
the  Indenture or for any  remedy thereunder, unless (i)  such Holder shall have
previously given to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default,
(ii) the  Holders  of  at  least  25%  in  aggregate  principal  amount  of  the
outstanding  Notes shall  have made  a written  request, and  offered reasonable
indemnity, to the  Trustee to institute  such proceeding as  Trustee, (iii)  the
Trustee  shall have failed to institute such  proceeding within 60 days and (iv)
the Trustee shall not have received from the Holders of a majority in  aggregate
principal  amount of  the outstanding Notes  a direction  inconsistent with such
request. (Section 507)  However, the Holder  of any Note  will have an  absolute
right  to receive payment  of the principal of  and interest on  such Note on or
after the respective due dates and to institute suit for the enforcement of  any
such payment. (Section 508)

MODIFICATION AND WAIVER

    With  certain limited exceptions which permit modifications of the Indenture
by the  Company and  the Trustee  only, the  Indenture may  be modified  by  the
Company  with the consent  of Holders of  not less than  a majority in aggregate
principal amount of outstanding Notes;  provided, however, that no such  changes
shall without the consent of the Holder of each Note affected thereby (i) change
the  maturity date of  the principal of, or  the due date  of any installment of
interest on, any Note, (ii) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest on,
any note, (iii) change the currency in which any portion of the principal of, or
interest on, any Note is  payable, (iv) impair the  right on institute suit  for
the  enforcement of any such payment,  (v) reduce the above-stated percentage of
Holders of the outstanding Notes necessary to modify the Indenture, (vi)  modify
the  foregoing  requirements  or  reduce  the  percentage  of  outstanding Notes
necessary to  waive any  past default  or  (vii) impair  the optional  right  to
repayment provided the Holders. (Sections 513 and 902)

    The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes
may  waive compliance by the Company  with certain restrictive provisions of the
Indenture. (Section 1012)

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

    The Indenture provides that the Company may terminate its obligations  under
the  Indenture with respect  to all the  Notes by delivering  to the Trustee, in
trust for such purpose, money, Government

                                       46
<PAGE>
Obligations or both  which, through  the payment  of interest  and principal  in
respect thereof in accordance with their terms, will provide on the due dates of
any  payment of principal  and interest, or  a combination thereof,  money in an
amount sufficient to discharge the  entire indebtedness of the Notes.  (Sections
401 and 402)

CONCERNING THE TRUSTEE

    Bank One, Columbus, N.A. is Trustee under the Indenture and is also the Note
Registrar.

                                       47
<PAGE>
                       DESCRIPTION OF OTHER INDEBTEDNESS

    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARIES  OF THE  PRINCIPAL TERMS  OF THE  RESPECTIVE CREDIT
AGREEMENTS AND THE CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED  DEBENTURE INDENTURE DO NOT  PURPORT
TO  BE COMPLETE AND ARE SUBJECT TO  THE DETAILED PROVISIONS OF, AND QUALIFIED IN
THEIR ENTIRETY  BY  REFERENCE TO,  SUCH  AGREEMENTS. THE  COMPANY  WILL  PROVIDE
WITHOUT  CHARGE TO EACH PERSON  TO WHOM A COPY  OF THIS PROSPECTUS IS DELIVERED,
UPON THE  WRITTEN OR  ORAL  REQUEST OF  SUCH PERSON,  A  COPY OF  ANY  AGREEMENT
DESCRIBED   IN  THIS  SECTION.  SEE   "INCORPORATION  OF  CERTAIN  DOCUMENTS  BY
REFERENCE."

REVOLVING LOAN AGREEMENT

    GENERAL.  On September 29, 1995, the Company and certain of its subsidiaries
entered into the Revolving  Loan Agreement with NationsBank  of Texas, as  agent
(the "Agent"), and other lending institutions party thereto (the "Banks"), which
replaced  the Company's  previous revolving line  of credit  with NationsBank. A
total of $77.0 million and $61.0 million was outstanding under such facility  at
September  30,  1995 and  December 15,  1995, respectively.  The Company  had no
outstanding letters of credit at September  30, 1995. At December 15, 1995,  the
Company had outstanding $239,000 in face amount of letters of credit.

    The  Revolving Loan  Agreement provides  for (i)  a $50.0  million Corporate
Facility to be used for (A)  general working capital purposes, (B)  acquisitions
of equity interests in other persons, (C) certain permitted investments, and (D)
other  business needs approved by the Banks  that constitute at least 50% of the
lenders in number and  have loaned 51%  or more of  the amount then  outstanding
under  the Revolving Loan Agreement; (ii) a $100.0 million Portfolio Facility to
be used to (A) refinance indebtedness  incurred in connection with the  purchase
of  certain Asset  Portfolios acquired  prior to  execution and  delivery of the
Revolving Loan Agreement, (B) finance  future acquisitions of Asset  Portfolios,
and  (C) finance  acquisitions of  entities for  the purpose  of resolving Asset
Portfolios owned by  such entities; and  (iii) a sublimit  of $10.0 million  for
letters  of credit.  (The Revolving  Loan Agreement  initially included  a $25.0
million temporary bridge facility that was permanently repaid with a portion  of
the net proceeds of the Convertible Subordinated Debenture Offering.) The Banks'
current  commitment under the Revolving Loan Agreement  is limited to a total of
$105.0 million, $35.0  million under  the Corporate Facility  and $70.0  million
under  the Portfolio Facility.  The additional amounts  under the Revolving Loan
Agreement would  become  available to  the  Company upon  the  participation  by
additional  financial institutions  in the  syndicate for  the loan  and upon an
increase in the Company's borrowing base  under this agreement. There can be  no
assurance that such events will occur.

    The  Company  uses the  Corporate  Facility for  general  corporate purposes
including acquisitions  and investments  in asset  portfolios, partnerships  and
joint ventures and the Portfolio Facility to support investments in wholly-owned
asset portfolios.

    RANKING.  Indebtedness under the Revolving Loan Agreement constitutes Senior
Indebtedness.

    SECURITY.   Indebtedness  under the Revolving  Loan Agreement  is secured by
substantially all the assets of the Company not pledged under other  facilities,
including stock of a majority of the Company's subsidiaries.

    INTEREST.    Indebtedness under  the  Corporate Facility  and  the Portfolio
Facility generally bears interest at a rate based (at the Company's option) upon
the lesser of (i) the Variable Rate (defined as Agent's prime rate, as announced
from time to time) or (ii) the Adjusted LIBOR Rate (as defined in the  Revolving
Loan Agreement).

    MATURITY.   The  Corporate Facility will  mature on September  29, 1997. The
Portfolio Facility will mature on September  27, 1996, subject to the  Company's
right  to extend the maturity date for  the outstanding balance of the Portfolio
Facility for one additional year. Loans made pursuant to the Corporate  Facility
and  the Portfolio Facility may be borrowed,  repaid and reborrowed from time to
time until  the respective  maturity  thereof, subject  to the  satisfaction  of
certain conditions on the date of any such borrowing.

                                       48
<PAGE>
    FEES.   The Company  paid to the  Banks, upon execution  and delivery of the
Revolving Loan Agreement,  an aggregate  commitment fee equal  to $770,000.  The
Company  also will be required to pay to  the Banks a facility fee (ranging from
20 to 37.5 basis points) per annum, payable in arrears on a quarterly basis,  on
the  committed  undrawn  amount  of the  Corporate  Facility  and  the Portfolio
Facility, after adjustment for any letters  of credit issued by the Banks  under
the  Revolving Loan Agreement. In addition, the  Company will be required to pay
to the Agent (for the account of  each Bank) certain fees in respect of  letters
of  credit issued under the Revolving Loan  Agreement. The Company also will pay
to the  Agent  certain  other fees  for  the  Agent's role  in  structuring  and
administering the Revolving Loan Agreement.

    CONDITIONS  TO FUNDING EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT.  The obligation of the Banks to
make loans or extend letters  of credit will be  subject to the satisfaction  of
certain  customary conditions, including, without limitation, the absence of any
default  under  the  Revolving  Loan  Agreement  and  all  representations   and
warranties  under the  Revolving Loan  Agreement being  true and  correct in all
material respects.

    COVENANTS.   The  Revolving Loan  Agreement  requires the  Company  to  meet
certain  financial  tests, including  minimum  consolidated tangible  net worth,
maximum consolidated funded debt  to consolidated capitalization ratio,  minimum
fixed   charge  coverage   ratio,  minimum  interest   coverage  ratio,  maximum
consolidated funded  debt to  consolidated EBITDA  ratio and  maximum  Corporate
Facility  outstanding to consolidated EBITDA ratio. The Revolving Loan Agreement
contains covenants  that,  among other  things,  will limit  the  incurrence  of
additional  indebtedness,  investments,  asset  sales,  loans  to  stockholders,
dividends,   transactions   with    affiliates,   acquisitions,   mergers    and
consolidations,  liens and encumbrances and other matters customarily restricted
in such  agreements.  The  Revolving Loan  Agreement  also  contains  additional
covenants  that require the Company to maintain  its properties and those of its
subsidiaries (including corporate franchises), together with insurance  thereon,
to  provide certain  information to  the Agent,  including financial statements,
notices and  reports, to  permit inspections  of the  books and  records of  the
Company  and  its subsidiaries  by the  Agent, to  comply with  applicable laws,
including environmental laws and ERISA, to pay taxes, and to use the proceeds of
the loans solely for certain specified purposes.

    EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The  Revolving Loan Agreement contains customary  events
of  default, including payment  defaults, covenant defaults  (subject to certain
cure periods to be mutually agreed upon by the Company and the Agent),  breaches
of representations and warranties, cross-defaults to certain other indebtedness,
certain  events of  bankruptcy and  insolvency, judgment  defaults in  excess of
$500,000, failure of any guaranty or security agreement supporting the Revolving
Loan Agreement to  be in  full force  and effect and  change of  control of  the
Company.

    INDEMNIFICATION.  Under the Revolving Loan Agreement, the Company has agreed
to  indemnify the Agent and the Banks  from and against any and all liabilities,
losses, damages, costs and expenses of any kind (including, without limitations,
reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel  for Agent and the Banks) that  may
be  incurred by Agent  or any Bank relating  to or arising  out of the Revolving
Loan  Agreement,  provided  that  the  Company  is  not  liable  for  any   such
liabilities,  losses, damages, costs or expenses resulting from such indemnified
party's own gross negligence or willful misconduct. In addition, the Company has
agreed to indemnify  the Banks  against any and  all present  and future  claims
related  to tax payments (excluding income taxes of any Bank) in connection with
the loans made under the Revolving Loan Agreement.

ACC WAREHOUSE FACILITIES

NATIONSBANK

    GENERAL.  On  April 28, 1995,  ACC and  the Company entered  into the  $25.0
million   NationsBank  Warehouse  Facility,  which   ACC  uses  to  finance  the
origination and warehousing of certain mortgage loans. See "Business -- Mortgage
Banking Business." The Company has guaranteed certain of ACC's obligations under
the NationsBank  Warehouse Facility.  A total  of $2.7  million was  outstanding
under the NationsBank Warehouse Facility at September 30, 1995, which amount was
repaid  prior to November 30, 1995.  ACC uses the NationsBank Warehouse Facility
to support investments in mortgages pending sale.

    RANKING.  The Company's guarantee  under the NationsBank Warehouse  Facility
constitutes Senior Indebtedness of the Company.

                                       49
<PAGE>
    SECURITY.   ACC's indebtedness  under the NationsBank  Warehouse Facility is
secured by all mortgage loans originated  by ACC using funds obtained under  the
NationsBank Warehouse Facility and related collection accounts.

    INTEREST.   Indebtedness under the  NationsBank Warehouse Facility generally
bears interest at  a rate based  (at ACC's option)  upon the lesser  of (i)  the
prime  rate established by NationsBank of Texas,  as announced from time to time
or (ii)  the  Adjusted LIBOR  Rate  (as  defined in  the  NationsBank  Warehouse
Facility) plus 2%.

    MATURITY.   The original maturity date of the NationsBank Warehouse Facility
is  January   25,  1997,   subject  to   certain  limitations.   Under   certain
circumstances, ACC may extend the maturity date to January 25, 1998.

    CONDITIONS  TO EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT.  The obligation of NationsBank of Texas
to make loans  to ACC  under the NationsBank  Warehouse Facility  is subject  to
certain  customary  conditions including,  without  limitation, the  delivery of
certain documents, instruments and applications by ACC, approval by  NationsBank
of  Texas of  the mortgage  loan to  be originated  by ACC,  the absence  of any
default under the  NationsBank Warehouse  Facility and  all representations  and
warranties under the NationsBank Warehouse Facility being true and correct.

    COVENANTS.   The NationsBank Warehouse Facility requires ACC to meet certain
financial  tests,  including   minimum  liquidity,  maximum   ratios  of   total
liabilities   to  tangible  net  worth  and  minimum  tangible  net  worth.  The
NationsBank Warehouse Facility also contains covenants that, among other things,
limit the  incurrence  of  additional indebtedness,  investments,  asset  sales,
distributions,   transactions   with  affiliates,   acquisitions,   mergers  and
consolidations, liens, encumbrances and other matters customarily restricted  in
such  agreements. The  NationsBank Warehouse  Facility also  contains additional
covenants that  require ACC  to provide  certain information  to NationsBank  of
Texas,   including  financial   statements,  notices  and   reports,  to  permit
inspections of the  books and  records of the  Company and  its subsidiaries  by
NationsBank of Texas and to comply with applicable laws and to pay taxes.

    EVENTS  OF DEFAULT.   The NationsBank Warehouse  Facility contains customary
events of default, including payment  defaults, breaches of representations  and
warranties,  cross-defaults  to certain  other  indebtedness, certain  events of
bankruptcy and  insolvency,  judgment defaults  in  excess of  certain  amounts,
failure  of  any  guarantee  or security  agreement  supporting  the NationsBank
Warehouse Facility to be in full force  and effect, a change in control of  ACC,
changes  in the  basic business  of ACC and  changes in  the individuals holding
certain offices with ACC.

    INDEMNIFICATION.  Under the NationsBank  Warehouse Facility, ACC has  agreed
to  indemnify NationsBank of Texas and  certain related parties from and against
any and  all  losses,  liabilities,  claims,  damages,  deficiencies,  interest,
judgments,  costs and  expenses (including, without  limitation, reasonable fees
and disbursements of counsel for NationsBank of Texas) that arise out of certain
matters described in the  NationsBank Warehouse Facility,  provided that ACC  is
not  liable  for such  matters resulting  from the  gross negligence  or willful
misconduct of an indemnitee thereunder.

RESIDENTIAL FUNDING CORPORATION

    GENERAL.  On August 15, 1995,  ACC entered into the RFC Warehouse  Facility,
which  ACC  uses  to  facilitate  multi-family  mortgage  loan  underwriting and
origination. See  "Business  -- Mortgage  Banking  Business." A  total  of  $3.0
million  and $10.4 million  was outstanding under the  RFC Warehouse Facility at
September 30,  1995  and November  30,  1995, respectively.  The  RFC  Warehouse
Facility is non-recourse to the Company.

    SECURITY.  ACC's indebtedness under the RFC Warehouse Facility is secured by
all  mortgage  loans  originated  by  ACC using  funds  obtained  under  the RFC
Warehouse Facility.

    INTEREST.  Indebtedness  under the  RFC Warehouse  Facility generally  bears
interest  at a rate based  upon the LIBOR Rate (as  defined in the RFC Warehouse
Facility) plus 3%.

                                       50
<PAGE>
    MATURITY.  The stated maturity date will be provided in each note related to
each  borrowing  under  the  RFC  Warehouse  Facility  and  is  expected  to  be
approximately 60 days from the date of each such borrowing.

    CONDITIONS  TO EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT.   The obligation of Residential Funding
Corporation to make loans to ACC under the RFC Warehouse Facility is subject  to
certain  customary  conditions including,  without  limitation, the  delivery of
certain documents, instruments and applications by ACC, approval by  Residential
Funding  Corporation of the mortgage loans to  be originated by ACC, the absence
of any default  under the RFC  Warehouse Facility, and  all representations  and
warranties under the RFC Warehouse Facility being true and correct.

    COVENANTS.    The  RFC  Warehouse  Facility  requires  ACC  to  meet certain
financial tests,  including a  maximum  ratio of  debt  to tangible  net  worth,
minimum  tangible net worth  and minimum Servicing Portfolio  (as defined in the
RFC Warehouse  Facility). The  RFC Warehouse  Facility also  contains  covenants
that,   among  other  things,  limit   ACC's  ability  to  liquidate,  dissolve,
consolidate or merge or sell any substantial part of its assets, or acquire  any
substantial  part of the assets of  another business. The RFC Warehouse Facility
also  contains  additional  covenants  that  require  ACC  to  provide   certain
information  to Residential Funding Corporation, including financial statements,
notices and  reports, permit  inspections of  the books  and records  of ACC  by
Residential  Funding Corporation and  to comply with applicable  laws and to pay
taxes.

    EVENTS OF DEFAULT.  The RFC Warehouse Facility contains customary events  of
default,  including payment defaults (subject to certain cure periods), breaches
of covenants or representations and warranties, cross-defaults to certain  other
indebtedness,  certain  events of  bankruptcy and  insolvency (including  of the
Company) and judgment defaults in excess of certain amounts.

    INDEMNIFICATION.   Under  the RFC  Warehouse  Facility, ACC  has  agreed  to
indemnify  Residential Funding Corporation and  certain related parties from and
against  any  and  all  losses,  liabilities,  claims,  damages,   deficiencies,
interest,   judgments,  costs  and   expenses  (including,  without  limitation,
reasonable  fees   and  disbursements   of  counsel   for  Residential   Funding
Corporation)  that arise out  of certain matters described  in the RFC Warehouse
Facility, provided that ACC  is not liable for  such matters resulting from  the
gross negligence or willful misconduct of an indemnitee thereunder.

ARMC WAREHOUSE FACILITY

    GENERAL.   On November  3, 1995, ARMC entered  into the Prudential Warehouse
Facility. The Prudential Warehouse Facility is currently a $150.0 million credit
facility that ARMC uses  to finance the acquisition  and warehousing of  certain
residential  mortgage  loans.  See  "Business --  Mortgage  Banking  Business --
Residential Mortgage Securitization." A total of $115.8 million was  outstanding
under  the Prudential  Warehouse Facility at  November 30,  1995. The Prudential
Warehouse Facility is non-recourse to the Company.

    SECURITY.  ARMC's  indebtedness under the  Prudential Warehouse Facility  is
secured  by all residential mortgage loans acquired by ARMC using funds obtained
under the Prudential Warehouse Facility.

    INTEREST.  Indebtedness  under the Prudential  Warehouse Facility  generally
bears  interest  at  a rate  based  upon  LIBOR (as  defined  in  the Prudential
Warehouse Facility)  plus  7/8%;  if  Prudential Securities,  Inc.  is  not  the
underwriter  on the eventual securitization of  the mortgage loans securing this
warehouse loan,  the  interest rate  may  be increased  to  LIBOR plus  2  2/5%,
applicable retroactively.

    MATURITY.  The stated maturity date for the Prudential Warehouse Facility is
the  earlier  of  (i)  March 29,  1996  or  (ii)  the date  on  which  the loans
collateralizing the Prudential Warehouse Facility are securitized.

    CONDITIONS TO EXTENSIONS OF CREDIT.  The obligation of Prudential Securities
Realty Funding Corporation to make loans to ARMC under the Prudential  Warehouse
Facility   is  subject  to  certain  customary  conditions,  including,  without
limitation, the delivery of certain  documents, instruments and applications  by
ARMC,  approval  by  Prudential  Securities Realty  Funding  Corporation  of the
mortgage loan pool to be acquired by ARMC, the absence of any default under  the
Prudential  Warehouse Facility, and all representations and warranties under the
Prudential Warehouse Facility being true and correct.

                                       51
<PAGE>
    COVENANTS.  The Prudential Warehouse Facility requires ARMC to meet  certain
financial tests, including minimum tangible equity capital, a minimum net equity
amount  and a  maximum leverage  ratio. The  Prudential Warehouse  Facility also
contains covenants that,  among other  things, require ARMC  to provide  certain
information  to  Prudential  Securities  Realty  Funding  Corporation, including
financial statements and other reports regarding the mortgage loans, to maintain
adequate insurance, and to comply with the applicable laws.

    EVENTS OF DEFAULT.   The  Prudential Warehouse  Facility contains  customary
events   of  default,  including  payment  default,  breaches  of  covenants  or
representations and  warranties, certain  events  of bankruptcy  and  insolvency
(including  of  the  Company)  and material  adverse  changes  in  the financial
condition of ARMC or the Company.

    INDEMNIFICATION.  Under the Prudential  Warehouse Facility, ARMC has  agreed
to  indemnify  Prudential  Securities  Realty  Funding  Corporation  against all
liabilities, losses, damages, judgments,  costs and expenses  of any kind  which
relate  to or arise out of the Prudential Warehouse Facility, provided that ARMC
is not  liable  for  such  matters resulting  from  the  negligence  or  willful
misconduct of Prudential.

AMBS REPURCHASE TRANSACTION

    GENERAL.    On  September 27,  1995,  AMRESCO  MBS I,  INC.,  a wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company ("AMBS"),  entered into a Repurchase Transaction  (the
"Repurchase  Transaction") which supplements, forms part  of and is subject to a
Global Master  Repurchase Agreement  (the  "Repurchase Agreement")  with  Nomura
Grand  Cayman,  Ltd. ("Nomura")  to support  the purchase  on margin  of certain
commercial mortgage pass-through certificates  (the "Purchased Securities").  As
of  November  30,  1995,  $8.7  million  was  outstanding  under  the Repurchase
Transaction.

    SECURITY.  Indebtedness  under the  Repurchase Transaction is  secured by  a
first priority security interest in the Purchased Securities.

    INTEREST.  Indebtedness under the Repurchase Transaction bears interest at a
rate  of 30 day  LIBOR plus between  1 1/4% and  1 1/2% depending  on the margin
(7 3/8% at November 30, 1995).

    REPURCHASE DATE.   The  repurchase date  for the  Repurchase Transaction  is
September 16, 1996, with a three month extension, at the option of Nomura.

    EVENTS  OF  ACCELERATION.   Upon the  occurrence of  (i) a  material adverse
impact on (A) the creditworthiness of AMBS,  (B) the ability of AMBS to  perform
its  obligations under the Repurchase Agreement,  (C) the marketability or value
of the  Purchased  Securities  or  (D)  the  economic,  political  or  financial
stability  of  the issuing  or domicile  country,  (ii) governmental  changes in
taxation or exchange controls which affect the Purchased Securities or  relevant
financial  markets or (iii)  a drop of more  than 5% in the  market value of the
Purchased  Securities  in  one  day,  Nomura  may  immediately  accelerate   the
repurchase date.

    EVENTS  OF DEFAULT.   The Repurchase Transaction  contains certain events of
default, including,  among  others,  payment defaults,  failure  to  maintain  a
minimum   margin,  insolvency,  breaches   of  representations  and  warranties,
suspension from  a securities  exchange or  association, failure  to maintain  a
first  priority security interest in the Purchased Securities and cross-defaults
in excess of certain amounts.

CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES

    GENERAL.  On  November 27, 1995,  the Company entered  into the  Convertible
Subordinated  Debenture Indenture with First  Interstate Bank of Texas, National
Association, as trustee. Pursuant to  the terms of the Convertible  Subordinated
Debenture  Indenture, an aggregate of  $45.0 million of Convertible Subordinated
Debentures were issued.  A portion  of the  net proceeds  from the  sale of  the
Convertible  Subordinated Debentures was applied  to pay down indebtedness under
the Company's Revolving Loan Agreement.

    RANKING.    Indebtedness  under   the  Convertible  Subordinated   Debenture
Indenture  does not constitute  Senior Indebtedness and  will be subordinated to
the Notes.

    SECURITY.    Indebtedness  under  the  Convertible  Subordinated   Debenture
Indenture is unsecured.

                                       52
<PAGE>
    INTEREST.     Indebtedness  under  the  Convertible  Subordinated  Debenture
Indenture bears interest at the rate of 8% per annum.

    MATURITY.  The Convertible Subordinated  Debenture Indenture will mature  on
December 15, 2005.

    CONVERSION  RIGHTS.  The Convertible Subordinated Debentures are convertible
into Common Stock at the option of holders thereof at any time and from time  to
time prior to and including maturity. The initial conversion price is $12.50 per
share, subject to adjustment in certain events.

    CERTAIN   RIGHTS   TO   REQUIRE  REPURCHASE   OF   CONVERTIBLE  SUBORDINATED
DEBENTURES.   In  the event  of  any  Fundamental Change  (as  described  below)
affecting  the Company which constitutes a Repurchase Event (as described below)
occurring after the date of issuance of the Convertible Subordinated  Debentures
and  on or prior to maturity, each holder of Convertible Subordinated Debentures
will have  the  right,  at  the  holder's option,  to  require  the  Company  to
repurchase  all or any part of  the holder's Convertible Subordinated Debentures
at a  price (the  "Repurchase Price")  equal  to 101%  of the  principal  amount
thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest to the repurchase date.

    The  term "Fundamental  Change" means the  occurrence of  any transaction or
event in connection  with which  all or substantially  all of  the Common  Stock
shall  be exchanged for, converted into, acquired for or constitute the right to
receive consideration  (whether  by means  of  an exchange  offer,  liquidation,
tender    offer,    consolidation,   merger,    combination,   reclassification,
recapitalization or  otherwise) which  is not  all or  substantially all  common
stock  which  is  (or,  upon  consummation  of  or  immediately  following  such
transaction or  event, will  be) listed  on a  national securities  exchange  or
approved  for quotation  on the  Nasdaq Stock  Market or  any similar  system of
automated dissemination of quotations of securities prices. For purposes of  the
definition  of  a "Fundamental  Change," (i)  "substantially  all of  the Common
Stock" shall mean at least 85% of the Common Stock outstanding immediately prior
to the  transaction  or event  giving  rise to  a  Fundamental Change  and  (ii)
consideration  shall be "substantially all common stock"  if at least 80% of the
fair value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors) of the  total
consideration  is attributable to  common stock. A  Fundamental Change would not
include an acquisition  of a  majority of the  outstanding Common  Stock by  any
person  or group so long as it does not result in termination of such listing or
approval for quotation.

    A Repurchase  Event is  a right  to require  the Company  to repurchase  the
Convertible  Subordinated Debentures and a  Repurchase Event shall have occurred
if a Fundamental Change shall have occurred unless (i) the current market  price
of the Common Stock is at least equal to the conversion price of the Convertible
Subordinated  Debentures  in  effect  immediately  preceding  the  time  of such
Fundamental Change or (ii) the consideration in the transaction or event  giving
rise to such Fundamental Change to the holders of Common Stock consists of cash,
securities  that are, or immediately upon issuance will be, listed on a national
securities exchange or  quoted on  the Nasdaq  National Market  (or any  similar
system  of automated  dissemination of  quotations of  securities prices),  or a
combination of cash and such securities, and the aggregate fair market value  of
such consideration (which, in the case of such securities, shall be equal to the
average of the daily closing prices of such securities during the 10 consecutive
trading  days commencing  with the sixth  trading day  following consummation of
such transaction or  event) is  at least  105% of  the conversion  price of  the
Convertible  Subordinated Debentures in effect on the date immediately preceding
the closing date of such transaction or event.

    OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.    The  Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures  are  not
redeemable  prior to December 15,  1996. Thereafter the Convertible Subordinated
Debentures will be  redeemable, at  the Company's option,  in whole  and not  in
part,  at various redemption prices (expressed as a percentage). The Convertible
Subordinated Debentures may not be  redeemed, however, after December 15,  1996,
and  prior to  December 15,  1998, unless,  for twenty  consecutive trading days
ending on  the  day immediately  preceding  the fifth  day  prior to  notice  of
redemption,  the  Closing  Price (as  defined)  equals  or exceeds  145%  of the
conversion price.

    COVENANTS.    The  Convertible  Subordinated  Debenture  Indenture  contains
covenants   limiting  dividends   and  redemptions,   limiting  restrictions  on
subsidiary dividends and requiring that certain  conditions be met prior to  any
consolidation, merger or sale of assets of the Company.

                                       53
<PAGE>
    In  addition, the Convertible Subordinated Debenture Indenture provides that
if the Company's  Net Worth (as  defined below) at  the end of  each of any  two
consecutive  fiscal quarters (the  last day of such  second fiscal quarter being
referred to as the "Acceleration Date"), respectively, is less than the  Minimum
Net  Worth  (as defined  below),  then the  Company  shall make  an irrevocable,
unconditional offer to all holders (an "Offer") to acquire, on a PRO RATA basis,
on or  before the  last day  of the  next following  fiscal quarter  or, if  the
Acceleration  Date is the  last day of  the Company's fiscal  year, the 45th day
after the  last day  of  the next  following  fiscal quarter  (the  "Accelerated
Payment   Date"),  $20.0  million  aggregate  principal  amount  of  Convertible
Subordinated Debentures (or if less than such amount of Convertible Subordinated
Debentures are then outstanding, all of the Convertible Subordinated  Debentures
outstanding  at the  time) at a  purchase price  equal to 100%  of the principal
amount, plus  accrued  and  unpaid  interest, if  any,  to  and  including  such
Accelerated  Payment Date, which  amounts or portion  thereof upon acceptance of
such Offer by tender shall thereupon become due and payable.

    "Minimum Net Worth" means approximately  $141.0 million (which includes  the
net  proceeds  to the  Company  from the  Common  Stock Offering)  plus  the net
proceeds to the Company from any other  offering of Common Stock by the  Company
subsequent  to the date hereof. "Net Worth" of  the Company as of any date means
the amount of equity of the holders of capital stock of the Company which  would
appear  on  the balance  sheet of  the Company  as of  such date,  determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting practices.

    EVENTS OF  DEFAULTS.    The  Convertible  Subordinated  Debenture  Indenture
contains  certain  customary  events  of  default,  including  payment defaults,
covenant defaults (subject to certain  cure periods), defaults of certain  other
indebtedness,  certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency and judgment defaults
in excess of $1.0 million.

                                       54
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING

    Subject to the terms  and conditions of the  Purchase Agreement between  the
Company  and the Underwriters and  to the receipt of  certain legal opinions and
other closing conditions contemplated thereby, the Underwriters named below have
severally agreed to purchase from the Company the respective principal amount of
the Notes set forth opposite their names in the table below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            PRINCIPAL
                                      UNDERWRITER                                        AMOUNT OF NOTES
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------------
<S>                                                                                      <C>
Piper Jaffray Inc......................................................................   $

                                                                                         ---------------
                                                                                          $  50,000,000
                                                                                         ---------------
                                                                                         ---------------
</TABLE>

    The nature of the obligations of the Underwriters is such that if any of the
Notes are purchased, all of them must be purchased.

    The Underwriters have  advised the Company  that they propose  to offer  the
Notes to the public at the Price to Public and to selected dealers at such price
less  a concession of not more  than    % of  the principal amount of the Notes.
The Underwriters may allow,  and such dealers may  re-allow, concessions not  in
excess of    % of the principal amount of the Notes to certain other brokers and
dealers.  After  the initial  public  offering, the  Price  to Public  and other
selling terms may be changed by the Underwriters.

    The Company has granted  to the Underwriters an  option, exercisable for  30
days  from the  date of this  Prospectus, to  purchase up to  an additional $7.5
million in aggregate principal amount of the  Notes at the Price to Public  less
the Underwriting Discount. The Underwriters may exercise such option to purchase
solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, incurred in the sale
of  the Notes offered hereby.  To the extent that  the Underwriters exercise the
option,  each  of  the  Underwriters  will  be  committed,  subject  to  certain
exceptions,   to  purchase  a  principal   amount  of  the  Notes  approximately
proportionate to the Underwriter's initial  commitment, and the Company will  be
obligated, pursuant to the option, to sell such Notes to the Underwriters.

    The  Company has made application  to list the Notes  for trading on the New
York Stock Exchange under the symbol  "AMMB03". Pending such listing or if  such
listing  is not accepted,  the Underwriters have each  indicated an intention to
make a market  in the  Notes. However,  no Underwriter  is obligated  to make  a
market in the Notes and any market making may be discontinued at any time at the
sole  discretion of such Underwriter.  There can be no  assurance that an active
trading market in the Notes will develop or  that the Notes will not trade at  a
discount to their principal amount.

    The  Company  has  agreed  to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the  Act, or to contribute to  payments
which the Underwriters may be required to make in respect thereto.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

    The validity of the Notes offered hereby will be passed upon for the Company
by  L.  Keith Blackwell,  General Counsel  of the  Company. Certain  other legal
matters will be passed upon for the Company by Haynes and Boone, L.L.P., Dallas,
Texas. Certain legal matters relating to the Notes offered hereby will be passed
upon  for  the  Underwriters  by  Lindquist  &  Vennum  P.L.L.P.,   Minneapolis,
Minnesota.

                            INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

    The  consolidated balance sheets of the Company  as of December 31, 1993 and
1994, and the related statements of income, shareholders' equity and cash  flows
for  the period from  November 1, 1992  through December 31,  1992 and the years
ended December 31, 1993 and 1994 and the combined statements of income and  cash
flows  of Holdings (predecessor of  the Company) for the  period January 1, 1992
through October 31, 1992 have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent
accountants, as stated in their reports appearing herein.

                                       55
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               PAGE
                                                                                                             ---------
<S>                                                                                                          <C>
Consolidated Financial Statements of AMRESCO, INC.
  Independent Auditors' Report.............................................................................        F-2
  Consolidated Balance Sheets, December 31, 1993 and 1994, and September 30, 1995 (Unaudited)..............        F-3
  Consolidated Statements of Income for the Two Months Ended December 31, 1992, the Years Ended December
   31, 1993 and 1994, and the Nine Months Ended September 30, 1994 and 1995 (Unaudited)....................        F-4
  Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the Two Months Ended December 31, 1992, the Years
   Ended December 31, 1993 and 1994, and the Nine Months Ended September 30, 1995 (Unaudited)..............        F-5
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Two Months Ended December 31, 1992, the Years Ended
   December 31, 1993 and 1994, and the Nine Months Ended September 30, 1994 and 1995 (Unaudited)...........        F-6
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements...............................................................        F-7

Combined Financial Statements of Predecessor Businesses
  Independent Auditors' Report.............................................................................       F-22
  Combined Statement of Income for the Ten Months Ended October 31, 1992...................................       F-23
  Combined Statement of Cash Flows for the Ten Months Ended October 31, 1992...............................       F-23
  Notes to Combined Financial Statements...................................................................       F-24
</TABLE>

                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors of AMRESCO, INC.:

    We  have audited  the accompanying  consolidated balance  sheets of AMRESCO,
INC. and  subsidiaries  as  of December  31,  1993  and 1994,  and  the  related
consolidated  statements of income, shareholders' equity  and cash flows for the
two months ended December 31,  1992, and the years  ended December 31, 1993  and
1994.  These  financial statements  are  the responsibility  of  AMRESCO, INC.'s
management. Our  responsibility is  to  express an  opinion on  these  financial
statements based on our audits.

    We  conducted  our audits  in  accordance with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In  our opinion, such  consolidated financial statements  present fairly, in
all material respects, the financial position of AMRESCO, INC. and  subsidiaries
as  of December 31, 1993 and 1994, and the results of their operations and their
cash flows for  the two  months ended  December 31,  1992, and  the years  ended
December  31, 1993  and 1994, in  conformity with  generally accepted accounting
principles.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Dallas, Texas
February 6, 1995

                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

                                     ASSETS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     DECEMBER 31,
                                                                                  ------------------  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                                    1993      1994        1995
                                                                                  --------  --------  -------------
                                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                                               <C>       <C>       <C>
Cash and cash equivalents.......................................................  $ 43,442  $ 20,446    $ 12,720
Investment securities (Note 5)..................................................                          27,222
Accounts receivable, net of reserves of $826, $4,929 and $2,641, respectively...    39,399    20,682       7,657
Mortgage loans held for sale (Note 5)...........................................                           6,042
Investments in asset portfolios (Notes 5 and 14):
  Loans.........................................................................    33,795    30,920     114,676
  Partnerships and joint ventures...............................................     2,503    22,491      30,052
  Real estate...................................................................     2,504    14,054      11,046
  Asset backed securities.......................................................               3,481      19,982
Deferred income taxes (Note 6)..................................................    18,173    17,207      12,810
Premises and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $2,108, $1,082 and
 $1,781, respectively...........................................................     3,422     4,301       5,119
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization of $1,170, $1,226 and $3,056,
 respectively (Notes 2 and 3)...................................................    10,209    30,668      30,377
Other assets (Notes 4, 10 and 14)...............................................    10,206     8,090      13,379
                                                                                  --------  --------  -------------
TOTAL ASSETS....................................................................  $163,653  $172,340    $291,082
                                                                                  --------  --------  -------------
                                                                                  --------  --------  -------------
                                       LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable..............................................................  $  9,830  $  4,891    $  4,307
  Accrued employee compensation and benefits (Notes 3, 11 and 12)...............    23,419    18,460       8,524
  Notes payable (Note 5)........................................................    22,113    15,500     104,222
  Mortgage warehouse debt (Note 5)..............................................                           5,693
  Nonrecourse debt (Note 5).....................................................     6,000       959      30,605
  Income taxes payable (Note 6).................................................       541     1,219       1,329
  Payable to partners (Note 7)..................................................     3,399     3,907         950
  Net liabilities of discontinued operation (Note 9)............................                 954
  Other liabilities (Note 8)....................................................     6,652    12,864       6,428
                                                                                  --------  --------  -------------
    Total liabilities...........................................................    71,954    58,754     162,058
                                                                                  --------  --------  -------------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 13)
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note 11):
  Preferred stock, $1.00 par value, authorized 5,000,000 shares; none
   outstanding
  Common stock, $.05 par value, authorized 50,000,000 shares; 22,309,817,
   23,592,647 and 24,193,464 shares issued in 1993, 1994 and 1995,
   respectively.................................................................     1,116     1,180       1,210
  Capital in excess of par......................................................    67,112    74,691      78,790
  Reductions for employee stock.................................................      (607)     (429)       (620)
  Treasury stock, $0.05 par value, 24,339 shares in 1995........................                            (160)
  Retained earnings (Note 5)....................................................    24,078    38,144      49,804
                                                                                  --------  --------  -------------
    Total shareholders' equity..................................................    91,699   113,586     129,024
                                                                                  --------  --------  -------------
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY......................................  $163,653  $172,340    $291,082
                                                                                  --------  --------  -------------
                                                                                  --------  --------  -------------
</TABLE>

                See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                       CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

                (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      TWO MONTHS                                NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                        ENDED      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,        SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                     DECEMBER 31,  ------------------------  ------------------------
                                                         1992         1993         1994         1994         1995
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                  <C>           <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
REVENUES (Note 3):
  Asset management and resolution fees.............   $   37,678   $   168,313  $   120,640  $   101,221  $    27,278
  Asset portfolio income...........................                      2,642       13,089        8,433       23,662
  Mortgage banking fees............................                                   6,176        1,967       14,077
  Other revenues...................................          157         1,207       17,279       16,184        4,585
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total revenues.................................       37,835       172,162      157,184      127,805       69,602
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
EXPENSES:
  Personnel........................................       16,814        84,347       79,018       62,268       36,827
  Occupancy........................................          763         3,329        4,108        3,106        1,903
  Equipment........................................          560         2,121        2,637        1,978        1,580
  Professional fees................................        5,085        17,517       11,593        9,156        2,359
  General and administrative.......................        6,903        17,380       22,299       16,136        3,745
  Interest (Note 5)................................           19           754        1,768        1,696        2,771
  Profit participations............................        1,529         3,037           75          (65)         446
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
    Total expenses.................................       31,673       128,485      121,498       94,275       49,631
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income from continuing operations before taxes.....        6,162        43,677       35,686       33,530       19,971
Income tax expense (Note 6)........................        2,279        17,371       14,753       13,874        7,541
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS..................        3,883        26,306       20,933       19,656       12,430
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Discontinued operations (Note 9)
  Loss from operations, net of $99, $1,392, $891,
   and $651 income tax benefit for 1992, 1993,
   1994, and the nine months ended September 30,
   1994, respectively..............................         (148)       (2,088)      (1,287)        (976)
  Loss on disposal of AMRESCO Services, Inc.
   (including provision of $923 for operating
   losses during the phase-out period), less
   applicable income tax benefit of $622...........                                    (898)
  Gain from sale of discontinued operations, net of
   $1,617 income tax expense.......................                                                             2,425
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Gain (Loss) from discontinued operations...........         (148)       (2,088)      (2,185)        (976)       2,425
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
NET INCOME.........................................   $    3,735   $    24,218  $    18,748  $    18,680  $    14,855
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Earnings per share for income from continuing
 operations........................................   $     0.34   $      2.33  $      0.88  $      0.83  $      0.51
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Earnings per share for net income..................   $     0.33   $      2.15  $      0.79  $      0.79  $      0.61
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Weighted average number of shares outstanding......   11,419,536    11,288,688   23,679,239   23,515,800   24,429,822
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                                     ------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>

                See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

                   (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                        COMMON
                                                                             CONVERTIBLE           COMMON STOCK,        STOCK,
                                                                           PREFERRED STOCK         NO PAR VALUE        $0.05 PAR
                                                                         --------------------  ---------------------     VALUE
                                                                          NUMBER                 NUMBER               -----------
                                                                            OF                     OF                  NUMBER OF
                                                                          SHARES     AMOUNT      SHARES     AMOUNT      SHARES
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -----------
<S>                                                                      <C>        <C>        <C>         <C>        <C>
NOVEMBER 1, 1992.......................................................    126,960  $  12,696     515,000  $   3,090
Net income.............................................................
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -----------
DECEMBER 31, 1992......................................................    126,960     12,696     515,000      3,090
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -----------
Cancellation of stock and notes receivable (Note 11)...................                           (29,800)      (179)
Employee stock compensation (Note 11)..................................                                        1,188
Dividends paid ($.35 per share)........................................
Conversion of convertible preferred stock (Note 2).....................   (126,960)   (12,696)    623,531     12,696
Conversion of common stock (Note 2)....................................                        (1,108,731)   (16,795)  11,120,530
Issuance of common stock for acquisition (Note 2)......................                                                11,189,287
Net income.............................................................
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -----------
DECEMBER 31, 1993......................................................                                                22,309,817
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -----------
Exercise of stock options (Note 11)....................................                                                   711,590
Issuance of common stock for acquisition (Note 2)......................                                                   571,240
Tax benefits from employee stock compensation..........................
Repayments of notes receivable for officer's shares....................
Dividends paid ($.15 per share)........................................
Dividends declared ($.05 per share)....................................
Foreign currency translation adjustments...............................
Net income.............................................................
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -----------
DECEMBER 31, 1994......................................................                                                23,592,647
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -----------
(Unaudited)
  Exercise of stock options............................................                                                   394,480
  Issuance of common stock for earnout.................................                                                   112,002
  Issuance of common stock for unearned stock compensation.............                                                    94,335
  Amortization of unearned stock compensation..........................
  Tax benefits from employee stock compensation........................
  Repayment of notes receivable for officers' shares...................
  Settlement of notes receivable for officers' shares with common stock
   (14,339 shares).....................................................
  Acquisition of treasury stock (10,000 shares)........................
  Dividends paid ($0.10 per share).....................................
  Dividends declared ($0.05 per share).................................
  Foreign currency translation adjustments.............................
  Unrealized gain on assets available for sale.........................
  Net income...........................................................
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -----------
  SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 (unaudited).......................................             $                      $           24,193,464
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -----------
                                                                         ---------  ---------  ----------  ---------  -----------

<CAPTION>

                                                                                      CAPITAL IN    REDUCTIONS
                                                                                       EXCESS OF   FOR EMPLOYEE    TREASURY
                                                                           AMOUNT         PAR          STOCK         STOCK
                                                                         -----------  -----------  -------------  -----------
<S>                                                                      <C>          <C>
NOVEMBER 1, 1992.......................................................   $            $             $    (786)    $
Net income.............................................................
                                                                         -----------  -----------       ------    -----------
DECEMBER 31, 1992......................................................                                   (786)
                                                                         -----------  -----------       ------    -----------
Cancellation of stock and notes receivable (Note 11)...................                                    179
Employee stock compensation (Note 11)..................................
Dividends paid ($.35 per share)........................................
Conversion of convertible preferred stock (Note 2).....................
Conversion of common stock (Note 2)....................................         556       16,239
Issuance of common stock for acquisition (Note 2)......................         560       50,873
Net income.............................................................
                                                                         -----------  -----------       ------    -----------
DECEMBER 31, 1993......................................................       1,116       67,112          (607)
                                                                         -----------  -----------       ------    -----------
Exercise of stock options (Note 11)....................................          35        1,560
Issuance of common stock for acquisition (Note 2)......................          29        4,291
Tax benefits from employee stock compensation..........................                    1,728
Repayments of notes receivable for officer's shares....................                                    178
Dividends paid ($.15 per share)........................................
Dividends declared ($.05 per share)....................................
Foreign currency translation adjustments...............................
Net income.............................................................
                                                                         -----------  -----------       ------    -----------
DECEMBER 31, 1994......................................................       1,180       74,691          (429)
                                                                         -----------  -----------       ------    -----------
(Unaudited)
  Exercise of stock options............................................          20        1,146
  Issuance of common stock for earnout.................................           5          772
  Issuance of common stock for unearned stock compensation.............           5          644          (649)
  Amortization of unearned stock compensation..........................                                    149
  Tax benefits from employee stock compensation........................                    1,537
  Repayment of notes receivable for officers' shares...................                                    220
  Settlement of notes receivable for officers' shares with common stock
   (14,339 shares).....................................................                                     89           (89)
  Acquisition of treasury stock (10,000 shares)........................                                                  (71)
  Dividends paid ($0.10 per share).....................................
  Dividends declared ($0.05 per share).................................
  Foreign currency translation adjustments.............................
  Unrealized gain on assets available for sale.........................
  Net income...........................................................
                                                                         -----------  -----------       ------    -----------
  SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 (unaudited).......................................   $   1,210    $  78,790     $    (620)    $    (160)
                                                                         -----------  -----------       ------    -----------
                                                                         -----------  -----------       ------    -----------

<CAPTION>

                                                                                          TOTAL
                                                                          RETAINED    SHAREHOLDERS'
                                                                          EARNINGS       EQUITY
                                                                         -----------  -------------
NOVEMBER 1, 1992.......................................................   $            $    15,000
Net income.............................................................       3,735          3,735
                                                                         -----------  -------------
DECEMBER 31, 1992......................................................       3,735         18,735
                                                                         -----------  -------------
Cancellation of stock and notes receivable (Note 11)...................
Employee stock compensation (Note 11)..................................                      1,188
Dividends paid ($.35 per share)........................................      (3,875)        (3,875)
Conversion of convertible preferred stock (Note 2).....................                    --
Conversion of common stock (Note 2)....................................                    --
Issuance of common stock for acquisition (Note 2)......................                     51,433
Net income.............................................................      24,218         24,218
                                                                         -----------  -------------
DECEMBER 31, 1993......................................................      24,078         91,699
                                                                         -----------  -------------
Exercise of stock options (Note 11)....................................                      1,595
Issuance of common stock for acquisition (Note 2)......................                      4,320
Tax benefits from employee stock compensation..........................                      1,728
Repayments of notes receivable for officer's shares....................                        178
Dividends paid ($.15 per share)........................................      (3,441)        (3,441)
Dividends declared ($.05 per share)....................................      (1,179)        (1,179)
Foreign currency translation adjustments...............................         (62)           (62)
Net income.............................................................      18,748         18,748
                                                                         -----------  -------------
DECEMBER 31, 1994......................................................      38,144        113,586
                                                                         -----------  -------------
(Unaudited)
  Exercise of stock options............................................                      1,166
  Issuance of common stock for earnout.................................                        777
  Issuance of common stock for unearned stock compensation.............                    --
  Amortization of unearned stock compensation..........................                        149
  Tax benefits from employee stock compensation........................                      1,537
  Repayment of notes receivable for officers' shares...................                        220
  Settlement of notes receivable for officers' shares with common stock
   (14,339 shares).....................................................                    --
  Acquisition of treasury stock (10,000 shares)........................                        (71)
  Dividends paid ($0.10 per share).....................................      (2,398)        (2,398)
  Dividends declared ($0.05 per share).................................      (1,208)        (1,208)
  Foreign currency translation adjustments.............................         155            155
  Unrealized gain on assets available for sale.........................         256            256
  Net income...........................................................      14,855         14,855
                                                                         -----------  -------------
  SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 (unaudited).......................................   $  49,804    $   129,024
                                                                         -----------  -------------
                                                                         -----------  -------------
</TABLE>

                See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   TWO MONTHS    YEAR ENDED DECEMBER    NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                                      ENDED              31,              SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                  DECEMBER 31,   --------------------  --------------------
                                                                      1992         1993       1994       1994       1995
                                                                  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                                                           (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                               <C>            <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income......................................................    $   3,735    $  24,218  $  18,748  $  18,680  $  14,855
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
   operating activities:
    Depreciation and amortization...............................          581        2,955      3,028      2,198      2,694
    Loss (Gain) on discontinued operation (Note 9)..............                                1,645                (2,425)
    Write-off of intangible related to contract conclusion......                                2,827      2,827
    Deferred tax provision (benefit)............................         (603)      (1,650)       966      2,705      4,397
    Loss from disposition of premises and equipment.............           16                     198        692         78
    Employee stock compensation.................................                     1,188                              149
    Increase (decrease) in cash for changes in (exclusive of
     assets and liabilities acquired in business combinations):
      Accounts receivable.......................................      (10,417)       3,287     17,855     20,468     13,025
      Other assets..............................................           94       (3,848)     1,908      3,484     (3,894)
      Accounts payable..........................................        6,641       (4,924)    (4,768)    (6,614)      (630)
      Income taxes payable......................................        2,783       (2,699)       678      3,191     (1,507)
      Other liabilities.........................................       (2,191)      17,391     (4,137)    (2,782)   (21,588)
                                                                  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
        Net cash provided by operating activities...............          639       35,918     38,948     44,849      5,154
                                                                  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Cash and cash equivalents acquired through BEI merger.........                    18,521
  Purchase of investment securities, net........................                                                    (27,222)
  Cash used for purchase of subsidiaries........................                              (17,830)   (17,830)    (1,295)
  Loans originated or purchased.................................                                                     (7,767)
  Purchase of asset portfolios..................................                   (36,894)   (62,580)   (33,196)  (139,123)
  Collections on asset portfolios...............................                     3,099     30,815     23,175     34,569
  Proceeds from sale of subsidiaries............................                                1,385      1,385      6,250
  Purchase of premises and equipment............................                      (852)    (2,141)    (2,091)    (1,627)
                                                                  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
        Net cash used in investing activities...................                   (16,126)   (50,351)   (28,557)  (136,215)
                                                                  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Proceeds from notes payable, mortgage warehouse debt and
   nonrecourse debt.............................................        4,656       42,426     19,894      4,394    238,048
  Repayment of notes payable, mortgage warehouse debt and
   nonrecourse debt.............................................       (3,045)     (19,129)   (31,547)   (23,340)  (113,987)
  Payment of dividends..........................................                    (3,875)    (3,441)    (2,266)    (3,578)
  Stock options exercised.......................................                                1,595      1,381      1,166
  Tax benefit of employee stock compensation....................                                1,728      1,652      1,537
  Acquisition of treasury stock.................................                                                        (71)
  Repayment of notes receivable for officer's shares............                                  178        178        220
                                                                  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
        Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities.....        1,611       19,422    (11,593)   (18,001)   123,335
                                                                  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents............        2,250       39,214    (22,996)    (1,709)    (7,726)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period..................        1,978        4,228     43,442     43,442     20,446
                                                                  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period........................    $   4,228    $  43,442  $  20,446  $  41,733  $  12,720
                                                                  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                  -------------  ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES:
  Interest paid.................................................    $       5    $     678  $   1,533  $   1,466  $   2,912
  Income taxes paid.............................................                    23,460      8,507      3,619      2,990
  Conversion of convertible preferred stock to common stock.....                    12,696
  Common stock issued for purchase of subsidiary................                                4,320      4,320        777
  Common stock issued for unearned stock compensation...........                                                        649
  Holliday Fenoglio earnout liability...........................                                3,883
  Notes receivable received in connection with sale of
   subsidiary...................................................                                  818        818
</TABLE>

                See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
           (INFORMATION AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 1995 AND FOR THE PERIODS
                ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1994 AND 1995 IS UNAUDITED)

1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    BASIS  OF PRESENTATION -- On December  31, 1993, AMRESCO, INC., formerly BEI
Holdings, Ltd. (BEI), merged with AMRESCO Holdings, Inc. (Holdings). The  merger
was accounted for as a "reverse acquisition" whereby Holdings was deemed to have
acquired  BEI for financial  reporting purposes. However,  BEI, renamed AMRESCO,
INC. on May  23, 1994, remains  the continuing legal  entity and registrant  for
Securities  and Exchange Commission filing purposes. Consistent with the reverse
acquisition  accounting  treatment,  the  historical  financial  statements   of
AMRESCO, INC. presented for the year ended December 31, 1993, and the two months
ended  December 31, 1992, are the  consolidated financial statements of Holdings
and differ  from the  consolidated  financial statements  of BEI  as  previously
reported.  The operations of BEI have  been included in the financial statements
from the date of acquisition. AMRESCO,  INC. (the Company) is engaged  primarily
in  the business of portfolio acquisition, asset management and resolution, loan
origination/underwriting, servicing and real estate brokerage.

    PRINCIPLES OF CONSOLIDATION -- The consolidated financial statements include
the accounts of the Company, its subsidiaries and its controlled joint ventures.
Significant intercompany  accounts  and  transactions have  been  eliminated  in
consolidation.

    REVENUE AND EXPENSE RECOGNITION -- Asset management and resolution fees from
management  contracts are based on the amount of assets under management and the
net  proceeds  from  the  resolution  of  such  assets,  respectively,  and  are
recognized as earned. Expenses incurred in managing and administering the assets
subject  to  management  contracts are  charged  to expense  as  incurred. Asset
resolution fees are accrued  based on estimated  collections and related  costs.
Differences  between estimated and actual amounts  are recorded in the period of
determination. Loan placement  fees, commitment  fees, loan  servicing fees  and
real  estate  brokerage  commissions  are recognized  as  earned.  Placement and
servicing expenses are charged to expense as incurred.

    CASH EQUIVALENTS -- Cash equivalents  include all highly liquid  investments
with a maturity of three months or less when purchased.

    INVESTMENT   SECURITIES  --  Investment  Securities  consist  of  short-term
investments such as  Treasury bills,  Federal agency  securities and  commercial
paper  with a maturity of  three months or less. The  Company has the intent and
ability to hold these investments to maturity and are carried at amortized cost.
Because of  the short  maturities,  cost estimates  fair value.  All  investment
securities  are pledged as  collateral under the  investment loan agreement. See
Note 5.

    RECEIVABLES --  Receivables  are  recognized  as  earned  according  to  the
respective  management  contracts.  Included in  accounts  receivable  are other
amounts due as reimbursement for certain expenses incurred or for funds advanced
on behalf  of its  customers. Receivables  are due  primarily from  the  Federal
Deposit  Insurance Corporation  (FDIC), the  Resolution Trust  Company (RTC) and
other customers. The Company's exposure to credit loss in the event that payment
is not received for revenue recognized equals the balance of accounts receivable
in the balance sheet.

    MORTGAGE BANKING ACTIVITIES -- Mortgage loans  held for sale are carried  at
the  lower of cost or  market. Market is determined  on an individual loan basis
based upon the estimated fair value of  similar loans for the month of  expected
delivery.

    Statement  of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 122, "Accounting for
Mortgage Servicing Rights" (an amendment of SFAS No. 65), which is effective for
the fiscal  year 1996,  requires mortgage  banking enterprises  to recognize  as
separate  assets  rights  to service  mortgage  loans for  others,  whether such

                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
rights are  originated  by the  Company's  own mortgage  banking  activities  or
purchased  from others. The Company will adopt SFAS No. 122 effective January 1,
1996, and expects that the impact of such adoption will be insignificant to  its
financial condition and results of operations.

    INVESTMENT  IN ASSET PORTFOLIOS -- The Company classifies its investments in
asset portfolios as: loans,  partnerships and joint  ventures, real estate,  and
asset-backed securities. The original cost of an asset portfolio is allocated to
individual assets within that asset portfolio based on their relative fair value
to  the total purchase price. The  difference between gross estimated cash flows
from loans and asset-backed  securities and its present  value is accrued  using
the level yield method. The Company accounts for its investments in partnerships
and  joint ventures using the equity method which generally results in the pass-
through of the  Company's pro rata  share of earnings  as if the  Company had  a
direct  investment in the underlying loans. Real  estate is accounted for at the
lower of  cost  or  estimated fair  value.  Gains  and losses  on  the  sale  or
collection of specific assets are recognized on a specific identification basis.
Loans, partnerships and joint ventures, and real estate are carried at the lower
of  cost  or estimated  fair value.  The  Company's investments  in asset-backed
securities are classified  as available for  sale and are  carried at  estimated
fair  value determined  by discounting  estimated cash  flows at  current market
rates. Any unrealized  gains (losses)  on asset-backed  securities are  excluded
from  earnings and reported as a separate component of shareholders' equity, net
of tax effects.

    Statement of Financial Accounting Standards  (SFAS) No. 114, "Accounting  by
Creditors  for Impairment of a Loan", as amended by SFAS 118, which is effective
for fiscal year 1995, requires creditors to evaluate the collectibility of  both
contractual  interest and principal of loans when  assessing the need for a loss
accrual. Impairment  is measured  based on  the present  value of  the  expected
future  cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, or the fair
value of the collateral, less estimated selling costs, if the loan is collateral
dependent and foreclosure  is probable.  In management's  judgment, because  all
loans are purchased at substantial discounts, the adoption of SFAS 114 will have
an  insignificant impact  on the  Company's financial  condition and  results of
operations. As of January  1, 1995, the Company  adopted the provisions of  SFAS
No.  114 "Accounting by Creditors  for Impairment of a  Loan" as amended by SFAS
118.

    PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT  -- Premises and  equipment are stated  at cost  less
accumulated   depreciation.  The  related  assets   are  depreciated  using  the
straight-line method over their estimated service lives, which range from  three
to  twenty years. Improvements to leased property are amortized over the life of
the lease or the life of the improvement, whichever is shorter.

    INTANGIBLE ASSETS  -- Intangible  assets represent  the excess  of  purchase
price  over the fair market value of  net assets acquired in connection with the
purchases described in  Note 2. These  intangible assets, principally  goodwill,
servicing  rights and contracts acquired,  are amortized using the straight-line
method over periods ranging from one to fifteen years. The Company  periodically
assesses  the recoverability  of intangible  assets and  estimates the remaining
useful life by  reviewing projected  results of  acquired operations,  servicing
rights and contracts.

    INCOME  TAXES --  The Company accounts  for income taxes  in accordance with
SFAS No. 109,  "Accounting for Income  Taxes." Deferred taxes  are recorded  for
temporary  differences between the bases of assets and liabilities as recognized
by tax laws and their bases as reported in the financial statements.

    EARNINGS PER SHARE -- Earnings per share is computed by dividing net  income
by  the weighted  average number of  common shares and  common share equivalents
outstanding. The weighted  average number  of shares outstanding  for the  years
ended  December 31, 1993 and the two months ended December 31, 1992, is based on
the number of BEI shares of common stock and equivalents exchanged for  Holdings
shares  (see Note  2) and  assumes the  retroactive conversion  of the preferred
stock.

                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    FOREIGN OPERATIONS  --  The  Company has  foreign  subsidiaries  located  in
Canada.  Assets and liabilities of the  foreign subsidiaries are translated into
United States dollars at the prevailing exchange rate on the balance sheet date.
Revenue and expense  accounts for  these subsidiaries are  translated using  the
weighted average exchange rate during the period. These translation methods give
rise  to cumulative foreign currency  translation adjustments which are reported
as a separate component of equity.

    INTERIM FINANCIAL  INFORMATION --  The accompanying  unaudited  consolidated
financial statements of AMRESCO, INC. and subsidiaries (the "Company") have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles for interim
financial  information. Accordingly, they do not  include all of the information
and footnotes required by generally accepted accounting principles for  complete
financial  statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting
of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation  have
been  included. Operating results for the nine month periods ended September 30,
1994 and  1995,  are not  necessarily  indicative of  the  results that  may  be
expected for the entire fiscal year or any other interim period.

    RECLASSIFICATIONS  -- Certain  reclassifications of prior  year amounts have
been made to conform to the current year presentation.

2.  ACQUISITIONS AND ORGANIZATION
    On November 20,  1992, a Stock  Sale Agreement (the  Agreement) was  entered
into  by AMRESCO Acquisition Corporation (Acquisition),  an entity formed by CGW
Southeast Partners, L.P.  I and II,  to purchase the  stock of Asset  Management
Resolution  Company and AMRESCO Holdings, Inc. effective as of October 31, 1992.
Acquisition and  Holdings  were  merged, and  Acquisition  was  renamed  AMRESCO
Holdings,  Inc. Prior  to the  transaction, the  acquired companies  were wholly
owned by NationsBank Corporation (the Seller). Additional payments were made  to
the Seller based on Holdings' earnings. The Seller was entitled to 25% of pretax
income  of Holdings  in excess  of certain agreed  upon levels  through June 30,
1997. Amounts paid  and charged to  expense under the  Agreement during the  two
months  ended  December 31,  1992  and the  year  ended December  31,  1993 were
$1,529,000 and  $3,037,000, respectively.  Certain provisions  of the  Agreement
related to the additional payments to the Seller were amended effective April 1,
1993,  which replaced the earnout provisions with a rebate of 12.25% of revenues
from an asset management contract with the Seller through June 30, 1997.  During
1993  and 1994, rebates of $7,347,000 and $6,437,000, respectively, were accrued
and charged against revenues in the period the revenues were earned. See Note 3.

    The assets purchased and liabilities assumed as of October 31, 1992, were as
follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
Cash and cash equivalents.........................................  $   1,978
Accounts receivable...............................................     19,843
Intangible assets.................................................      4,748
Other assets......................................................      6,771
Liabilities.......................................................    (16,659)
                                                                    ---------
    Net assets acquired...........................................  $  16,681
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>

    On December 31, 1993, BEI merged with Holdings. The merger was  accomplished
first  by converting each  outstanding share of  Holdings' convertible preferred
stock into 4.91 shares of Holdings  common stock. Each share of Holdings  common
stock  was then exchanged  for 10.03 shares of  BEI common stock  for a total of
11,120,530 shares,  resulting in  Holdings  becoming a  subsidiary of  BEI.  The
purchase price, determined

                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

2.  ACQUISITIONS AND ORGANIZATION (CONTINUED)
based  on the fair market  value of the stock  exchanged plus direct acquisition
costs, was allocated to the BEI  assets and liabilities acquired based on  their
fair  market value  at the  date of  acquisition. The  BEI assets  purchased and
liabilities assumed as of December 31, 1993, were as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
Cash and cash equivalents.........................................  $  18,521
Accounts receivable...............................................     12,426
Net deferred tax asset............................................     14,450
Intangible assets.................................................      6,566
Other assets......................................................     12,856
Liabilities.......................................................    (13,386)
                                                                    ---------
    Net assets acquired...........................................  $  51,433
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>

    Effective August  1, 1994,  the Company  acquired substantially  all of  the
assets  of  Holliday  Fenoglio  Dockerty  &  Gibson,  Inc.  and  certain  of its
affiliates  (Holliday  Fenoglio),  which   are  originators  and  servicers   of
commercial  mortgages, for a maximum of approximately $33,000,000, based upon an
initial payment  of $17,280,000  in  cash and  $4,320,000  in stock,  and  three
additional  annual earnout payments if targeted  earnings are met or exceeded in
1994, 1995 and  1996. For  the period ended  December 31,  1994, $3,883,000  was
accrued for the current year earnout payment. The transaction has been accounted
for as an asset purchase. The purchase price, determined based on the cash paid,
the  fair market value of the Company stock issued and direct acquisition costs,
was allocated to the Holliday Fenoglio assets acquired based on the fair  market
value  at  the  date of  acquisition.  The Holliday  Fenoglio  assets purchased,
including acquisition  costs,  as  of  August  1,  1994,  were  as  follows  (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
Premises and equipment.............................................  $   1,015
Loan servicing rights..............................................      2,200
Goodwill and non-compete agreement.................................     18,907
Other assets.......................................................         78
                                                                     ---------
    Net assets acquired............................................  $  22,200
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>

    The  following pro forma  consolidated results of  operations for the twelve
months ended December 31, 1993 and 1994 are presented as if the acquisitions  of
Holliday  Fenoglio and BEI occurred on January 1, 1993 (in thousands, except per
share data):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           1993        1994
                                                                        ----------  ----------
<S>                                                                     <C>         <C>
Revenues..............................................................  $  222,489  $  174,017
Net Income............................................................      25,913      19,661
Earnings per share....................................................        1.14         .82
</TABLE>

    Effective June 30, 1995, a  wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company  acquired
substantially  all  of  the  assets  of  CKSRS  Housing  Group,  Ltd.,  a Miami,
Florida-based  commercial   mortgage  banking   company  specializing   in   the
origination,  sale  and  servicing  of  multifamily  mortgages  in  Florida, for
$1,287,000. As of June 30, 1995, the purchase price was allocated as follows (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>
Mortgage servicing asset............................................  $     300
Equipment, furniture and fixtures...................................         10
Goodwill and non-compete agreement..................................      1,032
Liabilities.........................................................        (55)
                                                                      ---------
    Net assets of acquired company..................................  $   1,287
                                                                      ---------
                                                                      ---------
</TABLE>

    The shown allocation of  the purchase price is  based on the best  available
information and is subject to adjustment.

                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

2.  ACQUISITIONS AND ORGANIZATION (CONTINUED)
    On  September 13, 1995, the Company signed a definitive agreement to acquire
from EQ  Services, Inc.  22 contracts  to service  a total  of $6.2  billion  in
commercial  real estate mortgages. The closing  of the transaction is subject to
the satisfaction of certain customary conditions.

    On October 11, 1995, the Company  signed a definitive agreement with  Acacia
Realty Advisors, Inc. to acquire 16 pension fund advisory contracts. The closing
of  the  transaction  is  subject  to  the  satisfaction  of  certain  customary
conditions.

3.  ASSET MANAGEMENT CONTRACTS
    The Company provides  asset management and  resolution services for  private
investors,  financial  institutions,  and  government  agencies.  Generally, the
contracts provide for  the payment of  a fixed management  fee which is  reduced
proportionately  as managed  assets decrease,  a resolution  fee using specified
percentage rates  based  on  net  cash collections  and  an  incentive  fee  for
resolution of certain assets. Asset management and resolution contracts are of a
finite  duration,  typically 3-5  years. Unless  new assets  are added  to these
contracts during  their  terms, the  amount  of total  assets  under  management
decreases  over  the terms  of  these contracts.  The  FDIC contract  expired on
January 31, 1995. During 1994 all  the existing asset management contracts  with
the RTC expired.

    On  August 31, 1994, the Company and NationsBank Corporation concluded their
asset management contract (NationsBank  Contract). The NationsBank Contract  had
an original term expiring in June 1997 and, as provided, the Company received an
early  conclusion  fee of  $10.0 million  which is  included in  other revenues.
One-time expenses  related  to  the  NationsBank  Contract  conclusion  included
incentive  compensation of $1.2 million and  $2.8 million for related intangible
write-offs.

    Revenues  from   the   Company's  three   largest   customers,   NationsBank
Corporation,  the FDIC and the RTC,  constituted 45%, 39% and 10%, respectively,
for the two months ended December 31,  1992, 46%, 39% and 6%, respectively,  for
the  year ended December 31, 1993, and 38%, 36% and 6% of total asset management
fees, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 1994.

4.  OTHER ASSETS
    The following table summarizes  the components of  other assets at  December
31, 1993 and 1994, (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1993       1994
                                                                           ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>
Investments held for sale................................................  $   1,637  $     468
Mortgages/Notes receivable...............................................      1,710      2,236
Deferred compensation agreements with former officers....................      1,072      1,629
Income taxes receivable..................................................      2,849      1,135
Prepaid expenses.........................................................        939        412
Other....................................................................      1,999      2,210
                                                                           ---------  ---------
    Total other assets...................................................  $  10,206  $   8,090
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                           ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

    Deferred  compensation agreements include notes  from two former officers of
BEI, who are currently directors, which  were executed prior to its  acquisition
by  the Company.  The amounts  due represent  the present  value of non-interest
bearing notes due  in 2006 and  2007 for advances  for premiums on  split-dollar
life  insurance policies  owned by the  two directors. Cash  surrender values of
approximately $607,000 and $850,000 at December 31, 1993 and 1994  respectively,
collateralize  these  notes, and  the Company  is a  beneficiary under  the life
insurance policies to the extent of  total premiums advanced. Included in  other
liabilities   at  December  31,  1993  and  1994  is  $900,000  and  $1,331,000,
respectively, representing the present

                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

4.  OTHER ASSETS (CONTINUED)
value of the Company's obligation to  make future premium payments on such  life
insurance  policies. Included in mortgages/notes  receivable are unsecured notes
from these former officers totaling $525,000 due in 1995 and bearing interest at
8 1/2%.

5.  NOTES PAYABLE, MORTGAGE WAREHOUSE DEBT AND NONRECOURSE DEBT
    Notes payable, mortgage warehouse debt and nonrecourse subordinated debt  at
December  31, 1993 and 1994, and September 30, 1995 consist of the following (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                                     --------------------  SEPTEMBER 30,
                                                                       1993       1994         1995
                                                                     ---------  ---------  -------------
<S>                                                                  <C>        <C>        <C>
Revolving credit line agreement with NationsBank of Texas, N.A.
 (the Bank) for:
  Advances on a 30 day term at 7 5/8%..............................                         $    72,000
  Advances at 8 3/4%...............................................                               5,000
Revolving credit line agreement with the Bank for:
  Advance on a 182 day term at a 8 3/8%............................             $   8,000
  Advance at a prime rate of 8 1/2%................................                 7,500
  Senior note payable to the Bank with interest at their prime rate
   plus 1 1/2% payable monthly; collateralized by the investment in
   asset portfolio. Monthly principal payments are the greater of
   90% of the net cash flow of the portfolio or a minimum payment
   as defined in the note. The note required that $2,000,000 in
   cash and cash equivalents be maintained as a compensating
   balance with the Bank...........................................  $  21,953
  Revolving investment loan agreement with the Bank at 2%..........                              27,222
  Other notes payable..............................................        160
                                                                     ---------  ---------  -------------
    Total notes payable............................................  $  22,113  $  15,500   $   104,222
                                                                     ---------  ---------  -------------
                                                                     ---------  ---------  -------------
Mortgage warehouse debt payable to the Bank at 7 13/16%............                         $     2,702
                                                                                           -------------
                                                                                           -------------
Mortgage warehouse debt payable at 8 33/50%........................                         $     2,991
                                                                                           -------------
                                                                                           -------------
Nonrecourse debt payable to two financial services companies.......  $   6,000  $     959   $    30,605
                                                                     ---------  ---------  -------------
                                                                     ---------  ---------  -------------
</TABLE>

    A subsidiary of the Company had a nonrecourse subordinated note payable to a
financial services company collateralized by  a second security interest in  the
investment in asset portfolio. The note bears basic interest at the 90 day LIBOR
plus  4  1/2% (7  7/8%  and 11%  at  December 31,  1993  and December  30, 1994,
respectively) payable monthly. Principal payments are due monthly, equal to  10%
of  the  net portfolio  cash  flow with  the  remaining outstanding  balance due
December 30,  1996. The  note is  nonrecourse to  the borrowing  entity and  the
Company.  After  repayment  of  the outstanding  principal  and  basic interest,
contingent interest to provide the lender a 15% compounded rate is due from  any
available  net portfolio cash  flow. Additionally, after  the above payments are
made, and the subsidiary  has recovered $6,337,000  (representing its equity  in
the  asset portfolio at December 31, 1993, the date of the loan, and capitalized
costs), the lender is entitled to receive 6% of the net portfolio cash flow. The
principal balance was fully repaid at January 31, 1995.

                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

5.  NOTES PAYABLE, MORTGAGE WAREHOUSE DEBT AND NONRECOURSE DEBT (CONTINUED)
    On November 2, 1994, the Company entered into a $50,000,000 revolving credit
agreement with the Bank, which matures and is payable in full on April 30, 1996.
The line was temporarily increased to $75,000,000 until a greater revolver could
be  established. The borrowing terms, including interest, may be selected by the
Company and tied to  either the Bank's  floating prime (8  1/2% at December  30,
1994)  or, for  advances on a  term basis up  to approximately 180  days, a rate
equal to an adjusted LIBOR  rate plus 150 basis points  (8 1/2% at December  30,
1994 for a term of 180 days). Interest is payable monthly and at the end of each
advance  period as to the  amounts with respect to  which LIBOR is applicable. A
facility fee equal to 3/8%  of the average daily unused  portion of the line  is
payable  quarterly in arrears. As part of  the agreement, the Company is subject
to both positive and negative covenants, such as liquidity maintenance, tangible
net worth  requirements  and  minimum  consolidated  net  income  before  taxes,
depreciation,  amortization and interest. The credit line is secured by a pledge
of all  stock of  substantially all  of  the subsidiaries  of the  Company.  The
Company  has outstanding  letters of  credit totaling  $833,000 at  December 31,
1994, which  reduce  the available  revolving  line.  This line  of  credit  was
terminated with the new $175,000,000 revolving loan agreement described below.

    Prior  to  entering into  the  revolving credit  agreement  described above,
Holdings maintained  a $35,000,000  line  of credit  with  the Bank  which  bore
interest  at their prime rate plus 1/2%. This line of credit was terminated with
the $50,000,000 revolving credit agreement.

    On January  20,  1995, the  Company  entered into  a  $35,000,000  revolving
investment  loan  agreement with  the Bank.  Proceeds  of the  loan are  used to
acquire short-term investments which secure the loan. Interest is computed based
on market rates adjusted for the Company's credited funds at the Bank.

    On April 28, 1995, a wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company entered into  a
$25,000,000 revolving credit loan agreement with the Bank to facilitate mortgage
loan underwriting and origination. The stated interest rate for this line is the
Bank's  floating prime rate (8 3/4% at September 30, 1995); however, the Company
may elect to have up to three traunches of debt bear interest at adjusted 30-day
LIBOR rate plus 2% (7 13/16% at September  30, 1995 for a term of 30 days),  and
interest is payable monthly. Principal payments on the note are due monthly, and
are  equal to  the aggregate  amount of all  principal payments  received by the
borrowing entity with respect to mortgage loan underwriting and origination. The
loan is collateralized by the mortgage loans and the borrowing  entity/servicers
collection accounts.

    On  July  27, 1995,  two wholly-owned  subsidiaries  of the  Company jointly
entered into  a $27,500,000  nonrecourse term  loan agreement  with a  financial
services  company  to  finance  investments in  Asset  Portfolios.  The  loan is
collateralized by a security interest in the investments in asset portfolios  of
the  subsidiaries.  The stated  interest  rate for  this  debt is  the financial
company's floating prime rate plus 1 1/2%  (10 1/4% at July 27, 1995);  however,
the  borrowing entities  may elect to  have up  to three traunches  of debt bear
interest at adjusted LIBOR rate plus 3% (8 15/16 at July 27, 1995 for a term  of
180  days), with the  term of each  traunche to be  up to 180  days. Interest is
payable monthly. Principal payments are due monthly and are equal to 90% of  the
net portfolio cash flow for the preceding month. Additional principal reductions
may  be  required  on  a  quarterly  basis  to  meet  minimum  principal payment
requirements. The loan  is nonrecourse to  the Company and  matures on July  31,
1998.  As part  of the  agreement, the  borrowing entities  and the  Company are
subject to both positive and negative covenants.

    On August 15, 1995, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company entered into  a
mortgage   warehouse  agreement   with  a  funding   corporation  to  facilitate
multi-family mortgage  loan underwriting  and origination.  The stated  interest
rate  for  this line  is an  adjusted 30-day  LIBOR  rate plus  3% (8  33/50% at
September 30, 1995), and interest and principal are payable upon the receipt  of
the  proceeds of the  sale or other  disposition of related  mortgage loans. The
loan is secured by  the mortgage loans  originated by the  Company and held  for
sale  under  the facility.  The  Company is  a  guarantor on  this  facility. At
September 30, 1995, an advance of $2,991,000 was outstanding at an interest rate
of 8 33/50%.

                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

5.  NOTES PAYABLE, MORTGAGE WAREHOUSE DEBT AND NONRECOURSE DEBT  (CONTINUED)
    On September 27, 1995, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company entered into
a $8,696,000  Global Master  Repurchase  Agreement to  support the  purchase  of
certain  commercial  mortgage  pass-through  certificates.  The  Agreement bears
interest at  a rate  based  on LIBOR  (7 3/8%  at  September 30,  1995)  payable
monthly.  This  facility  is  secured by  the  commercial  mortgage pass-through
certificates and  repayment  of  principal  is based  on  cash  flow  from  such
securities.

    On  September 29,  1995, the Company  entered into  a $175,000,000 revolving
loan agreement with a syndicate of banks,  led by the Bank which matures and  is
payable  in  full  on September  29,  1997.  By its  terms,  the  revolving loan
agreement has two  primary components, $75,000,000  available under a  corporate
facility   (including  $25,000,000  under  a   temporary  bridge  facility)  and
$100,000,000 available  under  a  portfolio facility.  The  syndicate's  current
commitment  under  the  revolving  loan  agreement  is  limited  to  a  total of
$127,500,000; $68,900,000 under the corporate facility and $58,600,000 under the
portfolio facility. The  additional amounts under  the revolving loan  agreement
would  become  available to  the Company  upon  the participation  by additional
financial institutions in the syndicate for the loan and upon an increase in the
Company's borrowing base under  this agreement. There can  be no assurance  that
such events will occur. The borrowing terms, including interest, may be selected
by  the Company and tied to either the Bank's variable rate (8 3/4% at September
30, 1995) or, for advances on a term basis up to approximately 180 days, a  rate
equal  to an adjusted LIBOR rate (7 5/8% at September 30, 1995 for a term of 180
days). Interest is payable quarterly and at the end of each advance period as to
the amounts  with respect  to  which LIBOR  is  applicable. The  revolving  loan
agreement  is secured  by substantially  all of  the assets  of the  Company not
pledged under other  credit facilities,  including stock  of a  majority of  the
Company's  subsidiaries  held  by  the  Company.  The  revolving  loan agreement
requires  the  Company  to  meet  certain  financial  tests,  including  minimum
consolidated   tangible  net   worth,  maximum   consolidated  funded   debt  to
consolidated capitalization ratio, minimum fixed charge coverage ratio,  minimum
interest  coverage  ratio,  maximum  consolidated  funded  debt  to consolidated
earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA")  ratio
and  maximum corporate  facility outstanding  to consolidated  EBITDA ratio. The
revolving loan agreement contains covenants that, among other things, will limit
the incurrence of  additional indebtedness, investments,  asset sales, loans  to
shareholders, dividends, transactions with affiliates, acquisitions, mergers and
consolidations,  liens and encumbrances and other matters customarily restricted
in such agreements. On September 7,  1995, the Company entered into an  interest
rate  swap  agreement  to hedge  a  portion  of this  debt  agreement.  The swap
agreement has a notional amount of $25,000,000 and requires payment of  interest
by  the Company at a fixed rate of 5 4/5% and receipt of interest by the Company
at a floating rate equal to 30-day LIBOR.

6.  INCOME TAXES
    Income tax expense (benefit)  consists of the following  for the two  months
ended  December 31, 1992, and  the years ended December  31, 1993, and 1994, (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            1992       1993       1994
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
Current:
  Federal...............................................................  $   2,200  $  14,533  $   9,665
  State.................................................................        583      3,096      2,609
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total current tax expense...........................................      2,783     17,629     12,274
Deferred tax expense (benefit)..........................................       (603)    (1,650)       966
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
    Total income tax expense............................................  $   2,180  $  15,979  $  13,240
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

6.  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    The net deferred tax asset  at December 31, 1993  and 1994, consists of  the
tax effects of temporary differences related to the following (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                      1993       1994
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                                 <C>        <C>
Accounts receivable...............................................................  $     221  $   1,386
Premises and equipment............................................................        277        235
Intangible assets.................................................................      3,483      2,691
Investment in subsidiaries........................................................      2,097        930
Accrued employee compensation.....................................................      1,911      3,261
Net operating loss carryforwards..................................................      8,140      6,775
AMT credit carryforwards..........................................................        602        602
Other.............................................................................      2,117      2,002
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
  Total deferred tax asset before valuation allowance.............................     18,848     17,882
  Valuation allowance.............................................................       (675)      (675)
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
Net deferred tax asset............................................................  $  18,173  $  17,207
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
                                                                                    ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

    A  reconciliation of  income taxes  on reported  pretax income  at statutory
rates to actual income tax expense for  the two months ended December 31,  1992,
and the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994, is as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            1992       1993       1994
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                       <C>        <C>        <C>
Income tax at statutory rates...........................................  $   2,011  $  14,069  $  11,196
State income taxes, net of Federal tax benefit..........................        169      1,910      1,606
Other...................................................................                              438
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
  Total income tax expense..............................................  $   2,180  $  15,979  $  13,240
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
Income tax expense attributable to continuing operations................  $   2,279  $  17,371  $  14,753
Income tax benefit attributable to discontinued operations..............        (99)    (1,392)    (1,513)
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
  Total income tax expense..............................................  $   2,180  $  15,979  $  13,240
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
                                                                          ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

    As a result of the acquisition of BEI, the Company has available for its use
BEI's  net operating  loss carryforwards existing  at the  acquisition date. The
Company  is  limited  to  utilizing  approximately  $4,245,000  of  such  losses
annually.  The  following  are  the expiration  dates  and  the  approximate net
operating loss carryforwards at December 31, 1994, (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXPIRATION DATE                                                             AMOUNT
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------  ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>
1995.....................................................................  $     812
1996.....................................................................        739
1997.....................................................................      2,325
1998.....................................................................      2,818
1999.....................................................................      1,333
2001.....................................................................      3,516
2002.....................................................................      2,071
2003.....................................................................      1,459
2006.....................................................................        372
2007.....................................................................      2,867
                                                                           ---------
                                                                           $  18,312
                                                                           ---------
                                                                           ---------
</TABLE>

                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

7.  PAYABLE TO PARTNERS
    Payable to  partners  represents amounts  owed  to Esther  Ritz  Corporation
(Ritz)  and other  partners for  their shares  of the  undistributed earnings of
various joint  ventures and  partnerships. The  consolidated balance  sheets  at
December  31, 1993 and 1994,  include the accounts of  BEI-Ritz Joint Venture #1
and BEI-Ritz Joint Venture #2 (the Joint  Ventures) of which the Company owns  a
controlling  interest. The  Joint Ventures were  formed in 1991  between BEI and
Ritz to  participate  in  the  bidding for  contracts  for  the  management  and
disposition of assets owned by the RTC. The Joint Ventures make distributions to
the Company and to Ritz as cash is collected on the RTC contracts.

8.  OTHER LIABILITIES
    The  following  table  summarizes  the components  of  other  liabilities at
December 31, 1993 and 1994, (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                             1993       1994
                                                                           ---------  ---------
<S>                                                                        <C>        <C>
Accrued earnout (Note 2).................................................  $       0  $   3,883
Deferred compensation obligations (Note 4)...............................        900      1,331
Dividends payable........................................................        560      1,179
Lease abandonment accrual................................................      1,250        964
Other....................................................................      3,942      5,507
                                                                           ---------  ---------
    Total other liabilities..............................................  $   6,652  $  12,864
                                                                           ---------  ---------
                                                                           ---------  ---------
</TABLE>

9.  DISCONTINUED OPERATION
    The Company adopted  a plan  on December 1,  1994, to  discontinue its  data
processing operations for the banking and asset management industry, to sell the
discontinued  subsidiary, AMRESCO Services, Inc., or  most of the assets of that
subsidiary, by June 30, 1995. The net liabilities of the subsidiary at  December
31, 1994, were as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                  <C>
Accounts receivable................................................  $     666
Premises and equipment and other assets............................        341
Liabilities........................................................       (718)
Reserve for losses on discontinued operations......................     (1,243)
                                                                     ---------
    Net liabilities of discontinued subsidiary.....................  $    (954)
                                                                     ---------
                                                                     ---------
</TABLE>

    Gross  revenues  applicable to  the  discontinued operations  were $957,000,
$5,500,000 and $4,542,000 for the two  months ended December 31, 1992, the  year
ended  December  31,  1993,  and  the eleven  months  ended  November  30, 1994,
respectively. The loss from the discontinued operations for the period  December
1, 1994 to December 31, 1994 was $95,000, net of $63,000 income tax benefit.

    On  June  16, 1995,  the Company  sold  substantially all  of the  assets of
AMRESCO Services, Inc.,  for $6,250,000  in cash  with a  gain of  approximately
$2,425,000,  or $0.10 per share, net of certain transaction costs and $1,617,000
provision for  income taxes.  The book  values of  the net  assets sold  in  the
transaction were as follows (in thousands; unaudited):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                    <C>
Cash.................................................................  $     283
Accounts receivable..................................................        293
Premises and equipment...............................................        302
Other assets.........................................................         65
Liabilities..........................................................       (199)
                                                                       ---------
    Net assets of discontinued subsidiary............................  $     744
                                                                       ---------
                                                                       ---------
</TABLE>

                                      F-16
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

10. SALE OF ASSETS
    During  1994, the Company  sold to outside parties  substantially all of the
assets of  its  EnterChange  division,  acquired  December  31,  1993  with  the
acquisition  of  BEI,  for  approximately $1,500,000  in  cash  and  $818,000 in
promissory notes. The sale of the  EnterChange division is not expected to  have
any material financial impact on the Company.

11. COMMON STOCK
    The  Company  has  incentive  stock  option plans  for  the  benefit  of key
individuals, including its directors, officers and key employees. In  connection
with the merger of BEI and Holdings (See Note 2), certain granted options became
fully  vested.  The  plans are  administered  by  a committee  of  the  Board of
Directors. The plans were  adjusted to reflect the  conversion of each share  of
Holdings  common stock  into 10.03  shares of  the Company's  stock for  the two
months ended December  31, 1992  and the years  ended December  31, 1993.  Stock
option  activity under the plans for the  two months ended December 31, 1992 and
the years ended December 31, 1993 and 1994 is as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 NUMBER OF   OPTION PRICE PER
                                                                   SHARES         SHARE
                                                                 ----------  ----------------
<S>                                                              <C>         <C>
Options outstanding at November 1, 1992........................      --
  Granted......................................................     411,230             $0.60
                                                                 ----------  ----------------
Options outstanding at December 31, 1992.......................     411,230             $0.60
  Granted......................................................     431,290             $3.50
  Canceled.....................................................     (70,210)            $0.60
  Acquired company options outstanding.........................   1,321,790    $2.25 to $4.50
                                                                 ----------  ----------------
Options outstanding at December 31, 1993.......................   2,094,100    $0.60 to $4.50
  Granted......................................................     500,000    $7.00 to $8.94
  Exercised....................................................    (711,590)   $0.60 to $3.50
  Forfeited....................................................     (10,060)            $3.50
                                                                 ----------  ----------------
Options outstanding at December 31, 1994.......................   1,872,450    $0.60 to $8.94
                                                                 ----------  ----------------
                                                                 ----------  ----------------
Options exercisable at December 31, 1994.......................   1,455,256    $0.60 to $8.94
                                                                 ----------  ----------------
                                                                 ----------  ----------------
Options available for grant at December 31, 1994...............     501,766
                                                                 ----------
                                                                 ----------
</TABLE>

    At December 31, 1994, the Company  has reserved a total of 2,374,216  shares
of common stock for exercise of stock options.

    A  stock  subscription agreement  and  related shareholders'  agreement (the
Stockholder Agreements) were entered into  by the Company with various  officers
and  other  parties  (the Subscribers)  on  December 9,  1992.  Such Stockholder
Agreements state that the Subscribers agreed to purchase a set number of  shares
of  capital stock, as defined. The purchase  price was based on a purchase price
of $6.00  per  share  of common  stock  ($.60  per share  after  effect  of  the
conversion  into  Company stock).  Certain  executive officers  purchased common
stock with cash and promissory notes. The notes accrue interest at 6% per  annum
and  are due and payable  in December 2002 or within  one year of termination of
employment. The shares are subject to certain restrictions and repurchase rights
pursuant to the  Stockholder Agreements. In  the event of  termination prior  to
December  2002, the  Company could cancel  unvested shares  by canceling related
indebtedness based on  the original issue  price. Originally, 50%  of the  notes
were  vested based  upon performance  and the  remainder were  time notes.  As a
result of the merger  with BEI, the performance  notes were converted into  time
notes.  The conversion of the notes  resulted in additional compensation expense
recorded during  1993 of  $1,188,000.  In addition,  the  shares are  now  fully
vested. The notes are secured by the

                                      F-17
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

11. COMMON STOCK (CONTINUED)
stock  acquired and are nonrecourse to the Subscribers. The notes are classified
as a reduction of shareholders' equity for financial reporting purposes.  During
1993,  $179,000 in notes receivable for  officers' shares and the related common
stock were canceled. During 1994, a $178,000 note receivable was repaid.

    On February  6,  1995,  the  Company's Board  of  Directors  authorized  the
repurchase  of up to  $6,000,000 of its  common stock from  time to time through
February 6,  1996. Any  purchases,  if made,  would be  in  the open  market  at
prevailing  prices  or  in privately  negotiated  transactions.  The repurchased
shares would be  held for existing  or future stock  option or employee  benefit
plans and for possible stock splits or dividends.

12. EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION AND BENEFITS
    Accrued  employee compensation and  benefits at December  31, 1993 and 1994,
includes amounts  for incentive  compensation, severance  and benefits.  Certain
employees  are eligible to receive a bonus from a pool computed on 20% to 25% of
pretax income over  predetermined minimum earning  levels. In addition,  certain
employees  are  covered by  severance  plans in  the  event their  employment is
terminated due to  reductions in  the workforce.  The Company  accrues for  such
costs  over  the service  period.  At December  31, 1993  and  1994, a  total of
$6,777,000 and  $5,144,000,  respectively, was  accrued  for costs  incurred  or
expected to be incurred under the severance plans of continuing operations.

    Effective  January  1,  1993,  the Company  adopted  the  AMRESCO Retirement
Savings and Profit  Sharing Plan (the  Plan). The Plan  qualifies under  Section
401(k)  of the Internal  Revenue Code and incorporates  both a savings component
and a profit sharing component for  eligible employees. As determined each  year
by the Board of Directors, the Company may match the employee contribution up to
6%  of their base pay based on the Company's performance. For 1994, the matching
contribution was set  at $.50 for  each $1.00 contributed  by the employees.  In
addition  to the matching  savings contribution, the  Company provides an annual
contribution to the profit sharing retirement component of the Plan on behalf of
all eligible employees. This portion of  the Plan has been subsequently  amended
to  assure that the Company  is not required to  make an employer profit sharing
contribution to the Plan after 1993. However, it is anticipated that some  level
of  profit sharing contribution  will continue in future  periods. For the years
ended December 31, 1993 and 1994, the Company made profit sharing  contributions
of   $1,700,000  and  $1,312,000,  respectively.  Allocation  of  the  Company's
contribution will be  based on  a percentage  of an  employee's "weighted  total
pay."  Weighted total pay places a stronger  emphasis on the age of the employee
and provides an increasingly larger  profit sharing contribution as an  employee
nears retirement.

13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    The Company is committed to pay additional consideration to former owners of
an  acquired subsidiary  based on  financial performance  during 1994,  1995 and
1996. See Note 2.

    The Company has entered into non-cancelable operating leases covering office
facilities which expire  at various  dates through  2000. Certain  of the  lease
agreements  provide for minimum  annual rentals with  provisions to increase the
rents to cover increases in real estate taxes and other expenses of the  lessor.
The  Company also  has cancelable  leases on  equipment which  expire on various
dates through 1998. The total rent expense for the two months ended December 31,
1992, and the years ended December 31, 1993 and

                                      F-18
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

13. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
1994, was approximately $876,000,  $3,116,000 and $4,386,000, respectively.  The
future  minimum annual rental commitments under non-cancelable agreements having
a remaining term in excess of one year  at December 31, 1994 are as follows  (in
thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                   <C>
Year Ended December 31,
  1995..............................................................  $   1,686
  1996..............................................................      1,509
  1997..............................................................      1,233
  1998..............................................................        814
  1999..............................................................        485
  Thereafter........................................................        149
</TABLE>

    The  Company is  a defendant  in various  legal actions.  In the  opinion of
management, such actions will  not materially affect  the financial position  or
results of operations of the consolidated company.

14. FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
    The   following  disclosure  of  the   estimated  fair  value  of  financial
instruments is  made  in  accordance  with the  requirement  of  SFAS  No.  107,
"Disclosures  About  Fair Value  of Financial  Instruments." The  estimated fair
value amounts  have  been  determined  by the  Company  using  available  market
information  and  appropriate  valuation  methodologies.  However,  considerable
judgment is  necessarily  required  to  interpret market  data  to  develop  the
estimates  of fair  value. Accordingly, the  estimates presented  herein are not
necessarily indicative of  the amounts the  Company could realize  in a  current
market  exchange.  The use  of  different market  assumptions  and/or estimation
methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        DECEMBER 31, 1993       DECEMBER 31, 1994
                                                                      ----------------------  ----------------------
                                                                      CARRYING    ESTIMATED   CARRYING    ESTIMATED
                                                                       AMOUNT    FAIR VALUE    AMOUNT    FAIR VALUE
                                                                      ---------  -----------  ---------  -----------
                                                                                  (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                   <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
Assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.........................................  $  43,442   $  43,442   $  20,446   $  20,446
  Accounts receivable...............................................     39,399      39,399      20,682      20,682
  Investment in asset portfolios:
    Loans...........................................................     33,795      36,300      30,920      37,485
    Partnerships and joint ventures.................................                             22,491      25,200
    Asset-backed securities.........................................                              3,481       3,500
  Other assets......................................................      6,923       6,923       7,216       7,216

Liabilities:
  Accounts payable..................................................      9,830       9,830       4,891       4,891
  Notes payable and other debt......................................     28,113      28,113      16,459      16,459
  Payable to partners...............................................      3,399       3,250       3,907       3,907
  Letters of credit ($833)..........................................                             --          --
</TABLE>

    The fair values  of the investment  in asset portfolios,  notes payable  and
payable  to joint  venture partner are  estimated based on  present values using
applicable rates to approximate current entry-value interest rates applicable to
each category of  such financial instruments.  The carrying amount  of cash  and
cash  equivalents, accounts  receivable, net  of reserves,  and accounts payable
approximates fair  value.  The Company  has  reviewed its  exposure  on  standby
letters of credit and has determined that the fair value of such exposure is not
material.  The  fair value  estimates presented  herein  are based  on pertinent
information available to management as of  December 31, 1993 and 1994.  Although
management  is  not aware  of any  factors that  would significantly  affect the
estimated fair  value  amounts,  such  amounts  have  not  been  comprehensively
revalued  for purposes of  these financial statements  since the date presented,
and therefore, current estimates of fair value may differ significantly from the
amounts presented herein.

                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

15. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)

    ACQUISITION OF  EQS.    On  October 27,  1995,  the  Company  completed  the
acquisition  of  the third-party  securitized,  commercial mortgage  loan Master
Servicer and  Special  Servicer  businesses  of  EQS.  The  purchase  price  was
approximately $16.9 million.

    ACQUISITION  OF ACACIA.  Effective November  20, 1995, the Company completed
the purchase for approximately $4.5 million of substantially all of the  pension
fund advisory contracts and certain other assets of Acacia. Acacia provides real
estate investment advisory services to pension and other institutional investors
in  respect  of investments  in office,  industrial  and distressed  real estate
properties. Acacia is based in Boston and has approximately 18 employees.

    CONVERTIBLE SUBORDINATED  DEBENTURE OFFERING.   On  November 27,  1995,  the
Company  completed an  offering conducted  in Europe,  pursuant to  Regulation S
promulgated under  the  Securities Act,  of  $45.0 million  aggregate  principal
amount  of Convertible  Subordinated Debentures.  The net  proceeds (aggregating
approximately $43.0 million) from  such offering were  used to repay  borrowings
under  the revolving credit  line. The Convertible  Subordinated Debentures bear
interest at 8%  per annum  and will  mature on December  15, 2005.  There is  no
sinking  fund or  amortization of principal  prior to  maturity. The Convertible
Subordinated Debentures  are not  redeemable  prior to  December 15,  1996.  The
Convertible Subordinated Debentures are convertible at the option of the holders
into  shares  of  Common  Stock  at  a  conversion  price  of  $12.50  per share
(equivalent to  a  conversion rate  of  80 shares  of  Common Stock  per  $1,000
principal  amount of Convertible Subordinated Debentures), subject to adjustment
in  certain  events.  The  Convertible  Subordinated  Debentures  are  unsecured
obligations  of the Company  and subordinated to all  existing and future Senior
Indebtedness (as defined in the Convertible Subordinated Debenture Indenture) of
the Company. The Convertible Subordinated  Debentures contain certain rights  of
the  holder to require the repurchase of the Convertible Subordinated Debentures
(i) upon  a  Fundamental Change  (as  defined in  the  Convertible  Subordinated
Debenture Indenture) and (ii) if the Company is not able to maintain a Net Worth
(as   defined   in  the   Convertible   Subordinated  Debenture   Indenture)  of
approximately $141.0 million  (which includes  the net proceeds  to the  Company
from  the Common Stock  offering described below)  plus the net  proceeds to the
Company from any other offering of Common Stock by the Company subsequent to the
date hereof.  There are  certain other  covenants restricting  dividends on  and
redemptions of capital stock.

    COMMON  STOCK  OFFERING.   On  December 13,  1995,  the Company  completed a
registered public  offering  of 2,000,000  shares  of Common  Stock.  Subsequent
thereto,  the Company  sold an  additional 300,000  shares of  Common Stock upon
exercise of the Underwriters' over-allotment option. The net proceeds from  such
offering,  including the  over-allotment shares,  aggregated approximately $25.1
million and were used to repay  borrowings under the revolving credit line.  The
price  to the public was $11.75 per share and the price to the Company per share
was $11.10 (after an underwriting discount of  $ .65 per share). In addition  to
the  offering  of  shares of  Common  Stock  by the  Company,  two institutional
shareholders sold an aggregate  of 2,300,000 shares  of Common Stock  (including
300,000 shares sold pursuant to the exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment
option). The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of these shares.
Assuming  issuance of 2,300,000 shares of common  stock at the beginning of each
of the periods January 1, 1994 and 1995 and application of related net  proceeds
to  the  repayment  of borrowings  bearing  an  average interest  cost  of 8.2%,
earnings per share  for the year  ended December  31, 1994 and  the nine  months
ended  September 30, 1995 for income  from continuing operations would have been
$0.85 and $0.50,  respectively, while earnings  per share for  net income  would
have been $0.77 and $0.59, respectively.

                                      F-20
<PAGE>
                         AMRESCO, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

             NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

16. QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)
    The  following is  a summary of  unaudited quarterly  results of operations,
revised to reflect  discontinued operations,  for the years  ended December  31,
1993 and 1994 (in thousands, except per share amounts):

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1993
                                                              ------------------------------------------
                                                                FIRST     SECOND      THIRD     FOURTH
                                                               QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues from continuing operations.........................  $  50,525  $  36,814  $  41,080  $  43,743
Income from continuing operations before taxes..............     11,756     11,245     12,344      8,332
Income from continuing operations...........................      7,143      6,842      7,442      4,879
Loss from discontinued operations...........................        277        326        355      1,130
Net income..................................................      6,866      6,516      7,087      3,749
Earnings per share from continuing operations...............       0.63       0.61       0.66       0.43
Earnings per share..........................................       0.61       0.58       0.63       0.33
</TABLE>

    Nonrecurring  charges  of $2,209,000  related to  write-off of  software and
merger related compensation accruals were made during the quarter ended December
31, 1993.  Quarterly financial  data has  been revised  to reflect  discontinued
operations.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
                                                              ------------------------------------------
                                                                FIRST     SECOND      THIRD     FOURTH
                                                               QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER    QUARTER
                                                              ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues from continuing operations.........................  $  40,563  $  40,460  $  46,782  $  29,379
Income from continuing operations before taxes..............      9,244      9,307     14,979      2,156
Income from continuing operations...........................      5,358      5,425      8,873      1,277
Loss from discontinued operations...........................        422        316        238      1,209
Net income..................................................      4,936      5,109      8,635         68
Earnings per share from continuing operations...............       0.23       0.23       0.37       0.05
Earnings per share..........................................       0.21       0.22       0.36       0.00
</TABLE>

    Nonrecurring  income  of  $10,000,000  related  to  the  conclusion  of  the
NationsBank Contract was recorded during the third quarter of 1994. Nonrecurring
accruals for the  loss on discontinued  operations were made  during the  fourth
quarter of 1994.

                                      F-21
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

AMRESCO:

    We  have audited  the accompanying  combined statements  of income  and cash
flows of  Asset Management  Resolution Company  and AMRESCO  Holdings, Inc.  and
subsidiaries  (together AMRESCO), both of which  were under the common ownership
and management of NationsBank  Corporation as of October  31, 1992, for the  ten
months  ended  October 31,  1992. These  combined  financial statements  are the
responsibility of  AMRESCO  management.  Our responsibility  is  to  express  an
opinion on these combined financial statements based on our audit.

    We  conducted  our  audit  in accordance  with  generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the combined financial statements are free of
material  misstatement. An audit  includes examining, on  a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the combined financial statements.  An
audit  also includes  assessing the  accounting principles  used and significant
estimates made  by  management,  as  well as  evaluating  the  overall  combined
financial   statement  presentation.  We  believe  that  our  audit  provides  a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our  opinion, such  1992  financial statements,  present fairly,  in  all
material  respects, the combined results of  AMRESCO's operations and cash flows
for the ten months ended October 31, 1992, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Dallas, Texas
March 26, 1993

                                      F-22
<PAGE>
                                    AMRESCO
                            (PREDECESSOR BUSINESSES)

                   FOR THE TEN MONTHS ENDED OCTOBER 31, 1992
                             (DOLLARS IN THOUSANDS)

                          COMBINED STATEMENT OF INCOME

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                 <C>
REVENUES:
Asset management fees (Note 3)....................................................  $ 129,179
Other.............................................................................      3,680
                                                                                    ---------
      Total revenues..............................................................    132,859
                                                                                    ---------
EXPENSES:
Personnel (Note 5)................................................................     64,955
Occupancy.........................................................................      4,918
Equipment.........................................................................      3,534
Professional fees.................................................................     19,817
General and administrative........................................................      5,533
                                                                                    ---------
      Total expenses..............................................................     98,757
                                                                                    ---------
Income before taxes...............................................................     34,102
Income tax expense (Note 4).......................................................     10,795
                                                                                    ---------
      Net income..................................................................  $  23,307
                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                    ---------

                              COMBINED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income........................................................................  $  23,307
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
  Loss on retirement of property and equipment....................................         16
  Depreciation and amortization...................................................      5,240
  Expenses paid by parent.........................................................        475
  Increase (decrease) in cash for changes in:
    Accounts receivable...........................................................     15,788
    Deferred income taxes.........................................................     (2,068)
    Other assets..................................................................       (126)
    Other liabilities.............................................................     (1,050)
    Income taxes payable..........................................................      8,138
    Accounts payable..............................................................    (10,233)
                                                                                    ---------
      Net cash provided by operating activities...................................     39,487
                                                                                    ---------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Expenditures for furniture, fixtures, and equipment...............................     (5,117)
                                                                                    ---------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Dividends paid....................................................................    (20,000)
                                                                                    ---------
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents.........................................     14,370
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period....................................     21,216
                                                                                    ---------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period..........................................  $  35,586
                                                                                    ---------
                                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>

                  See notes to combined financial statements.

                                      F-23
<PAGE>
                                    AMRESCO

                     NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.  ORGANIZATION
    Effective October  31, 1992,  a  Stock Sale  Agreement (the  Agreement)  was
entered  into  by  AMRESCO  Acquisition Corporation,  an  entity  formed  by CGW
Southeast Partners, L.P. I and II and which was renamed AMRESCO Holdings,  Inc.,
to  purchase the stock  of AMRESCO, Inc.  and AMRESCO Holdings,  Inc. (AHI). The
combined financial  statements of  AMRESCO  (predecessor businesses  of  AMRESCO
Holdings,  Inc.) consist  of Asset  Management Resolution  Company (dba AMRESCO,
Inc.) and AHI, including its wholly owned subsidiaries, AMRESCO Services,  Inc.,
AMRESCO Institutional, Inc. and AMRESCO Management, Inc.

2.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
    AMRESCO  is engaged  primarily in  the business  of managing,  servicing and
liquidating  loans  and  related  assets  for  various  financial  institutions,
government   agencies  and  others.   All  transactions  between   AHI  and  its
subsidiaries and  AMRESCO,  Inc.  and their  predecessor  businesses  have  been
eliminated in the combined financial statements.

    REVENUE  AND  EXPENSE  RECOGNITION  -- Revenues,  principally  fees  for the
management and  collection  of  assets  subject  to  management  contracts,  are
recognized as earned. Expenses incurred in managing and administering the assets
subject  to  management  contracts are  charged  to expense  as  incurred. Asset
disposition fees are accrued based  on estimated collections and related  costs.
Differences  between estimated and actual amounts  are recorded in the period of
determination. Revenue from AMRESCO's largest customers constituted 42%, 39% and
16% of total asset management fees for the ten months ended October 31, 1992.

    INCOME TAXES -- AMRESCO's tax  provision and related balance sheet  accounts
have  been  recorded  in  accordance  with  Statement  of  Financial  Accounting
Standards No. 96.  Current income tax  provisions approximate taxes  on a  stand
alone basis to be paid or refunded for the applicable period. Deferred taxes are
provided   on  the  temporary  differences  between  the  bases  of  assets  and
liabilities as measured by tax laws and their bases as reported in the financial
statements.

3.  CONTRACTS
    AMRESCO performs asset  management services primarily  for NationsBank,  the
FDIC  and the RTC  under management contracts.  Generally, the contracts provide
for the payment of  a fixed management fee  which is reduced proportionately  as
managed  assets  decrease, a  disposition fee  using specified  percentage rates
based on net  cash collections and  an incentive fee  for resolution of  certain
assets.  Contracts  to manage,  service  and liquidate  assets  expire beginning
December 31, 1993 through  June 30, 1997.  AMRESCO, Inc. and  the RTC agreed  in
principle  to effect an early termination of  a full-service contract and a loan
administration contract no later than December 31, 1992. AMRESCO, Inc. collected
an agreed disposition fee on the book  value of the remaining assets and, as  of
December  31,  1992,  returned  the  management of  the  assets  to  the  RTC. A
significant amount of AMRESCO's revenues  are derived under an asset  management
contract   beginning  in  1992  between   AMRESCO  and  NationsBank  Corporation
(NationsBank).

4.  INCOME TAXES
    Prior to the acquisition, AMRESCO filed  a consolidated tax return with  its
parent,  NationsBank. Income  taxes were  accrued as  if AMRESCO  filed separate
returns. No delineation was  made of current and  deferred taxes as  NationsBank
allocated tax benefits to AMRESCO. The receipt of tax benefits were handled as a
capital  contribution  by  the  Parent.  AMRESCO's  acquisition  was  a  taxable
transaction, and as a

                                      F-24
<PAGE>
                                    AMRESCO

               NOTES TO COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (CONTINUED)

4.  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
result, a new tax basis for the  AMRESCO group was created. A reconciliation  of
income  taxes on reported pretax  income at statutory rates  to total income tax
expense is as follows for the ten months ended October 31, 1992 (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                      <C>
Income tax at statutory rate (34%).....................................  $  11,595
State income taxes (net of federal benefit)............................      1,797
Change in prior-year estimate of Parent tax attributes.................     (2,503)
Other..................................................................        (94)
                                                                         ---------
Income tax expense.....................................................  $  10,795
                                                                         ---------
                                                                         ---------
</TABLE>

5.  RETIREMENT AND EMPLOYEE BENEFITS
    Certain professional employees received a bonus from a pool computed on  20%
to  25% of pretax income  over predetermined minimum earning  levels for the ten
months ended October 31, 1992 and based upon NationsBank's bonus programs  prior
to  1992. Certain employees  are covered by  severance plans in  the event their
employment is  terminated  by  AMRESCO.  Until December  9,  1992,  the  Company
participated  in a qualified  retirement plan of  NationsBank, which covered all
full-time, salaried employees and  certain part-time employees. Pension  expense
under  this plan was accrued. The  costs allocated from NationsBank were charged
to current operations  and consist  of several  components of  net pension  cost
based  on various  actuarial assumptions  regarding future  experience under the
plan.

6.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    Total  rent  expense  for  the  ten  months  ended  October  31,  1992   was
approximately  $3,220,000. AMRESCO  is a  defendant in  or party  to pending and
threatened legal actions  and proceedings. Management  believes, based upon  the
opinion  of  legal counsel,  that the  actions  and liability  or loss,  if any,
resulting from the final  outcome of these proceedings  will not be material  in
the aggregate.

7.  STOCKHOLDER'S EQUITY
    The  activity in stockholder's  equity for the ten  months ended October 31,
1992 is as follows (in thousands):

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                     <C>
JANUARY 1, 1992.......................................................  $  30,935
  Net income..........................................................     23,307
  Contribution by parent..............................................        475
  Dividends and distributions to parent...............................    (42,169)
                                                                        ---------
OCTOBER 31, 1992......................................................  $  12,548
                                                                        ---------
                                                                        ---------
</TABLE>

                                      F-25
<PAGE>
No  person  has  been  authorized  to  give  any  information  or  to  make  any
representations in connection with this  offering other than those contained  in
this Prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representations
must  not  be  relied upon  as  having been  authorized  by the  Company  or the
Underwriters. Neither  the  delivery  of  this Prospectus  nor  any  sales  made
hereunder  shall, under any circumstances, create any implication that there has
been no change in the affairs of the  Company since the date hereof or that  the
information  contained herein is correct as of  any time subsequent to its date.
This Prospectus does not  constitute an offer  to sell or  a solicitation of  an
offer  to buy any  securities other than  the registered securities  to which it
relates. This Prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a  solicitation
of  an offer to buy such securities in  any circumstances in which such offer or
solicitation is unlawful.

                            ------------------------

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      PAGE
                                                       ---
<S>                                                <C>
Available Information............................           2
Incorporation of Certain Documents by Reference..           2
Certain Definitions..............................           4
Summary..........................................           6
Risk Factors.....................................          12
Recent Developments..............................          16
Use of Proceeds..................................          17
Capitalization...................................          18
Summary Financial and Other Data.................          19
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
 Condition and Results of Operations.............          21
Business.........................................          27
Management.......................................          38
Description of the Notes.........................          41
Description of Other Indebtedness................          48
Underwriting.....................................          55
Legal Matters....................................          55
Independent Accountants..........................          55
Index to Financial Statements....................         F-1
</TABLE>

                                  $50,000,000

                                     [LOGO]

                           % SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES
                                    DUE 2003
                              --------------------

                              P R O S P E C T U S

                              --------------------
                               PIPER JAFFRAY INC.

                                         , 1996
<PAGE>
                                    PART II

                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 14.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                          <C>
Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee........................  $  11,500
NASD Filing Fee............................................................      6,250
New York Stock Exchange listing fee........................................      2,900
Printing Expenses..........................................................      *
Accounting Fees and Expenses...............................................      *
Legal Fees and Expenses....................................................      *
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses (including counsel fees)........................      *
Fees of Trustee and Registrar Fees and Expenses............................      *
Rating Agency Fees and Expenses............................................      *
Miscellaneous Expenses.....................................................      *
                                                                             ---------
  Total....................................................................  $   *
                                                                             ---------
                                                                             ---------
</TABLE>

- ------------------------------
     * To be provided by amendment.

    All  of the  above expenses  except the  Securities and  Exchange Commission
registration fee, the New  York Stock Exchange listing  fee and the NASD  filing
fee are estimated. All of such expenses will be borne by the Company.

ITEM 15.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

    The  Company's  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  (the
"Certificate") and  the Company's  Amended and  Restated Bylaws  (the  "Bylaws")
provide  that the Company shall indemnify, to  the full extent permitted by law,
any  person  against  liabilities  arising  from  their  service  as  directors,
officers, employees or agents of the Company. Section 145 of the DGCL empowers a
corporation to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be
made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding,
whether  civil, criminal, administrative or  investigative (other than an action
by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that he is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation or is or was serving  at
the  request of  the corporation  as a director,  officer, employee  or agent of
another corporation,  partnership, joint  venture,  trust or  other  enterprise,
against  expenses (including attorney's fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid
in settlement actually and  reasonably incurred by him  in connection with  such
action,  suit  or proceeding  if  he acted  in  good faith  and  in a  manner he
reasonably believed to  be in,  or not  opposed to,  the best  interests of  the
corporation,  and, with  respect to  any criminal  action or  proceeding, had no
reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

    Section 145 also empowers a corporation  to indemnify any person who was  or
is  a party or  is threatened to be  made a party to  any threatened, pending or
completed action or  suit by or  in the right  of the corporation  to procure  a
judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person acted in any of the
capacities  set  forth  above,  against  expenses  (including  attorney's  fees)
actually and  reasonably incurred  by  him in  connection  with the  defense  or
settlement  of such action or  suit if he acted  under similar standards, except
that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter  as
to  which such person shall  have been adjudged to  be liable to the corporation
unless, and only to the extent that, the Court of Chancery or the court in which
such action  was  brought  shall  determine that  despite  the  adjudication  of
liability  such person is  fairly and reasonably entitled  to indemnify for such
expenses which the court shall deem proper.

    Section 145 further  provides that indemnification  provided for by  Section
145  shall not be deemed exclusive of  any other rights to which the indemnified
party may be  entitled, and that  the corporation is  empowered to purchase  and
maintain insurance on behalf of a director or officer of the corporation against

                                      II-1
<PAGE>
any  liability asserted against him and incurred by him in any such capacity, or
arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the
power to indemnify him against such liabilities under Section 145.

    The Certificate and the Bylaws provide that no director of the Company shall
be personally liable to the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for
breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any  breach
of  the director's duty of loyalty to  the Company or its stockholders, (ii) for
acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a
knowing violation of law, (iii)  under Section 174 of the  DGCL or (iv) for  any
transaction  from which the  director derived an  improper personal benefit. Any
repeal or modification of this  provision related to director's liability  shall
not  adversely  affect any  right or  protection  of a  director of  the Company
existing immediately prior to such repeal or modification. Further, if the  DGCL
shall  be  repealed or  modified,  the elimination  of  liability of  a director
provided in  the Certificate  and the  Bylaws  shall be  to the  fullest  extent
permitted by the DGCL as so amended.

    Reference  is also made  to the indemnification  provisions contained in the
Purchase Agreement (a form of which is filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto) with respect
to  undertakings  to  indemnify  the   Company,  its  directors,  officers   and
controlling persons within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended
(the "Securities Act"), against certain liabilities, including liabilities under
the Securities Act or otherwise.

ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
EXHIBIT NO.                                                 EXHIBIT
- -----------  -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<C>          <S>
       1.1*  Form of Purchase Agreement.
       4.1   Revolving Loan Agreement, dated as of September 29, 1995, among the Company, certain subsidiaries of
             the Company, NationsBank of Texas, N.A. as Agent, and the Banks named therein, filed as Exhibit 10(b)
             to the Registrant's September 1995 10-Q, which exhibit is incorporated herein by reference.
       4.2*  First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 21, 1995, among the Company and NationsBank
             of Texas, N.A., as agent, and the Banks named therein, and consented to by certain of the Company's
             subsidiaries.
       4.3   Indenture dated as of November 27, 1995, between the Company and First Interstate Bank of Texas,
             National Association, as Trustee, in respect of the 8% Convertible Subordinated Debentures due 2005,
             filed as Exhibit 4.5 to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form
             S-3 (No. 33-63683), which exhibit is incorporated herein by reference.
       4.4*  Form of Indenture to be entered into between the Company and Bank One, Columbus, N.A. in respect of
             the Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003.
       5.1*  Opinion of L. Keith Blackwell, General Counsel of the Company, as to the validity of the Notes to be
             offered.
      12.1*  Computation of Ratios.
      23.1*  Consent of L. Keith Blackwell, contained in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1.
      23.2*  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
      24.1*  Power of Attorney of the Directors and certain Executive Officers of the Company.
      25.1*  Statement of Eligibility Qualification of Trustee on Form T-1.
</TABLE>

- ------------------------
* Filed herewith.

                                      II-2
<PAGE>
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS

    The  undersigned  Registrant hereby  undertakes  that, for  the  purposes of
determining any liability under the Securities  Act of 1933, each filing of  the
Registrant's  annual report  pursuant to Section  13(a) or Section  15(d) of the
Securities Exchange  Act of  1934  (and, where  applicable,  each filing  of  an
employee  benefit  plan's  annual  report  pursuant  to  Section  15(d)  of  the
Securities Exchange  Act of  1934) that  is incorporated  by reference  in  this
Registration  Statement  shall  be deemed  to  be a  new  Registration Statement
relating to the securities offered herein,  and the offering of such  securities
at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

    Insofar  as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to  directors, officers and controlling persons of  the
Registrant  pursuant to the  foregoing provisions, or  otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the  opinion of the Securities and Exchange  Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and  is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the  payment by the Registrant of  expenses
incurred  or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities  being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
has  been settled  by controlling  precedent, submit  to a  court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such  indemnification by it is against  public
policy  as expressed  in the Securities  Act and  will be governed  by the final
adjudication of such issue.

    The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

        (1) For purposes of determining  any liability under the Securities  Act
    of  1933, the information omitted from the  form of Prospectus filed as part
    of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
    form of Prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4)
    or 497(h)  under the  Securities Act  shall be  deemed to  be part  of  this
    Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

        (2)  For the purpose  of determining any  liability under the Securities
    Act  of  1933,  each  post-effective  amendment  that  contains  a  form  of
    Prospectus  shall be deemed  to be a new  Registration Statement relating to
    the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at  that
    time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

                                      II-3
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

    Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
certifies that it has  reasonable grounds to  believe that it  meets all of  the
requirements  for  filing on  Form  S-3 and  has  duly caused  this Registration
Statement to  be  signed  on  its behalf  by  the  undersigned,  thereunto  duly
authorized,  in the City of Dallas, State of Texas, on the 21st day of December,
1995.

                                          AMRESCO, INC.

                                          By:       /s/  L. KEITH BLACKWELL

                                             -----------------------------------
                                                     L. Keith Blackwell
                                                GENERAL COUNSEL AND SECRETARY

    Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of   the  Securities  Act  of  1933,   this
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities and on the 21st day of December, 1995:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                      SIGNATURE                                                 TITLE
- ------------------------------------------------------  ------------------------------------------------------

<C>                                                     <S>
                      ROBERT H. LUTZ, JR.*
     -------------------------------------------        Chairman of the Board and
                 Robert H. Lutz, Jr.                    Chief Executive Officer

                      ROBERT L. ADAIR III*
     -------------------------------------------        Director, President and Chief Operating Officer
                 Robert L. Adair III

                        BARRY L. EDWARDS*
     -------------------------------------------        Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
                   Barry L. Edwards                     (Principal Financial Officer)

                      JAMES P. COTTON, JR.*
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                 James P. Cotton, Jr.

                       RICHARD L. CRAVEY*
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                  Richard L. Cravey

     -------------------------------------------        Director
                  Gerald E. Eickhoff

                        WILLIAM S. GREEN*
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                   William S. Green

                        AMY J. JORGENSEN*
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                   Amy J. Jorgensen

                       JOHN J. MCDONOUGH*
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                  John J. McDonough

                       BRUCE W. SCHNITZER*
     -------------------------------------------        Director
                  Bruce W. Schnitzer

                       RONALD B. KIRKLAND*
     -------------------------------------------        Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal
                  Ronald B. Kirkland                    Accounting Officer)
</TABLE>

    L. Keith Blackwell, by signing his  name hereto, does sign and execute  this
Registration  Statement  on  behalf  of each  of  the  above-named  officers and
directors of the  Registrant on  this 21st day  of December,  1995, pursuant  to
powers  of attorneys executed on behalf of  each of such officers and directors,
and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

*By:     /s/  L. KEITH BLACKWELL
- ------------------------------------
         L. Keith Blackwell
          ATTORNEY-IN-FACT

                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                       SEQUENTIALLY
EXHIBIT NO.                                          EXHIBIT                                           NUMBERED PAGE
- -----------  ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  -------------
<C>          <S>                                                                                       <C>
       1.1*  Form of Purchase Agreement.
       4.1   Revolving Loan Agreement, dated as of September 29, 1995, among the Company, certain
             subsidiaries of the Company, NationsBank of Texas, N.A. as Agent, and the Banks named
             therein, filed as Exhibit 10(b) to the Registrant's September 1995 10-Q, which exhibit
             is incorporated herein by reference.
       4.2*  First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of November 21, 1995, among the Company
             and NationsBank of Texas, N.A., as agent, and the Banks named therein, and consented to
             by certain of the Company's subsidiaries.
       4.3   Indenture dated as of November 27, 1995, between the Company and First Interstate Bank
             of Texas, National Association, as Trustee, in respect of the 8% Convertible
             Subordinated Debentures due 2005, filed as Exhibit 4.5 to Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1
             to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-63683), which exhibit is
             incorporated herein by reference.
       4.4*  Form of Indenture to be entered into between the Company and Bank One, Columbus, N.A. in
             respect of the Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003.
       5.1*  Opinion of L. Keith Blackwell, General Counsel of the Company, as to the validity of the
             Notes to be offered.
      12.1*  Computation of Ratios.
      23.1*  Consent of L. Keith Blackwell, contained in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1.
      23.2*  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.
      24.1*  Power of Attorney of the Directors and certain Executive Officers of the Company.
      25.1*  Statement of Eligibility Qualification of Trustee on Form T-1.
</TABLE>

- ------------------------
* Filed herewith.

<PAGE>

                                                                EXHIBIT 1.1


       $50,000,000 PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF __% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES
                                DUE 2003(1)

                               AMRESCO, INC.


                            PURCHASE AGREEMENT


                                                       ______________, 1996


PIPER JAFFRAY INC.
Piper Jaffray Tower
222 South Ninth Street
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402

Ladies and Gentlemen:

    AMRESCO, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Company"), proposes to
issue and sell to you (the "Underwriters") its __% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2003 in an aggregate principal amount of $50,000,000 (the
"Firm Notes").  The Company has also granted to the Underwriters an
option to purchase up to an additional $7,500,000 in aggregate principal
amount of its __% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003 on the terms and
for the purposes set forth in Section 3(b) hereof.  Such additional __%
Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003 are referred to in this Agreement as
the "Option Notes", and the Firm Notes and the Option Notes, if
purchased, are hereinafter referred to as the "Notes" or the
"Securities".  The Notes shall be issued under an indenture, dated as of
_____________, 1996 (the "Indenture"), between the Company and
_______________, as trustee (the "Trustee").

    The Company hereby confirms its agreement with respect to the sale
of the Securities to the Underwriters.

    1.   REGISTRATION STATEMENT.  A registration statement on Form S-3
(File No. 33-_____) with respect to the Securities, including a
preliminary form of prospectus, has been prepared by the Company in
conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Act"), the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the
"Trust Indenture Act"), and the rules and

_____________________

(1) Plus an option to purchase up to an additional $7,500,000 aggregate
    principal amount of Notes to cover over-allotments.


<PAGE>

regulations ("Rules and Regulations") of the Securities and Exchange
Commission (the "Commission") under those acts, and has been filed with
the Commission.  One or more amendments to such registration statement
have also been so prepared and have been, or will be, so filed.  Copies
of such registration statement and amendments and each related
preliminary prospectus have been delivered to the Underwriters.

    If the Company has elected not to rely upon Rule 430A of the Rules
and Regulations, the Company has prepared and will promptly file an
amendment to the registration statement and an amended prospectus.  If
the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 430A of the Rules and
Regulations, it will prepare and file a prospectus pursuant to Rule
424(b) that discloses the information previously omitted from the
prospectus in reliance upon Rule 430A.  Such registration statement as
amended at the time it is or was declared effective by the Commission,
and, in the event of any amendment thereto after the effective date and
prior to the First Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), but only from
and after the effectiveness of such amendment, including all financial
statements, schedules and exhibits thereto, all documents incorporated
by reference therein filed under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (the "Exchange Act") and any information deemed to be part of
the registration statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule
430A(b), if applicable, is hereinafter called the "Registration
Statement."  The prospectus included in the Registration Statement at
the time it is or was declared effective by the Commission is
hereinafter called the "Prospectus," except that if any prospectus filed
by the Company with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules
and Regulations or any other prospectus provided to the Underwriters by
the Company for use in connection with the offering of the Securities
(whether or not required to be filed by the Company with the Commission
pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations) differs from the
prospectus on file at the time the Registration Statement is or was
declared effective by the Commission, the term "Prospectus" shall refer
to such differing prospectus from and after the time such prospectus is
filed with the Commission or transmitted to the Commission for filing
pursuant to such Rule 424(b) or from and after the time it is first
provided to the Underwriters by the Company for such use.  The term
"Preliminary Prospectus" as used herein means any preliminary prospectus
included in the Registration Statement prior to the time it becomes or
became effective under the Act and any prospectus subject to completion
as described in Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations.  Reference made
herein to any Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus, as amended or
supplemented, shall include all documents incorporated by reference
therein.

    2.   REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY.  The Company
represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Underwriters as follows:

         (a)  No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary
    Prospectus has been issued by the Commission or the securities authority
    of any state or other jurisdiction and each Preliminary Prospectus, at
    the time of filing thereof, did not contain an untrue statement of a
    material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated
    therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the
    circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  The foregoing
    shall not apply to statements in or omissions from any


                                     2

<PAGE>

    Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written
    information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter specifically for
    use in the preparation thereof.

         (b)  As of the time the Registration Statement (or any
    post-effective amendment thereto) is or was declared effective by the
    Commission, upon the filing or first delivery to the Underwriters of the
    Prospectus (or any supplement to the Prospectus) and at the First
    Closing Date and Option Notes Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), (i)
    the Registration Statement and Prospectus (in each case, as so amended
    and/or supplemented) will conform in all material respects to the
    applicable requirements of the Act, the Trust Indenture Act, the
    Exchange Act (and its applicable rules and regulations) and the Rules
    and Regulations, (ii) the Registration Statement (as so amended) will
    not or did not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
    state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make
    the statements therein not misleading, and (iii) the Prospectus (as so
    supplemented) will not or did not include an untrue statement of a
    material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated
    therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the
    circumstances in which they are or were made, not misleading; except
    that the foregoing shall not apply to statements in or omissions from
    any such document in reliance upon, and in conformity with, written
    information furnished to the Company by any Underwriter specifically for
    use in the preparation thereof.

         (c)  The consolidated financial statements of the Company, together
    with the related notes thereto, set forth or otherwise included in the
    Registration Statement and Prospectus comply in all material respects
    with the requirements of the Act and fairly present the financial
    condition and the results of operations and changes in cash flows of the
    Company and its Subsidiaries (as hereinafter defined) or its predecessor
    or acquired businesses, as the case may be, at the date and for the
    periods therein specified in conformity with generally accepted
    accounting principles consistently applied throughout the periods
    involved (except as otherwise stated therein), and the independent
    public accountants whose reports are contained therein are independent
    public accountants as required by the Act, The Exchange Act and the
    Rules and Regulations.  The financial statement schedules, if any,
    included in the Registration Statement or incorporated by reference
    therein, or in any post-effective amendment thereto, and the other
    financial and statistical information included in the Prospectus under
    the captions "Prospectus Summary" and "Summary Financial and Other
    Data," present fairly and on a basis consistent with the books and
    records of the Company the information stated therein.

         (d)  The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to
    execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement.  This
    Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the
    Company, and constitutes a valid, legal and binding obligation of the
    Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as rights to
    indemnity hereunder may be limited by federal or state securities laws
    and except as such enforceability may be limited by considerations of
    public policy, bankruptcy, insolvency,


                                     3

<PAGE>

    reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors
    generally and subject to general principles of equity.

         (e)  The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to
    execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Indenture and the
    Notes.  The Indenture has been duly and validly authorized by the
    Company and, when the Indenture has been executed and delivered, will be
    a valid and binding obligation of the Company, enforceable against the
    Company in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may
    be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws
    affecting the rights of creditors generally and subject to general
    principles of equity.  The Notes sold hereunder have been duly and
    validly authorized by the Company and, when the Notes have been executed
    and authenticated in the manner set forth in the Indenture and issued,
    sold, and delivered in the manner set forth in the Prospectus, will be
    the valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against
    the Company in accordance with their terms and the terms of the
    Indenture, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy,
    insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting the rights of
    creditors generally and subject to general principles of equity.  The
    Indenture will have been duly qualified under the Trust Indenture Act
    upon effectiveness of the Registration Statement.  The Indenture will be
    substantially in the form filed as an exhibit to the Registration
    Statement and will comply with the Trust Indenture Act and the
    regulations thereunder.  The Indenture and the Notes conform to the
    descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement and the
    Prospectus.

         (f)  The authorized capital stock of the Company is as set forth
    under the caption "Capitalization" in the Prospectus.  All of the
    outstanding shares of capital stock have been duly authorized, validly
    issued and are fully paid and non-assessable.  All offers and sales of
    the Company's capital stock or other securities prior to the date hereof
    were at all relevant times duly registered under the Act or exempt from
    the registration requirements of the Act by reason of Sections 3(b),
    4(2) or 4(6) thereof and were duly registered or the subject of an
    available exemption from the registration requirements of the applicable
    state securities or Blue Sky laws.  None of the issued shares of capital
    stock of the Company or its predecessors or any of its Subsidiaries has
    been issued or is owned or held in violation of any pre-emptive rights
    of shareholders, and no preemptive rights or similar rights of any
    security holders of the Company exist with respect to the Notes.  The
    Company has no agreement with any security holder as to which the
    Company has not obtained waiver which gives such security holder the
    right to require the Company to register under the Act any securities of
    any nature owned or held by such person in connection with the
    transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

         (g)  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the
    Indenture and the Securities, the issuance and delivery of the
    Securities, and the consummation of the transactions herein and therein
    contemplated will not conflict with, or result in a breach or violation
    of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under,
    any statute, any agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of
    its subsidiaries listed in Exhibit 21


                                     4

<PAGE>

    to the Registration Statement (collectively, the "Subsidiaries" or each
    individually, a "Subsidiary") is a party or by which either the Company
    or any Subsidiary is bound or to which any of their property is subject,
    the Company's or any Subsidiary's charter or by-laws, or any order,
    rule, regulation or decree of any court or governmental agency or body
    having jurisdiction over the Company, any Subsidiary or any of their
    respective properties, which breach, violation or default reasonably
    could or might be expected, individually or in the aggregate with other
    such breaches, violations or defaults, to result in a materially adverse
    effect on the financial condition, assets, operations or prospects of
    the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.  Other than those
    already obtained or waivers from which have been obtained, no consent,
    approval, authorization or order of, or filing with, any court or
    governmental agency or body is required by the Company or any Subsidiary
    for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the
    Indenture or the Securities or for the consummation of the transactions
    contemplated hereby and thereby, including the issuance, sale and
    delivery of the Securities by the Company, except such as may be
    required under the Act, the Trust Indenture Act or state securities or
    blue sky laws.

         (h)  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is (i) in violation of
    its respective certificate of incorporation or charter or its respective
    by-laws or other organizational documents, (ii) in default (nor has an
    event occurred which with notice or passage of time or both would
    constitute such a default) under any bond, indenture, mortgage, deed of
    trust, note, loan or credit agreement or other material agreement or
    instrument to which any of them is a party or by which any of them or
    any of their properties or assets may be bound or affected, (iii) in
    violation of any order of any court, arbitrator or governmental body or
    (iv) except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the
    Prospectus, in violation of or has violated any franchise, grant,
    authorization, license, permit, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule
    or regulation, which, in the case of clauses (i)-(iv) of this sentence,
    would (individually or in the aggregate) (x) adversely affect the
    legality, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, the Indenture or
    the Securities, or any document related hereto or thereto or (y) have a
    material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise),
    properties, assets, business, prospects or results of operations of the
    Company and the Subsidiaries, considered as a whole, or (z) materially
    impair the Company's ability to perform fully on a timely basis any
    obligations which it has under this Agreement, the Indenture or the
    Securities.  The Company or the Subsidiaries hold all franchises,
    grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, consents,
    certificates and orders of any governmental or self-regulatory body
    required for the conduct of their respective businesses.  The
    descriptions in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus of
    statutes, legal and governmental proceedings or contracts and other
    documents are accurate and fairly present the information required to be
    shown; and there are no statutes or legal or governmental proceedings
    required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus
    that are not described as required.

         (i)  Each of the Company and its material Subsidiaries (which
    consist of Holliday Fengolio, Inc., AMRESCO Management, Inc., AMRESCO
    Residential Credit Corporation, AMRESCO Capital Corporation, AMRESCO New
    England, Inc. and Oak Cliff Financial,


                                      5

<PAGE>

    Inc. (the "Material Subsidiaries")) has been duly organized and is
    validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of its
    jurisdiction of incorporation or organization with full corporate power
    and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and conduct its
    business as currently being carried on and as described in the
    Registration Statement and Prospectus; and is duly qualified to do
    business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each other
    jurisdiction in which it owns or leases real property of a nature, or
    transacts business of a type, that would make such qualification
    necessary and in which the failure to so qualify would have a material
    adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), properties,
    assets, business, prospects or results of operation of the Company and
    the Subsidiaries, considered as a whole.  The Company and each of the
    Subsidiaries have at all times maintained and continue to maintain all
    licenses, permits or other authorizations required for the conduct of
    its business, where the failure to maintain such licenses, permits or
    other authorizations reasonably could or might be expected to result in
    a materially adverse effect on the financial condition, assets,
    operations or prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a
    whole, and each of the Company and the Subsidiaries is in compliance
    with the rules, regulations or other lawful directives established by
    each regulatory authority having jurisdiction over the Company's or the
    Subsidiary's respective business, conduct and affairs, including without
    limitation the timely and accurate filing of all reports, statements,
    documents, registrations, filings or submissions required to be filed by
    it with any such regulatory authority, where the failure to comply with
    such rules, regulations or other lawful directives reasonably could or
    might be expected to result in a materially adverse effect on the
    financial condition, assets, operations or prospects of the Company and
    its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

         (j)  Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the
    Prospectus, there is no action, suit, investigation or proceeding,
    governmental or otherwise, pending, or to the best knowledge of the
    Company, threatened, to which the Company or any Subsidiary is or may be
    a party or of which the business or property of the Company or any
    Subsidiary is or may be the subject which, in each case, is material to
    the Company and the Subsidiaries, considered as a whole, or which seeks
    to restrain, enjoin, prevent the consummation of or otherwise challenge
    the issuance of the Securities or any of the other transactions
    contemplated hereby or by the Indenture, or which questions the legality
    or validity of any such transactions or which seeks to recover damages
    or obtain other relief in connection with any of such transactions; and
    there is no contract or document of a character required to be described
    in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as an
    exhibit to the Registration Statement which is not described or filed as
    required.

         (k)  All of the outstanding capital stock of each Subsidiary has
    been duly authorized, validly issued and is fully paid and
    non-assessable, and except as otherwise noted in the Prospectus, is
    owned directly by the Company free and clear of any security interest,
    claim, lien or other encumbrance.  The Company and the Subsidiaries have
    no subsidiaries other than those listed in Exhibit 21 to the
    Registration Statement.


                                     6

<PAGE>

         (l)  Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries, as the case may be,
    has good and marketable title to the real or personal property described
    in the Registration Statement or Prospectus as being owned by the
    Company or a Subsidiary, respectively, in each case free and clear of
    any liens, claims, security interests or other encumbrances except such
    as are described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus; the
    property held under lease by the Company or any Subsidiary, as the case
    may be, is held by them under valid and binding leases with only such
    exceptions with respect to any particular lease as do not interfere in
    any material respect with the conduct of the business of the Company or
    the applicable Subsidiary.

         (m)  Other than its ownership interest in the Subsidiaries, the
    Company owns no capital stock or other equity or ownership or
    proprietary interest in any corporation, partnership, association, trust
    or other entity.

         (n)  The Company and each of its Subsidiaries have filed all
    necessary foreign, federal and state and local income and franchise tax
    returns and paid all taxes shown as due thereon.  Except as is otherwise
    expressly stated in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, the
    Company has no knowledge of any tax deficiency which might be asserted
    against it which would materially and adversely affect the Company's
    business or properties.

         (o) Since the date of the most recent audited financial statements
    included in the prospectus, neither the Company nor any of the
    Subsidiaries has sustained any material loss or interference with its
    business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not
    covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental
    action, order or decree, other than as disclosed in or contemplated by
    the Prospectus.

         (p) Since the respective dates as of which information is given in
    the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (i) neither the Company
    nor any of the Subsidiaries has incurred any liabilities or obligations,
    direct or contingent, or entered into any transactions, not in the
    ordinary course of business, that are material to the Company and the
    Subsidiaries taken as a whole, (ii) the Company has not purchased any of
    its outstanding capital stock or declared, paid or otherwise made any
    dividend or distribution of any kind on its capital stock, (iii) there
    has not been any change in the capital stock (except as a result of
    shares issued upon exercise of stock options pursuant to existing stock
    option plans of the Company and the Subsidiaries), long-term debt or,
    otherwise than in the ordinary course of business consistent with past
    practice, short-term debt of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries and
    (iv) there has not been any material adverse change, or any development
    involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the
    financial position, results of operations or business of the Company and
    the Subsidiaries taken as a whole, in each case other than as disclosed
    in or contemplated by the Prospectus.

         (q) Neither the Company nor any of its officers, directors of
    affiliates has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to
    cause or result in, or that has constituted or


                                     7

<PAGE>

    might reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or
    manipulation of the price of any security of the Company.

         (r) Neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries, nor any
    director, officer, agent, employee or other person associated with or
    acting on behalf of the Company or any such Subsidiary has, directly or
    indirectly (i) used any corporate funds for unlawful contributions,
    gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses related to political
    activity, (ii) made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic
    government officials or employees or to foreign or domestic political
    parties or campaigns from corporate funds, (iii) violated any provisions
    of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or (iv) made
    any bride, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kick back or other
    unlawful payment.

         (s) To the Company's knowledge, the operations of the Company and
    its Subsidiaries with respect to any real property currently leased or
    owned or by any means controlled by the Company or any Subsidiary (the
    "Real Property") are in compliance with all federal, state and local
    laws, ordinances, rules and regulations relating to occupational health
    and safety and the environment (collectively "Laws"), except where the
    failure to so comply would not have a material adverse effect on the
    Company's business or results of operations, and the Company and its
    Subsidiaries have all licenses, permits and authorizations necessary to
    operate under all Laws and are in compliance with all terms and
    conditions of such licenses, permits and authorizations; neither the
    Company nor any Subsidiary has authorized, conducted or has knowledge of
    the generation, transportation, storage, use, treatment, disposal or
    release of any hazardous substance, hazardous waste, hazardous material,
    hazardous constituent, toxic substance, pollutant, contaminate,
    petroleum product, natural gas, liquefied gas or synthetic gas defined
    in or regulated under any environmental law on, in or under any Real
    Property in violation of any Laws, except where such violation would not
    have a material adverse effect on the Company's business or results of
    operations; and there is no material pending or threatened claim,
    litigation or any administrative agency proceeding, nor has the Company
    or any subsidiary received any written or oral notice from any
    governmental entity or third party that (i) alleges a material violation
    of any Laws by the Company or any Subsidiary; (ii) alleges the Company
    or any Subsidiary is a liable party under the Comprehensive
    Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. Section
    9601 ET SEQ. or any state superfund law; (iii) alleges possible
    contamination of the environment by the Company or any Subsidiary or (iv)
    alleges possible contamination of the Real Property.

         (t) The Company and its Subsidiaries own or have the right to use
    all patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark applications,
    trade names, service marks, copyrights, franchises, trade secrets,
    proprietary or other confidential information and intangible properties
    and assets (collectively "Intangibles") necessary to their respective
    businesses as presently conducted or as the Prospectus indicates the
    Company or such Subsidiary proposes to conduct; to the Company's
    knowledge, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has infringed or is
    infringing, and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received
    notice of infringement with respect to, asserted Intangibles of others;
    and, to the Company's


                                     8

<PAGE>

    knowledge, there is no infringement by others of Intangibles of the
    Company or any of its Subsidiaries which would have a material adverse
    effect on the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole.

         (u) The Company and each of its Subsidiaries are insured by
    insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and
    risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the business
    in which they are engaged by similarly situated companies; and neither
    the Company nor any such Subsidiary has any reason to believe that it
    will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when
    such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar
    insurers as may be necessary to continue its business at a comparable
    cost, except as disclosed in the Prospectus.

         (v) Each of the Company and its Subsidiaries makes and keeps
    accurate books, records and accounts, which, in reasonable detail,
    accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of its
    assets and maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient
    to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in
    accordance with management's general and specific authorization, (ii)
    transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the
    Company's consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally
    accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for the
    assets of the Company, (iii) access to the assets of the Company and
    each of its Subsidiaries is permitted only in accordance with management's
    general and specific authorization and (iv) the recorded
    accountability for assets of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries is
    compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate
    action is taken with respect to any differences.

         (w) No Subsidiary is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly,
    from paying any dividends to the Company, from making any other
    distributions on such Subsidiary's capital stock, from repaying to the
    Company any loans or advances to such Subsidiary or from transferring
    any of such Subsidiary's property or assets to the Company or any other
    Subsidiary, except as disclosed in the Prospectus.

         (x) The Company is not, will not become as a result of the
    transactions contemplated hereby, and does not intend to conduct its
    business in any manner that would cause it to become an "investment
    company" or a company "controlled" by an "investment company" within the
    meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940.

         (y) The Company's common stock, par value $0.05 per share (the
    "Common Stock") is registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Exchange
    Act and is qualified as a Nasdaq National Market security of The Nasdaq
    Stock Market, Inc.  The Company has taken no action designed to
    terminate, or likely to have the effect of terminating, the registration
    of the Common Stock under the Exchange Act or qualification of the
    Common Stock on the Nasdaq National Market, nor has the Company received
    any notification that the Commission or the NASD is contemplating
    terminating such registration or qualification.


                                     9

<PAGE>

         (z) The Company has not distributed and will not distribute any
    prospectus or other offering material in connection with the offering
    and sale of the Securities other than any Preliminary Prospectus or the
    Prospectus or other materials permitted by the Act to be distributed by
    the Company.

         (aa) The Company is in compliance with all provisions of Florida
    Statutes Section 517.075 (Chapter 92-198, laws of Florida).  The Company
    does not do any business, directly or indirectly, with the government of
    Cuba or with any person or entity located in Cuba.

         (bb) The conditions for use of a Registration Statement on Form S-3
    set forth in the General Instructions to Form S-3 have been satisfied
    with respect to the Company and the transactions contemplated by this
    Agreement and the Registration Statement.

         (cc) Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company and
    delivered to the Underwriters or to counsel for the Underwriters shall
    be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to each
    Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

         (dd) The Company has not incurred any liability for any finder's or
    broker's fee or agent's commission in connection with the execution and
    delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions
    contemplated hereby.

    3.   PURCHASE, SALE AND DELIVERY OF SECURITIES.

         (a)  On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements
    herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set
    forth, the Company agrees to issue and sell the Firm Notes to the
    Underwriters, and the Underwriters agree to purchase the respective
    principal amounts of Firm Notes set forth opposite each Underwriter's
    name in Schedule I hereto.  The purchase price for each Firm Note shall
    be ____% of the principal amount thereof, which shall reflect an
    Underwriting Discount of ____% of the principal amount of the Firm Notes
    payable to the Underwriters.  The obligation of each Underwriter to the
    Company shall be to purchase from the Company that number of Firm Notes
    set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule I hereof.
    In making this Agreement, each Underwriter is contracting severally and
    not jointly.  Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this Section 3 and
    in Section 8 hereof, the agreement of each Underwriter is to purchase
    only its respective amount of Firm Notes as specified in Schedule I.

         The Firm Notes will be delivered by the Company to Piper Jaffray
    Inc. for each Underwriter's account against payment of the purchase
    price therefor by certified or official bank check or checks in next day
    funds payable to the order of the Company at the offices of Piper
    Jaffray Inc., Piper Jaffray Tower, 222 South Ninth Street, Minneapolis,
    Minnesota, or such other location as may be mutually acceptable, at 9:00
    a.m., Minneapolis time, on the third full business day following the
    date hereof, or at such other time as the Underwriters and the Company
    determine, such time and date of delivery being herein referred to as
    the "First


                                     10

<PAGE>

    Closing Date."  Certificates for the Firm Notes, each in definitive form
    and in such denominations and registered in such names as the
    Underwriters may request upon at least two business days' prior notice
    to the Company, will be made available for checking and packaging at the
    offices of Piper Jaffray Inc., Piper Jaffray Tower, 222 South Ninth
    Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota, or such other location as may be
    mutually acceptable, at least one business day prior to the First
    Closing Date.

         (b)  On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements
    herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set
    forth, the Company hereby grants to the Underwriters an option to
    purchase up to $7,500,000 principal amount of Option Notes, at the same
    purchase price as the Firm Notes, for use solely in covering any
    over-allotments made by the Underwriters in the sale and distribution of
    the Securities.  The option granted hereunder may be exercised at any
    time (but not more than once) within 30 days after the effective date of
    this Agreement upon notice (confirmed in writing) by the Underwriters to
    the Company setting forth the aggregate principal amount of Option Notes
    as to which the Underwriters are exercising the option, the names and
    denominations in which the Option Notes are to be registered and the
    date and time, as determined by the Underwriters, when the Option Notes
    are to be delivered, such time and date of purchase of the Option Notes
    being herein referred to as the "Option Notes Closing" and "Option Notes
    Closing Date", respectively; provided, however, that the Option Notes
    Closing Date shall not be earlier than the First Closing Date nor
    earlier than the second business day after the date on which the option
    shall have been exercised.  The First Closing Date and the Option Notes
    Closing Date are sometimes herein individually called the "Closing Date"
    and collectively called the "Closing Dates."  The principal amount of
    Option Notes to be sold by the Company to the Underwriters and purchased
    by the Underwriters from the Company shall be determined by the
    Underwriters.  The option granted hereby may be canceled by the
    Underwriters as to the Option Notes for which the options are
    unexercised, at any time prior to the expiration of the 30-day period,
    upon notice to the Company.  No Option Notes shall be sold and delivered
    unless the Firm Notes previously have been, or simultaneously are, sold
    and delivered.

           The Option Notes will be delivered by the Company to Piper
    Jaffray Inc. for each Underwriter's account against payment of the
    purchase price therefor by certified or official bank check or checks in
    next day funds payable to the order of the Company at the offices of
    Piper Jaffray Inc., Piper Jaffray Tower, 222 South Ninth Street,
    Minneapolis, Minnesota, or such other location as may be mutually
    acceptable at 9:00 a.m., Minneapolis time, on the Option Notes Closing
    Date.  The Option Notes in definitive form and in such denominations and
    registered in such names as the Underwriters have set forth in the
    notice of option exercise, will be made available for checking and
    packaging at the office of Piper Jaffray Inc., Piper Jaffray Tower, 222
    South Ninth Street, Minneapolis, Minnesota, or such other location as
    may be mutually acceptable, at least one business day prior to the
    Option Notes Closing Date.


                                     11

<PAGE>

         (c)  It is understood that each Underwriter may (but shall not be
    obligated to) make payment to the Company on behalf of another
    Underwriter for the Securities to be purchased by such Underwriter.
    Nothing herein contained shall constitute any of the Underwriters an
    unincorporated association or partner with the Company or with each
    other.

         (d)  The Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the
    Notes directly to the public (which may include selected dealers and
    special purchasers) as soon as the Underwriters deem practicable after
    the Registration Statement becomes effective, at initial public offering
    prices as set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus, subject to the
    terms and conditions of this Agreement and in accordance with the
    Prospectus.  Such concessions from the public offering prices may be
    allowed to selected dealers and other members of the National
    Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. as the Underwriters may
    determine, and the Underwriters will furnish the Company with such
    information about the distribution arrangements as may be necessary for
    inclusion in the Registration Statement.  It is understood that the
    public offering prices and concessions may vary after the initial public
    offering.

    4.   COVENANTS.  The Company covenants and agrees with the Underwriters
as follows:

         (a)  If the Registration Statement has not already been declared
    effective by the Commission, the Company will use its best
    efforts to cause the Registration Statement or any post-effective
    amendments thereto to become effective as promptly as possible; the
    Company will notify the Underwriters promptly of the time when the
    Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment to the
    Registration Statement has become effective or any supplement to the
    Prospectus has been filed and of any request by the Commission for any
    amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus or
    additional information; if the Company has elected to rely on Rule 430A
    of the Rules and Regulations, the Company will file a Prospectus
    containing the information omitted therefrom pursuant to such Rule 430A
    with the Commission within the time period required by, and otherwise in
    accordance with the provisions of, Rules 424(b) and 430A of the Rules
    and Regulations; the Company will prepare and file with the Commission,
    promptly upon the request of the Underwriters, any amendments or
    supplements to the Registration Statement or Prospectus that, in the
    Underwriters' opinion, may be necessary or advisable in connection with
    the distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters; and the Company
    will not file any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement
    or Prospectus to which the Underwriters shall reasonably object by
    notice to the Company after having been furnished a copy a reasonable
    time prior to the filing.

         (b)  The Company will advise the Underwriters, promptly after it
    shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance by the
    Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
    Registration Statement, of the suspension of the qualification of the
    Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the
    initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose; and
    the Company will promptly use its


                                     12


<PAGE>

    best efforts to prevent the issuance of any stop order or to obtain its
    withdrawal if such a stop order should be issued.

         (c)  Within the time during which a prospectus relating to the
    Securities is required to be delivered under the Act, the Company will
    comply as far as it is able with all requirements imposed upon it by the
    Act, as now and hereafter amended, and by the Rules and Regulations, as
    from time to time in force, so far as necessary to permit the
    continuance of sales of or dealings in the Securities as contemplated by
    the provisions hereof and the Prospectus.  If during such period any
    event occurs as a result of which the Prospectus would include an untrue
    statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary
    to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then
    existing, not misleading, or if during such period it is necessary to
    amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus to comply
    with the Act, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters and will
    amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus (at the
    expense of the Company) so as to correct such statement or omission or
    effect such compliance.

         (d)  The Company will use its best efforts to qualify the
    Securities for sale under the securities laws of such jurisdictions as
    the Underwriters may reasonably designate and to continue such
    qualifications in effect so long as required for the distribution of the
    Securities, except that the Company shall not be required in connection
    therewith to qualify as a foreign corporation or to execute a general
    consent to service of process in any state.  In each jurisdiction in
    which the Notes shall have been qualified as above provided, the Company
    will make and file such statements and reports in each year as are or
    may be reasonably required by the laws of such jurisdiction to permit
    secondary trading of the same.

         (e)   The Company will furnish to the Underwriters copies of the
    Registration Statement (two of which will be manually signed and will
    include all exhibits), the Indenture, each Preliminary Prospectus, the
    Prospectus, and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in
    each case as soon as available and in such quantities as each
    Underwriter may from time to time reasonably request.

         (f)  During a period of five years commencing with the date
    hereof, the Company will furnish to each Underwriter who may so request
    in writing, copies, without charge, of (i) all periodic and special
    reports furnished to the securities holders of the Company, (ii) all
    information, documents and reports filed with the Commission and (iii)
    such additional information concerning the business and financial
    condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries, if any, as each such
    Underwriter may reasonably request.

         (g)  The Company will make generally available to its security
    holders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than 15
    months after the end of the Company's current fiscal quarter, an
    earnings statement (which need not be audited) covering a 12-month
    period beginning after the effective date of the Registration Statement
    that shall satisfy the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Act and Rule 158
    of the Rules and Regulations.


                                     13


<PAGE>

         (h)  The Company, whether or not the transactions contemplated
    hereunder are consummated or this Agreement is prevented from becoming
    effective under the provisions of Section 9(a) hereof or is terminated,
    will pay or cause to be paid (i) all expenses (including transfer taxes
    allocated to the respective transferees) incurred in connection with the
    delivery to the Underwriters of the Securities, (ii) all expenses and
    fees (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of the Company's
    accountants and counsel but, except as otherwise provided below, not
    including fees of the Underwriters' counsel) in connection with the
    preparation, printing, filing, delivery, and shipping of the
    Registration Statement (including the financial statements therein and
    all amendments, schedules and exhibits thereto), the Securities, the
    Indenture, each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, and any
    amendment thereof or supplement thereto, and underwriting documents,
    including Blue Sky Memoranda, (iii) all filing fees and fees and
    disbursements of the Underwriters' counsel incurred in connection with
    the qualification of the Securities for offering and sale by the
    Underwriters or by dealers under the securities or blue sky laws of the
    states and other jurisdictions which the Underwriters shall designate in
    accordance with Section 4(d) hereof, (iv) the fees and expenses of the
    Trustee and counsel for the Trustee, (v) the filing fees incident to any
    required review by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.
    of the terms of the sale of the Securities, (vi) listing fees, if any,
    (vii) fees or expenses, if any, incurred in connection with
    investigating the legality of an investment in the Securities by certain
    purchasers in certain jurisdictions and the preparation of memoranda
    relating thereto, and (viii) all other reasonable costs and expenses
    incident to the performance of its obligations hereunder that are not
    otherwise specifically provided for herein.  If the sale of the
    Securities provided for herein is not consummated by reason of action by
    the Company pursuant to Section 9(a) hereof which prevents this
    Agreement from becoming effective, or by reason of any failure, refusal
    or inability on the part of the Company to perform any material
    agreement on its part to be performed, or because any other material
    condition of the Underwriters' obligations hereunder required to be
    fulfilled by the Company is not fulfilled, the Company will reimburse
    the Underwriters for all reasonable out-of-pocket disbursements
    (including fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred by the
    Underwriters in connection with their investigation, preparing to market
    and marketing the Securities or in contemplation of performing their
    obligations hereunder.  The Company shall not in any event be liable to
    either Underwriter for loss of anticipated profits from the transactions
    covered by this Agreement.

         (i)  The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the
    Securities to be sold by it hereunder for the purposes set forth in the
    Prospectus and will file such reports with the Commission with respect
    to sale of the Securities and the application of the proceeds therefrom
    as required in accordance with Rule 463 under the Act or successor rules
    or regulations.

         (j)  The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or
    indirectly, any action designed to or which might reasonably be expected
    to cause or result in, or which has constituted, the stabilization or
    manipulation of the price of any security of the Company, whether to
    facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities or otherwise.


                                     14

<PAGE>
         (k)  The Company will file on a timely basis such registration
    statements and other filings and take such other action as is required
    pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and
    regulations promulgated thereunder.

         (l)  So long as any of the Notes are outstanding, the Company will
    furnish to each of you the reports required to be filed with the Trustee
    pursuant to the Indenture, concurrently with such filing.

         (m)  The Company will use its best efforts to cause the Notes to be
    listed on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. upon issuance of the Notes
    and will use its best efforts to cause the Notes to be so listed as long
    as the Notes remain outstanding.

    5.   CONDITIONS OF UNDERWRITERS' OBLIGATIONS.  The obligations of the
Underwriters under are subject to the accuracy, as of the date hereof
and at each of the First Closing Date and Option Notes Closing Date (as
if made at such Closing Date), of and compliance with all representations,
warranties and agreements of the Company contained herein, to the
performance by Company of its obligations hereunder and to the following
additional conditions:

         (a)  The Registration Statement shall have become effective not
    later than 5:00 p.m., Minneapolis time, on the date of this Agreement,
    or at such later time and date as the Underwriters shall approve and all
    filings required by Rule 424 and Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations
    shall have been timely made; no stop order suspending the effectiveness
    of the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof shall have been
    issued; no proceedings for the issuance of such an order shall be
    pending or threatened; and any request of the Commission for additional
    information (to be included in the Registration Statement or the
    Prospectus or otherwise) shall have been complied with to the
    Underwriters' satisfaction.

         (b)  Except as contemplated in the Prospectus, subsequent to the
    respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration
    Statement and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary
    shall have incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or
    contingent, or entered into any material transactions not in the
    ordinary course of business; and there shall not have been any change in
    the capital stock, or any material change in the short-term or long-term
    debt of the Company, or any material adverse change, or any development
    involving a prospective material adverse change, in the general affairs,
    condition (financial or otherwise), business, key personnel, property,
    prospects, net worth or results of operations of the Company and the
    Subsidiaries, considered as a whole, that, in your judgment, makes it
    unpractical or inadvisable to offer or deliver the Securities on the
    terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

         (c)  On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to the
    Underwriters, the opinion of Haynes & Boone, L.L.P., counsel for the
    Company, dated such Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, to
    the effect that:


                                     15

<PAGE>

         (i)  The Company has all requisite corporate power to execute,
    deliver and perform this Agreement and this Agreement has been duly
    authorized by all requisite corporate action, duly executed and duly
    delivered by the Company and constitutes the valid and binding
    obligation of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms
    except as rights to indemnity hereunder may be limited by federal or
    state securities laws and except as such enforceability may be limited
    by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting the
    rights of creditors generally and subject to general principles of
    equity.

         (ii) The Company has all requisite corporate power to execute,
    deliver and perform its obligations under the Indenture.  The Indenture
    has been duly and validly authorized by all requisite corporate action,
    duly executed and duly delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid
    and binding instrument of the Company, enforceable against the Company
    in accordance with its terms except as such enforceability may be
    limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws
    affecting the rights of creditors generally and subject to general
    principles of equity; the Notes being delivered on the Closing Date have
    been duly and validly authorized, and, when executed, authenticated,
    issued and delivered in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, will
    constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable
    against the Company in accordance with their terms and entitled to the
    benefits of the Indenture, except as such enforceability may be limited
    by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting the
    rights of creditors generally and subject to general principles of
    equity.  The Notes and the Indenture conform, as to legal matters, to
    the descriptions thereof contained in the Registration Statement and the
    Prospectus.  The Indenture complies in all respects with the Trust
    Indenture Act.  The Notes have been duly and properly listed for trading
    on the New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

         (iii) The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement,
    the Indenture and the Securities and the consummation of the
    transactions herein and therein contemplated will not result in a breach
    or violation of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a
    default under, (a) any agreement or instrument known to such counsel to
    which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or by which any such
    entity is bound or to which any of their property is subject, (b) the
    Company's or any Subsidiary's charter or by-laws, or (c) any law of the
    United States, any law of any state having jurisdiction over the Company
    or any Subsidiary or their properties or the General Corporation Law of
    the State of Delaware, and rules or regulations of the United States or
    any state having jurisdiction over the Company or any Subsidiary or any
    of their properties, which laws, rules or regulations generally apply to
    transactions of this nature, or any order or decree known to such
    counsel of any court or governmental agency or body having jurisdiction
    over the Company, any Subsidiary or any of their respective properties
    (except for federal and state securities laws which are not covered by
    the opinions expressed in this paragraph (iii)), which breach,


                                     16

<PAGE>

    violation or default would have a material adverse effect on the condition
    (financial or otherwise), properties, assets, business, prospects or
    results of operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries, considered as
    a whole; and no consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing
    with, any court or governmental agency or body is required by the
    Company or any Subsidiary for the execution, delivery and performance of
    this Agreement, the Indenture or the Securities or for the consummation
    of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the
    issuance or sale of the Securities by the Company, except as may be
    required under the Act, the Trust Indenture Act or state securities laws.

         (iv) The authorized capital stock of the Company is as set forth
    under the caption "Capitalization" in the Prospectus.  All of the
    outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company are duly authorized,
    validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable and have been issued in
    compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws and
    regulations.  No statutory preemptive rights or registration rights, or,
    to such counsel's knowledge, any contractual or other preemptive rights
    or registration rights, of security holders of the Company exist with
    respect to the issuance or sale of the Securities by the Company
    pursuant to this Agreement and, to such counsel's knowledge, there are
    no outstanding rights to require registration of shares of Common Stock
    or other securities of the Company because of the filing of the
    Registration Statement (except such rights as to which adequate waiver
    has been obtained).  All of the outstanding capital stock of each
    Subsidiary has been duly authorized, validly issued and is fully paid
    and non-assessable.  Except as  set forth in the Prospectus, the Company
    or another Subsidiary is the registered holder of all the outstanding
    shares of capital stock of each Subsidiary, and such shares are not
    subject to any liens, pledges or other encumbrances.

         (v)  Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the
    Prospectus, such counsel knows of no action, suit, investigation or
    proceeding, governmental or otherwise, pending or overtly threatened
    against the Company or any Subsidiary, or involving the business or
    properties of the Company or any Subsidiary with respect to the issuance
    and sale of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement and the Indenture
    or which is required to be described in the Registration Statement or
    Prospectus that is not disclosed as required.  Such counsel does not know
    of any contracts or documents of a character required to be described in
    the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit
    to the Registration Statement which are not described or filed as required.
    The descriptions contained in the Registration Statement and Prospectus of
    contracts and other documents are accurate and fairly present the
    information required to be shown.  The statements contained in the
    Registration Statement or the Prospectus to the extent such statements
    relate to matters of law, descriptions of statutes, legal or governmental
    proceedings, regulatory matters or other legal matters or conclusions of
    law, fairly summarize such matters.


                                     17

<PAGE>

         (vi) The Registration Statement has become effective under the
    Act and the Indenture has been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act,
    and, to such counsel's knowledge, no stop order suspending the
    effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no
    proceeding for that purpose has been instituted or threatened by the
    Commission.

         (vii)  Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries has been duly
    incorporated and is existing as a corporation in good standing under the
    laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation with full corporate power to
    own, lease and operate its properties and conduct its business as
    described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus.

         (viii)  The Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any
    further amendments and supplements thereto made by the Company (other
    than the financial statements and related schedules therein, as to which
    such counsel need express no opinion) comply as to form in all material
    respects with the requirements of the Act and the Rules and Regulations.
    All documents filed pursuant to the Exchange Act and incorporated by
    reference in the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or
    the Prospectus, or in any further amendments or supplements thereto,
    comply as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the
    Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

         (ix) The Company is not, and upon and immediately after the
    applicable Closing Date will not be, required to be registered under the
    Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, as an "investment company,"
    and, to the knowledge of such counsel, is not a company "controlled" by
    an "investment company," within the meaning of the Investment Company
    Act of 1940, as amended.

    In rendering such opinion such counsel may rely as to matters of fact
upon certificates of officers of the Company or any Subsidiary, as
appropriate, provided that the extent of such reliance is specified in such
opinion and such certificates are attached to the opinion delivered to the
Underwriters.

    Such counsel shall also advise the Underwriters that although they do not
assume any responsibility for, and cannot guarantee the accuracy,
completeness or fairness of, the statements contained in the Registration
Statement or the Prospectus, on the basis of conferences with officers of the
Company and the Subsidiaries, examination of documents referred to or
incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement and Prospectus and
other procedures as such counsel deemed appropriate, nothing has come to the
attention of such counsel that causes such counsel to believe that the
Registration Statement or any further amendment thereto (other than the
financial statements and related schedules therein, as to which such counsel
need express no comment), contained or contains an untrue statement of a
material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or that
the Prospectus or any further

                                     18

<PAGE>

    amendment or supplement thereto (other than the financial statements and
    related schedules therein, as to which such counsel need express no comment)
    contained or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omits or
    omitted to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein,
    in the light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.

         (d)  On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to the
Underwriters, the opinion of L. Keith Blackwell, Esq., General Counsel for the
Company, dated such Closing Date and addressed to the Underwriters, to the
effect that

         (i)  the Company is duly qualified to transact business as a foreign
    corporation and in good standing under the laws of each other jurisdiction
    in which it owns or leases material property, or conducts material
    business, so as to require such qualification, except where the failure
    to so qualify would not have a material adverse effect on the financial
    position of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

         (ii)  Each of the United States and Canadian Subsidiaries of the
    Company is duly qualified to transact business as a foreign corporation
    and is in good standing under the laws of each other United States and
    Canadian jurisdiction in which it owns or leases material property, or
    conducts material business, so as to require such qualification, except
    where the failure to so qualify would not have a material adverse effect
    on the financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken
    as a whole.

         (iii) Each sale of the Company's capital stock during the period from
    December 13, 1992 through each Closing Date was, at the time of each sale,
    registered or exempt from the registration requirements of the Act and
    applicable state securities or Blue Sky laws.

         (iv) To such counsel's knowledge, neither the Company nor any of the
    Subsidiaries has (a) breached or otherwise violated any existing obligation
    of the Company under any court order that names the Company as a party or
    (b) violated applicable provisions of statutory law or regulation, in
    either case where any such breach or violation would have a material
    adverse effect on the financial position of the Company and its
    Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

          (v) To such counsel's knowledge, (a) neither the Company nor any of
     the Subsidiaries has violated its Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws
     and (b) neither the Company nor any of the Subsidiaries has breached or
     otherwise violated any existing obligation under any material agreement
     to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party, in either case where
     such breach or violation would have a material adverse effect on the
     financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.


                                     19

<PAGE>

     (e)  On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to the
Underwriters, such opinion or opinions from Lindquist & Vennum P.L.L.P.,
counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Closing Date and addressed to the
Underwriters, with respect to the formation of the Company, the validity of
the Securities, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and other related
matters as the Underwriters reasonably may request, and such counsel shall
have received such papers and information as they request to enable them to
pass upon such matters.

     (f)  On each Closing Date the Underwriters shall have received letters
from Deloitte & Touche, LLP, dated such Closing Date and addressed to the
Underwriters, confirming that they are independent public accountants within
the meaning of the Act and are in compliance with the applicable requirements
relating to the qualifications of accountants under Rule 2-01 of Regulation
S-X of the Commission, and stating, as of the date of such letter (or, with
respect to matters involving changes or developments since the respective
dates as of which specified financial information is given in the Prospectus,
as of a date not more than five days prior to the date of such letter), the
conclusions and findings of said firm with respect to the financial
information and other matters covered by its letter (as provided in Exhibit A
hereto) delivered to the Underwriters concurrently with the execution of this
Agreement, and the effect of the letter so to be delivered on such Closing
Date shall be to confirm the conclusions and findings set forth in such prior
letter.

     (g)  On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to the
Underwriters a certificate, dated such Closing Date and addressed to the
Underwriters, signed by the Chief Executive Officer and by the Chief
Financial Officer of the Company, to the effect that:

          (i)  The representations and warranties of the Company in this
     Agreement are true and correct, in all material respects, as if made at
     and as of such Closing Date, and the Company has complied with all the
     agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed
     or satisfied at or prior to such Closing Date;

         (ii)  To the best of their knowledge, no stop order or other order
     suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any amendment
     thereof or the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale has
     been issued, and, to the best of their knowledge, no proceeding for that
     purpose has been instituted or is contemplated by the Commission or any
     state or regulatory body; and

        (iii)  The signers of said certificate have carefully examined the
     Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and any amendments thereof or
     supplements thereto, and (A) such documents contain all statements and
     information required to be included therein, the Registration Statement, or
     any amendment thereof, does not contain any untrue statement of a material
     fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or
     necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and the
     Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, does not include any

                                     20

<PAGE>

     untrue statement of material fact or omit to state a material fact
     necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances
     under which they were made, not misleading, (B) since the effective date of
     the Registration Statement, there has occurred no event required to be set
     forth in an amended or supplemented prospectus which has not been so set
     forth, (C) except as disclosed in the Prospectus, subsequent to the
     respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration
     Statement and the Prospectus, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has
     incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, or
     entered into any material transactions not in the ordinary course of
     business, or declared or paid any dividends or made any distribution of any
     kind with respect to its capital stock, and except as disclosed in the
     Prospectus, there has not been any change in the capital stock, or any
     material change in the short-term or long-term debt, or any issuance of
     options, warrants, convertible securities or other rights to purchase the
     capital stock of the Company or any Subsidiary, or any material adverse
     change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change,
     in the general affairs, condition (financial or otherwise), business, key
     personnel, property, prospects, net worth or results of operations of the
     Company and the Subsidiaries, considered as a whole, and (D) except as
     stated in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there is not
     pending, or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened or contemplated,
     any action, suit or proceeding to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a
     party before or by any court or governmental agency, authority or body, or
     any arbitrator, which might result in any material adverse change in the
     condition (financial or otherwise), business, prospects or results of
     operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries, considered as a whole.

     (h)  The Company shall have furnished to the Underwriters and their
counsel such additional documents, certificates and evidence as the
Underwriters or their counsel may have reasonably requested.

     All such opinions, certificates, letters and other documents will be in
compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are reasonably
satisfactory in form and substance to the Underwriters and counsel for the
Underwriters.  The Company will furnish the Underwriters with such conformed
copies of such opinions, certificates, letters and other documents as the
Underwriters shall reasonably request.

6.   INDEMNIFICATION AND CONTRIBUTION.

     (a)  The Company and each Subsidiary, jointly and severally, agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter against any losses, claims,
damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter may
become subject, under the Act or otherwise (including in settlement of any
litigation if such settlement is effected with the written consent of the
Company), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions
in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or
alleged untrue statement of a

                                     21

<PAGE>

material fact contained in the Registration Statement or incorporated therein
by reference, including the information deemed to be a part of the
Registration Statement at the time of effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A, if
applicable, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any amendment or
supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged
omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or
necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse
each Underwriter for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by it in
connection with investigating or defending against such loss, claim, damage,
liability or action; provided, however, that neither the Company nor any
Subsidiary shall be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss,
claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement
or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in the
Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any
such amendment or supplement, in reliance upon and in conformity with written
information furnished to the Company by the Underwriters specifically for use
in the preparation thereof.

     (b)  Each Underwriter will indemnify and hold harmless the Company
against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which the Company may
become subject, under the Act or otherwise (including in settlement of any
litigation, if such settlement is effected with the written consent of such
Underwriter), insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or
actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue
statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any
amendment or supplement thereto, or arise out of or are based upon the
omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be
stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in
each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement
or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in the
Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any
such amendment or supplement thereto, in reliance upon and in conformity with
written information furnished to the Company by such Underwriter,
specifically for use in the preparation thereof, and will reimburse the
Company for any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by the Company in
connection with investigating or defending against any such loss, claim,
damage, liability or action.

     (c)  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under subsection (a)
or (b) above of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified
party shall, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the
indemnifying party under such subsection, notify the indemnifying party in
writing of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the
indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any
liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under such
subsection.  In case any such action shall be brought against any indemnified
party, and it shall notify the indemnifying party of the commencement
thereof, the indemnifying party shall be entitled to participate in, and, to
the extent that it shall wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party
similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel satisfactory
to such indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to
such indemnified party of the indemnifying party's election so to

                                     22

<PAGE>

assume the defense thereof, the indemnifying party shall not be liable to
such indemnified party under such subsection for any legal or other expenses
subsequently incurred by such indemnified party in connection with the
defense thereof other than reasonable costs of investigation; provided,
however, that if, in the sole judgment of the Underwriters, it is advisable
for the Underwriters to be represented as a group by separate counsel, the
Underwriters shall have the right to employ a single counsel to represent all
Underwriters who may be subject to a liability arising from any claim in
respect of which indemnity may be sought by the Underwriters under paragraph
(a) of this Section 6, in which event the reasonable fees and expenses of
such separate counsel shall be borne by the indemnifying party or parties and
remitted to the Underwriters for payment to such counsel as such fees and
expenses are incurred.  An indemnifying party shall not be obligated under
any settlement agreement relating to any action under this Section 6 to which
it has not agreed in writing.

     (d)  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 6 is
unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party under
subsection (a) or (b) above, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to
the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the
losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in subsection (a) or (b)
above, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative
benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the
other from the offering of the Securities or (ii) if the allocation provided
by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as
is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in
clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company on the one hand
and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the statements or
omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as
well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative benefits
received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other
shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from
the offering (before deducting expenses) received by the Company bear to the
total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in
each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus.  The
relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things,
whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the
omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information
supplied by the Company or the Underwriters and the parties' relevant intent,
knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such
untrue statement or omission.  The Company and the Underwriters agree that it
would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this subsection
(d) were to be determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters
were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of
allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations
referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d).  The amount paid by
an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or
liabilities referred to in the first sentence of this subsection (d) shall be
deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such
indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending against any
action or claim which is the subject of this subsection (d).  Notwithstanding
the provisions of this subsection (d), no Underwriter shall be required to
contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at
which the

                                     23

<PAGE>

Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to
the public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has
otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue
statement or omission or alleged omission.  No person guilty of fraudulent
misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Act) shall be
entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such
fraudulent misrepresentation.  The Underwriters' obligations in this
subsection (d) to contribute are several in proportion to their respective
underwriting obligations and not joint.

     (e)  The obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary under this Section
6 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company or any Subsidiary
may otherwise have and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to
each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of the
Act; and the obligations of the Underwriters under this Section 6 shall be in
addition to any liability that the respective Underwriters may otherwise have
and shall extend, upon the same terms and conditions, to each director of the
Company (including any person who, with his consent, is named in the
Registration Statement as about to become a director of the Company), to each
officer of the Company who has signed the Registration Statement and to each
person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Act.

     7.   REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS TO SURVIVE DELIVERY.  All
representations, warranties, and agreements of the Company herein or in
certificates delivered pursuant hereto, and the agreements of the
Underwriters and the Company (and any Subsidiary) contained in Section 6
hereof, shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of any
investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling
person thereof, or the Company or any of its officers, directors, or
controlling persons and shall survive delivery of, and payment for, the
Securities to and by the Underwriters hereunder.

     8.   SUBSTITUTION OF UNDERWRITERS.

          (a)  If any Underwriter shall fail to take up and pay for the
     principal amount of Firm Notes agreed by such Underwriter to be purchased
     hereunder, upon tender of such Firm Notes in accordance with the terms
     hereof, and the principal amount of Firm Notes not purchased does not in
     either case aggregate more than 10% of the aggregate principal amount of
     Firm Notes set forth in Schedule I hereto, the remaining Underwriters shall
     be obligated, severally, in proportion to the respective principal amount
     of Firm Notes which they are obligated to purchase hereunder, to take up
     and pay for the principal amount of Firm Notes that the withdrawing or
     defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.

          (b)  If any Underwriter shall fail to take up and pay for the
     principal amount of Firm Notes agreed by such Underwriter to be purchased
     hereunder, upon tender of such Firm Notes in accordance with the terms
     hereof, and the principal amount of Firm Notes not purchased aggregates
     more than 10% of the aggregate principal amount of Firm Notes set forth in
     Schedule I hereto, and arrangements for the purchase of such Firm Notes by
     other

                                     24

<PAGE>

     persons reasonably satisfactory to the Company are not made within 36 hours
     thereafter, this Agreement shall terminate.  In the event of any such
     termination the Company shall not be under any liability to any Underwriter
     (except to the extent provided in Section 4(h) and Section 6 hereof) nor
     shall any Underwriter (other than an Underwriter who shall have failed,
     otherwise than for some material reason permitted under this Agreement, to
     purchase the principal amount of Firm Notes agreed by such Underwriter to
     be purchased hereunder) be under any liability to the Company (except to
     the extent provided in Section 6 hereof). Nothing contained herein shall
     relieve a defaulting Underwriter from liability for its default.

          If Firm Notes to which a default relates are to be purchased by
     non-defaulting Underwriters or by any other party or parties, the
     non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company shall have the right to postpone
     the First Closing Date for not more than seven business days in order that
     the necessary changes in the Registration Statement, Prospectus and any
     other documents, as well as any other arrangements, may be effected.  As
     used herein, the term "Underwriter" includes any person substituted for an
     Underwriter under this Section 8.

     9.   EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS AGREEMENT AND TERMINATION.

          (a)  This Agreement shall become effective at 10:00 a.m.,
     Minneapolis time, on the first business day following the date hereof, or
     at such earlier time after the effective date of the Registration Statement
     as the Underwriters in their discretion shall first release the Securities
     for sale to the public.  For the purpose of this Section, the Securities
     shall be deemed to have been released for sale to the public upon release
     by the Underwriters of the publication of a newspaper advertisement
     relating thereto or upon release by the Underwriters of telexes offering
     the Securities for sale to securities dealers, whichever shall first occur.
     By giving notice as hereinafter specified before the time this Agreement
     becomes effective, the Underwriters or the Company may prevent this
     Agreement from becoming effective without liability of any party to any
     other party, except that the provisions of Section 4(h) and Section 6
     hereof shall at all times be effective.

          (b)  The Underwriters shall have the right to terminate this
     Agreement by giving notice as hereinafter specified at any time at or prior
     to the First Closing Date, and the option referred to in Section 3(b), if
     exercised, may be canceled at any time prior to the First Closing Date, if
     (i) the Company shall have failed, refused or been unable, at or prior to
     such Closing Date, to perform any agreement on its part to be performed
     hereunder, (ii) any other condition of the Underwriters' obligations
     hereunder is not fulfilled, (iii) trading on the New York Stock Exchange or
     the American Stock Exchange shall have been wholly suspended, (iv) minimum
     or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for
     prices for securities shall have been required, on the New York Stock
     Exchange or the American Stock Exchange, by such Exchange or by order of
     the Commission or any other governmental authority having jurisdiction, (v)
     a banking moratorium shall have been declared by Federal, New York, Texas
     or Minnesota authorities, or (vi) there has occurred any

                                     25

<PAGE>

     material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or
     an outbreak of major hostilities (or an escalation thereof) in which the
     United States is involved, a declaration of war by Congress, any other
     substantial national or international calamity or any other event or
     occurrence of a similar character shall have occurred since the execution
     of this Agreement that, in your judgment, makes it impractical or
     inadvisable to proceed with the completion of the sale of and payment for
     the Securities. Any such termination shall be without liability of any
     party to any other party except that the provisions of Section 4(h) and
     Section 6 hereof shall at all times be effective.

          (c)  If the Underwriters elect to prevent this Agreement from
     becoming effective or to terminate this Agreement as provided in this
     Section, the Company shall be notified promptly by the Underwriters by
     telephone or telegram, confirmed by letter.  If the Company elects to
     prevent this Agreement from becoming effective, the Underwriters shall be
     notified by the Company by telephone or telegram, confirmed by letter.

     10.  INFORMATION FURNISHED BY UNDERWRITERS. The statements set forth in
the last paragraph of the cover page and under the caption "Underwriting" in
any Preliminary Prospectus and in the Prospectus constitute the written
information furnished by or on behalf of the Underwriters referred to in
Section 2 and Section 6 hereof.

     11.  NOTICES. Except as otherwise provided herein, all communications
hereunder shall be in writing or by telegraph and, if to the Underwriters,
shall be mailed, telegraphed or delivered to the Underwriters c/o Piper
Jaffray Inc., Piper Jaffray Tower, 222 South Ninth Street, Minneapolis,
Minnesota 55402, with a copy to Patrick Delaney, Esq., Lindquist & Vennum
P.L.L.P., 4200 IDS Center, Minneapolis, MN 55402, except that notices given
to an Underwriter pursuant to Section 6 hereof shall be sent to such
Underwriter at the address stated in the Underwriters' Questionnaire
furnished by such Underwriter in connection with this offering; if to the
Company, shall be mailed, telegraphed or delivered to it at 1845 Woodall
Rodgers Freeway, Dallas, Texas 75201 Attention: Chief Executive Officer, with
a copy to Michael M. Boone, Esq., Haynes & Boone, 3100 NationsBank Plaza,
31st Floor, 901 Main Street, Dallas, Texas 75205.  All notices given by
telegram shall be promptly confirmed by letter.  Any party to this Agreement
may change such address for notices by sending to the parties to this
Agreement written notice of a new address for such purpose.

     12.  PERSONS ENTITLED TO BENEFIT OF AGREEMENT.  This Agreement shall
inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their
respective successors and assigns and the controlling persons, officers and
directors referred to in Section 6. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or
shall be construed to give to any other person, firm or corporation any legal
or equitable remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any
provision herein contained.  The term "successors and assigns" as herein used
shall not include any purchaser, as such purchaser, of any of the Securities
from any of the Underwriters.

     13.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be governed by and construed
in accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota.

                                     26

<PAGE>

     Please sign and return to the Company the enclosed duplicates of this
letter whereupon this letter will become a binding agreement between the
Company and the Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

                        Very truly yours,

                        AMRESCO, INC.


                        By __________________________________
                           Its ______________________________
CONFIRMED
as of the date first
above mentioned

By:  PIPER JAFFRAY INC.


By ___________________________
   Managing Director
   Acting on behalf of itself
   and the other Underwriters



<PAGE>

                                SCHEDULE I

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Principal Amount
Underwriter                                           of Firm Notes(1)
- -----------                                           ----------------
<S>                                                      <C>
Piper Jaffray Inc. ..................................    $


                                                         -----------
          Total......................................    $50,000,000
                                                         -----------
                                                         -----------
</TABLE>
____________
(1)  The Underwriters may purchase up to an additional $7,500,000 in aggregate
     principal amount of Notes, to the extent the option to purchase Option
     Notes described in Section 3(b) of the Agreement is exercised, in the
     proportions and in the manner described in the Agreement.


<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT A

                           ACCOUNTANTS' LETTERS


     1.   A letter from Deloitte & Touche, LLP dated and delivered on the
date this Agreement is executed and a similar certificate or letter dated and
delivered on each Closing Date, confirming that they are independent public
accountants within the meaning of the Act and the published rules and
regulations thereunder, shall be issued to the Underwriters stating that:

          (a) in their opinion, the consolidated financial statements and
     schedules audited by them and included in the Prospectus and the
     Registration Statement comply as to form in all material respects with
     the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the related published
     rules and regulations thereunder; the financial statements of the Company
     as and for the ____ month period ended ______________ [THE LATEST UNAUDITED
     FINANCIAL STATEMENTS INCLUDED IN OR INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE INTO THE
     PROSPECTUS] (the "Latest Balance Sheet Date") were reviewed by them in
     accordance with the standards established by the American Institute of
     Certified Public Accountants and based upon their review they are not
     aware of any material modifications that should be made to such financial
     statements for them to be in conformity with generally accepted accounting
     principles, and such financial statements comply as to form in all material
     respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and the
     applicable rules and regulations thereunder;

          (c)  on the basis of a limited review of unaudited consolidated
     financial statements, including a reading of the latest available financial
     statements, a reading of the minutes of the meetings of the Board of
     Directors of the Company, and discussions with officials of the Company
     responsible for financial and accounting matters as to transactions and
     events subsequent to the Latest Balance Sheet Date, and such other
     inquiries and procedures as they may specify, nothing has come to their
     attention which, in their judgment, would indicate,

               (i)  that the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the
          Company included or incorporated by reference in the Registration
          Statement and Prospectus do not comply in form in all material
          respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the Act and of
          the related published rules and regulations, or that such unaudited
          consolidated financial information contained or incorporated by
          reference in the Registration Statement was not prepared in conformity
          with generally accepted accounting principles applied on a basis
          substantially consistent, in all material respects, with those
          followed in the preparation of the audited financial statements of the
          Company included therein;

               (ii) at the date of the latest balance sheet read by them and at
          a subsequent specified date not more than five business days prior to
          the date of such letter there was any decrease in the common stock or
          increase in long-term debt of the Company as compared with amounts
          shown in the unaudited consolidated balance sheet dated as of the
          Latest Balance Sheet Date, included in the Registration Statement,
          except for changes which the Registration Statement discloses have
          occurred or may occur;

<PAGE>

               (iii) at the date of the latest balance sheet read by them and at
          a subsequent specified date not more than five business days prior to
          the date of such letter there were any decreases, as compared with
          amounts shown in the balance sheet dated as of the Latest Balance
          Sheet Date included in the Registration Statement, in total assets,
          stockholders' equity of the Company, except for decreases which the
          Registration Statement discloses have occurred or may occur or which
          are described in such letter;

               (iv) for the period from the Latest Balance Sheet Date to the
          date of the latest statement of operations read by them there were
          any decreases, as compared with the corresponding period of the
          preceding year, in revenues or the total or per share amounts of net
          income of the Company, except for decreases which the Registration
          Statement discloses have occurred or may occur or which are described
          in such letter;

               (v)  for the period from the date of the latest statement of
          operations to a subsequent specified date not more than five business
          days prior to the date of such letter, that certain conclusions
          described in such letter were not correct, except as otherwise
          described in the Registration Statement or such letter; and

          (d)  they have compared specific dollar amounts, numbers of shares,
     and other financial information pertaining to the Company set forth in the
     Registration Statement, which have been specified by the Underwriters prior
     to the date of this Agreement, to the extent that such amounts, numbers and
     information may be derived from the general accounting records of the
     Company, and excluding any questions requiring any interpretation by legal
     counsel, with the results obtained from the application of specified
     readings, inquiries and other appropriate procedures (which procedures do
     not constitute an audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing
     standards) set forth in the letter, and found them to be in agreement.



<PAGE>
                       FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT


     This FIRST AMENDMENT TO CREDIT AGREEMENT (this "AGREEMENT") is entered into
as of the 21st day of November, 1995, by and among AMRESCO, INC., a Delaware
corporation ("AMRESCO"), and the other entities designated as "Borrowers" on the
signature pages hereof (collectively, "BORROWERS") and NationsBank of Texas,
N.A., a national banking association, as agent ("AGENT"), for the Lenders
(collectively, "LENDERS"), as defined in the Loan Agreement (herein defined).


                              W I T N E S S E T H:
                              - - - - - - - - - -


     WHEREAS, reference is made to the two revolving credit facilities in the
original aggregate principal amount of $175,000,000, governed by that certain
Revolving Loan Agreement (the "LOAN AGREEMENT") dated September 29, 1995,
executed by and among Lenders, Agent and Borrowers (each term used herein but
not otherwise defined herein shall be defined as set forth in the Loan
Agreement); and

     WHEREAS, AMRESCO has duly authorized the creation of an issue of its 8%
Convertible Subordinated Debentures Due 2005 in the amount of $45,000,000, and
to provide therefor, AMRESCO has executed and delivered that certain Indenture
(herein so called) dated on or around November 21, 1995 by and between AMRESCO
and First Interstate Bank of Texas, N.A., as Trustee; and

     WHEREAS, certain of the Lenders have agreed to increase their Loan
Commitment Amount; and

     WHEREAS, Borrowers and Agent desire to amend Schedule I to the Loan
Agreement to reflect the changes in the Available Commitment resulting from the
funding of the Indenture and the increase in the Loan Commitment Amount of
certain of the Lenders.

                               A G R E E M E N T:
                               - - - - - - - - -

     NOW, THEREFORE, KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS:  That, for and in
consideration of the covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for other
good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged and confessed, Lenders, Borrowers and Agent hereby agree as
follows:

     1.   MODIFICATION OF SCHEDULE I; EXECUTION OF NEW NOTES.  Borrowers and
Agent hereby agree that SCHEDULE I to the Loan Agreement is hereby deleted in
its entirety and replaced with SCHEDULE I attached hereto and incorporated
herein by reference for all purposes.  Borrowers shall execute and deliver to
Agent (for

                                                                          Page 1

<PAGE>

delivery to the Lenders) amended and restated Notes in favor of Lenders to
reflect such changes made to SCHEDULE I.

     2.   REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS OF BORROWERS.  Each
Borrower hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, Agent and Lenders
as follows:

          (a)  AUTHORIZATION.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and
each other document executed herewith and the performance of all covenants
contemplated herein and therein have been duly authorized by each Borrower and
will not violate the articles of incorporation or bylaws of any Borrower or any
other material agreement to which any Borrower is a party, and the consent of no
other party or parties is required.

          (b)  NO CLAIMS OR DEFENSES.  No Borrower has any offsets, claims,
counterclaims, defenses or other causes of action against Agent or any Lender
arising out of the Loans, the Loan Documents, the modifications of the Loans
pursuant to this Agreement, any document executed in connection herewith or
otherwise.

          (c)  BINDING OBLIGATION.  This Agreement has been duly and validly
executed and delivered by each Borrower and constitutes a valid and legally
binding obligation of each Borrower enforceable in accordance with its terms,
except as enforcement may be limited by equitable principles or by bankruptcy,
insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws relating to or affecting
enforcement of creditors' rights generally.

     3.   NON-WAIVER OF RIGHTS OR REMEDIES.  Except as otherwise set forth
herein, neither this Agreement nor any other document executed in connection
herewith constitutes or shall be deemed (a) a waiver of, or consent by Agent or
any Lender to any default or event of default which may exist or hereafter occur
under any of the Loan Documents, (b) a waiver by Agent or any Lender of any of
Borrowers' obligations under the Loan Documents, or (c) a waiver by Agent or any
Lender of any rights, offsets, claims, or other causes of action that Agent or
any Lender may have against any Borrower.

     4.   MODIFICATION EXPENSES.  Borrowers agree to pay all legal fees and
other expenses incurred in connection with the preparation and negotiation of
this Agreement and each other document executed in connection herewith.

     5.   VALIDITY OF EXISTING DOCUMENTS.  The Notes, the Loan Agreement and all
other Loan Documents, as modified hereby and by the other documents executed in
connection herewith, are each legal, valid, binding and enforceable in
accordance with their respective terms, are each in full force and effect, and
shall continue to inure to the benefit of and be binding upon each Borrower,
Agent and each Lender, and their respective successors and assigns.

                                                                          Page 2

<PAGE>

     6.   ADDITIONAL DOCUMENTATION.  The parties hereto shall execute such other
documents as Agent or its counsel may reasonably request to effect the
transactions contemplated hereby and to protect the liens and security interests
of the Security Documents, as modified by this Agreement and the other documents
executed in connection herewith.

     7.   SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of
and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and
assigns.

     8.   CONFORMING PROVISIONS.  Any and all of the terms and provisions of the
Notes, the Loan Agreement, the Security Documents and all of the other Loan
Documents, are hereby amended and modified wherever necessary, and even though
not specifically addressed herein, so as to conform to the amendments and
modifications thereto set forth in this Agreement and each other document
executed in connection herewith.

     9.   CAPTIONS.  The captions, headings and arrangements used in this
Agreement are for convenience only and do not in any way affect, limit, amplify,
or modify the terms and provisions hereof.

     10.  GOVERNING LAW.  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF TEXAS.

     11.  COUNTERPARTS.  This Agreement may be executed in a number of duplicate
counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original for all purposes, and
all of which, collectively, shall constitute one agreement.


     12.  NO ORAL AGREEMENTS.  THIS AGREEMENT, TOGETHER WITH EACH OTHER DOCUMENT
EXECUTED IN CONNECTION HEREWITH AND LOAN DOCUMENT, REPRESENTS THE FINAL
AGREEMENT BETWEEN THE PARTIES HERETO CONCERNING THE MATTERS SET FORTH HEREIN,
AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT
ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES.  THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS BETWEEN
THE PARTIES.

                                                                          Page 3

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Agreement as of the
day, month and year first above written.

                         BORROWERS:

                         AMRESCO, INC., a Delaware corporation


                         By: /s/ Thomas J. Andrus
                            ---------------------------------------------------
                              Thomas J. Andrus,
                              Treasurer



                         AMRESCO ASSET MARKETING ADVISORS, INC.
                         AMRESCO CANADA, INC.
                         AMRESCO CAPITAL CORPORATION
                         AMRESCO EQUITIES CANADA INC.
                         AMRESCO FINANCIAL I, INC.
                         AMRESCO FUNDING CORPORATION
                         AMRESCO GENERAL PARTNERS, INC.
                              f/k/a DAPA-3, INC.
                         AMRESCO INSTITUTIONAL, INC.
                         AMRESCO-MBS I, INC.
                         AMRESCO MANAGEMENT, INC.
                              f/k/a BEI MANAGEMENT, INC.
                         AMRESCO MORTGAGE CAPITAL, INC.
                         AMRESCO NEW ENGLAND II, INC.
                         AMRESCO NEW HAMPSHIRE, INC.
                         AMRESCO RESIDENTIAL CREDIT CORPORATION
                         AMRESCO RHODE ISLAND, INC.
                         AMRESCO SERVICES, INC.
                         AMRESCO SERVICES CANADA INC.
                         AMRESCO 1994-N2, INC.
                         ANH, INC.
                         ASSET MANAGEMENT RESOLUTION COMPANY
                         BEI 1992-N1, INC.
                         BEI 1993-N3, INC.
                         BEI 1994-N1, INC.
                         BEI GOLEMBE FINANCIAL, INC.
                         BEI INSTITUTIONAL MANAGEMENT, INC.
                         BEI MULTI-POOL, INC.
                         BEI PORTFOLIO INVESTMENTS, INC.
                         BEI PORTFOLIO MANAGERS, INC.
                         BEI REAL ESTATE SERVICES, INC.
                         BEI REAL ESTATE SERVICES OF CALIFORNIA,
                              INC.
                         BEI REAL ESTATE SERVICES OF COLORADO, INC.
                         BEI SANJAC, INC.
                         BEI SOUTHWEST, INC.
                         BEI VENTURES, INC.
                         ENT, INC.
                         ENT GREAT LAKES, INC.

                                                                          Page 4

<PAGE>

                         ENT MIDWEST, INC.
                         ENT NEW JERSEY, INC.
                         ENT SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA, INC.
                         GRANITE EQUITIES, INC.
                         HOLLIDAY FENOGLIO, INC.
                         LIFETIME HOMES OF NEW JERSEY, INC.
                         LIFETIME HOMES OF SOUTH CAROLINA, INC.
                         LIFETIME INVESTMENTS OF NEW JERSEY, INC.
                         PRESTON HOLLOW ASSET HOLDINGS, INC.
                         SPINNAKER REALTY CORPORATION
                         V.N.J. CORPORATION


                         By: /s/ Thomas J. Andrus
                            ---------------------------------------------------
                              Thomas J. Andrus, as
                              Treasurer for each of the above
                              companies


                         AGENT:

                         NATIONSBANK OF TEXAS, N.A.,
                         a national banking association, as
                         Agent for Lenders


                         By: /s/ Brian Schneider
                            ---------------------------------------------------
                              Brian Schneider,
                              Vice President

                                                                          Page 5



<PAGE>

                                  AMRESCO, INC.

                                    AS ISSUER

                                       TO

                             Bank One, Columbus, N.A.

                                   AS TRUSTEE





                                    INDENTURE




                              _______________, 1996


                     __% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2003

<PAGE>

                                  AMRESCO, INC.
     RECONCILIATION AND TIE BETWEEN TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939, AS AMENDED
                   AND INDENTURE, DATED AS OF __________, 1996


     Trust Indenture Act                                       Indenture
          Section                                               Section

     Section 310 (a)(1)   ....................................    608
     Section 310 (a)(2)   ....................................    608
     Section 310 (a)(3)   ....................................    Inapplicable
     Section 310 (a)(4)   ....................................    Inapplicable
                 (b)      ....................................    605
                          ....................................    609
     Section 311          ....................................    605
     Section 312 (a)      ....................................    701
                          ....................................    702
                 (b)      ....................................    702
                 (c)      ....................................    702
     Section 313 (a)      ....................................    703
                 (b)(1)   ....................................    Inapplicable
                 (b)(2)   ....................................    703
                 (c)      ....................................    703
                 (d)      ....................................    703
     Section 314 (a)      ....................................    704
                          ....................................    1012
                 (b)      ....................................    Inapplicable
                 (c)(1)   ....................................    102
                 (c)(2)   ....................................    102
                 (c)(3)   ....................................    Inapplicable
                 (d)      ....................................    Inapplicable
                 (e)      ....................................    102
     Section 315 (a)      ....................................    601
                          ....................................    603
                 (b)      ....................................    602
                 (c)      ....................................    601
                 (d)      ....................................    601
                          ....................................    603
                 (e)      ....................................    603
                          ....................................    607
     Section 316 (a)(1)(A)....................................    512
                 (a)(1)(B)....................................    513

                                    ii

<PAGE>

                 (a)(2)   ....................................    Inapplicable
                 (b)      ....................................    508
                 (c)      ....................................    104
     Section 317 (a)(1)   ....................................    503
                 (a)(2)   ....................................    504
                 (b)      ....................................    1003
     Section 318 (a)      ....................................    108

______________________________________________________
NOTE:  This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to
       be a part of the Indenture.














                                       iii

<PAGE>

                           TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                                                       Page

ARTICLE ONE-DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION . . . 1
     Section 101.   Definitions.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
     ACQUIRED INDEBTEDNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
     ACT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
     AFFILIATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
     AUTHENTICATING AGENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
     AUTHORIZED NEWSPAPER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
     BOARD OF DIRECTORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     BOARD RESOLUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     BUSINESS DAY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     CAPITALIZED LEASE OBLIGATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     COMMISSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     COMPANY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     COMPANY REQUEST AND COMPANY ORDER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     CONSOLIDATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     CONSOLIDATED CAPITALIZATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
     CONSOLIDATED EBITDA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     CONSOLIDATED INTEREST EXPENSE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     CONSOLIDATED NET WORTH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     CORPORATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     DEFAULT NOTICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     DEFAULTED INTEREST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     DEPOSITORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
     EVENT OF DEFAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     EXCLUSIVE POWER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     GAAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     HOLDER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     INDEBTEDNESS FOR MONEY BORROWED. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
     INDENTURE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     INITIAL INTEREST ACCRUAL DATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     INTEREST PAYMENT DATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     INTEREST RATE SWAP OBLIGATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
     ISSUE DATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

                                     iv

<PAGE>

     JUNIOR INDEBTEDNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
     LEGAL HOLIDAY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
     MATERIAL SUBSIDIARY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
     MATURITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
     MAXIMUM ANNUAL REPAYMENT AMOUNT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
     MONEY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
     NONRECOURSE INDEBTEDNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
     NOTE OR NOTES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
     NOTE REGISTER AND NOTE REGISTRAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
     OFFICE OR AGENCY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
     OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
     OPINION OF COUNSEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
     OUTSTANDING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
     PAYING AGENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
     PERMITTED PAYMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
     PERSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
     PLACE OF PAYMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
     PREDECESSOR NOTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
     REDEMPTION DATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
     REDEMPTION PRICE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
     REGULAR RECORD DATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
     REPAYMENT DATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     REPAYMENT PRICE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     RESPONSIBLE OFFICER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     RESTRICTED PAYMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     SENIOR AGENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     SENIOR EVENT OF DEFAULT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     SENIOR RECOURSE INDEBTEDNESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     SPECIAL RECORD DATE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     STATED MATURITY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10
     SUBSIDIARY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     TRANSACTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     TRUST INDENTURE ACT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     TRUSTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     UNITED STATES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     VICE PRESIDENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     VOTING STOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
     Section 102.   COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES AND OPINIONS. . . . . . . . .11
     Section 103.   FORM OF DOCUMENTS DELIVERED TO TRUSTEE. . . . . . . .12
     Section 104.   ACTS OF HOLDERS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .13
     Section 105.   NOTICES, ETC. TO TRUSTEE AND COMPANY. . . . . . . . .14

                                     v

<PAGE>

     Section 106.   NOTICE TO HOLDERS OF NOTES; WAIVER. . . . . . . . . .15
     Section 107.   LANGUAGE OF NOTICES.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
     Section 108.   CONFLICT WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT.. . . . . . . . . .15
     Section 109.   EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS. . . . . . .15
     Section 110.   SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .15
     Section 111.   SEPARABILITY CLAUSE.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
     Section 112.   BENEFITS OF INDENTURE.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
     Section 113.   GOVERNING LAW.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
     Section 114.   LEGAL HOLIDAYS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
     Section 115.   SCHEDULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16
     Section 116.   COUNTERPARTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16

ARTICLE TWO-FORM OF NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
     Section 201.   FORMS GENERALLY.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
     Section 202.   FORM OF FACE OF NOTE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
     Section 203.   FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
     Section 204.   FORM OF TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION.. . .23
     Section 205.   NOTES IN GLOBAL FORM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23

ARTICLE THREE-THE NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
     Section 301.   TITLE AND TERMS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
     Section 302.   CURRENCY; DENOMINATIONS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
     Section 303.   EXECUTION, AUTHENTICATION, DELIVERY AND DATING. . . .24
     Section 304.   TEMPORARY NOTES.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25
     Section 305.   REGISTRATION, TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE.. . . . . . . . .26
     Section 306.   MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST AND STOLEN NOTES.. . . . .28
     Section 307.   PAYMENT OF INTEREST; RIGHTS TO INTEREST PRESERVED.. .29
     Section 308.   PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
     Section 309.   CANCELLATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .30
     Section 310.   AUTHENTICATION AND DELIVERY OF ORIGINAL ISSUE.. . . .31
     Section 311.   COMPUTATION OF INTEREST.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31

ARTICLE FOUR-SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
     Section 401.   SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE.. . . . . . .31
     Section 402.   APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEY. . . . . . . . . . . . . .32

ARTICLE FIVE-REMEDIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
     Section 501.   EVENTS OF DEFAULT.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
     Section 502.   ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT. .35
     Section 503.   COLLECTION OF INDEBTEDNESS AND SUITS FOR ENFORCEMENT
                     BY TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36
     Section 504.   TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM. . . . . . . . . . .36
     Section 505.   TRUSTEE MAY ENFORCE CLAIMS WITHOUT POSSESSION OF
                     NOTES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
     Section 506.   APPLICATION OF MONEY COLLECTED. . . . . . . . . . . .37

                                     vi

<PAGE>

     Section 507.   LIMITATIONS ON SUITS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38
     Section 508.   UNCONDITIONAL RIGHT OF HOLDERS TO RECEIVE PRINCIPAL
                     AND INTEREST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
     Section 509.   RESTORATION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES. . . . . . . . . .39
     Section 510.   RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE. . . . . . . . . . . .39
     Section 511.   DELAY OR OMISSION NOT WAIVER. . . . . . . . . . . . .40
     Section 512.   CONTROL BY HOLDERS OF NOTES.. . . . . . . . . . . . .40
     Section 513.   WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
     Section 514.   WAIVER OF STAY OR EXTENSION LAWS. . . . . . . . . . .41

ARTICLE SIX-THE TRUSTEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
     Section 601.   CERTAIN DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES.. . . . . . . . .41
     Section 602.   NOTICE OF DEFAULTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
     Section 603.   CERTAIN RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .42
     Section 604.   NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR RECITALS OR ISSUANCE OF NOTES.. .44
     Section 605.   MAY HOLD NOTES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
     Section 606.   MONEY HELD IN TRUST.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
     Section 607.   COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT. . . . . . . . . . . .44
     Section 608.   CORPORATE TRUSTEE REQUIRED; ELIGIBILITY.. . . . . . .45
     Section 609.   RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL; APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR.. .45
     Section 610.   ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT BY SUCCESSOR. . . . . . . .47
     Section 611.   MERGER, CONVERSION, CONSOLIDATION OR SUCCESSION TO
                     BUSINESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
     Section 612.   APPOINTMENT OF AUTHENTICATING AGENT.. . . . . . . . .48

ARTICLE SEVEN-HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY . . . . .50
     Section 701.   COMPANY TO FURNISH TRUSTEE NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF
                     HOLDERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
     Section 702.   PRESERVATION OF INFORMATION; COMMUNICATIONS TO
                     HOLDERS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
     Section 703.   REPORTS BY TRUSTEE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50
     Section 704.   REPORTS BY COMPANY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51

ARTICLE EIGHT-CONSOLIDATION, MERGER AND SALES . . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
     Section 801.   COMPANY MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC., ONLY ON CERTAIN TERMS.52
     Section 802.   SUCCESSOR PERSON SUBSTITUTED FOR COMPANY. . . . . . .53

ARTICLE NINE-SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .53
     Section 901.   SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS. .53
     Section 902.   SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS.. . .54
     Section 903.   EXECUTION OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES. . . . . . . . .55
     Section 904.   EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.. . . . . . . . . .55
     Section 905.   REFERENCE IN NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.. . . .55
     Section 906.   EFFECT ON SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS.. . . . . . . . . . . .55
     Section 907.   RECORD DATE.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56

                                     vii

<PAGE>

ARTICLE TEN-COVENANTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
     Section 1001.  PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST.. . . . . . . . . .56
     Section 1002.  MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY.. . . . . . . . . . .56
     Section 1003.  MONEY FOR NOTE PAYMENTS TO BE HELD IN TRUST.. . . . .57
     Section 1004.  CORPORATE EXISTENCE.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
     Section 1005.  MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .58
     Section 1006.  RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS, REDEMPTIONS AND OTHER
                     PAYMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .59
     Section 1007.  LIMITATION ON INDEBTEDNESS FOR MONEY BORROWED.. . . .59
     Section 1008.  INSURANCE.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
     Section 1009.  PAYMENT OF TAXES AND OTHER CLAIMS.. . . . . . . . . .60
     Section 1010.  BOOKS AND RECORDS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60
     Section 1011.  STATEMENT BY OFFICERS AS TO DEFAULT.. . . . . . . . .61
     Section 1012.  WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS.. . . . . . . . . . . . .61
     Section 1013.  LIMITATION ON RANKING OF FUTURE INDEBTEDNESS. . . . .61
     Section 1014.  LIMITATIONS ON RESTRICTING SUBSIDIARY DIV . . . . . .62
     Section 1015.  LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES. . . . . .62
     Section 1016.  EXCEPTIONS TO COVENANTS.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63

ARTICLE ELEVEN-REDEMPTION OF NOTES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
     Section 1101.  RIGHT OF REDEMPTION.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .63
     Section 1102.  ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE.. . . . . . . .63
     Section 1103.  SELECTION BY TRUSTEE OF NOTES TO BE REDEEMED. . . . .64
     Section 1104.  NOTICE OF REDEMPTION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .64
     Section 1105.  DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE.. . . . . . . . . . . . .65
     Section 1106.  NOTES PAYABLE ON REDEMPTION DATE. . . . . . . . . . .65
     Section 1107.  NOTES REDEEMED IN PART. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66

ARTICLE TWELVE-REPAYMENT AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS . . . . . . . . . . . .67
     Section 1201.  REPAYMENT OPTION UPON DEATH OF HOLDER.. . . . . . . .67
     Section 1202.  DEPOSIT OF REPAYMENT PRICE. . . . . . . . . . . . . .69
     Section 1203.  NOTES PAYABLE ON REPAYMENT DATE.. . . . . . . . . . .69
     Section 1204.  NOTES REPAID IN PART. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70

ARTICLE THIRTEEN-SUBORDINATION OF NOTES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .70
     Section 1301.  NOTES SUBORDINATED TO SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS.. . . . . .70
     Section 1302.  SUBROGATION.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73
     Section 1303.  OBLIGATION OF COMPANY UNCONDITIONAL.. . . . . . . . .73
     Section 1304.  PAYMENTS ON NOTES PERMITTED.. . . . . . . . . . . . .74
     Section 1305.  EFFECTUATION OF SUBORDINATION BY TRUSTEE. . . . . . .74
     Section 1306.  NOTICE TO TRUSTEE AND KNOWLEDGE OF TRUSTEE. . . . . .74
     Section 1307.  TRUSTEE MAY HOLD SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS. . . . . . . . .75
     Section 1308.  RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS NOT
                     IMPAIRED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75

                                     viii

<PAGE>

ARTICLE FOURTEEN-RIGHT TO REQUIRE REPURCHASE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
     Section 1401.  RIGHT TO REQUIRE REPURCHASE . . . . . . . . . . . . .75
     Section 1402.  NOTICE; METHOD OF EXERCISING REPURCHASE RIGHT . . . .75
     Section 1403.  DEPOSIT OF REPURCHASE PRICE . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
     Section 1404.  NOTES NOT REPURCHASED ON REPURCHASE DATE. . . . . . .77
     Section 1405.  NOTES REPURCHASED IN PART . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
     Section 1406.  PRIORITY OF REPURCHASE RIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . .77
     Section 1407.  DEFINITION OF REPURCHASE EVENT. . . . . . . . . . . .77















                                     ix




<PAGE>

     INDENTURE, dated as of __________, 1996 (the "Indenture"), between
AMRESCO, INC., a corporation duly organized and existing under the laws of
the State of Delaware (hereinafter called the "Company"), having executive
offices located at 1845 Woodall Rodgers Freeway, Suite 1700, Dallas, Texas
75201 and BankOne, Columbus, N.A., a national banking corporation duly
organized and existing under the laws of United States (hereinafter called
the "Trustee"), having its principal corporate trust office at 100 East
Broad Street, Columbus Ohio 43215.


                             RECITALS OF THE COMPANY

     The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this
Indenture to provide for the issuance of its __% Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2003 (hereinafter called the "Notes"), to be issued in such amount and to
have such provisions as are hereinafter set forth.  All things necessary to
make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Company, in accordance with its
terms, have been done.

     This Indenture is subject to the provisions of the Trust Indenture Act
of 1939, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Securities and
Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder that are required to be part of
this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, shall be governed by such
provisions.

     NOW, THEREFORE, THIS INDENTURE WITNESSETH:

     For and in consideration of the premises and the purchase of the Notes
by the Holders (as hereinafter defined) thereof, it is mutually covenanted
and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders from time
to time of the Notes, as follows:

                                   ARTICLE ONE

             DEFINITIONS AND OTHER PROVISIONS OF GENERAL APPLICATION

     SECTION 101.   DEFINITIONS.

     Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture or unless the
context otherwise requires, for all purposes of this Indenture:

          (1)  the terms defined in this Article have the meanings assigned to
     them in this Article and include the plural as well as the singular;

          (2)  all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust
     Indenture Act (as hereinafter defined), either directly or by reference
     therein, have the meanings assigned to them therein;


                                     1

<PAGE>

          (3)  all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the
     meanings assigned to them in accordance with United States generally
     accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements
     of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified
     Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial
     Accounting Standards Board in effect from time to time ("GAAP") and, except
     as otherwise herein expressly provided, the term "GAAP" with respect to any
     computation required or permitted hereunder shall mean GAAP at the date of
     such computation;

          (4)  the words "herein", "hereof", "hereto" and "hereunder" and other
     words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any
     particular Article, Section or other subdivision; and

          (5)  the word "or" is always used inclusively (for example, the phrase
     "A or B" means "A or B or both", not "either A or B but not both").

     Certain terms used principally in certain Articles hereof are defined in
those Articles.

     "ACQUIRED INDEBTEDNESS" means indebtedness of a Person existing at the time
such Person becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or assumed in connection with
the acquisition by the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company of assets from
such Person, and not incurred in connection with, or in anticipation of, such
Person becoming a Subsidiary of the Company or such acquisition.

     "ACT", when used with respect to any Holder, has the meaning specified in
Section 104.

     "AFFILIATE" of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person.  For the purposes of this definition,
"control", when used with respect to any specified Person, means the power to
direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly,
whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise;
and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings correlative to the
foregoing.

     "AUTHENTICATING AGENT" means any Person authorized by the Trustee pursuant
to Section 612 to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Notes.

     "AUTHORIZED NEWSPAPER" means a newspaper, in an official language of the
place of publication or in the English language, customarily published on each
day that is a Business Day in the place of publication, whether or not published
on days that are Legal Holidays in the place of publication, and of general
circulation in each place in connection with which the term is used or in the
financial community of each such place.  Where successive publications are
required to be made in Authorized Newspapers, the successive publications may be
made in the same or in


                                     2

<PAGE>

different newspapers in the same city meeting the foregoing requirements and
in each case on any day that is a Business Day in the place of publication.

     "BOARD OF DIRECTORS" means the board of directors of the Company or any
duly authorized committee of that board.

     "BOARD RESOLUTION" means a copy of one or more resolutions, certified by
the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted
by the Board of Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such
certification and delivered to the Trustee.

     "BUSINESS DAY", with respect to any Place of Payment or other location,
means each Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and Friday that is not a Legal
Holiday in such Place of Payment or other location.

     "CAPITALIZED LEASE OBLIGATION" means, as to any Person, the obligations of
such Person to pay rent or other amounts under a lease of (or other agreement
conveying the right to use) real or personal property which obligations are
required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease obligations on a
balance sheet of such Person under GAAP and, for purposes of this Indenture, the
amount of such obligations at any date shall be the capitalized amount thereof
at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP.

     "COMMISSION" means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to
time constituted, created under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or, if at
any time after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not existing
and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Trust Indenture Act, then
the body performing such duties at such time.

     "COMPANY" means the Person named as the "Company" in the first paragraph of
this instrument until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to the
applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Company" shall mean
such successor Person.

     "COMPANY REQUEST" and "COMPANY ORDER" mean, respectively, a written request
or order, as the case may be, signed in the name of the Company by the Chairman
of the Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the
President, a Vice President, the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, of the Company, or by another officer of
the Company duly authorized to sign by a Board Resolution, and delivered to the
Trustee.

     "CONSOLIDATED" when used in conjunction with any other defined term means
the aggregate amount of the items included within the defined term of the
Company on a consolidated basis, eliminating inter-company items.

     "CONSOLIDATED CAPITALIZATION" means Subordinated Indebtedness plus
Consolidated Net Worth.


                                     3

<PAGE>


     "CONSOLIDATED EBITDA" means, for any period, determined in accordance with
GAAP on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Subsidiaries, the sum of
consolidated net income before taxes and non-recurring gains or losses, plus
depreciation, plus amortization, plus interest expense, each as deducted in
determining such consolidated net income before taxes.

     "CONSOLIDATED INTEREST EXPENSE" means, for any period, the interest expense
which is required to be shown as such on the financial statements of the Company
and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, prepared in accordance with GAAP.

     "CONSOLIDATED NET INCOME" means the amount of net income (loss) of the
Company and its Subsidiaries determined in accordance with GAAP; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that there shall not be included in Consolidated Net Income (1) any net
income (loss) of a Subsidiary for any period during which it was not a
Consolidated Subsidiary or (2) any net income (loss) of businesses, properties
or assets  acquired or disposed of (by way of merger, consolidation, purchase,
sale or otherwise) by the Company or any Subsidiary for any period prior to the
acquisition thereof or subsequent to the disposition thereof.

     "CONSOLIDATED NET WORTH" means the excess, as determined in accordance with
GAAP, after making appropriate deductions for any minority interest in the net
worth of Consolidated Subsidiaries, of (1) the assets of the Company and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries over (2) the liabilities of the Company and its
Consolidated Subsidiaries; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that any write-up in the book
value of any assets owned subsequent to the date of this Indenture (other than a
write-up required for assets acquired in connection with the purchase of a
Person or business and taken at the time of such acquisition) shall not be taken
into account.

     "CONSOLIDATED SUBSIDIARY" means a Subsidiary of the Company the financial
statements of which are consolidated with the financial statements of the
Company.

     "CORPORATE TRUST OFFICE" means the principal corporate trust office of the
Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be
administered, which office at the date of original execution of this Indenture
is located at 100 East Broad Street, Columbus, Ohio 43215.


     "CORPORATION" includes corporations, associations, companies, joint stock
companies, limited liability companies or business trusts.

     "DEFAULT NOTICE" has the meaning specified in Section 1301.

     "DEFAULTED INTEREST" has the meaning specified in Section 307.

     "DEPOSITORY" means, with respect to any Note issued in the form of one or
more global Notes, the Person designated as Depository by the Company in or
pursuant to this Indenture, which Person must be, to the extent required by
applicable law or regulation, a clearing agency


                                     4

<PAGE>

registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and any
successor to such Person.  If at any time there is more than one such Person,
"Depository" shall mean, with respect to any Notes, the qualifying entity
which has been appointed with respect to such Notes.


     "EVENT OF DEFAULT" has the meaning specified in Section 501.

     "EXCLUSIVE POWER" has the meaning specified in Section 1301.

     "GAAP" has the meaning specified in Section 101(3).

     "GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS" means direct obligations of the United States of
America, or any Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or
instrumentality of such government, in each case where the payment or payments
thereunder are unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation
by such government and which are not callable or redeemable at the option of the
issuer or issuers thereof, and shall also include a depository receipt issued by
a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such Government
Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of or other amount
with respect to any such Government Obligation held by such custodian for the
account of the holder of a depository receipt, PROVIDED that (except as required
by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount
payable to the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the
custodian in respect of the Government Obligation or the specific payment of
interest on or principal of or other amount with respect to the Government
Obligation evidenced by such depository receipt.

     "HOLDER", when used with respect to the Notes, means the Person in whose
name such Note is registered in the Note Register.

     "INDEBTEDNESS FOR MONEY BORROWED" means any of the following obligations of
the Company or any Subsidiary which by its terms matures at, or is extendable or
renewable at the sole option of the obligor without requiring the consent of the
obligee to, a date more than twelve months after the date of the creation or
incurrence of such obligation: (1) any obligations, contingent or otherwise, for
borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property, assets,
securities or services (including, without limitation, any interest accruing
subsequent to an event of default), (2) all obligations (including the Notes)
evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or other similar instruments, (3) all
indebtedness created or arising under any conditional sale or other title
retention agreement with respect to property acquired (even though the rights
and remedies of the seller or lender under such agreement in the event of
default are limited to repossession or sale of such property), except any such
obligation that constitutes a trade payable and an accrued liability arising in
the ordinary course of business, if and to the extent any of the foregoing
indebtedness would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet prepared in
accordance with GAAP, (4) all Capitalized Lease Obligations, (5) all
indebtedness of the type referred to in Clause (1), (2), (3) or (4) above
secured by (or for which the holder of such indebtedness has an existing right,
contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any lien upon or securities interest
in


                                     5

<PAGE>

property of the Company or any Subsidiary (including, without limitation,
accounts and contract rights), even though the Company or any Subsidiary has
not assumed or become liable for the payment of such indebtedness, and (6)
any guarantee or endorsement (other than for collection or deposit in the
ordinary course of business) or discount with recourse of, or other
agreement, contingent or otherwise, to purchase, repurchase, or otherwise
acquire, to supply, or advance funds or become liable with respect to, any
indebtedness or any obligation of the type referred to in any of the
foregoing Clauses (1) through (6), regardless of whether such obligation
would appear on a balance sheet.

     "INDENTURE" means this instrument as it may from time to time be
supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered
into pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof.

     "INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS" means a nationally recognized firm of
accountants that, with respect to the Company, are independent public
accountants within the meaning of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and
the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder, who may be
the independent public accountants regularly retained by the Company or who may
be other independent public accountants.  Such accountants or firm shall be
entitled to rely upon any Opinion of Counsel as to the interpretation of any
legal matters relating to the Indenture or certificates required to be provided
hereunder.

     "INITIAL INTEREST ACCRUAL DATE" as to any Note means the date from which
interest shall begin to accrue in connection with the original issuance of such
Note, which shall be the date as of which such Note originally issued by the
Company to the initial purchaser thereof shall be dated, which shall be the date
upon which it was originally sold to such initial purchaser as designated by the
Company Order requesting authentication and delivery thereof.

     "INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO" means, for any date of determination, the ratio
of (1) Consolidated EBITDA (2) Consolidated Interest Expense, each as determined
for the specified period.

     "INTEREST PAYMENT DATE" means the Stated Maturity or an installment of
interest on the Notes.

     "INTEREST RATE SWAP OBLIGATIONS" means the obligation of the Company or any
Subsidiary pursuant to any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate collar
agreement, forward rate agreement, interest rate cap insurance, option or
futures contract or other similar agreement or arrangement, and any renewal or
extension thereof, designed to protect the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
against interest rate risk.


                                     6

<PAGE>

     "ISSUE DATE" means the date on which the Notes are originally issued in
accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

     "JUNIOR INDEBTEDNESS" means the principal amount of, and interest on, any
Indebtedness for Money Borrowed, whether now outstanding or hereafter created,
incurred, assumed or guaranteed, PROVIDED that in the instrument creating or
evidencing such Indebtedness for Money Borrowed or pursuant to which such
Indebtedness for Money Borrowed is outstanding it is provided that (1) such
indebtedness is junior in right of payment to the Notes; (2) no payments with
respect to such indebtedness may be made at any time that an Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing and (3) no payments other than the payment
of interest may be made with respect to such indebtedness at any time the Notes
are Outstanding; PROVIDED FURTHER that the Company's 8% Convertible Subordinated
Debentures due 2005, in the current aggregate outstanding principal amount of
$45,000,000, shall be considered "Junior Indebtedness" and shall be subordinate
to the Notes in right of payment and in rights upon liquidation.

     "LEGAL HOLIDAY" with respect to any Place of Payment or other location,
means a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions or trust
companies in such Place of Payment or other location are not authorized or
obligated to be open.

     "MATERIAL SUBSIDIARY" means Holliday Fenoglio, Inc., AMRESCO Management,
Inc., AMRESCO Residential Mortgage, Inc., AMRESCO Advisors, Inc., AMRESCO
Residential Credit Corporation, AMRESCO Capital Corporation, AMRESCO New
England, Inc., Oak Cliff Financial, Inc. and any other Subsidiary whose assets
or revenues comprise at least five percent (5%) of the assets or revenues of the
Company and the Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the end of, or for
the, Company's most recently completed fiscal quarter, as determined from time
to time.

     "MATURITY" means the date on which the principal of the Notes or an
installment of principal becomes due and payable as provided in this Indenture,
whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration of acceleration, notice of
redemption, notice of option to elect repayment or otherwise, and includes any
Redemption Date.

     "MAXIMUM ANNUAL REPAYMENT AMOUNT" means $300,000.

     "MONEY", with respect to any payment, deposit or other transfer pursuant to
or contemplated by the terms hereof, means United States dollars or other
equivalent unit of legal tender for payment of public or private debts in the
United States of America.

     "NONRECOURSE INDEBTEDNESS" means Indebtedness for Money Borrowed of the
Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is (i) specifically advanced to finance
the acquisition of assets classified on the Company's balance sheet as "assets
held for sale" and (ii) either (a) secured by the assets to which such
indebtedness relates without recourse to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
or (b) issued under a loan agreement that requires each advance to be repaid
upon


                                      7

<PAGE>

sale of the assets to which such advance specifically relates within no more
than one (1) year from the date of such advance.

     "NOTE" or "NOTES" means any note or notes, as the case may be,
authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.

     "NOTE REGISTER" AND "NOTE REGISTRAR" have the respective meanings specified
in Section 305.

     "OFFICE OR AGENCY" means an office or agency of the Company maintained or
designated in a Place of Payment for the Notes pursuant to Section 1002 or any
other office or agency of the Company maintained or designated for, the payment
or surrender of the Notes pursuant to Section 1002 or, to the extent designated
or required by Section 1002 in lieu of such office or agency, the Corporate
Trust Office of the Trustee.

     "OFFICERS' CERTIFICATE" means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the
Board, a Vice Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the President
or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Secretary
or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, that complies with the requirements of
Section 314(e) of the Trust Indenture Act and is delivered to the Trustee.

     "OPINION OF COUNSEL" means a written opinion of counsel, who may be an
employee of or counsel for the Company or other counsel who shall be reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee, that complies with the requirements of Section 314
(e) of the Trust Indenture Act.

     "OUTSTANDING", when used with respect to any Notes, means, as of the date
of determination, all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered under this
Indenture, except:

     (1)  any Note theretofore canceled by the Trustee or the Note Registrar or
          delivered to the Trustee or the Note Registrar for cancellation;

     (2)  any Note or portion thereof for whose payment at the Maturity thereof
          Money in the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited pursuant
          hereto with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than the Company)
          in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if the
          Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the Holders of the
          Notes, PROVIDED that, if the Notes are to be redeemed, notice of such
          redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision
          therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made;

     (3)  any Note with respect to which the Company has effected defeasance
          pursuant to Clauses (1)(b) and (3) of Section 401 hereof; and


                                     8

<PAGE>

     (4)  any Note which has been paid pursuant to Section 306 or in exchange
          for or in lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and
          delivered pursuant to this Indenture, unless there shall have been
          presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Note is
          held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Note is a valid
          obligation of the Company;

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that in determining whether the Holders of the requisite
principal amount of Outstanding Notes have given any request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder, Notes owned by
the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company
or such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding,
except that, in determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in making any
such determination or relying upon any such request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes which the Trustee knows to be
so owned shall be so disregarded.  Notes so owned which shall have been pledged
in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the
satisfaction of the Trustee (a) the pledgee's right so to act with respect to
such Notes and (b) that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon
the Notes or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor.

     "PAYING AGENT" means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the
principal of or interest on any Note on behalf of the Company.

     "PERMITTED PAYMENTS" has the meaning specified in Section 1301.

     "PERSON" means any individual, Corporation, partnership, joint venture,
trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political
subdivision thereof.

     "PLACE OF PAYMENT" has the meaning set forth in Section 301.

     "PREDECESSOR NOTE" of a Note means every previous Note evidencing all or a
portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular Note; and, for the
purposes of this definition, any Note authenticated and delivered under Section
306 in exchange for or in lieu of a lost, destroyed, mutilated or stolen Note
shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed, mutilated or
stolen Note.

     "REDEMPTION DATE", with respect to any Note or portion thereof to be
redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to Article Eleven of
this Indenture.

     "REDEMPTION PRICE", with respect to any Note or portion thereof to be
redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to Article
Eleven of this Indenture.

     "REGULAR RECORD DATE" for the interest payable on any Note on any Interest
Payment Date therefor means the date, if any, specified in or pursuant to this
Indenture as the "Regular Record Date".


                                     9

<PAGE>

     "REPAYMENT DATE", with respect to any Note or portion thereof to be repaid
pursuant to Article Twelve, means the date fixed for such repayment pursuant to
Article Twelve of this Indenture.

     "REPAYMENT PRICE", with respect to any Note or portion thereof to be repaid
pursuant to Article Twelve, means the price at which it is to be repaid pursuant
to Article Twelve of this Indenture.

     "RESPONSIBLE OFFICER" means any officer of the Trustee at its Corporate
Trust Office and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust
matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such
officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

     "RESTRICTED PAYMENT" has the meaning specified in Section 1006.

     "SENIOR AGENT"   has the meaning specified in Section 1301.

     "SENIOR EVENT OF DEFAULT" has the meaning specified in Section 1301.

     "SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS" means the principal amount of, and interest on (1)
any Indebtedness for Money Borrowed, whether now outstanding or hereafter
created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, unless in the instrument creating or
evidencing such Indebtedness for Money Borrowed or pursuant to which such
Indebtedness for Money Borrowed is outstanding it is provided that such
indebtedness is subordinate in right of payment or in rights upon liquidation to
any other Indebtedness for Money Borrowed and (2) renewals, extensions and
refundings of any such indebtedness.

     "SENIOR RECOURSE INDEBTEDNESS" means Senior Indebtedness of the Company and
its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, minus Non-recourse Indebtedness of
the Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis.

     "SPECIAL RECORD DATE" for the payment of any Defaulted Interest on any Note
means a date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 307.

     "STATED MATURITY" with respect to any Note or any installment of principal
thereof or interest thereon means the date established by this Indenture as the
fixed date on which the principal of such Note or such installment of principal
or interest is due and payable.

     "SUBORDINATED INDEBTEDNESS" means all Indebtedness for Money Borrowed
except Senior Indebtedness.


                                     10



<PAGE>

     "SUBSIDIARY" means any Corporation of which at the time of determination
the Company or one or more Subsidiaries owns or controls directly or indirectly
more than 50% of the shares of Voting Stock;

     "TRANSACTION" has the meaning specified in Section 1015.

     "TRUST INDENTURE ACT" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended,
and any reference herein to the Trust Indenture Act or a particular provision
thereof shall mean such Act or provision, as the case may be, as amended or
replaced from time to time or as supplemented from time to time by rules or
regulations adopted by the Commission under or in furtherance of the purposes of
such Act or provision, as the case may be.

     "TRUSTEE" means the Person named as the "Trustee" in the first paragraph of
this instrument until a successor Trustee shall have become such pursuant to the
applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter "Trustee" shall mean
each Person who is then a Trustee hereunder.

     "UNITED STATES", except as otherwise provided herein, means the United
States of America (including the states thereof and the District of Columbia),
its territories and possessions and other areas subject to its jurisdiction.

     "VICE PRESIDENT", when used with respect to the Company or the Trustee,
means any vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or
words added before or after the title "Vice President".

     "VOTING STOCK" means stock of a Corporation of the class or classes having
general voting power under ordinary circumstances to elect at least a majority
of the board of directors, managers or trustees of such Corporation PROVIDED
that, for the purposes hereof, stock which carries only the right to vote
conditionally on the happening of an event shall not be considered Voting Stock
whether or not such event shall have happened.

     SECTION 102.   COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATES AND OPINIONS.

     Upon any application or request by the Company to the Trustee to take any
action under any provision of this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the
Trustee an Officers' Certificate stating that all conditions precedent, if any,
provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been
complied with and an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such
counsel, all such conditions precedent, if any, have been complied with, except
that in the case of any such application or request as to which the furnishing
of such documents or any of them is specifically required by any provision of
this Indenture relating to such particular application or request, no additional
certificate or opinion need be furnished.


                                     11

<PAGE>

     Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or
covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

          (1)  a statement that each individual signing such certificate or
     opinion has read such condition or covenant and the definitions herein
     relating thereto;

          (2)  a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination
     or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
     certificate or opinion are based;

          (3)  a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, such
     individual has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to
     enable such individual to express an informed opinion as to whether or not
     such condition or covenant has been complied with; and

          (4)  a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such
     individual, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

     SECTION 103.   FORM OF DOCUMENTS DELIVERED TO TRUSTEE.

     In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or
covered by an opinion of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all
such matters be certified by, or covered by the opinion of, only one such
Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one
such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters and one
or more other such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify
or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.

     Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based,
insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or
representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of
reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations
with respect to the matters upon which such officer's certificate or opinion is
based are erroneous.  Any such certificate of counsel or Opinion of Counsel or
representation of counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual
matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or
officers of the Company stating that the information with respect to such
factual matters is in the possession of the Company unless such counsel knows,
or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or
opinion or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

     Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more
applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other
instruments under this Indenture or any Note, they may, but need not, be
consolidated and form one instrument.


                                     12

<PAGE>

     SECTION 104.   ACTS OF HOLDERS.

          (1)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
     waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by
     Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of
     substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an agent
     duly appointed in writing.  Except as herein otherwise expressly provided,
     such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are
     delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the
     Company.  Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein
     and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the
     Holders signing such instrument or instruments.  Proof of execution of any
     such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent, or of the
     holding by any Person of a Note, shall be sufficient for any purpose of
     this Indenture and (subject to Section 315 of the Trust Indenture Act)
     conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Company and any agent of the
     Trustee or the Company, if made in the manner provided in this Section.

          Without limiting the generality of this Section, unless otherwise
     provided in or pursuant to this Indenture, a Holder, including a Depository
     that is a Holder of a global Note, may make, give or take, by a proxy, or
     proxies, duly appointed in writing, any request, demand, authorization,
     direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided in or pursuant
     to this Indenture to be made, given or taken by Holders, and a Depository
     that is a Holder of a global Note may provide its proxy or proxies to the
     beneficial owners of interests in any such global Note through such
     Depository's standing instructions and customary practices.

          The Trustee shall fix a record date for the purpose of determining the
     Persons who are beneficial owners of interests in any permanent global Note
     held by a Depository entitled under the procedures of such Depository to
     make, give or take, by a proxy or proxies duly appointed in writing, any
     request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other
     action provided in or pursuant to this Indenture to be made, given or taken
     by Holders.  If such a record date is fixed, the Holders on such record
     date or their duly appointed proxy or proxies, and only such Persons, shall
     be entitled to make, give or take such request, demand, authorization,
     direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, whether or not such
     Holders remain Holders after such record date.  No such request, demand,
     authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action shall be
     valid or effective if made, given or taken more than 90 days after such
     record date.

          (2)  The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such
     instrument or writing may be proved in any reasonable manner which the
     Trustee deems sufficient and in accordance with such reasonable rules as
     the Trustee may determine; and the Trustee may in any instance require
     further proof with respect to any of the matters referred to in this
     Section.


                                     13

<PAGE>

          (3)  The ownership, principal amount and serial numbers of Notes held
     by any Person, and the date of the commencement and the date of the
     termination of holding the same, shall be proved by the Note Register.

          (4)  If the Company shall solicit from the Holders of any Notes any
     request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other
     Act, the Company may at its option (but is not obligated to), by Board
     Resolution, fix in advance a record date for the determination of Holders
     of Notes entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction,
     notice, consent, waiver or other Act.  If such a record date is fixed, such
     request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other
     Act may be given before or after such record date, but only the Holders of
     Notes of record at the close of business on such record date shall be
     deemed to be Holders for the purpose of determining whether Holders of the
     requisite proportion of Outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or
     consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice,
     consent, waiver or other Act, and for that purpose the Outstanding Notes
     shall be computed as of such record date; PROVIDED that no such
     authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders of Notes on such record
     date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to
     the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the record
     date.

          (5)  Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent,
     waiver or other action by the Holder of any Note shall bind every future
     Holder of the same Note and the Holder of every Note issued upon the
     registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof
     in respect of anything done or suffered to be done by the Trustee, any Note
     Registrar, any Paying Agent or the Company in reliance thereon, whether or
     not notation of such action is made upon such Note.

     SECTION 105.   NOTICES, ETC. TO TRUSTEE AND COMPANY.

     Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or
Act of Holders or other document provided or permitted by this Indenture to be
made upon, given or furnished to, or filed with:

          (1)  the Trustee by any Holder or the Company shall be sufficient for
     every purpose hereunder if made, given, furnished or filed in writing to or
     with the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, or

          (2)  the Company by the Trustee or any Holder shall be sufficient for
     every purpose hereunder (unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in
     writing and mailed, first-class postage prepaid, or sent by facsimile and
     U.S. mail, first-class postage prepaid, to the Company addressed to the
     attention of its Chief Financial Officer at the address of its principal
     office specified in the first paragraph of this instrument or at any other
     address previously furnished in writing to the Trustee by the Company.


                                     14

<PAGE>

     SECTION 106.   NOTICE TO HOLDERS OF NOTES; WAIVER.

     Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, where this
Indenture provides for notice to Holders of Notes of any event, such notice
shall be sufficiently given to Holders of Notes if in writing and mailed, first-
class postage prepaid, to each Holder of a Note affected by such event, at such
Holder's address as it appears in the Note Register, not later than the latest
date, and not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such
notice.

     In any case where notice to Holders of Notes is given by mail, neither the
failure to mail such notice, nor any defect in any notice so mailed, to any
particular Holder of a Note shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with
respect to other Holders of Notes.  Any notice which is mailed in the manner
herein provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given or
provided.  In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service or by
reason of any other cause it shall be impracticable to give such notice by mail,
then such notification as shall be made with the approval of the Trustee shall
constitute a sufficient notification for every purpose hereunder.

     Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be
waived in writing by the Person entitled to receive such notice, either before
or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice.
Waivers of notice by Holders of Notes shall be filed with the Trustee, but such
filing shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in
reliance upon such waiver.

     SECTION 107.   LANGUAGE OF NOTICES.

     Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, election or
waiver required or permitted under this Indenture shall be in the English
language.

     SECTION 108.   CONFLICT WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT.

     If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with any duties
under any required provision of the Trust Indenture Act imposed hereon by
Section 318(d) thereof, such required provision shall control.

     SECTION 109.   EFFECT OF HEADINGS AND TABLE OF CONTENTS.

     The Article and Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for
convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

     SECTION 110.   SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.

     All covenants and agreements in this Indenture by the Company shall bind
its successors and assigns, whether so expressed or not.


                                     15

<PAGE>

     SECTION 111.   SEPARABILITY CLAUSE.

     In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable, either wholly or partially, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or
impaired thereby, and such provisions shall be given effect to the fullest
extent permitted by law.

     SECTION 112.   BENEFITS OF INDENTURE.

     Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or implied, shall give
to any Person, other than the parties hereto, any Note Registrar, any Paying
Agent, any Authenticating Agent and their respective successors hereunder and
the Holders of Notes, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or
claim under this Indenture.

     SECTION 113.   GOVERNING LAW.

     This Indenture and the Notes shall be governed by and construed in
accordance with the laws of the State of Texas applicable to agreements made or
instruments entered into and, in each case, performed in said state, without
regard to principles of conflict of laws.

     SECTION 114.   LEGAL HOLIDAYS.

     In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Repayment
Date or Stated Maturity of any Note shall be a Legal Holiday at any Place of
Payment, then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture) payment
need not be made at such Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the
next succeeding day that is a Business Day at such Place of Payment with the
same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date,
Repayment Date or at the Stated Maturity, and no interest shall accrue on the
amount payable on such date or at such time for the period from and after such
Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Repayment Date or Stated Maturity, as
the case may be.

     SECTION 115.   SCHEDULES.

     Any Schedules attached hereto are by this reference made a part hereof with
the same effect as if herein set forth in full.

     SECTION 116.   COUNTERPARTS.

     This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which
shall be an original; but such counterparts shall together constitute but one
and the same instrument.


                                     16

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE TWO

                                  FORM OF NOTES

     SECTION 201.   FORMS GENERALLY.

     Each Note issued pursuant to this Indenture shall be in substantially the
forms set forth in this Article, with such appropriate insertions, omissions,
substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this
Indenture or any indenture supplemental hereto and may have such letters,
numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed
thereon as may be required to comply with any law or with any rule or regulation
of any stock exchange or as may, consistently herewith, be determined by the
officers executing such Note as evidenced by their execution of such Note.  The
Notes shall be issuable in global and registered form only without coupons.  Any
portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an
appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Note.

     Definitive Notes shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or produced by
any combination of these methods on a steel engraved border or steel engraved
borders or may be produced in any other manner, all as determined by the
officers of the Company executing such Notes, as evidenced by their execution of
such Notes.


                                     17

<PAGE>

     SECTION 202.   FORM OF FACE OF NOTE.

                                  AMRESCO, INC.

                      __% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2003


$________________________                               NO._____________________


     AMRESCO, INC., a Delaware corporation (herein called the "Company"), for
value received, hereby promises to pay to _____________________
______________________________, or registered assigns, the principal sum of
________________________ Dollars on ______________, 2003 and to pay interest
thereon at the rate of __% per annum from the Initial Interest Accrual Date or
from the most recent Interest Payment Date to which interest has been paid or
duly provided for, on the fifteenth (15th) day of each month commencing
_________, 1996 (each an "Interest Payment Date"), until the principal hereof is
paid or made available for payment.

     The interest so payable, and punctually paid or duly provided for, on any
Interest Payment Date will, except as provided in the Indenture hereinafter
referred to, be paid to the Person in whose name this Note (or one or more
Predecessor Notes) is registered at the close of business on the Regular Record
Date for such interest, which shall be the tenth (10th) day, whether or not a
Business Day, of the month of the respective Interest Payment Date.  Any such
interest not so punctually paid or duly provided for shall forthwith cease to be
payable to the Holder on such Regular Record Date and either may be paid to the
Person in whose name this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered
at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such
defaulted interest to be fixed by the Trustee, notice whereof shall be given to
the Holders not less than ten days prior to such Special Record Date, or may be
paid at any time in any other lawful manner, all as more fully provided in the
Indenture.  Payment of the principal of and interest on this Note will be made
at the office or agency of the Company maintained for that purpose in Borough of
Manhattan, City of New York, New York and Columbus, Ohio, or in such other
office or agency as may be established by the Company pursuant to the Indenture
(initially the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee in
Columbus, Ohio (the "Corporate Trust Office")), in such coin or currency of
the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for
payment of public and private debts; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that payment of interest
on any Interest Payment Date other than at Maturity may be made at the option of
the Company by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as
such address shall appear in the Note Register.  Payments of principal and
interest at maturity will be made against presentation of this Note at the
Corporate Trust Office (or such other office as may be established pursuant to
the Indenture), by check.


                                     18

<PAGE>

     Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Note set forth
on the reverse side hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have
the same effect as though fully set forth at this place.

     Unless the Certificate of Authentication hereon has been executed by the
Trustee or an Authenticating Agent under the Indenture referred to on the
reverse hereof by the manual signature of one of its authorized officers, this
Note shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or
obligatory for any purpose.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed in its
name by the manual or facsimile signature of its Chief Executive Officer, its
President or one of its Vice Presidents and its corporate seal, or a facsimile
thereof, to be impressed or imprinted hereon, attested by the manual or
facsimile signature of its Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries.

Date:

                                       AMRESCO, INC.

[Corporate Seal]
                                       By:_____________________________________
                                          Chief Executive Officer
ATTEST:
____________________________________
Secretary


                                     19

<PAGE>

     SECTION 203.   FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE.

                                  AMRESCO, INC.

                      __% SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTE DUE 2003

     This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Company
designated as its __% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003 (herein called the
"Notes') limited in aggregate principal amount to $50,000,000 (except for such
additional principal amounts, not to exceed $7,500,000, of Notes issued to cover
over-allotments in the initial public offering of the Notes) issued and to be
issued under an Indenture dated as of ___________, 1996 (herein called the
"Indenture"), between the Company and BankOne, Columbus, N.A., as Trustee
(herein called the "Trustee," which term includes any successor Trustee under
the Indenture), to which Indenture and all indentures supplemental thereto
reference is hereby made for a statement of the respective rights thereunder of
the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes, and the terms upon which
the Notes are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered.

     The indebtedness of the Company evidenced by the Notes, including the
principal thereof and interest thereon (including post-default interest), (1) is
expressly subordinated, to the extent and to the manner set forth in the
Indenture, in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all of the
Company's obligations to holders of Senior Indebtedness and (2) is unsecured by
any collateral, including the assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
or Affiliates.  Each Holder of Notes, by acceptance thereof, (a) agrees to and
shall be bound by such provisions of the Indenture and all other provisions of
the Indenture; (b) authorizes and directs the Trustee to take such action on
such Holder's behalf as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate the
Subordination of the Notes as provided in the Indenture; and (c) appoints the
Trustee as such Holder's attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

     The Notes may not be redeemed by the Company prior to __________, 2001.  On
or after __________, 2001, the Notes may be redeemed, at the option of the
Company, in whole at any time or from time to time in part in increments of
$1,000, at 100% of the principal amount thereof, without premium, together with
interest thereon accrued to such Redemption Date.  If fewer than all Notes are
redeemed, the Trustee will select the Notes to be redeemed by such method as the
Trustee may deem fair and appropriate.

     Notice of redemption shall be given to the Holders of Notes to be redeemed
by mailing a notice of such redemption not less than 30 or more than 60 days
prior to the Redemption Date at their addresses as they shall appear on the Note
Register, all as provided in the Indenture.

     If this Note (or a portion hereof) is duly called for redemption and funds
for payment are duly provided, this Note (or such portion hereof) shall cease to
bear interest from and after such Redemption Date.


                                     20

<PAGE>

     Upon the death of the Holder of this Note (if such person is a natural
Person), and upon the further receipt of a written request for repayment from a
duly authorized representative of the deceased Holder, along with a certified
copy of the Holder's death certificate, the Company will repay the principal
amount of this Note (up to $30,000 in principal amount per Holder in any
calendar year), together with interest accrued to the Repayment Date, within 30
days following receipt of such request (which shall be accompanied by the Notes
to be repaid and evidence of such representative's authority to act on behalf of
the Holder), in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture, if (1) this
Note has been registered in the Holder's name since its issue date or for a
period of at least six months prior to the date of the Holders's death,
whichever is less, (2) either the Company or the Trustee receives such written
request for repayment within one year after the Holder's death or, in the case
of subsequent requests for repayment, within one year of the preceding request,
provided that if either the Company or the Trustee receives such a written
request it will promptly notify the other, (3) the aggregate principal amount of
Notes repaid during the then current calendar year on account of the deaths of
all Holders does not exceed the Maximum Annual Repayment Amount (if such
aggregate principal amount exceeds the Maximum Annual Repayment Amount, the
Company shall repay such Notes up to the Maximum Annual Repayment Amount in
principal amount in the order in which requests for repayment were received),
(4) the Company is not and, after giving effect to such repayment, would not be
in default under any Senior Indebtedness, and (5) the Company is not subject to
any law, regulation, agreement or administrative directive preventing such
repayment.

     In accordance with the terms of the Indenture, upon the occurrence of a
Repurchase Event, the Holder of this Note shall have the right, at such
Holder's option, to require the Company to purchase, and upon exercise of such
right, the Company shall purchase, all or any part of this Note on the date
that is 30 days after the date the Company gives notice of the Repurchase Event
at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with accrued
and unpaid interest.

     Interest installments whose Stated Maturity is on the Redemption Date or
Repayment Date will be payable to the Holders of such Notes, or one or more
Predecessor Notes, of record at the close of business on the relevant Regular
Record Date referred to on the face hereof, all as provided in the Indenture.
In the event of redemption or repayment of this Note in part only, a new Note or
Notes for the unredeemed or unrepaid portion hereof shall be issued in the name
of the Holder hereof upon the surrender hereof.

     Except as may be provided in the Indenture, if an Event of Default with
respect to the Notes shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders
of not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may declare
the principal of all the Notes due and payable in the manner and with the effect
provided in the Indenture.  The Indenture provides that such declaration and its
consequences may, in certain events, be annulled by the Holders of a majority in
principal amount of the Outstanding Notes.

     The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the
amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Company and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any
time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a
majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding.
The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified
percentages in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time Outstanding,
on behalf of the Holders of all Notes, to waive compliance by the Company with
certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the
Indenture and their consequences.  Any such consent or waiver by the


                                     21

<PAGE>

Holder of this Note shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon
all future Holders of this Note and of any Note issued upon the registration
of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not
notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Note.

     No reference herein to the Indenture and no provisions of this Note or of
the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is
absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at
the times, places and rate, and in the coin or currency, herein prescribed.

     As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations therein set
forth, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register of the
Company, upon surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office
or agency of the Company to be maintained for that purpose in the Borough of
Manhattan, New York, New York and Columbus, Ohio or at such other office or
agency as may be established by the Company for such purpose pursuant to the
Indenture (initially the principal corporate trust office of the Trustee in
Columbus, Ohio), duly endorsed by, or accompanied by a written instrument of
transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, and duly executed by the Holder
hereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one
or more new Notes, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate
principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees.

     The Notes are issuable only in registered form, without coupons, in
denominations of $1,000 or any amount in excess thereof which is an integral
multiple of $1,000.  As provided in the Indenture, and subject to certain
limitations therein set forth, the Notes are exchangeable for a like aggregate
principal amount of Notes in authorized denominations, as requested by the
Holder surrendering the same.

     No service charge shall be made for any such registration of transfer or
exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any
tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

     Prior to the due presentment of this Note for registration of transfer or
exchange, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee
may treat the Person in whose name this Note is registered as the owner hereof
for all purposes, whether or not this Note be overdue, and neither the Company,
the Trustee, nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

     Each Holder of a Note covenants and agrees by such Holder's acceptance
thereof to comply with and be bound by the foregoing provisions.

     All terms used in this Note which are defined in the Indenture shall have
the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.


                                     22

<PAGE>

     SECTION 204.   FORM OF TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION.

     Subject to Section 612, the Trustee's certificate of authentication shall
be in substantially the following form:

     This is one of the Notes described herein.


                                       Bank One, Columbus, N.A. as Trustee

Authentication
Date:_____________                     By_______________________________________
                                         Authorized Signatory

     SECTION 205.   NOTES IN GLOBAL FORM.

     Notes may be issuable in global form (i.e., in the name of the nominee of a
Depository for purposes of book entry transfer), such that any such Note may
provide that it or any number of such Notes shall represent the aggregate amount
of all Outstanding Notes (or such lesser amount as is permitted by the terms
thereto from time to time endorsed thereon) and may also provide that the
aggregate amount of Outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time
be increased or reduced to reflect exchanges.  Any endorsement of any Note in
global form to reflect the amount, or any increase or decrease in the amount, or
changes in the rights of Holders, of Outstanding Notes represented thereby shall
be made in such manner and by such Person or Persons as shall be specified
therein or in the Company Order to be delivered pursuant to Section 303 or 304
with respect thereto.  Subject to the provisions of Section 303 and, if
applicable, Section 304, the Trustee shall deliver and redeliver any Note in
permanent global form in the manner and upon instructions given by the Person or
Persons specified therein or in the applicable Company Order.  If a Company
Order pursuant to Section 303 or 304 has been, or simultaneously is, delivered,
any instructions by the Company with respect to a Note in global form shall be
in writing but need not be accompanied by or contained in an Officers'
Certificate and need not be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel.

                                  ARTICLE THREE

                                    THE NOTES

     SECTION 301.   TITLE AND TERMS.

     The aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be authenticated and
delivered under this Indenture is limited to $50,000,000 (except for such
additional principal amounts, not to exceed $7,500,000, of Notes issued to cover
over-allotments in the initial public offering of the


                                     23

<PAGE>

Notes), except for Notes authenticated and delivered upon transfer of, or in
exchange for, or in lieu of other Notes pursuant to Sections 304, 305, 306,
905, 1107 and 1204.

     The Notes shall be known and designated as the "__% Senior Subordinated
Notes due 2003 of the Company".  The Stated Maturity of all principal shall be
___________, 2003, and they shall bear interest from the date and at the rate
per annum specified in, and such interest shall be payable on the dates
specified in, the form of Note set forth in Sections 202 and 203, until the
principal thereof is paid or made  available for payment.

     The principal of and interest on the Notes shall be payable at the Office
or Agency of the Company in Columbus, Ohio ("PLACE OF PAYMENT") maintained
for such purposes pursuant to Section 1002; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, at the
option of the Company, payment of interest may be made (subject to collection)
by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address
shall appear on the Note Register.

     The Notes shall be redeemable prior to their Stated Maturity as provided in
Article Eleven.

     The Notes may be repayable prior to their Stated Maturity as provided in
Article Twelve upon the death of a Noteholder or as provided in Article
Fourteenth upon the occurrence of a Repurchase Event.

     The Notes shall be subordinated in right of payment to Senior Indebtedness,
whether outstanding at the date of this Indenture or thereafter created, as
provided in Article Thirteen.

     SECTION 302.   CURRENCY; DENOMINATIONS.

     The principal of and interest on the Notes shall be payable in United
States dollars or other equivalent unit of legal tender for payment of public or
private debts in the United States of America.  Notes shall be issuable in
registered form only without coupons in denominations of $1,000 and any integral
multiple thereof.

     SECTION 303.   EXECUTION, AUTHENTICATION, DELIVERY AND DATING.

     Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of the
Board, one of its Vice Chairmen of the Board, its Chief Executive Officer, its
President, its Treasurer or one of its Vice Presidents under its corporate seal
reproduced thereon and attested by its Secretary or one of its Assistant
Secretaries.  The signature of any of these officers on the Notes may be manual
or facsimile.

     Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at
any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company,
notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such
offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold
such offices at the date of such Notes.


                                     24

<PAGE>

     At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this
Indenture, the Company may deliver Notes, executed by the Company, to the
Trustee for authentication and, PROVIDED that a Company Order for the
authentication and delivery of such Notes has been delivered to the Trustee, the
Trustee, in accordance with the Company Order and subject to the provisions
hereof, shall authenticate and deliver such Notes.

     The Company may establish by Company Order that the Notes are to be issued
in whole or in part in the form of one or more global Notes.  If so established,
the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall, in accordance with this Section
and the Company Order with respect to such Notes, authenticate and deliver one
or more global Notes in permanent form that (i) shall represent and shall be
denominated in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes to be represented by such global Note or Notes, (ii) shall be
registered in the name of the Depository for such global Note or Notes or the
nominee of such Depository, (iii) shall be delivered by the Trustee to such
Depository or pursuant to such Depository's instruction and (iv) shall bear a
legend substantially to the following effect: "Unless and until it is exchanged
in whole or in part for Notes in certificated form, this Note may not be
transferred except as a whole by the Depository to a nominee of the Depository
or by a nominee of the Depository to the Depository or another nominee of the
Depository or by the Depository or any such nominee to a successor Depository or
a nominee of such successor Depository" or to such other effect as the
Depository and the Trustee may agree.

     Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

     No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid
or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Note a certificate
of authentication substantially in the form provided for in Section 204 or 612
executed by or on behalf of the Trustee by the manual signature of one of its
authorized officers or by an Authenticating Agent.  Such certificate upon any
Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has
been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.

     SECTION 304.   TEMPORARY NOTES.

     Pending the preparation of definitive Notes, the Company may execute and
deliver to the Trustee and, upon Company Order, the Trustee shall authenticate
and deliver, in the manner provided in Section 303, temporary Notes in lieu
thereof which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise
produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the
definitive Notes in lieu of which they are issued, in registered form and with
such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as
the officers of the Company executing such Notes may determine, as conclusively
evidenced by their execution of such Notes.  Such temporary Notes may be in
global form.

     Except in the case of temporary Notes in global form, which shall be
exchanged in accordance with the provisions thereof, if temporary Notes are
issued, the Company shall cause


                                     25

<PAGE>

definitive Notes to be prepared without unreasonable delay.  After the
preparation of definitive Notes, such temporary Notes shall be exchangeable
for such definitive Notes upon surrender of such temporary Notes at an Office
or Agency for such Notes, without charge to any Holder thereof.  Upon
surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Company
shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange
therefor a like principal amount of definitive Notes of authorized
denominations.  Unless otherwise provided in or pursuant to this Indenture
with respect to a temporary global Note, until so exchanged the temporary
Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this
Indenture as definitive Notes.

     SECTION 305.   REGISTRATION, TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE.

     The Company shall cause to be kept a register (herein sometimes referred to
as the "NOTE REGISTER") at an Office or Agency maintained pursuant to Section
1002 in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the
Company shall provide for the registration of the Notes and of transfers of the
Notes.  The Trustee is hereby initially appointed as Note Registrar for the
Notes.  In the event that the Trustee shall cease to be Note Registrar it shall
have the right to examine the Note Register at all reasonable times.

     Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the Office or
Agency of the Company, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or
transferees, one or more new Notes, denominated as authorized in this Indenture,
of a like aggregate principal amount bearing a number not contemporaneously
outstanding and containing identical terms and provisions.

     At the option of the Holder, Notes (except a global Note representing all
of the Outstanding Notes) may be exchanged for other Notes, in any authorized
denominations, and of a like aggregate principal amount, upon surrender of the
Notes to be exchanged at such Office or Agency.  Whenever any Notes are so
surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver, the Notes which the Holder making the exchange is
entitled to receive.

     Whenever any Notes are surrendered for exchange as contemplated by the
immediately preceding two paragraphs, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver, the Notes which the Holder making the exchange
is entitled to receive.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, except as otherwise provided in or pursuant
to this Indenture, any global Note shall be exchangeable for definitive Notes
only if (i) the Depository is at any time unwilling, unable or ineligible to
continue as Depository and a successor depository is not appointed by the
Company within 60 days of the date the Company is so informed in writing, (ii)
the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee a Company Order to the effect
that such global Note shall be so exchangeable, or (iii) an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing with respect to the Notes.  If the beneficial owners
of interests in a global Note are entitled to exchange such interests for
definitive Notes of such series and of like tenor and principal amount


                                     26

<PAGE>

of any authorized form and denomination as specified as contemplated by
Section 304, then without unnecessary delay but in any event not later than
the earliest date on which such interests may be so exchanged, the Company
shall deliver to the Trustee definitive Notes in such form and denominations
as are required by or pursuant to this Indenture, containing identical terms
and in aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of such
global Note, executed by the Company.  On or after the earliest date on which
such interests may be so exchanged, such global Note shall be surrendered
from time to time by the Depository, and in accordance with instructions
given to the Trustee and the Depository (which instructions shall be in
writing but need not be contained in or accompanied by an Officers'
Certificate or be accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel), as shall be
specified in the Company Order with respect thereto to the Trustee, as the
Company's agent for such purpose, to be exchanged; provided, however, that no
such exchanges may occur during a period beginning at the opening of business
15 days before any such selection of Notes for redemption of the same series
and containing identical terms to be redeemed and ending on the relevant
Redemption Date.  Promptly following any such exchange in part, such global
Note shall be returned by the Trustee to such Depository in accordance with
the instructions of the Company referred to above.  If a Note is issued in
exchange for any portion of a global Note after the close of business at the
Office or Agency for such Note where such exchange occurs on or after (i) any
Regular Record Date for such Note and before the opening of business at such
Office or Agency on the next Interest Payment Date, or (ii) any Special
Record Date for such Note and before the opening of business at such Office
or Agency on the related proposed date for payment of interest or Defaulted
Interest, as the case may be, interest shall not be payable on such Interest
Payment Date or proposed date for payment, as the case may be, in respect of
such Note, but shall be payable on such Interest Payment Date or proposed
date for payment, as the case may be, only to the Person to whom interest in
respect of such portion of such global Note shall be payable in accordance
with the provisions of this Indenture.

     All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes
shall be the valid obligations of the Company evidencing the same debt and
entitling the Holders thereof to the same benefits under this Indenture as the
Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

     Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or for
exchange or redemption shall (if so required by the Company or the Note
Registrar for such Note) be duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written
instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Note
Registrar duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such Holder's attorney duly
authorized in writing.

     No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or
exchange of Notes, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to
cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection
with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes, other than exchanges
pursuant to Section 304, 905 or 1107 not involving any transfer.


                                     27

<PAGE>

     The Company shall not be required (1) to issue, register the transfer of or
exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15
calendar days before the day of the selection for redemption of Notes under
Section 1103 and ending at the close of business on the day of the mailing of
the relevant notice of redemption, or (2) to register the transfer of or
exchange any Note so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except in the
case of any Note to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed,
or (3) to issue, register the transfer of or exchange any Note which, in
accordance with its terms, has been surrendered for repayment at the option of
the Holder, except the portion, if any, of such Note not to be so repaid.

     SECTION 306.   MUTILATED, DESTROYED, LOST AND STOLEN NOTES.

     If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, subject to the
provisions of this Section, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a new Note containing identical
terms and of like principal amount and bearing a number not contemporaneously
outstanding.

     If there be delivered to the Company and to the Trustee (1) evidence to
their satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and (2) such
Note or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them and any agent
of either of them harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the
Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser (or any
equivalent person under any applicable statute, rule or regulation or
interpretation then in effect), the Company shall execute and, upon the
Company's request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or
in lieu of any such destroyed, lost or stolen Note, a new Note containing
identical terms and of like principal amount and bearing a number not
contemporaneously outstanding.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section, in case any
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note has become or is about to become due
and payable or redeemed by the Company pursuant to Article Eleven hereof, the
Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Note, pay such Note.

     Upon the issuance of any new Note under this Section, the Company may
require the payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental
charge that may be imposed in relation thereto and any other expenses (including
the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected therewith.

     Every new Note issued pursuant to this Section in lieu of any destroyed,
lost or stolen Note shall constitute an additional original contractual
obligation of the Company, whether or not the destroyed, lost or stolen Note
shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the
benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with any and all other
Notes duly issued hereunder.


                                     28

<PAGE>

     The provisions of this Section, as amended or supplemented pursuant to this
Indenture, shall be exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all
other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

     SECTION 307.   PAYMENT OF INTEREST; RIGHTS TO INTEREST PRESERVED.

     Any interest on any Note which shall be payable and is punctually paid or
duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date shall be paid to the Person in
whose name such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered as of the
close of business on the Regular Record Date for such interest.

     Any interest on any Note which shall be payable, but shall not be
punctually paid or duly provided for, on any Interest Payment Date for such Note
(herein called "DEFAULTED INTEREST") shall forthwith cease to be payable to the
Holder thereof on the relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of having been a
Holder on such date; and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at
its election in each case, as provided in Clause (1) or (2) below.

          (1)  The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest
     to the Person in whose name such Note (or a Predecessor Note thereof) shall
     be registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the
     payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following
     manner.  The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of
     Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on such Note and the date of the
     proposed payment, and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the
     Trustee an amount of Money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be
     paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make arrangements
     satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit on or prior to the date of the
     proposed payment, such Money when so deposited to be held in trust for the
     benefit of the Person entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this Clause
     provided.  Thereupon, the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the
     payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 days and
     not less than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not
     less than 10 days after the receipt by the Trustee of the notice of the
     proposed payment.  The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company of such
     Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company,
     shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and
     the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid,
     to the Holder of such Note (or a Predecessor Note thereof) at such Holder's
     address as it appears in the Note Register not less than 10 days prior to
     such Special Record Date.  The Trustee may, in its discretion, in the name
     and at the expense of the Company cause a similar notice to be published at
     least once in an Authorized Newspaper of general circulation in each Place
     of Payment, but such publication shall not be a condition precedent to the
     establishment of such Special Record Date and the failure of a Holder to
     observe such published notice shall not entitle such Holder to additional
     benefits or interest with respect to such Holder's Notes.  Notice of the
     proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date
     therefor having been mailed as aforesaid,


                                     29

<PAGE>

     such Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such
     Note (or a Predecessor Note thereof) shall be registered at the close of
     business on such Special Record Date and shall no longer be payable
     pursuant to the following Clause (2).

          (2)  The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any
     other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any
     securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed, and upon such notice
     as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the Company
     to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this Clause, such
     payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

     At the option of the Company, interest on the Notes may be paid (i) by
mailing a check to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address
shall appear in the Note Register, or (ii) by wire transfer to an account
maintained by the Person entitled thereto as specified in the Note Register.

     Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section and Section 305, each
Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in
exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest
accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

     SECTION 308.   PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS.

     Prior to due presentment of a Note for registration of transfer or
exchange, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee
may treat the Person in whose name such Note is registered in the Note Register
as the owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of
and (subject to Sections 305 and 307) interest on such Note and for all other
purposes whatsoever, whether or not any payment with respect to such Note shall
be overdue, and neither the Company, nor the Trustee or any agent of the Company
or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

     No holder of any beneficial interest in any global Note held on its behalf
by a Depository shall have any rights under this Indenture with respect to such
global Note, and such Depository may be treated by the Company, the Trustee, and
any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the owner of such global Note for all
purposes whatsoever.  None of the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent or the
Note Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the
records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership
interests of a global Note or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any
records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.

     SECTION 309.   CANCELLATION.

     All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption, repayment pursuant to
Article Twelve, registration of transfer or exchange shall, if surrendered to
any Person other than the Trustee, be


                                     30


<PAGE>

delivered to the Trustee, and any such Notes, as well as Notes surrendered
directly to the Trustee for any such purpose, shall be canceled promptly by
the Trustee.  The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for
cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which
the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so
delivered shall be canceled promptly by the Trustee.  No Notes shall be
authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any Notes canceled as provided in
this Section, except as expressly permitted by this Indenture.  All canceled
Notes held by the Trustee shall be destroyed by the Trustee (who shall
deliver a certificate of destruction thereof to the Company), unless by a
Company Order the Company directs their return to it.

     SECTION 310.   AUTHENTICATION AND DELIVERY OF ORIGINAL ISSUE.

     Forthwith upon the execution and delivery of this Indenture, or from time
to time thereafter, Notes up to the aggregate principal amount of $50,000,000
(plus such additional principal amounts, not to exceed $7,500,000, of Notes
issued to cover over allotments in the initial public offering of the Notes) may
be executed by the Company and delivered to the Trustee for authentication, and
shall thereupon be authenticated and delivered by the Trustee upon Company
Order, without any further action by the Company.

     SECTION 311.   COMPUTATION OF INTEREST.

     Interest on the Notes shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of
twelve 30-day months.  Interest shall be payable through and excluding any
Interest Payment Date and interest shall be payable through and including any
Redemption Date or Repayment Date.

                                  ARTICLE FOUR

                           SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE

     SECTION 401.   SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE.

     Upon the direction of the Company by a Company Order, this Indenture shall
cease to be of further effect and the Trustee, on receipt of such Company Order,
at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when

          (1)  either

               (a)  all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other
          than (i) Notes which have been mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen
          and which have been replaced or paid as provided in Section 306 and
          (ii) Notes for whose payment Money has theretofore been deposited in
          trust with the Trustee or segregated and held in trust by the Company
          and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged


                                     31

<PAGE>
          from such trust, as provided in Section 1003) have been delivered to
          the Trustee for cancellation; or

               (b)  as to all Notes not so theretofore delivered to the Trustee
          for cancellation the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to be
          deposited with the Trustee, as trust funds and/or obligations in trust
          for such purpose, Money and/or Government Obligations which through
          the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance
          with their terms, without consideration of any reinvestment thereof,
          will provide not later than the opening of business on the due dates
          of any payment of principal and interest with respect thereto, or a
          combination thereof, Money in an amount sufficient to pay and
          discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore
          delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, including the principal
          thereof and interest thereon, to the date of such deposit (in the case
          of Notes which have become due and payable) or to the Maturity
          thereof, as the case may be;

          (2)  the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable
     hereunder by the Company, including amounts owing to the Trustee; and

          (3)  the Company has delivered to the Trustee a certificate of
     Independent Public Accountants certifying as to the sufficiency of the
     amounts deposited pursuant to subclause (b) of Clause (1) of this Section
     for payment of the principal and interest on the dates such payments are
     due, and an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating
     that all conditions precedent herein providing for or relating to the
     satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with.

     Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the
obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 607, the obligations of
the Trustee to any Authenticating Agent under Section 612 and, if Money and/or
Government Obligations shall have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to
subclause (b) of Clause (1) of this Section, the obligations of the Trustee
under Section 402 and the last paragraph of Section 1003 shall survive.

     SECTION 402.   APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEY.

     Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 1003, all Money
and Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 401
and all Money received by the Trustee in respect of Government Obligations
deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 401 shall be held in trust and
applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this
Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent
(including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may
determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal and interest for
whose payment such Money has or Government Obligations have been deposited with
or received by the Trustee; but such Money and


                                     32

<PAGE>

Government Obligations need not be segregated from other funds of the Trustee
except to the extent required by law.


                                  ARTICLE FIVE

                                    REMEDIES

     SECTION 501.   EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

     "EVENT OF DEFAULT", wherever used herein, means any one of the following
events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default and whether it shall be
voluntary or be effected by operation of law pursuant to any judgment, decree or
order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or
governmental body):

          (1)  default in the payment of any interest on any Note when such
     interest becomes due and payable, and continuance of such default for a
     period of 10 days, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the
     provisions of Article Thirteen; or

          (2)  default in the payment of the principal of any Note when it
     becomes due and payable at its Maturity or upon redemption or repayment,
     whether or not such payment is prohibited by the provisions of Article
     Thirteen; or

          (3)  default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or
     warranty of the Company in this Indenture or the Notes (other than a
     covenant or warranty a default in the performance or the breach of which is
     elsewhere in this Section specifically dealt with), or in Section 7 of the
     Revolving Note Agreement dated September 29, 1995 between the Company and
     certain of its Subsidiaries as borrowers and NationsBank of Texas N.A. and
     certain other entities as lenders, and continuance of such default or
     breach for a period of 30 days after there has been given, by registered or
     certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the
     Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the
     Outstanding Notes a written notice specifying such default or breach and
     requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a "Notice of
     Default" hereunder; or

          (4)  default in the payment at stated maturity of any indebtedness of
     the Company or any Subsidiary for money borrowed in principal amount due at
     stated maturity in excess of $1,000,000, and such default shall continue,
     without being cured, waived or consented to and without such indebtedness
     being discharged, for a period of 30 days beyond any applicable period of
     grace; or

          (5)  the occurrence of an event of default as defined in any mortgage,
     indenture or instrument under which there may be issued, or by which there
     may be secured or


                                     33

<PAGE>

     evidenced, any indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary for money
     borrowed (or the payment of which is guaranteed by the Company), whether
     such indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, PROVIDED,
     HOWEVER, that no such event of default shall constitute an Event of
     Default hereunder unless the effect of such event of default is to cause
     the acceleration of such indebtedness prior to its expressed maturity,
     which together with the principal amount of any such other indebtedness
     so caused to be accelerated, aggregates $1,000,000 or more at any one
     point in time and such default shall not have been cured or waived and
     such acceleration shall not have been rescinded or annulled; or

          (6)  the entry by a court or agency or supervisory authority having
     competent jurisdiction of:

               (a)  a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or
          any Subsidiary in an involuntary proceeding under any applicable
          bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law and such
          decree or order shall remain unstayed and in effect for a period of 60
          consecutive days; or

               (b)  a decree or order adjudging the Company or any Subsidiary to
          be insolvent, or approving a petition seeking reorganization,
          arrangement, adjustment or composition of the Company or any
          Subsidiary and such decree or order shall remain unstayed and in
          effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

               (c)  a decree or order appointing any Person to act as a
          custodian, receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee or other similar
          official of the Company or any Subsidiary or of any substantial part
          of the property of the Company or any Subsidiary, as the case may be,
          or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the
          Company or any Subsidiary and such decree or order shall remain
          unstayed and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or

          (7)  the commencement by the Company or any Subsidiary of a voluntary
     proceeding under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or
     other similar law or of a voluntary proceeding seeking to be adjudicated
     insolvent or the consent by the Company or any Subsidiary to the entry of a
     decree or order for relief in an involuntary proceeding under any
     applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar law or
     to the commencement of any insolvency proceedings against it, or the filing
     by the Company or any Subsidiary of a petition or answer or consent seeking
     reorganization or relief under any applicable law, or the consent by the
     Company or any Subsidiary to the filing of such petition or to the
     appointment of or taking possession by a custodian, receiver, liquidator,
     assignee, trustee or similar official of the Company or any Subsidiary or
     any substantial part of the property of the Company or any Subsidiary or
     the making by the Company or any Subsidiary of an assignment for the
     benefit of creditors, or the taking of corporate action by the Company or
     any Subsidiary in furtherance of any such action; or


                                     34

<PAGE>

          (8)  a final judgment, judicial decree or order for the payment of
     money in excess of $5,000,000 shall be rendered against the Company or any
     Subsidiary and such judgment, decree or order shall continue unsatisfied
     for a period of 30 days without a stay of execution.

     SECTION 502.   ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT.

     If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, then the Trustee or the
Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may
declare the principal of all the Notes, and the interest accrued thereon, to be
due and payable immediately, by a notice in writing to the Company (and to the
Trustee if given by the Holders), and upon any such declaration such amount
shall become immediately due and payable.

     At any time after such a declaration of acceleration has been made and
before a judgment or decree for payment of the Money due has been obtained by
the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the Holders of not less
than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by written notice
to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its
consequences if

          (1)  the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum of Money
     sufficient to pay

               (a)  all overdue installments of any interest on all Notes,

               (b)  the principal of any Notes which have become due otherwise
          than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the
          rate borne by such Notes,

               (c)  to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful,
          interest upon overdue installments of any interest at the rate borne
          by such Notes, and

               (d)  all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the
          reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
          Trustee, its agents and counsel; and

          (2)  all Events of Default, other than the non-payment of the
     principal of and interest on Notes which shall have become due solely by
     such declaration of acceleration, shall have been cured or waived as
     provided in Section 513.

No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right
consequent thereon.


                                     35

<PAGE>

     SECTION 503.   COLLECTION OF INDEBTEDNESS AND SUITS FOR ENFORCEMENT BY
TRUSTEE.

     The Company covenants that if

          (1)  default is made in the payment of any installment of interest on
     any Note when such interest shall have become due and payable and such
     default continues for a period of 10 days, or

          (2)  default is made in the payment of the principal of any Note at
     its Maturity, the Company shall, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to the
     Trustee, for the benefit of the Holders of such Notes, the whole amount of
     money then due and payable with respect to such Notes, with interest upon
     the overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest
     shall be legally enforceable, upon any overdue installments of interest at
     the rate borne by such Notes, and, in addition thereto, such further amount
     of Money as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of
     collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements
     and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

     If the Company fails to pay the Money it is required to pay the Trustee
pursuant to the preceding paragraph forthwith upon the demand of the Trustee,
the Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a
judicial proceeding for the collection of the Money so due and unpaid, and may
prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same
against the Company or any other obligor upon such Notes and collect the Money
adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the
property of the Company or any other obligor upon such Notes, wherever situated.

     If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes occurs and is continuing,
the Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and
the rights of the Holders of Notes by such appropriate judicial proceedings as
the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights,
whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this
Indenture or such Notes or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein or
therein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

     The rights and remedies under this Section 503 are in addition to the other
rights and remedies available under this Article 5 or otherwise legally
available.

     SECTION 504.   TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM.

     In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation,
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other
judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes
or the property of the Company or such other obligor or their creditors, the
Trustee (irrespective of whether the principal of the Notes shall then


                                     36

<PAGE>


be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or otherwise
and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on
the Company for the payment of any overdue principal or interest) shall
be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or
otherwise,

          (1)  to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal
     and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to file such
     other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have
     the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable
     compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its
     agents or counsel) and of the Holders of Notes allowed in such judicial
     proceeding, and

          (2)  to collect and receive any Money or other property payable or
     deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or
other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by
each Holder of Notes to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that
the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders
of Notes, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents
and counsel and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 607.

     Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder of a Note any
plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the
Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote
in respect of the claim of any Holder of a Note in any such proceeding.

     SECTION 505.   TRUSTEE MAY ENFORCE CLAIMS WITHOUT POSSESSION OF NOTES.

     All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or any of the Notes
may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of
the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any
such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as
trustee of an express trust, and any recovery or judgment, after provision for
the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances
of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, shall be for the ratable benefit of each
and every Holder of a Note in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

     SECTION 506.   APPLICATION OF MONEY COLLECTED.

     Any Money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be
applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and,
in case of the distribution of such Money on account of principal or interest,
upon presentation of the Notes, and the notation thereon of the payment if only
partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:


                                     37

<PAGE>

          FIRST:  To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee and any
     predecessor Trustee under Section 607;

          SECOND:  In the case the principal of the Notes shall not have become
     due and payable, to the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the
     Notes for interest in respect of which or for the benefit of which such
     Money has been collected, in the order of the Maturity of the installments
     of such interest, with interest, to the extent that such interest is lawful
     and has been collected by the Trustee, upon overdue installments of
     interest at the rate borne by the Notes, such payments to be made ratably,
     without preference or priority of any kind, according to the aggregate
     amounts due and payable on such Notes for interest;

          THIRD:  In the case the principal of the Notes shall have become due
     and payable, to the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the
     Notes for principal and interest in respect of which or for the benefit of
     which such Money has been collected, with interest, to the extent that such
     interest is lawful and has been collected by the Trustee, upon overdue
     installments of interest at the rate borne by the Notes, such payments to
     be made ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to
     the aggregate amounts due and payable on such Notes for principal and
     interest, respectively; and

          FOURTH:  The balance, if any, to the Company.

     SECTION 507.   LIMITATIONS ON SUITS.

     No Holder of any Note shall have any right to institute any proceeding,
judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of
a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy hereunder, unless

          (1)  such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of
     a continuing Event of Default;

          (2)  the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the
     Outstanding Notes shall have made written request to the Trustee to
     institute proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name
     as Trustee hereunder;

          (3)  such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity
     satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, fees, expenses and
     liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such request (including
     reasonable fees of counsel);

          (4)  the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request
     and offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and


                                     38

<PAGE>

          (5)  no direction inconsistent with such written request has been
     given to the Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority
     in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes;

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such Holders shall have
any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision
of this Indenture or any Note to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights of any
other Holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference over any
other Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture, except in the manner
herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all such Holders.

     SECTION 508.   UNCONDITIONAL RIGHT OF HOLDERS TO RECEIVE PRINCIPAL AND
INTEREST.

     Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any
Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive
payment of the principal of and (subject to Sections 305 and 307) interest on
such Note on the respective Stated Maturity or Maturities therefor specified in
such Note (or, in the case of redemption, on the Redemption Date or, in the case
of repayment at the option of such Holder, on the date such repayment is due)
and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right
shall not be impaired without the consent of such Holder.

     SECTION 509.   RESTORATION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

     If the Trustee or any Holder of a Note has instituted any proceeding to
enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been
discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to
the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case the Company, the
Trustee and each such Holder shall, subject to any determination in such
proceeding, be restored severally and respectively to their former positions
hereunder, and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and each such
Holder shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

     SECTION 510.   RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.

     Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in the last paragraph of Section 306,
no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to each
and every Holder of a Note is intended to be exclusive of any other right or
remedy, and every right and remedy, to the extent permitted by law, shall be
cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or
now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or
employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the
concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.


                                     39

<PAGE>

     SECTION 511.   DELAY OR OMISSION NOT WAIVER.

     No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Note to
exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any
such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an
acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by this Article or by law to
the Trustee or to any Holder of a Note may be exercised from time to time, and
as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by such Holder, as the
case may be.

     SECTION 512.   CONTROL BY HOLDERS OF NOTES.

     The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes
shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any
proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or
power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes, PROVIDED that

          (1)  such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or
     with this Indenture,

          (2)  the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the
     Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction, and

          (3)  subject to Section 601, the Trustee need not take any action
     which might be unjustly prejudicial to the rights of the other Holders of
     Notes not joining in such action.

     SECTION 513.   WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS.

     The Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes may waive any past
default hereunder and its consequences, except a default

          (1)  in the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note, or

          (2)  in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under Article
     Nine cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of
     each Outstanding Note.

     Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of
Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose
of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other
default or impair any right consequent thereon.


                                     40


<PAGE>

     SECTION 514.   WAIVER OF STAY OR EXTENSION LAWS.

     The Company covenants that (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) it
will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or
take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever enacted,
now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the
performance of this Indenture; and the Company expressly waives (to the extent
that it may lawfully do so) all benefit or advantage of any such law and
covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power
herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every
such power as though no such law had been enacted.


                                   ARTICLE SIX

                                   THE TRUSTEE

     SECTION 601.   CERTAIN DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

     (1)  Except during the continuance of an Event of Default,

          (a)  the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties, and only such
     duties, as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied
     covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the
     Trustee; and

          (b)  in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may
     conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of
     the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to
     the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture; but in
     the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof
     are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall
     be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they
     conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

     (2)  In case an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the
Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this
Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a
prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of
such person's own affairs.

     (3)  No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the
Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure
to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that

          (a)  this Subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of
     Subsection (1) of this Section;


                                     41

<PAGE>

          (b)  the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in
     good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the
     Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

          (c)  the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken
     or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction
     of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes,
     relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any
     remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred
     upon the Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Notes, provided
     such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law or with this
     Indenture; and

          (d)  no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to
     expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in
     the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any
     of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing
     that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or
     liability is not reasonably assured to it.

     (4)  Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this
Indenture relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording
protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section.

     SECTION 602.   NOTICE OF DEFAULTS.

     Within 90 days after the occurrence of any Event of Default hereunder,
the Trustee shall transmit to the Holders of Notes, in the manner and to the
extent provided in Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, notice of such
default hereunder known to the Trustee, unless such default shall have been
cured or waived; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that, except in the case of a default in
the payment of the principal of or interest on any Note, the Trustee shall be
protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of directors,
the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible
Officers of the Trustee in good faith determines that the withholding of such
notice is in the interest of the Holders of Notes; and PROVIDED, FURTHER, that
in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 501(3) with
respect to Notes, no such notice to Holders shall be given until at least 30
days after the occurrence thereof.  For the purpose of this Section, the term
"default" means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both
would become, an Event of Default.

     SECTION 603.   CERTAIN RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

     Subject to Sections 315(a) through 315(d) of the Trust Indenture Act:

          (1)  the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or
     refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement,
     instrument, opinion, report, notice,


                                     42

<PAGE>

     request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, coupon or
     other paper or document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to
     have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;

          (2)  any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be
     sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or a Company Order and any
     resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a
     Board Resolution;

          (3)  whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee
     shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to
     taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless
     other evidence shall be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence
     of bad faith on its part, rely upon an Officers' Certificate and/or Opinion
     of Counsel;

          (4)  the Trustee may consult with counsel and the written advice of
     such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete
     authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or
     omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

          (5)  the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the
     rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction
     of any of the Holders of Notes pursuant to this Indenture, unless such
     Holders shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity
     against the costs, fees, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred
     by it, including reasonable fees of counsel, in complying with such request
     or direction;

          (6)  the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the
     facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement,
     instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order,
     bond, debenture, coupon or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its
     discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts
     or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make
     such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine,
     during business hours and upon reasonable notice, the books, records and
     premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney; and

          (7)  the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
     perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or
     attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or
     negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by
     it hereunder.


                                     43

<PAGE>

     SECTION 604.   NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR RECITALS OR ISSUANCE OF NOTES.

     The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the Trustee's
certificate of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the
Company and neither the Trustee nor any Authenticating Agent assumes any
responsibility for their correctness.  The Trustee makes no representations
as to the validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Notes, except
that the Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver
this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder
and that the statements made by it in a Statement of Eligibility and
Qualification on Form T-1 supplied to the Company are true and accurate,
subject to the qualifications set forth therein.  Neither the Trustee nor any
Authenticating Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the
Company of the Notes or the proceeds thereof.  The Trustee shall not be
responsible for any statement made in any prospectus or similar document used
to sell the Notes.

     SECTION 605.   MAY HOLD NOTES.

     The Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, any Note Registrar
or any other Person that may be an agent of the Trustee or the Company, in its
individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and,
subject to Sections 310(b) and 311 of the Trust Indenture Act, may otherwise
deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee,
Authenticating Agent, Paying Agent, Note Registrar or such other Person.

     SECTION 606.   MONEY HELD IN TRUST.

     Except as provided in Section 402 and Section 1003, Money held by the
Trustee in trust hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the
extent required by law and shall be held uninvested.  The Trustee shall be under
no liability for interest on any Money received by it hereunder except as
otherwise agreed with the Company.

     SECTION 607.   COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT.

     The Company agrees:

          (1)  to pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation
     for all services rendered by the Trustee hereunder (which compensation
     shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation
     of a trustee of an express trust);

          (2)  except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the
     Trustee upon its request for all reasonable costs, expenses, disbursements
     and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any
     provision of this Indenture (including the reasonable compensation and the
     expenses and disbursements of its agents and counsel), except any such
     expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to the Trustee's
     negligence or bad faith; and


                                     44

<PAGE>

          (3)  to indemnify the Trustee and its agents for, and to hold them
     harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without
     negligence or bad faith on their part, arising out of or in connection with
     the acceptance or administration of the trust hereunder, including the
     costs and expenses of defending themselves against any claim or liability
     in connection with the exercise or performance of any of their powers or
     duties hereunder.

     As security for the performance of the obligations of the Company under
this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes upon all property
and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held in trust
for the payment of principal of and interest on Notes.  "Trustee" for the
purposes of this Section includes any predecessor Trustee, but negligence or bad
faith of any Trustee shall not be attributed to any other Trustee.

     When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an
Event of Default specified in Section 501(6) or Section 501(7), the expenses
(including the reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements of its
counsel) and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute
expenses of administration under any applicable federal or state bankruptcy,
insolvency or other similar law.

     The obligations of the Company under this Section to compensate and
indemnify the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee and to pay or reimburse the
Trustee and each predecessor Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances
shall constitute an additional obligation hereunder and shall survive the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and the resignation or removal of
the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee.

     SECTION 608.   CORPORATE TRUSTEE REQUIRED; ELIGIBILITY.

     There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a Corporation
organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America, any
state thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to
exercise corporate trust powers, or any other person permitted by the Trust
Indenture Act to act as trustee under an indenture qualified under the Trust
Indenture Act and that has a combined capital and surplus (computed in
accordance with Section 310(a)(2) of the Trust Indenture Act) of at least
$50,000,000.  If at any time the Trustee shall cease to be eligible in
accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall resign immediately in
the manner and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

     SECTION 609.   RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL; APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR.

          (1)  No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a
     successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the
     acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee pursuant to Section 610.


                                     45

<PAGE>

          (2)  The Trustee may resign at any time by giving written notice
     thereof to the Company.  If the instrument of acceptance by a successor
     Trustee required by Section 610 shall not have been delivered to the
     Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the
     resigning Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
     appointment of a successor Trustee.

          (3)  The Trustee may be removed at any time by Act of the Holders of a
     majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes delivered to the
     Trustee and the Company.

          (4)  If at any time:

               (a)  the Trustee shall fail to comply with the obligations
               imposed upon it under Section 310(b) of the Trust Indenture Act
               after written request therefor by the Company or any Holder of a
               Note who has been a bona fide Holder of a Note for at least six
               months, or

               (b)  the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be
               adjudged a bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or
               of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall
               take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or
               affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or
               liquidation,

     then, in any such case, (i) the Company, by or pursuant to a Board
     Resolution, may remove the Trustee, or (ii) subject to Section 315(e) of
     the Trust Indenture Act, any Holder of a Note who has been a bona fide
     Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of such Holder and
     all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction
     for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

          (5)  If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of
     acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause,
     the Company, by or pursuant to a Board Resolution, shall promptly appoint a
     successor Trustee and shall comply with the applicable requirements of
     Section 610.  If, within one year after such resignation, removal or
     incapability, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a successor Trustee shall
     be appointed by Act of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the
     Outstanding Notes delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the
     successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such
     appointment in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 610,
     become the successor Trustee and supersede the successor Trustee appointed
     by the Company.  If no successor Trustee shall have been so appointed by
     the Company or the Holders of Notes and accepted appointment in the manner
     required by Section 610, any Holder of a Note who has been a bona fide
     Holder of a Note for at least six months may, on behalf of such Holder and
     all others similarly


                                     46

<PAGE>

     situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment
     of a successor Trustee.

          (6)  The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each
     removal of the Trustee and each appointment of a successor Trustee by
     mailing written notice of such event by first-class mail, postage prepaid,
     to the Holders of Notes as their names and addresses appear in the Note
     Register.  Each notice shall include the name of the successor Trustee and
     the address of its Corporate Trust Office.

     SECTION 610.   ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT BY SUCCESSOR.

     Upon the appointment hereunder of any successor Trustee, such successor
Trustee so appointed shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the Company and
the retiring Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the
resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such
successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become
vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties hereunder of the retiring
Trustee; but, on the request of the Company or such successor Trustee, such
retiring Trustee, upon payment of all of its charges, shall execute and deliver
an instrument transferring to such successor Trustee all the rights, powers and
trusts of the retiring Trustee and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to
such successor Trustee all property and Money held by such retiring Trustee
hereunder, subject nevertheless to its claim, if any, provided for in Section
607.

     Upon request of any Person appointed hereunder as a successor Trustee, the
Company shall execute any and all instruments for more fully and certainly
vesting in and confirming to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and
trusts referred to in this Section.

     No Person shall accept its appointment hereunder as a successor Trustee
unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Person shall be qualified
and eligible under this Article.

     SECTION 611.   MERGER, CONVERSION, CONSOLIDATION OR SUCCESSION TO BUSINESS.

     Any Corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with
which it may be consolidated, or any Corporation resulting from any merger,
conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any
Corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust
business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder,
without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of
any of the parties hereto.  In case any Notes shall have been authenticated but
not delivered by the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion
or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication
and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor
Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.


                                     47

<PAGE>

     SECTION 612.   APPOINTMENT OF AUTHENTICATING AGENT.

     The Trustee may appoint one or more Authenticating Agents acceptable to the
Company with respect to the Notes which shall be authorized to act on behalf of
the Trustee to authenticate Notes issued upon original issue, exchange,
registration of transfer, partial redemption or pursuant to Section 306, and
Notes so authenticated shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and
shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by the
Trustee hereunder.  Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to the
authentication and delivery of Notes by the Trustee or the Trustee's certificate
of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication and
delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate
of authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent.

     Each Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and, except as
provided in this Indenture, shall at all times be a Corporation that would be
permitted by the Trust Indenture Act to act as trustee under an indenture
qualified under the Trust Indenture Act, is authorized under applicable law and
by its charter to act as an Authenticating Agent and has a combined capital and
surplus (computed in accordance with Section 310(a)(2) of the Trust Indenture
Act) of at least $50,000,000.  If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall
cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of this Section, it shall
resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

     Any Corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or
converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any Corporation resulting
from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent
shall be a party, or any Corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or
corporate trust business of an Authenticating Agent, shall be the successor of
such Authenticating Agent hereunder, provided such Corporation shall be
otherwise eligible under this Section, without the execution or filing of any
paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the Authenticating Agent.

     An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice
thereof to the Trustee and the Company.  The Trustee may at any time terminate
the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such
Authenticating Agent and the Company.  Upon receiving such a notice of
resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such
Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the
provisions of this Section, the Trustee may appoint a successor Authenticating
Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall mail written notice of
such appointment by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all Holders of Notes,
if any, as their names and addresses appear in the Note Register.  Any successor
Authenticating Agent, upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder, shall become
vested with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with
like effect as if originally named as an Authenticating Agent.  No successor
Authenticating Agent shall be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of
this Section.


                                     48

<PAGE>

     The Company agrees to pay each Authenticating Agent from time to time
reasonable compensation for its services under this Section.  If the Trustee
makes such payments, it shall be entitled to be reimbursed for such payments,
subject to the provisions of Section 607.

     The provisions of Sections 308, 604 and 605 shall be applicable to each
Authenticating Agent.

     If an Authenticating Agent is appointed pursuant to this Section, the Notes
may have endorsed thereon, in addition to or in lieu of the Trustee's
certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of authentication in the
following form:

This is one of the Notes described herein.

                         ________________________________________________
                         As Authenticating Agent

                         By______________________________________________
                           Authorized Signatory

Authentication Date

____________________









                                     49

<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE SEVEN

                HOLDERS' LISTS AND REPORTS BY TRUSTEE AND COMPANY

     SECTION 701.   COMPANY TO FURNISH TRUSTEE NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF HOLDERS.

     In accordance with Section 312(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Company
shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee

          (1)  semi-annually on __________ and __________ of each year, a list,
     in each case in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, of the
     names and addresses of Holders as of the applicable date, and

          (2)  at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within
     30 days after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of
     similar form and content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the
     time such list is furnished,

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that so long as the Trustee is the Note Registrar no such
list shall be required to be furnished for Notes for which the Trustee acts as
Note Registrar.

     SECTION 702.   PRESERVATION OF INFORMATION; COMMUNICATIONS TO HOLDERS.

     The Trustee shall comply with the obligations imposed upon it pursuant to
Section 312 of the Trust Indenture Act.

     Every Holder of Notes, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with the
Company and the Trustee that neither the Company, the Trustee, any Paying Agent
or any Note Registrar shall be held accountable by reason of the disclosure of
any such information as to the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes in
accordance with Section 312 of the Trust Indenture Act, regardless of the source
from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not be held
accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under
Section 312(b) of the Trust Indenture Act.

     SECTION 703.   REPORTS BY TRUSTEE.

          (1)  Within 60 days after May 15 of each year, if required by Section
     313(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, the Trustee shall transmit, pursuant to
     Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, a brief report dated as of such
     May 15 with respect to any of the events specified in said Section 313(a)
     which may have occurred since the later of the immediately preceding May 15
     and the date of this Indenture.

          (2)  The Trustee shall transmit the reports required by Section 313(a)
     of the Trust Indenture Act at the times specified therein.


                                     50

<PAGE>

          (3)  Reports pursuant to this Section shall be transmitted in the
manner and to the Persons required by Sections 313(c) and 313(d) of the Trust
Indenture Act.

SECTION 704.   REPORTS BY COMPANY.

The Company, pursuant to Section 314(a) of the Trust Indenture Act, shall:

          (1)  file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Company is
     required to file the same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports
     and of the information documents and other reports (or copies of such
     portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission may from time to time by
     rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company may be required to file
     with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
     Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or, if the Company is not required to file
     information, documents or reports pursuant to either of said Sections, then
     it shall file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules
     and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such of the
     supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports which may be
     required pursuant to Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 in
     respect of a Note listed and registered on a national securities exchange
     as may be prescribed from time to time in such rules and regulations;
     provided that notwithstanding the requirements of such rules and
     regulations, so long as any Note is Outstanding the Company shall file with
     the Trustee at a minimum (a) as soon as practicable, but in any event no
     more than ninety (90) days, after the end of each fiscal year, copies of a
     balance sheet and statements of income and retained earnings of the Company
     as of the end of and for such fiscal year, audited by Independent Public
     Accountants, and (b) as soon as practicable, but in any event no more than
     forty-five (45) days, after the end of each quarterly fiscal period, except
     for the last quarterly fiscal period in each fiscal year, a summary
     statement (which need not be audited) of income and retained earnings of
     the Company for such period;

          (2)  file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with
     rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such
     additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by
     the Company, as the case may be, with the conditions and covenants of this
     Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and
     regulations;

          (3)  transmit to the Holders of Notes within 30 days after the filing
     thereof with the Trustee, in the manner and to the extent provided in
     Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, such summaries of any
     information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Company
     pursuant to paragraphs (1) and (2) of this Section as may be required by
     rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission;
     provided that notwithstanding the requirements of such rules and
     regulations, so long as any Note is Outstanding the Company shall transmit
     to the Holders of Notes, within 30 days after the filing thereof with the
     Trustee, in the manner and to the extent provided in


                                     51

<PAGE>

     Section 313(c) of the Trust Indenture Act, the information, documents
     and other reports required to be filed by the Company pursuant to
     paragraph (1) of this Section; PROVIDED FURTHER that in lieu of any
     Annual Report on Form 10-K or Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, the Company
     may transmit an annual or quarterly report, respectively, containing
     financial statements and an undertaking to transmit such Form 10-K or
     Form 10-Q, as the case may be, to any Holder upon request; and

          (4)  furnish to the Trustee the Officers' Certificates and notices
     required by Section 1011 hereof.


                                  ARTICLE EIGHT

                         CONSOLIDATION, MERGER AND SALES

     SECTION 801.   COMPANY MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC., ONLY ON CERTAIN TERMS.

     Nothing contained in this Indenture shall prevent any consolidation or
merger of the Company with or into any other Person or Persons (whether or not
affiliated with the Company), or successive consolidations or mergers in which
the Company or its successor or successors shall be a party or parties, or shall
prevent any conveyance, transfer or lease of the property of the Company as an
entirety or substantially as an entirety, to any other Person (whether or not
affiliated with the Company); PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that:

          (1)  in case the Company shall consolidate with or merge into another
     Person or convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially
     as an entirety to any Person, the entity formed by such consolidation or
     into which the Company is merged or the Person which acquires by conveyance
     or transfer, or which leases, the properties and assets of the Company
     substantially as an entirety shall be a Person organized and existing under
     the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the District
     of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental
     hereto, executed by the successor Person and delivered to the Trustee, in
     form satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the
     principal of and interest on all the Notes and the performance of every
     other covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be performed
     or observed;

          (2)  immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no event
     which, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of
     Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

          (3)  either the Company or the successor Person shall have delivered
     to the Trustee an Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, stating
     that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and such
     supplemental indenture comply with this


                                     52

<PAGE>

    Article and that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to
    such transaction have been complied with.

     For purposes of this Section and Section 802, a conveyance, transfer, sale
or lease of the properties and assets of the Company "substantially as an
entirety" shall mean a conveyance, transfer or lease of properties and assets of
the Company representing 80% or more of the fair value (as determined in good
faith by the Board of Directors) of all the Company's properties and assets on
the date of such conveyance, transfer, sale or lease.

     SECTION 802.   SUCCESSOR PERSON SUBSTITUTED FOR COMPANY.

     Upon any consolidation or merger or any conveyance, transfer or lease of
the properties and assets of the Company substantially as an entirety to any
Person in accordance with Section 801, the successor Person formed by such
consolidation or into which the Company is merged or to which such conveyance,
transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may
exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the
same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Company herein;
and thereafter, except in the case of a lease to another Person, the predecessor
Person shall be released from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture
and the Notes.


                                  ARTICLE NINE

                             SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

     SECTION 901.   SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS.

     Without the consent of any Holder of Notes, the Company (when authorized by
or pursuant to a Board Resolution) and the Trustee, at any time and from time to
time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto, which shall
conform with the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect and
be in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

          (1)  to evidence the succession of another Person to the Company, and
     the assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Company herein
     and in the Notes; or

          (2)  to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture to
     change or eliminate any restrictions on the payment of principal of or
     interest on Notes or to permit or facilitate the issuance of Notes in
     uncertificated form, provided any such action shall not adversely affect
     the interests of the Holders of Notes in any material respect; or


                                     53

<PAGE>

          (3)  to cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision
     herein which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision
     herein, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or
     questions arising under this Indenture which shall not adversely affect the
     interests of the Holders of Notes in any material respect; or

          (4)  to supplement any of the provisions of this Indenture to such
     extent as shall be necessary to permit or facilitate the defeasance and
     discharge of any Notes pursuant to Article Four; provided that any such
     action shall not adversely affect the interests of any Holder of a Note in
     any material respect; or

          (5)  to add to the covenants of the Company for the benefit of the
     Holders of the Notes (as shall be specified in such supplemental indenture
     or indentures) or to surrender any right or power herein conferred upon the
     Company; or

          (6)  to evidence and provide acceptance of the appointment of a
     successor Trustee hereunder.

     SECTION 902.   SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS.

     With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal
amount of the Outstanding Notes, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company
and the Trustee, the Company (when authorized by or pursuant to a Board
Resolution), and the Trustee may enter into one or more indentures supplemental
hereto (which shall conform with the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as
then in effect) for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any
manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of modifying in
any manner the rights of the Holders of Notes under this Indenture; PROVIDED,
HOWEVER, that no such supplemental indenture, without the consent of the Holder
of each Outstanding Note, shall

          (1)  change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any
     installment of interest on, any Note, or reduce the principal amount
     payable upon the redemption thereof or otherwise, or change the rate of
     interest thereon, or adversely affect the right of repayment at the option
     of any Holder as contemplated by Article Twelve, or change the Place of
     Payment, currency in which the principal of or interest on, is payable, or
     impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment
     on or after the Stated Maturity thereof (or, in the case of redemption, on
     or after the Redemption Date or, in the case of repayment at the option of
     the Holder, on or after the date for repayment), or

          (2)  reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding
     Notes, the consent of the Holders of which is required for any such
     supplemental indenture, or the consent of the Holders of which is required
     for any waiver (of compliance with certain provisions of this Indenture or
     certain defaults hereunder and their consequences) provided for in this
     Indenture, or


                                     54

<PAGE>

          (3)  modify any of the provisions of this Section, or Section 513 or
     Section 1012, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that
     certain other provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived
     without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note.

     It shall not be necessary for any Act of Holders of Notes under this
Section to approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture,
but it shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

     SECTION 903.   EXECUTION OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.

     As a condition to executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by,
any supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications
thereby of the trust created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to
receive, and (subject to Section 315 of the Trust Indenture Act) shall be fully
protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of
such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.  The
Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental
indenture which affects the Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under
this Indenture or otherwise.

     SECTION 904.   EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.

     Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this
Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental
indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every Holder
of a Note theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder shall
be bound thereby.

     SECTION 905.   REFERENCE IN NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.

     Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental
indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall if required by the Trustee,
bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in
such supplemental indenture.  If the Company shall so determine, new Notes so
modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any
such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Company and
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding Notes.

     SECTION 906.   EFFECT ON SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS.

     No supplemental indenture shall directly or indirectly modify the
provisions of Article Thirteen in any manner which might terminate or impair the
rights and benefits of subordination provided to the holders of Senior
Indebtedness pursuant to Article Thirteen.


                                     55

<PAGE>

     SECTION 907.   RECORD DATE.

     If the Company shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand,
authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other Act, the Company may,
but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining
the Holders entitled to consent to any supplemental indenture, agreement or
instrument or any waiver, and shall promptly notify the Trustee of any such
record date.  If a record date is fixed those Persons who were Holders at such
record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only those Persons, shall be
entitled to consent to such supplemental indenture, agreement or instrument or
waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons
continue to be Holders after such record date.  The record date shall be a date
no more than 30 days prior to the first solicitation of Holders generally in
connection therewith and no later than the date such solicitation is completed.
No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than six months after such
record date.  Subject to applicable law, until any supplemental indenture,
agreement, instrument or waiver becomes effective, or a consent to it by a
Holder of a Note shall cease to be valid and effective as set forth in the
preceding sentence, such consent is a continuing consent by the Holder and every
subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as
the consenting Holder's Note.


                                   ARTICLE TEN

                                    COVENANTS

     SECTION 1001.  PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST.

     The Company will duly and punctually pay the principal of and interest on
the Notes in accordance with the terms thereof and this Indenture.

     SECTION 1002.  MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY.

     The Company shall maintain in each Place of Payment an Office or Agency
where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be
surrendered for registration, transfer or exchange and where notices and
demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may
be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the
location, and any change in the location, of such Office or Agency.  The
Company hereby initially designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee
as its Office or Agency for each of the foregoing purposes.  If at any time
the Company shall fail to maintain any such required Office or Agency or shall
fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations,
surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust
Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its
agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.


                                     56

<PAGE>

     SECTION 1003.  MONEY FOR NOTE PAYMENTS TO BE HELD IN TRUST.

     If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent, it shall, on
or before each due date of the principal of or interest on the Notes, segregate
and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum of Money
sufficient to pay the principal or interest so becoming due until such sums
shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and
shall promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

     Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents, it shall, on or
prior to each due date of the principal of or interest on the Notes, deposit
with any Paying Agent a sum of Money sufficient to pay the principal or interest
so becoming due, such sum to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons
entitled thereto, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will
promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

     The Company shall cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee or the
Company to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying
Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section,
that such Paying Agent shall:

          (1)  hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of or
     interest on Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto
     until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as
     provided in this Indenture;

          (2)  give the Trustee notice of any Event of Default by the Company
     (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment of
     principal or interest on the Notes; and

          (3)  at any time during the continuance of any such Event of Default,
     upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all
     sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent.

     The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction
and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company
Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by
the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the
same terms as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such Paying
Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying
Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such Money.

     Any Money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by
the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of or interest on any
Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal or interest
shall have become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company
Request, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust;
and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor,
look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee
or such Paying


                                     57


<PAGE>

Agent with respect to such trust Money, and all liability of the Company as
trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

     SECTION 1004.  CORPORATE EXISTENCE.

     Subject to Article Eight, the Company shall do or cause to be done all
things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect the corporate
existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises of the Company and its
Material Subsidiaries; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the foregoing shall not obligate
the Company to preserve any such right or franchise if the Company shall
determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of
the business of the Company and its Material Subsidiaries and that the loss
thereof will not have a material adverse effect on the business or financial
condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

     SECTION 1005.  MAINTENANCE OF PROPERTIES.

     The Company will:

          (1)  cause its properties and the properties of its Material
     Subsidiaries (other than properties obtained by the Company or any
     Subsidiary through foreclosure or other resolution of any loan) used or
     useful in the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries
     to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order and
     supplied with all necessary facilities and equipment and will cause to be
     made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and
     improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company may be
     necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be
     properly and advantageously conducted at all times; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that
     the foregoing shall not prevent the Company or a Subsidiary from
     discontinuing the operation and maintenance of any of its properties if
     such discontinuance is, in the judgment of the Company, desirable in the
     conduct of its business and will not have a material adverse effect on the
     business or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken
     as a whole;

          (2)  take all appropriate steps to preserve, protect and maintain the
     trademarks, trade names, copyrights, licenses and permits used in the
     conduct of the business of the Company and its Material Subsidiaries;
     PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the foregoing shall not prevent the Company or a
     Subsidiary from selling, abandoning or otherwise disposing of any such
     trademark, trade name, copyright, license or permit if such sale,
     abandonment or disposition is, in the judgment of the Company, desirable in
     the conduct of its business and will not have a material adverse effect on
     the business or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries,
     taken as a whole; and

          (3)  The Company and each of its Material Subsidiaries shall comply
     with all statutes, laws, ordinances, or government rules and regulations to
     which it is subject,


                                     58

<PAGE>

    noncompliance with which would materially adversely affect the business or
    financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

     SECTION 1006.  RESTRICTIONS ON DIVIDENDS, REDEMPTIONS AND OTHER PAYMENTS.

     The Company shall not (i) declare or pay any dividend, either in cash or
property, on any shares of its capital stock (except dividends or other
distributions payable solely in shares of capital stock of the Company), (ii)
purchase, redeem or retire any shares of its capital stock or any warrants,
rights or options to purchase or acquire any shares of its capital stock or
(iii) make any other payment or distribution, either directly or indirectly
through any Subsidiary, in respect of the Company's capital stock (such
dividends, purchases, redemptions, retirements, payments and distributions being
herein collectively called "RESTRICTED PAYMENTS") if, after giving effect
thereto,

          (1)  an Event of Default would have occurred; or

          (2)  (A) the sum of (i) such Restricted Payments plus (ii) the
               aggregate amount of all Restricted Payments made during the
               period after December 31, 1995 would exceed (B) the sum of (i)
               $10 million plus (ii) 50% of the Company's Consolidated Net
               Income for each fiscal year commencing subsequent to December 31,
               1995 (with 100% reduction for a loss in any fiscal year), plus
               (iii) the cumulative net proceeds received by the Company from
               the issuance or sale after December 31, 1995 of capital stock of
               the Company.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company may  make  a  previously-declared
Restricted Payment if the, declaration of such Restricted Payment was permitted
under this Section when made.  For purposes of this Section, the amount of any
Restricted Payment payable in property shall be deemed to be the fair market
value of such property as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company.

     SECTION 1007.  LIMITATION ON INDEBTEDNESS FOR MONEY BORROWED.

     Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary will create, incur, assume,
guarantee or become liable with respect to any Indebtedness for Money Borrowed
if, immediately after giving effect to any such creation, incurrence, assumption
or guarantee (including giving effect to the retirement of any existing
indebtedness from the proceeds of such additional Indebtedness for Money
Borrowed):

     (1)  The aggregate amount of Senior Recourse Indebtedness outstanding would
          exceed 450% of the Company's Consolidated Capitalization;


                                     59


<PAGE>

     (2)  The aggregate amount of Subordinated Indebtedness outstanding would
          exceed 100% of the Company's Consolidated Net Worth; or

     (3)  The Interest Coverage Ratio would be less than 1.25 to 1 for the
          preceding twelve (12) month period, on a pro forma basis as if such
          additional Indebtedness for Money Borrowed had been outstanding during
          the entire period.

     SECTION 1008.  INSURANCE.

     The Company shall carry and maintain, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to
carry and maintain, insurance with financially sound and reputable insurance
companies or associations in such amounts and covering such risks as is usually
carried by similarly-situated companies engaged in similar operations and owning
similar properties in similar geographic areas in which the Company or such
Subsidiary operates, PROVIDED that such insurance is generally available at
commercially reasonable rates, and further PROVIDED that the Company may self-
insure, or insure through captive insurers or insurance cooperatives to the
extent consistent with prudent business practices.  Such insurance shall be in
such amounts, contain such terms, be in such forms and be for such periods as
are customary for such similarly-situated companies in the Company's industry or
insurance markets reasonably accessible by the Company.  The Company will
provide and will cause each Subsidiary to provide such information and documents
reasonably requested by the Trustee from time to time with respect to the
Company's provision for insurance.  The obligations evidenced by this covenant
shall be interpreted to reflect changes in insurance practices related to the
method in which insurance risks are covered in the North American and European
markets or in any other market in which the Company or its Subsidiaries, as the
case may be, reasonably places coverage.

     SECTION 1009.  PAYMENT OF TAXES AND OTHER CLAIMS.

     The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before
the same shall become delinquent, (1) all material taxes, assessments and
governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any Subsidiary or
upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any Subsidiary and (2)
all material lawful claims for labor, material and supplies which, if unpaid,
might by law become a lien upon the property of the Company or any Subsidiary;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or
cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose
amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings and for which disputed amounts adequate reserves have
been established in accordance with GAAP.

     SECTION 1010.  BOOKS AND RECORDS.

     The Company shall, and shall cause each Material Subsidiary to, at all
times keep proper books of record and account in which proper entries shall be
made in accordance with GAAP and, to the extent applicable, regulatory
accounting principles.


                                     60


<PAGE>

     SECTION 1011.  STATEMENT BY OFFICERS AS TO DEFAULT.

          (1)  The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 45 days after the
     end of each calendar quarter, an Officers' Certificate, stating whether or
     not to the best knowledge of the signers thereof the Company is in default
     in the performance and observance of any of the terms, provisions and
     conditions of this Indenture, (other than a term, provision or condition
     specifically dealt with in Clause (2) of this Section 1011) setting forth
     the arithmetical computations required to show compliance with the
     provisions of Sections 1006 and 1007 during the previous year, and, if the
     Company shall be in default, specifying all such defaults and the nature
     and status thereof of which they may have knowledge.

          (2)  The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within five days after
     any officer eligible hereunder to sign an Officers' Certificate becomes
     aware of the occurrence thereof, written notice of any event which after
     notice or lapse of time or both would become an Event of Default pursuant
     to Clause (4) of Section 501, or the occurrence of any Repurchase Event
     pursuant to Article Fourteen hereof.

          (3)  The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any
     material adverse change in the business or financial condition of the
     Company, including any threatened or initiated litigation which could have
     a material adverse effect on the Company or its business or financial
     condition.

     SECTION 1012.  WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS.

     The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any term,
provision or condition set forth in Sections 1004 through 1007 and 1013 through
1015 with respect to the Notes if before the time for such compliance the
Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by
Act of such Holders, either shall waive such compliance in such instance or
generally shall have waived compliance with such term, provision or condition,
but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such term, provision or condition
except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become
effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in
respect of any such term, provision or condition shall remain in full force and
effect.

     SECTION 1013.  LIMITATION ON RANKING OF FUTURE INDEBTEDNESS.

     The Company will not, directly or indirectly, incur, create, assume or
guarantee any Indebtedness for Money Borrowed which is expressly subordinate in
right of payment  to any Senior Indebtedness, other than Junior Indebtedness or
indebtedness that is pari passu with the Notes in right of payment.  For
purposes of this Section 1013, the incurrence of Senior Indebtedness which is
unsecured shall not, because of its unsecured status, be deemed to be
subordinate in right of payment to any Senior Indebtedness which is secured.


                                     61

<PAGE>

     SECTION 1014.  LIMITATIONS ON RESTRICTING SUBSIDIARY DIVIDENDS.

     The Company shall not and shall not permit any Subsidiary of the Company
to, create or otherwise cause to become effective any consensual encumbrance or
restriction of any kind on the ability of any Subsidiary of the Company to (a)
pay dividends or make any other distribution on its capital stock, (b) pay any
indebtedness owed to the Company or any other Subsidiary of the Company or (c)
make loans, advances, or capital contributions to the Company or any other
Subsidiary of the Company except (i) as set forth in the instrument evidencing
or the agreement governing Acquired Indebtedness of any acquired entity which
becomes a Subsidiary of the Company, PROVIDED, that any restriction or
encumbrance under such instrument or agreement existed at the time of
acquisition, was not put in place in anticipation of such acquisition, and is
not applicable to any Person, other than the Person or property or assets of the
Person so acquired; (ii) by agreements and transactions permitted under Section
1006; (iii) customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any
lease or license of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company; (iv) any
encumbrance or restriction arising under applicable law; (v) any encumbrance or
restriction arising under indebtedness or other agreements existing on the date
of original issuance of the Notes; (vi) any restrictions, with respect to a
Subsidiary of the Company imposed pursuant to an agreement that has been entered
into for the sale or disposition of the stock, business, assets or properties of
such Subsidiary; (vii) any encumbrance or restriction arising under the terms of
purchase money obligations, but only to the extent such purchase money
obligations restrict or prohibit the transfer of the property so acquired;
(viii) any encumbrance or restriction arising under customary non-assignment
provisions in installment purchase contracts; (ix) any encumbrance or
restriction on the ability of any Subsidiary to transfer any of its property
acquired after the date hereof to the Company or any Subsidiary that is required
by a lender to, or purchaser of any indebtedness of, such Subsidiary in
connection with a financing of the acquisition of such property (including with
respect to the purchase of asset portfolios and pursuant to the underwriting or
origination of mortgage loans) by such Subsidiary; and (x) any encumbrance or
restriction pursuant to any agreement that extends, refinances, renews or
replaces any agreement described in the foregoing clauses (i) through (ix).

     SECTION 1015.  LIMITATION ON TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES.

     The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Material
Subsidiaries to, enter into any transaction (or series of related transactions),
including, without limitation, any loan, advance, guarantee or capital
contribution to, or for the benefit of, or any sale, purchase, lease, exchange
or other disposition of any property or the rendering of any service, or any
other direct or indirect payment, transfer or other disposition (a
"Transaction"), involving payments in excess of $60,000, with any Affiliate of
the Company (other than a wholly-owned Subsidiary), on terms and conditions less
favorable to the Company or such Material Subsidiary, as the case may be, than
would be available at such time in a comparable Transaction in arm's length
dealings with an unrelated Person as determined by the Board of Directors, such
approval to be evidenced by a Board Resolution.


                                     62

<PAGE>

     The provisions of the immediately preceding paragraph will not apply to:

          (1)  Restricted Payments otherwise permitted pursuant to this
     Indenture;

          (2)  fees and compensation (including amounts paid pursuant to
     employee benefit plans) paid to, and indemnity provided on behalf of,
     officers, directors, employees or consultants of the Company or any
     Subsidiary, as determined by the Board of Directors or the senior
     management thereof in the exercise of their reasonable business judgment;
     or

          (3)  payments for goods and services purchased in the ordinary course
     of business on an arms-length basis.

     SECTION 1016.  EXCEPTIONS TO COVENANTS.

     The Company shall not, and shall not permit any Subsidiary to, take or
permit to be taken any action or fail to take any action which is permitted by
any of the covenants contained in this Indenture if such action or omission
would result in the breach of any other covenant contained in this Indenture.


                                 ARTICLE ELEVEN

                               REDEMPTION OF NOTES

     SECTION 1101.  RIGHT OF REDEMPTION.

     The Notes shall not be redeemable at the option of the Company prior to
_________, 2001.  The Company may, at its option, redeem all or any part of the
Notes at any time on or after __________, 2001, at the Redemption Price of 100%
of the principal amount thereof, without premium, together with interest accrued
to the Redemption Date.  Redemption of Notes at the option of the Company as
permitted hereby shall be made in accordance with the terms of such Notes and
this Article.

     SECTION 1102.  ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE.

     The election of the Company to redeem any Notes shall be evidenced by or
pursuant to a Board Resolution.  In case of any redemption at the election of
the Company of less than all of the Notes, the Company shall, at least 45 days
prior to the Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall
be satisfactory to the Trustee), notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and
of the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed.


                                     63

<PAGE>

     SECTION 1103.  SELECTION BY TRUSTEE OF NOTES TO BE REDEEMED.

     If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the particular Notes to be
redeemed shall be selected not less than 30 days prior to the Redemption Date by
the Trustee from the Outstanding Notes, by such method as the Trustee shall deem
fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of
portions of the principal amount of Notes; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that no such
partial redemption shall reduce the portion of the principal amount of a Note
not redeemed to less than the minimum denomination for a Note established
herein.

     The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company and the Note Registrar (if
other than itself) in writing of the Notes selected for redemption and, in the
case of any Notes selected for partial redemption, the principal amount thereof
to be redeemed.

     For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires,
all provisions relating to the redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of
any Notes redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the
principal of such Notes which has been or is to be redeemed.

     SECTION 1104.  NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

     Notice of redemption shall be given in the manner provided in Section 106,
not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date, to the
Holders of Notes to be redeemed.  Failure to give notice by mailing in the
manner herein provided to the Holder of any Notes designated for redemption as a
whole or in part, or any defect in the notice to any such Holder, shall not
affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other Notes or
portion thereof.

     Any notice that is mailed to the Holder of any Notes in the manner herein
provided shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not
such Holder receives the notice.

     All notices of redemption shall state:

          (1)  the Redemption Date,

          (2)  the Redemption Price,

          (3)  if fewer than all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed, the
     identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the principal
     amount) of the particular Notes to be redeemed,

          (4)  in case any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice which
     relates to such Note shall state that on and after the Redemption Date,
     upon surrender of such Note,


                                     64

<PAGE>


     the Holder of such Note will receive, without charge to such Holder, a new
     Note or Notes of authorized denominations for the principal amount thereof
     remaining unredeemed,

          (5)  that, on the Redemption Date, the Redemption Price shall become
     due and payable upon each such Note or portion thereof to be redeemed and
     that interest thereon shall cease to accrue on and after said date,

          (6)  the place or places where such Notes are to be surrendered for
     payment of the Redemption Price, and

          (7)  the CUSIP number of such Notes, if any (or any other numbers used
     by a Depository to identify such Notes).

     Notice of redemption of Notes to be redeemed at the election of the Company
shall be given by the Company or, at the Company's request, by the Trustee in
the name and at the expense of the Company.

     SECTION 1105.  DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE.

     On or prior to any Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the
Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying
Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) Money, in funds
available for payment by the Trustee on the Redemption Date, in an amount
sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, and (except if the Redemption Date
shall be an Interest Payment Date) any accrued interest on, all the Notes or
portions thereof which are to be redeemed on that date.

     SECTION 1106.  NOTES PAYABLE ON REDEMPTION DATE.

     Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, the Notes so to be
redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the Redemption
Price therein specified, and from and after such date (unless the Company shall
default in the payment of the Redemption Price and accrued interest) such Notes
shall cease to bear interest.  Upon surrender of any such Note for redemption in
accordance with said notice, such Note shall be paid by the Company at the
Redemption Price, together with any accrued interest to the Redemption Date;
PROVIDED, HOWEVER, that installments of interest on Notes whose Stated Maturity
is on or prior to the Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such
Notes, or one or more Predecessor Notes, registered as such at the close of
business on the Regular Record Dates therefor according to their terms and the
provisions of Section 307.

     If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender
thereof for redemption, the principal, until paid, shall bear interest from the
Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the Note.


                                     65

<PAGE>

     SECTION 1107.  NOTES REDEEMED IN PART.

     Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at any
Office or Agency for such Note (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires,
due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to
the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such
Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute and
the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note, without
service charge, a new Note or Notes, of any authorized denomination as requested
by such Holder in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the
unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so surrendered.  If a Note in
global form is so surrendered, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall
authenticate and deliver to the Depository for such Note in global form as shall
be specified in the Company Order with respect thereto to the Trustee, without
service charge, a new Note in global form in a denomination equal to and in
exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note in global form
so surrendered.







                                     66

<PAGE>


                                 ARTICLE TWELVE

                       REPAYMENT AT THE OPTION OF HOLDERS

     SECTION 1201.  REPAYMENT OPTION UPON DEATH OF HOLDER.

          (1)  Upon the death of any Holder of Notes who is a natural Person,
     and upon the further receipt by the Company or the Trustee of a written
     request for repayment and satisfaction of the conditions set forth in
     subsection (2) below, the Company shall be required to pay, in accordance
     with the terms of this Article, the Repayment Price of, and (except if the
     Repayment Date shall be an Interest Payment Date) any accrued interest on
     all or such portion (which portion shall be an integral multiple of $1,000
     in excess of the minimum authorized denomination) of the Note or Notes held
     by the deceased Holder at the date of such Holder's death as requested,
     provided that the Company shall not be required to make repayment payments
     aggregating more than $30,000 in principal amount (plus accrued interest)
     in any calendar year on a Note or Notes held by any one deceased Holder or
     aggregating more than the Maximum Annual Repayment Amount in principal
     amount (plus accrued interest) in any calendar year on Notes held by any
     number of deceased Holders.  The "REPAYMENT PRICE" of any Note repaid
     pursuant to this Article shall be 100% of the principal amount thereof.
     Subject to subsection (2) below, repayment of such Notes shall be made in
     the order in which requests therefor are received (subject to the aforesaid
     Maximum Annual Repayment Amount limitation) within 30 days following
     receipt by the Company or the Trustee of the following:

               (a)  a written request for repayment of the Note or Notes signed
          by a duly authorized representative of the Holder, which request shall
          set forth the name of the deceased Holder, the date of death of the
          deceased Holder, and the principal amount of the Note or Notes to be
          repaid; and

               (b)  the certificates representing the Note or Notes to be
          repaid; and

               (c)  evidence satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee of the
               death of such deceased Holder and the authority of the
          representative to such extent as may be required by the Trustee.

     Notes not repaid in any calendar year because of the Maximum Annual
Repayment Amount may be held by the Trustee at the request of the authorized
representative of the deceased Holder and repaid in subsequent years in the
order in which such Notes are received.

          (2)  A Note or Notes held by the deceased Holder shall not be entitled
     to repayment pursuant to this Section unless all of the following
     conditions are met:


                                     67

<PAGE>

               (a)  the Notes to be repaid shall have been registered on the
          Note Register in the name of the deceased Holder since the issue date
          of such Notes or for a period of at least six months prior to the date
          of the deceased Holder's death, whichever is less; and

               (b)  the Company or the Trustee shall have received a written
          request for repayment within one year after the date of the deceased
          Holder's death or, in the case of requests for a subsequent repayment
          of a Note or Notes held by such deceased Holder, within one year after
          any such preceding request; and

               (c)  the Company shall not, after giving effect to such
          repayment, have made repayment payments aggregating more than the
          Maximum Annual Repayment Amount in principal amount (plus accrued
          interest) of Notes within any twelve month period; and

               (d)  the Company shall not, after giving effect to such
          repayment, be in default with respect to any Senior Indebtedness; and

               (e)  the Company shall not be subject to any law, regulation,
          agreement or administrative directive preventing such repayment.

          (3)  Authorized representatives of a Holder shall include the
     following: executors, administrators or other legal representatives of an
     estate; trustees of a trust; joint owners of Notes owned in joint tenancy
     or tenancy by the entirety; custodians; conservators; guardians; attorneys-
     in-fact; and other Persons generally recognized as having legal authority
     to act on behalf of another.

          (4)  For purposes of this Section, the death of a natural Person
     owning a Note or Notes in joint tenancy or tenancy by the entirety with
     another or others shall be deemed the death of the Holder of the Note or
     Notes, and the entire principal amount of the Note or Notes so held shall
     be subject to repayment, together with accrued interest thereon to the
     Repayment Date, in accordance with the provisions of this Article.  For
     purposes of this Section, the death of a natural Person owning a Note or
     Notes by tenancy in common shall be deemed the death of a Holder of Note or
     Notes only with respect to the deceased Holder's interest in the Note or
     Notes so held by tenancy in common; except that in the event a Note or
     Notes are held by husband and wife as tenants in common, the death of
     either shall be deemed the death of the Holder of the Note or Notes, and
     the entire principal amount of the Note or Notes so held shall be subject
     to repayment in accordance with the provisions of this Article.  A natural
     Person who, during such Person's lifetime, was entitled to substantially
     all of the beneficial interests of ownership of Notes will, upon such
     Person's death, be deemed the Holder thereof for purposes of this Section,
     regardless of the registered holder, if such beneficial interest can be
     established to the satisfaction of the Trustee.  Such beneficial interest
     will be deemed to exist in typical cases of nominee


                                     68

<PAGE>

     ownership, ownership under the Uniform Transfers (or Gifts) to Minors
     Act, community property or other joint ownership arrangements between a
     husband and wife, and trust arrangements where one Person has
     substantially all of the beneficial ownership interests in Notes during
     such Person's lifetime.  Beneficial interests shall include the power to
     sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of Notes and the right to receive
     the proceeds therefrom, as well as principal thereof and interest
     thereon.

          (5)  If Notes are issued in global form (i.e., in the name of the
     nominee of a Depository for purposes of book-entry transfer) the Company or
     the Trustee may adopt appropriate procedures to allow beneficial owners of
     Notes to obtain payment in accordance with the requirements of the
     Depository in the event of a request for repayment of the Notes pursuant to
     this Section.

     SECTION 1202.  DEPOSIT OF REPAYMENT PRICE.

     Within 30 days after the receipt by the Company or the Trustee of any
request for repayment of a Note or Notes or any portion thereof duly made
pursuant to Section 1201, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a
Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate
and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount of Money sufficient to
pay the Repayment Price of, and (except if the Repayment Date shall be an
Interest Payment Date) any accrued interest on all the Notes or portions thereof
which are to be repaid on that date.

     SECTION 1203.  NOTES PAYABLE ON REPAYMENT DATE.

     A written request having been made as aforesaid, the Note or Notes so to be
repaid shall, on the Repayment Date, become due and payable at the Repayment
Price, and from and after such date (unless the Company shall default in the
payment of the Repayment Price and accrued interest) such Notes shall cease to
bear interest.  Upon surrender of any such Note for repayment in accordance with
said request, such Note shall be paid by the Company at the Repayment Price,
together with any accrued interest to the Repayment Date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
that installments of interest on Notes whose Stated Maturity is on or prior to
the Repayment Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Notes, or one or more
Predecessor Notes, registered as such at the close of business on the Regular
Record Dates therefor according to their terms and the provisions of Section
307.

     If any Note to be repaid shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof for
repayment, the principal, until paid, shall bear interest from the Repayment
Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the Note.


                                     69

<PAGE>

     SECTION 1204.  NOTES REPAID IN PART.

     Any Note which is to be repaid only in part shall be surrendered at any
office or Agency for such Note (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires,
due endorsement by, or a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to
the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or such
Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing), and the Company shall execute and
the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Note, without
service charge, a new Note or Notes, containing identical terms and provisions,
of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder in aggregate
principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unpaid portion of the
principal of the Note so surrendered.  If a Note in global form is so
surrendered, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate and
deliver to the Depository for such Note in global form as shall be specified in
the Company Order with respect thereto to the Trustee, without service charge, a
new Note in global form in a denomination equal to and in exchange for the
unpaid portion of the principal of the Note in global form so surrendered.


                                ARTICLE THIRTEEN

                             SUBORDINATION OF NOTES

     SECTION 1301.  NOTES SUBORDINATED TO SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS.

          (1)  The Company covenants and agrees, and each Holder of Notes, by
     such Holder's acceptance thereof, likewise covenants and agrees, and for
     purposes of Section 508 consents, that the indebtedness represented by the
     Notes and the payment of the principal of and interest on each and all of
     the Notes is hereby expressly subordinated, to the extent and in the manner
     hereinafter set forth, in right of payment to the prior payment in full of
     all Senior Indebtedness.

          (2)  The Trustee, the Company and the Holders of Notes hereby agree
     that, until all Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full, the Holders of
     Notes shall be permitted to retain only the following payments of principal
     and interest paid by the Company in respect of Notes (all such payments
     being referred to herein as "PERMITTED PAYMENTS"), and all such payments
     that are not Permitted Payments will be turned over by the Trustee or the
     Holders of Notes to the holder or holders of Senior Indebtedness or any
     agent therefor (a "SENIOR AGENT") for the benefit of the holder or holders
     of Senior Indebtedness:

               (a)  principal payment of the Notes, whether (i) at the Stated
          Maturity, (ii) at the Company's option as provided in Article Eleven,
          (iii) as a result of the death of one or more Holders as provided in
          Section 1201 or (iv) following exercise by a Holder of the repurchase
          rights provided in Section 1401; provided


                                     70


<PAGE>

          that all such principal payments are subject to the restrictions set
          forth in Section 1301(3) hereof; and

               (b)  payments of interest in respect of the Notes; provided that
          all such principal payments are subject to the restrictions set forth
          in Section 1301(3) hereof.

          (3)  From and after the receipt by the Trustee of a written notice
     (the "Default Notice") from the holder or holders of not less than 51% in
     principal amount of the outstanding Senior Indebtedness or any Senior Agent
     specifying that an event of default under any Senior Indebtedness (a
     "Senior Event of Default") has occurred, the Company may not make any
     principal payments described in Section 1301(2)(a) or interest payments
     described in Section 1301(2)(b) to the Holders of Notes and neither the
     Trustee nor the Holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the
     Outstanding Notes may accelerate the maturity of such Notes as provided in
     Section 502, until the first to occur of the following:

               (a)  such Senior Event of Default is cured, or

               (b)  such Senior Event of Default is waived by the holders of
          such Senior Indebtedness or the Senior Agent, or

               (c)  the expiration of 180 days after the date the Default Notice
          is received by the Trustee, if the maturity of such Senior
          Indebtedness has not been accelerated at such time.

          Upon payment in full of the Senior Indebtedness, payment of principal
     and interest may be made to the Holders of Notes.

          (4)  Upon a payment or distribution to creditors of the Company in a
     liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Company or in a bankruptcy,
     reorganization, insolvency, receivership or similar proceeding relating to
     the Company or its property or an assignment for the benefit of creditors
     or any marshaling of the Company's assets and liabilities:

               (a)  the holders of all Senior Indebtedness shall first be
          entitled to receive payment of the full amount due thereon in respect
          of principal and interest, or adequate provision shall be made for
          such payment, before the Holders of any of the Notes are entitled to
          receive any payment on account of the principal of or interest on the
          indebtedness evidenced by the Notes;

               (b)  any payment by, or distribution of assets of, the Company of
          any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities (other
          than securities of


                                     71

<PAGE>

          the Company as reorganized or readjusted or securities of the
          Company or any other Corporation provided for by a plan of
          reorganization or readjustment the payment of which is
          subordinate, at least to the extent provided in this Article with
          respect to the Notes, to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness,
          provided that the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness are
          not impaired by such reorganization or readjustment), to which the
          Holders of any of the Notes or the Trustee would be entitled
          except for the provisions of this Article shall be paid or
          delivered by the person making such payment or distribution,
          whether a trustee in bankruptcy, a receiver or liquidating trustee
          or otherwise, directly to the holders of Senior Indebtedness or
          any Senior Agent, ratably according to the aggregate amounts
          remaining unpaid on account of the Senior Indebtedness held or
          represented by each, to the extent necessary to make payment in
          full of all Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid after giving
          effect to any concurrent payment or distribution (or provision
          therefor) to the holders of such Senior Indebtedness, before any
          payment or distribution is made to the Holders of the indebtedness
          veidenced by the Notes or to the Trustee under this Indenture; and

               (c)  in the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any
          payment by, or distribution of assets of, the Company of any kind or
          character, whether in cash, property or securities (other than
          securities of the Company as reorganized or readjusted or securities
          of the Company or any other Corporation provided for by a plan of
          reorganization or readjustment the payment of which is subordinate, at
          least to the extent provided in this Article with respect to the
          Notes, to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness, provided that the
          rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness are not impaired by such
          reorganization or readjustment), shall be received by the Trustee or
          the Holders of any of the Notes before all Senior Indebtedness is paid
          in full, such payment or distribution shall be paid over to the
          holders of such Senior Indebtedness or any Senior Agent, ratably as
          aforesaid, for application to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness
          remaining unpaid until all such Senior Indebtedness shall have been
          paid in full, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or
          distribution (or provision therefor) to the holders of such Senior
          Indebtedness.

          (5)  The Holders and the Trustee acknowledge that the holders of
     Senior Indebtedness and the Holders of Notes, respectively, are entitled to
     exercise certain rights and powers with respect to the Company from time to
     time, whether before or after an occurrence of an Event of Default, and the
     exercise of any such right or power by one creditor may preclude the
     exercise of a similar right or power by one or more other creditors (any
     such right or power being herein called an "Exclusive Power").  To the
     extent that any holder or holders of Senior Indebtedness or any Senior
     Agent actually exercises any Exclusive Power, then the Trustee and the
     Holders of Notes agree to refrain from exercising any substantially similar
     Exclusive Power to the extent necessary to permit the holders of Senior
     Indebtedness to benefit from their actions.


                                     72

<PAGE>

          (6)  No amendment, modification, extension, replacement, restatement
     or substitution of the Senior Indebtedness, or of any agreement or note now
     or hereafter in effect pertaining to such Senior Indebtedness, shall
     nullify, impair, limit, alter or modify the provisions of Article 13 of
     this Indenture.

          (7)  Notices to holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be made to each
     holder of Senior Indebtedness or, if holders of Senior Indebtedness have
     appointed a Senior Agent, then to such Senior Agent, and shall be made in
     the manner specified in the document evidencing such holder's Senior
     Indebtedness if such a manner is so specified therein.

     SECTION 1302.  SUBROGATION.

     Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, the Holders of
the Notes shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of such Senior
Indebtedness to receive payments or distributions of cash, property or Notes of
the Company applicable to such Senior Indebtedness until all amounts owing on
the Notes shall be paid in full, and, as between the Company, its creditors
other than holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders of the Notes, no such
payment or distribution made to the holders of Senior Indebtedness by virtue of
this Article which otherwise would have been made to the Holders of the Notes
shall be deemed to be a payment by the Company on account of the Senior
Indebtedness, and no such payments or distributions to the Holders of the Notes
of cash, property or Notes otherwise distributable to the holders of Senior
Indebtedness shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than the holders
of Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders of the Notes, be deemed to be a payment
by the Company on account of the Notes, it being understood that the provisions
of this Article are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the
relative rights of the Holders of the Notes, on the one hand, and the holders of
Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand.

     SECTION 1303.  OBLIGATION OF COMPANY UNCONDITIONAL.

     Nothing contained in this Article or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the
Notes is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company, its creditors
other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders of the Notes, the
obligation of the Company, which is absolute and unconditional, to pay to the
Holders of the Notes the principal of and interest on the Notes as and when the
same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or is intended
to or shall affect the relative rights of the Holders of the Notes and creditors
of the Company other than the holders of Senior Indebtedness, nor shall anything
herein or therein prevent the Trustee or the Holder of any Note from exercising
all remedies otherwise permitted by applicable law upon default under this
Indenture, subject to the rights, if any, under this Article of the holders of
Senior Indebtedness in respect of cash, property or Notes of the Company
received upon the exercise of any such remedy.

     Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in
this Article, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes shall be entitled to rely
upon any order or decree made by


                                     73

<PAGE>

any court of competent jurisdiction in which any such dissolution, winding
up, liquidation or reorganization proceeding affecting the affairs of the
Company is pending or upon a certificate of the trustee in bankruptcy,
receiver, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidating trustee or agent
or other person making any payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee
or to the Holders of the Notes, for the purpose of ascertaining the persons
entitled to participate in such payment or distribution, the holders of the
Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof
or payable thereon, the amount paid or distributed thereon and all other
facts pertinent thereto or to this Article.

     SECTION 1304.  PAYMENTS ON NOTES PERMITTED.

     Nothing contained in this Article or elsewhere in this Indenture, or in any
of the Notes, shall affect the obligation of the Company to make, or prevent the
Company from making, payment of the principal of and interest on the Notes in
accordance with the provisions hereof and thereof, except as otherwise provided
in this Article.

     SECTION 1305.  EFFECTUATION OF SUBORDINATION BY TRUSTEE.

     Each Holder of Notes, by such Holder's acceptance thereof, authorizes and
directs the Trustee on such Holder's behalf to take such action as may be
necessary or appropriate to effectuate the subordination provided in this
Article and appoints the Trustee such Holder's attorney-in-fact for any and all
such purposes.

     SECTION 1306.  NOTICE TO TRUSTEE AND KNOWLEDGE OF TRUSTEE.

     Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article or any other provisions of
this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the
holders of Senior Indebtedness and shall not be charged with knowledge of the
existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment of Moneys
to or by the Trustee, or the taking of any other action by the Trustee, unless
and until the Trustee shall have received written notice thereof from the
Company, any Holder of Notes, any Paying Agent of the Company or the holder or
representative of any class of Senior Indebtedness.

     The Company shall give written notice to the Trustee of any fact known to
the Company which would prohibit the making of any payment to or by the Trustee
in respect of the Notes.  Prior to the receipt of such notice, the Trustee shall
be entitled in all respects to assume that no such facts exist.


                                     74

<PAGE>

     SECTION 1307.  TRUSTEE MAY HOLD SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS.

     The Trustee shall be entitled to all the rights set forth in this Article
with respect to any Senior Indebtedness at the time held by it, to the same
extent as any other holder of Senior Indebtedness, and nothing in this Indenture
shall deprive the Trustee of any of its rights as such holder.

     SECTION 1308.  RIGHTS OF HOLDERS OF SENIOR INDEBTEDNESS NOT IMPAIRED.

     No right of any present or future holder of any Senior Indebtedness to
enforce the subordination herein shall at any time or in any way be prejudiced
or impaired by any act or failure to act on the part of the Company or by any
non-compliance by the Company with the terms, provisions and covenants of this
Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof any such holder may have or be
otherwise charged with.


                                ARTICLE FOURTEEN

                           RIGHT TO REQUIRE REPURCHASE

     SECTION 1401.  RIGHT TO REQUIRE REPURCHASE.

     In the event that there shall occur a Repurchase Event (as defined in
Section 1407), then each Holder shall have the right, at such Holder's option,
to require the Company to purchase, and upon the exercise of such right, the
Company shall purchase, all or any part of such Holder's Notes on the date (the
"Repurchase Date") that is 30 days after the date the Company gives notice of
the Repurchase Event as contemplated in Section 1402(a) at a price (the
"Repurchase Price") equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, together with
accrued and unpaid interest to the Repurchase Date.  Such right to require the
repurchase of Notes shall not continue after a discharge of the Company from its
obligations with respect to the Notes in accordance with Article Four.

     SECTION 1402.  NOTICE; METHOD OF EXERCISING REPURCHASE RIGHT.

               (1)  On or before the 15th day after the Repurchase Event, the
          Company, or, upon Company Request transmitted to the Trustee within 5
          days of such Repurchase Event, the Trustee (in the name and at the
          expense of the Company), shall give notice of the occurrence of the
          Repurchase Event and of the repurchase right set forth herein arising
          as a result thereof by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to each
          Holder of the Notes at such Holder's address appearing in the Note
          Register.  The Company shall also deliver a copy of such notice of a
          repurchase right to the Trustee.


                                     75

<PAGE>

               Each notice of a repurchase right shall state:

               (a)  that the notice is being made pursuant to Section 1401 and a
                    description of the circumstances triggering the repurchase
                    right,

               (b)  the Repurchase Date,

               (c)  the date by which the repurchase right must be exercised,

               (d)  the Repurchase Price,

               (e)  the instructions a Holder must follow to exercise a
                    repurchase right, and

               No failure of the Company to give the foregoing notice shall
          limit any Holder's right to exercise a repurchase right.  The Trustee
          shall have no affirmative obligation to determine if there shall have
          occurred a Repurchase Event.

               (2)  To exercise the repurchase right, a Holder shall deliver to
          the Company (or an agent designated by the Company for such purpose in
          the notice referred to in (1) above) and to the Trustee on or before
          the fifteenth (15th) day prior to the Repurchase Date (i) written
          notice of the Holder's exercise of such right, which notice shall set
          forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of the Note or
          Notes (or portion of a Note) to be repurchased, and a statement that
          an election to exercise the repurchase right is being made thereby,
          and (ii) the Note or Notes with respect to which the repurchase right
          is being exercised, duly endorsed for transfer to the Company.  Such
          written notice shall be irrevocable following the close of business on
          the fifth (5th) day prior to the Repurchase Date; PROVIDED, HOWEVER,
          that the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, may consent to
          the withdrawal of any Notes after such date and prior to the
          Repurchase Date.  If the Repurchase Date falls between any Regular
          Record Date and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, Notes to be
          repurchased must be accompanied by a check from the Holder of an
          amount equal to the interest thereon which the registered Holder
          thereof is to receive on such Interest Payment Date.  Upon receipt of
          any such check, the Trustee shall forward such check to the Company.

               (3)  In the event a repurchase right shall be exercised in
          accordance with the terms hereof, the Company shall on the Repurchase
          Date pay or cause to be paid in cash to the Holder thereof the
          Repurchase Price of the Note or Notes as to which the repurchase right
          had been exercised.  In the event that a repurchase right is exercised
          with respect to less than the entire principal amount of a surrendered


                                     76

<PAGE>

          Note, the Company shall execute and deliver to the Trustee and the
          trustee shall authenticate for issuance in the name of the Holder a
          new Note or Notes in the aggregate principal amount of the
          unrepurchased portion of such surrendered Note.

     SECTION 1403.  DEPOSIT OF REPURCHASE PRICE.

     On or before the Repurchase Date, the Company shall deposit with the
Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying
Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section 1003) an amount of
money, which shall be good funds on the Repurchase Date, sufficient to pay the
Repurchase Price of the Notes which are to be repurchased on the Repurchase
Date.

     SECTION 1404.  NOTES NOT REPURCHASED ON REPURCHASE DATE.

     If a Note surrendered for repurchase shall not be so paid on the Repurchase
Date, the principal shall, until paid, bear interest to the extent permitted by
applicable law from the Repurchase Date at a rate per annum borne by such Note.

     SECTION 1405.  NOTES REPURCHASED IN PART.

     Any Note which is to be repurchased only in part shall be surrendered at
any office or agency of the Company designated for that purpose pursuant to
Section 1002 (with, if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement
by, or written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and
the Trustee duly executed by, the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized
in writing), and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall authenticate
and deliver to the Holder of such Note without service charge, a new Note or
Notes of any authorized denomination as requested by such Holder, in aggregate
principal amount equal to and in exchange for the unrepurchased portion of the
principal of the Note so surrendered.

     SECTION 1406.  PRIORITY OF REPURCHASE RIGHTS.

     If the Repurchase Event is effected with respect to Junior Indebtedness,
the Holders of the Notes requiring the Company to repurchase Notes must be paid
in full pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Article Fourteen prior to
any payments being made to the Holders of Junior Indebtedness.  If the
Repurchase Event is effected with respect to Subordinated Indebtedness that is
pari passu with the Notes, the Holders of the Notes requiring the Company to
repurchase Notes must be paid concurrently with the Holders of the pari passu
Subordinated Indebtedness.

     SECTION 1407.  DEFINITION OF REPURCHASE EVENT.

     For purposes of this article, a "Repurchase Event" shall have
occurred upon the occurrence of any event requiring that the Company
repurchase, or make an offer to repurchase,

                                     77

<PAGE>

any Subordinated Indebtedness, whether now outstanding or issued in the
future, other than the Notes, including, without limitation, the
repurchase options contained in the Section 1010 and Article Fourteen of
the Indenture dated as of November 27, 1995 between the Company and
First Interstate Bank of Texas, National Association, issued with
respect to the Company's 8% Convertible Subordinated Debentures Due 2005.

                                  *  *  *  *  *

     This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of
which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts
shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.


                                     78

<PAGE>

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be
duly executed, and their respective corporate seals, if any, to be hereunto
affixed, all as of the day and year first above written.



[SEAL]                                 AMRESCO, INC.



                                       By______________________________________
                                         Name:
                                         Title:

Attest:


____________________________________



[SEAL]                                 BankOne, Columbus, N.A., as Trustee



                                       By_______________________________________
                                         Name:
                                         Title:

Attest:


____________________________________


                                     79

<PAGE>

STATE OF __________ )
                    ) SS.:
COUNTY OF ________  )


     On the _______ day of __________________________, 199_, before me
personally came       ___________________________, to me known, who, being by me
duly sworn, did  depose and say that he is the __________________ of AMRESCO,
INC., a Delaware corporation, one of the persons described in and who executed
the foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said Corporation; that the
seal affixed to said instrument is such Corporation's seal; that it was so
affixed by authority of the Board of Directors of said Corporation; and that he
signed his name thereto by like authority.


                                       ________________________________________
                                       Notary Public

[NOTARIAL SEAL]



STATE OF _________  )
                    ) SS.
COUNTY OF ________  )


     On the ___________ day of_______________________, 199_, before me
personally came ____________________________, to me known, who, being by me duly
sworn, did depose and say that he is a _______________________ of BankOne,
Columbus, N.A., a national banking corporation organized and existing under the
laws of this United States, one of the persons described in and who executed the
foregoing instrument; that he knows the seal of said corporation; that the seal
affixed to said instrument is such Corporation's seal; that it was so affixed by
authority of the Board of Directors of said Corporation; and that he signed his
name to said instrument by authority of the Board of Directors of said
corporation.


                                       ________________________________________
                                       Notary Public

[NOTARIAL SEAL]


                                     80



<PAGE>

                                                            EXHIBIT 5.1


                          [AMRESCO, INC. LETTERHEAD]







                              December 21, 1995






AMRESCO, INC.
1845 Woodall Rodgers Freeway
Suite 1700
Dallas, Texas 75201

     Re:  Registration on Form S-3 of $57,500,000 in aggregate principal amount
          of Senior Subordinated Notes due 2003

Gentlemen:

     I am general counsel of AMRESCO, INC., a Delaware corporation (the
"Company"), and have acted as such in connection with the registration and
sale under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), of
up to $57,500,000 in aggregate principal amount of Senior Subordinated Notes
due 2003 (the "Notes") pursuant to an  Indenture (the "Indenture") to be
entered into between Bank One, Columbus, N.A. (the "Trustee") and the
Company.  The Notes are being registered pursuant to a Registration Statement
on Form S-3 (the Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented, is
hereinafter referred to as the "Registration Statement") filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act.  The Notes are
being sold pursuant to a Purchase Agreement (the "Purchase Agreement") to be
entered into between the Company and Piper Jaffray Inc. and certain other
underwriters to be named in the Purchase Agreement (the "Underwriters").

     I have examined such documents, records and matters of law as I have
deemed necessary for the purposes of this opinion.  Based upon the foregoing,
and having due regard for such legal considerations as I deem relevant, I am
of the opinion that when (a) the Indenture has been duly executed by the
parties thereto and (b) the Notes have been duly executed and delivered by
the Company, authenticated by the Trustee and issued in accordance with the
terms of the Indenture and the Purchase Agreement against payment of the
consideration therefor, the Notes will be valid and legally binding
obligations of the Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms except
as enforceability may be limited by (1) applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or similar laws now or hereafter in effect
affecting the rights of creditors generally, (2) provisions of applicable law
pertaining to the voidability of preferential or fraudulent transfers


<PAGE>

AMRESCO, INC.
December 21, 1995
Page 2

and conveyances and (3) the fact that the remedy of specific performance and
injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to equitable
defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding
therefor may be brought.  In addition, certain other provisions of the Notes
may be unenforceable in whole or in part under the laws (including judicial
decisions) of the State of Texas or the United States of America; provided,
however, that the inclusion of any such provisions and any limitations
imposed by such laws on the enforceability of the Notes will not affect the
validity or enforceability as a whole of any of the Notes and will not
prevent the holders thereof from the ultimate realization of the practical
rights and benefits afforded by such documents, except for the economic
consequences of any judicial, administrative or other procedural delay which
may result from the application of any such law.

     With respect to the Indenture, I advise you that when the Registration
Statement is declared effective under the Securities Act, the Indenture will
be deemed to have been qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended.

     In rendering the foregoing opinions, I have relied as to certain factual
matters upon certificates of officers of the Company and public officials,
and I have not independently checked or verified the accuracy of the
statements contained therein.

     The opinions expressed above are specifically limited to the laws of the
State of Texas, the General Corporation Laws, as amended, of the State of
Delaware, and the federal laws of the United States of America.

     I hereby consent to the filing of this opinion with the Securities and
Exchange Commission as Exhibit 5.1 to the Registration Statement and to the
reference to me under the caption "Legal Matters" in the Prospectus
constituting a part of the Registration Statement.

                                   Very truly yours,

                                   /s/ L. KEITH BLACKWELL

                                   L. Keith Blackwell
                                   General Counsel and Secretary



<PAGE>

                              AMRESCO, INC.
                    EXHIBIT 12.1 - COMPUTATION OF RATIOS

COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                 NINE MONTHS ENDED
                                                YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,            SEPTEMBER 30,
                                            -----------------------------       ------------------
                                             1992(1)     1993     1994(2)       1994(2)      1995
                                            --------   -------   --------       -------    -------
<S>                                        <C>         <C>       <C>            <C>        <C>
FIXED CHARGES:
  Interest expense                           $    19   $   754   $  1,768       $ 1,696    $ 2,771
                                             -------   -------   --------       -------    -------
                                             -------   -------   --------       -------    -------

EARNINGS:
  Net income                                  22,233    24,218    18,748         18,680     14,855
  Add:
    Discounted operations                      1,063     2,088     2,185            976     (2,425)
    Income tax expense                        10,730    17,371    14,753         13,874      7,541
    Fixed charges                                 19       754     1,768          1,696      2,771
                                             -------   -------   --------       -------    -------
      Total earnings                         $34,045   $44,431   $37,454        $35,226    $22,742
                                             -------   -------   --------       -------    -------
                                             -------   -------   --------       -------    -------

RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES       See note (3)     58.9x     21.2x          20.8x       8.2x
                                                       -------   --------       -------    -------
                                                       -------   --------       -------    -------

COMPUTATION OF INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO:

EBITDA(4):
  Income from continuing operations          $23,296   $26,306   $20,933        $19,656    $12,430
  Income tax expense                          10,730    17,371    14,753         13,874      7,541
  Interest expense                                19       754     1,768          1,696      2,771
  Depreciation and amortization expense        6,249     1,237     5,723          2,099      2,694
                                             -------   -------   -------        -------    -------
    EBITDA                                   $40,294   $45,668   $43,177        $37,325    $25,436
                                             -------   -------   --------       -------    -------
                                             -------   -------   --------       -------    -------
INTEREST EXPENSE                             $    19   $   754   $  1,768       $ 1,696    $ 2,771
                                             -------   -------   --------       -------    -------
                                             -------   -------   --------       -------    -------
INTEREST COVERAGE RATIO                 See note (3)      60.6x      24.4x         22.0x       9.2x
                                                       -------   --------       -------    -------
                                                       -------   --------       -------    -------
</TABLE>

(1) Includes the Company's operations for the two months ended December 31,
    1992, and the combined operations of its predecessor entities for the ten
    months ended October 31, 1992.

(2) Summary Income Statement and Other Data for the fiscal year ended
    December 31, 1994, and the nine months ended September 30, 1994, reflect
    data for Holliday Fenoglio effective August 1, 1994, the effective date
    of its acquisition by the Company.

(3) The Company had nominal interest expense in 1992 and it was not
    meaningful, therefore, to calculate these ratios for the year ended
    December 31, 1992.

(4) The Company has included information concerning EBITDA because EBITDA is
    one measure of an issuer's historical ability to service its debt. EBITDA
    should not be considered as an alternative to, or more meaningful than,
    net income as an indicator of the Company's operating performance or to
    cash flows as a measure of liquidity.


<PAGE>

                                                              EXHIBIT 23.2


INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of AMRESCO, INC. on Form
S-3 of our report dated February 6, 1995 on AMRESCO, INC. and of our report
dated March 26, 1993 on AMRESCO (predecessor businesses), included and
incorporated by reference in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of AMRESCO, INC.
for the year ended December 31, 1994, and to the use of our report dated
February 6, 1995 on AMRESCO, INC. and of our report dated March 26, 1993 on
AMRESCO (predecessor businesses), appearing in the Prospectus, which is part
of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under
the headings "Summary Financial and Other Data" and "Independent Accountants"
in such Prospectus.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
Dallas, Texas

December 21, 1995





<PAGE>

                                                                 EXHIBIT 24.1

                             POWER OF ATTORNEY

     KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears
below constitutes and appoints each of Robert H. Lutz, Jr., Robert L. Adair
III and L. Keith Blackwell, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent,
with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name,
place and stead, in any and all capacities, acting alone, to sign, execute
and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any state securities
regulatory board or commission any documents relating to the proposed
issuance and registration of the securities offered pursuant to the
Registration Statement of AMRESCO, INC. on Form S-3 under the Securities Act
of 1933, including any amendment or amendments relating thereto, with all
exhibits and any and all documents required to be filed with respect thereto
with any regulatory authority, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and
agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and
every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the
premises in order to effectuate the same as fully to all intents and purposes
as he might or could do if personally present, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or any of them, or
their or his substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         SIGNATURE                         TITLE                             DATE
         ---------                         -----                             ----
       <S>                         <C>                                 <C>
  /s/ ROBERT H. LUTZ, JR.      Chairman of the Board and              December 21, 1995
- ---------------------------    Chief Executive Officer
    Robert H. Lutz, Jr.


  /s/ ROBERT L. ADAIR III      Director, President and                December 21, 1995
- ---------------------------    Chief Operating Officer
    Robert L. Adair III


   /s/ BARRY L. EDWARDS        Executive Vice President and           December 21, 1995
- ---------------------------    Chief Financial Officer
     Barry L. Edwards          (Principal Financial Officer)


 /s/ JAMES P. COTTON, JR.      Director                               December 21, 1995
- ---------------------------
   James P. Cotton, Jr.


   /s/ RICHARD L. CRAVEY       Director                               December 21, 1995
- ---------------------------
     Richard L. Cravey


                               Director                               December 21, 1995
- ---------------------------
    Gerald E. Eickhoff


   /s/ WILLIAM S. GREEN        Director                               December 21, 1995
- ---------------------------
     William S. Green

</TABLE>

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
       <S>                         <C>                                 <C>
   /s/ AMY J. JORGENSEN        Director                               December 21, 1995
- ---------------------------
     Amy J. Jorgensen


   /s/ JOHN J. MCDONOUGH       Director                               December 21, 1995
- ---------------------------
     John J. McDonough


  /s/ BRUCE W. SCHNITZER       Director                               December 21, 1995
- ---------------------------
    Bruce W. Schnitzer


  /s/ RONALD B. KIRKLAND       Vice President and Chief               December 21, 1995
- ---------------------------    Accounting Officer
    Ronald B. Kirkland         (Principal Accounting Officer)

</TABLE>










                                      2


<PAGE>

                                                   Registration No.


                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                              ____________________


                                    FORM T-1

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY AND QUALIFICATION UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939
OF A CORPORATION  DESIGNATED TO  ACT AS TRUSTEE


                            BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, N.A.


Not Applicable                                                        31-4148768
(State of Incorporation                                         (I.R.S. Employer
if not a national bank)                                      Identification No.)

100 East Broad Street, Columbus, Ohio                                 43271-0181
(Address of trustee's principal                                       (Zip Code)
executive offices)

                                Victoria Pavlick
                         c/o Bank One Trust Company, NA
                              100 East Broad Street
                            Columbus, Ohio 43271-0181
                                 (614) 248-6180
            (Name, address and telephone number of agent for service)

                              ____________________

                                  AMRESCO, INC.
               (Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

Delaware                                                         59-1781257
(State or other jurisdiction of                             (I.R.S.Employer
incorporation or organization)                          Identification No.)


1845 Woodall Rodgers Freeway                                          75201
Dallas, Texas                                                    (Zip Code)
(Address of principal executive
offices)


                     SENIOR SUBORDINATED NOTES DUE 2003

                     (Title of the Indenture securities)
<PAGE>

                                     GENERAL

1.   GENERAL INFORMATION.
     FURNISH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION AS TO THE TRUSTEE:

     (a)  NAME AND ADDRESS OF EACH EXAMINING OR SUPERVISING AUTHORITY TO WHICH
          IT IS SUBJECT.

          Comptroller of the Currency, Washington, D.C.

          Federal Reserve Bank of Cleveland, Cleveland, Ohio

          Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, Washington, D.C.

          The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, Washington, D.C.

     (b)  WHETHER IT IS AUTHORIZED TO EXERCISE CORPORATE TRUST POWERS.

          The trustee is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

2.   AFFILIATIONS WITH OBLIGOR AND UNDERWRITERS.
     IF THE OBLIGOR IS AN AFFILIATE OF THE TRUSTEE, DESCRIBE EACH SUCH
     AFFILIATION.

     The obligor is not an affiliate of the trustee.

16.  LIST OF EXHIBITS
     LIST BELOW ALL EXHIBITS FILED AS A PART OF THIS STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
     AND QUALIFICATION.  (EXHIBITS IDENTIFIED IN PARENTHESES, ON FILE WITH THE
     COMMISSION, ARE INCORPORATED HEREIN BY REFERENCE AS EXHIBITS HERETO.)

Exhibit 1 - A copy of the Articles of Association of the trustee as now in
effect.

Exhibit 2 - A copy of the Certificate of Authority of the trustee to commence
business, see Exhibit 2 to Form T-1, filed in connection with Form S-3 relating
to Wheeling-Pittsburgh Corporation 9 3/8% Senior Notes due 2003, Securities and
Exchange Commission File No. 33-50709.

Exhibit 3 - A copy of the Authorization of the trustee to exercise corporate
trust powers, see Exhibit 3 to Form T-1, filed in connection with Form S-3
relating to Wheeling-Pittsburgh  Corporation 9 3/8% Senior Notes due 2003,
Securities and Exchange Commission File No. 33-50709.

Exhibit 4 - A copy of the Bylaws of the trustee as now in effect.

Exhibit 5 - Not applicable.

Exhibit 6 - The consent of the trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

Exhibit 7 - Report of Condition of the trustee as of the close of business on
September 30, 1995, published pursuant to the requirements of the Comptroller of
the Company.

Exhibit 8 - Not applicable.

Exhibit 9 - Not applicable.

Items 3 through 15 are not answered pursuant to General Instruction B which
requires responses to Item 1, 2 and 16 only, if the obligor is not in default.

                                       1

<PAGE>

                                    SIGNATURE

     Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as
amended, the Trustee, Bank One, Columbus, N.A., a national banking
association organized under the National Banking Act, has duly caused this
statement of eligibility and qualification to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in Columbus, Ohio, on December
19, 1995.

                                        Bank One, Columbus, N.A.


                                        By:      /s/  Victoria Pavlick
                                           ---------------------------------
                                                   Victoria Pavlick
                                                   Authorized Signer








                                       2


<PAGE>


Exhibit 1

                    BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                             ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

   For the purpose of organizing an association to carry on the business of
banking under the laws of the United States, the following Articles of
Association are entered into:

   FIRST. The title of this Association shall be BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION.

   SECOND.  The main office of the Association shall be in Columbus, County of
Franklin, State of Ohio.  The general business of the Association shall be
conducted at its main office and its branches.

   THIRD.  The Board of Directors of this Association shall consist of not less
than five nor more than twenty-five Directors, the exact number of Directors
within such minimum and maximum limits to be fixed and determined from
time-to-time by resolution of the shareholders at any annual or special meeting
thereof, provided, however, that the Board of Directors, by resolution of a
majority thereof, shall be authorized to increase the number of its members by
not more than two between regular meetings of the shareholders.  Each Director,
during the full term of his directorship, shall own, as qualifying shares, the
minimum number of shares of either this Association or of its parent bank
holding company in accordance with the provisions of applicable law.  Unless
otherwise provided by the laws of the United States, any vacancy in the Board of
Directors for any reason, including an increase in the number thereof, may be
filled by action of the Board of Directors.

   FOURTH.  The annual meeting of the shareholders for the election of
Directors and the transaction of whatever other business may be brought before
said meeting shall be held at the main office of this Association or such other
place as the Board of Directors may designate, on the day of each year specified
therefor in the By-Laws, but if no election is held on that day, it may be held
on any subsequent business day according to the provisions of law; and all
elections shall be held according to such lawful regulations as may be
prescribed by the Board of Directors.

   FIFTH.  The authorized amount of capital stock of this Association shall be
2,073,750 shares of common stock of the par value of Ten Dollars ($10) each; but
said capital stock may be increased or decreased from time-to-time, in
accordance with the provisions of the laws of the United States.

       No holder of shares of the capital stock of any class of the Association
shall have the preemptive or preferential right of subscription to any share of
any class of stock of this Association, whether now or hereafter authorized or
to any obligations convertible into stock of this Association, issued or sold,
nor any right of subscription to any thereof other than such, if any, as the
Board of Directors, in its discretion, may from time-to-time determine and at
such price as the Board of Directors may from time-to-time fix.

       This Association, at any time and from time-to-time, may authorize and
issue debt obligations, whether or not subordinated, without the approval of the
shareholders.

   SIXTH.  The Board of Directors shall appoint one of its members President of
the Association, who shall be Chairman of the Board, unless the Board appoints
another director to be the Chairman.  The Board of Directors shall have the
power to appoint one or more Vice Presidents and to appoint a Secretary and such
other officers and employees as may be required to transact the business of this
Association.

       The Board of Directors shall have the power to define the duties of the
officers and employees of this Association; to fix the salaries to be paid to
them; to dismiss them; to require bonds from them and to fix the penalty
thereof; to regulate the manner in which any increase of the capital of this
Association shall be made; to manage and administer the business and affairs of
this Association; to make all By-Laws that it may be lawful for them to make;
and generally to do and perform all acts that it may be legal for a Board of
Directors to do and perform.

   SEVENTH.  The Board of Directors shall have the power to change the location
of the main office to any other place within the limits of the City of Columbus,
Ohio, without the approval of the shareholders but subject to the approval of
the Comptroller of the Currency; and shall have the power to establish or change
the location of any branch or branches of this Association to any other
location, without the approval of the shareholders but subject to the approval
of the Comptroller of the Currency.

   EIGHTH.  The corporate existence of this Association shall continue until
terminated in accordance with the laws of the United States.

   NINTH.  The Board of Directors of this Association, or any three or more
shareholders owning, in the aggregate, not less than 10 percent of the stock of
this Association, may call a special meeting of shareholders at any time.
Unless otherwise provided by the laws of the United States, a notice of the
time, place and purpose of every annual and special meeting of the shareholders
shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed at least ten days
prior to the date of such meeting to each shareholder of record at his address
as shown upon the books of this Association.

   TENTH.  Every person who is or was a Director, officer or employee of the
Association or of any other corporation which he served as a Director, officer
or employee at the request of the Association as part of his regularly assigned
duties may be indemnified by the Association in accordance with the provisions
of this paragraph against all liability (including, without limitation,
judgments, fines, penalties and settlements) and all reasonable expenses
(including, without limitation, attorneys' fees and investigative expenses) that
may be incurred or paid by him in connection with any claim, action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal or administrative (all referred to hereafter
in this paragraphs as "Claims") or in connection with any appeal relating
thereto in which he may become involved as a party or otherwise or with which he
may be threatened by reason of his being or having been a Director, officer or
employee of the Association or such other corporation, or by reason of any
action taken or omitted by him in his capacity as such Director, officer or
employee, whether or not he continues to be such at the time such liability or
expenses are incurred, provided that nothing contained in this paragraph shall
be construed to permit indemnification of any such person who is adjudged guilty
of, or liable for, willful misconduct, gross neglect of duty or criminal acts,
unless, at the time such indemnification is sought, such indemnification in such
instance is permissible under applicable law and regulations, including
published rulings of the Comptroller of the Currency or other appropriate
supervisory or regulatory authority, and provided further that there shall be no
indemnification of directors, officers, or employees against expenses,
penalties, or other payments incurred in an administrative proceeding or action
instituted by an appropriate regulatory agency which proceeding or action
results in a final order assessing civil money penalties or requiring
affirmative action by an individual or individuals in the form of payments to
the Association.  Every person who may be indemnified under the provisions of
this paragraph and who has been wholly successful on the merits with respect to
any Claim shall be entitled to indemnification as of right.  Except as provided
in the preceding sentence, any indemnification under this paragraph shall be at
the sole discretion of the Board of Directors and shall be made only if the
Board of Directors or the Executive Committee acting by a quorum consisting of
Directors who are not parties to such Claim shall find or if independent legal
counsel (who may be the regular counsel of the Association) selected by the
Board of Directors or Executive Committee whether or not a disinterested quorum
exists shall render their opinion that in view of all of the circumstances then
surrounding the Claim, such indemnification is equitable and in the best
interests of the Association.  Among the circumstances to be taken into
consideration in arriving at such a finding or opinion is the existence or
non-existence of a contract of insurance or indemnity under which the
Association would be wholly or partially reimbursed for such indemnification,
but the existence or non-existence of such insurance is not the sole
circumstance to be considered nor shall it be wholly determinative of whether
such indemnification shall be made.  In addition to such finding or opinion, no
indemnification under this paragraph shall be made unless the Board of Directors
or the Executive Committee acting by a quorum consisting of Directors who are
not parties to such Claim shall find or if independent legal counsel (who may be
the regular counsel of the Association) selected by the Board of Directors or
Executive Committee whether or not a disinterested quorum exists shall render
their opinion that the Director, officer or employee acted in good faith in what
he reasonably believed to be the best interests of the Association or such other
corporation and further in the case of any criminal action or proceeding, that
the Director, officer or employee reasonably believed his conduct to be lawful.
Determination of any Claim by judgment adverse to a Director, officer or
employee by settlement with or without Court approval or conviction upon a plea
of guilty or of NOLOCONTENDERE or its equivalent shall not create a presumption
that a Director, officer or employee failed to meet the standards of conduct set
forth in this paragraph.  Expenses incurred with respect to any Claim may be
advanced by the Association prior to the final disposition thereof upon receipt
of an undertaking satisfactory to the Association by or on behalf of the
recipient to repay such amount unless it is ultimately determined that he is
entitled to indemnification under this paragraph.  The rights of indemnification
provided in this paragraph shall be in addition to any rights to which any
Director, officer or employee may otherwise be entitled by contract or as a
matter of law.  Every person who shall act as a Director, officer or employee of
this Association shall be conclusively presumed to be doing so in reliance upon
the right of indemnification provided for in this paragraph.

<PAGE>


   ELEVENTH.  These Articles of Association may be amended at any regular or
special meeting of the shareholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of a
majority of the stock of this Association, unless the vote of the holders of a
greater amount of stock is required by law, and in that case by the vote of the
holders of such greater amount.


<PAGE>


Exhibit 1

                    BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                             ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

   For the purpose of organizing an association to carry on the business of
banking under the laws of the United States, the following Articles of
Association are entered into:

   FIRST. The title of this Association shall be BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION.

   SECOND.  The main office of the Association shall be in Columbus, County of
Franklin, State of Ohio.  The general business of the Association shall be
conducted at its main office and its branches.

   THIRD.  The Board of Directors of this Association shall consist of not
less than five nor more than twenty-five Directors, the exact number of
Directors within such minimum and maximum limits to be fixed and determined from
time-to-time by resolution of the shareholders at any annual or special meeting
thereof, provided, however, that the Board of Directors, by resolution of a
majority thereof, shall be authorized to increase the number of its members by
not more than two between regular meetings of the shareholders.  Each Director,
during the full term of his directorship, shall own, as qualifying shares, the
minimum number of shares of either this Association or of its parent bank
holding company in accordance with the provisions of applicable law.  Unless
otherwise provided by the laws of the United States, any vacancy in the Board of
Directors for any reason, including an increase in the number thereof, may be
filled by action of the Board of Directors.

   FOURTH.  The annual meeting of the shareholders for the election of
Directors and the transaction of whatever other business may be brought before
said meeting shall be held at the main office of this Association or such other
place as the Board of Directors may designate, on the day of each year specified
therefor in the By-Laws, but if no election is held on that day, it may be held
on any subsequent business day according to the provisions of law; and all
elections shall be held according to such lawful regulations as may be
prescribed by the Board of Directors.

   FIFTH.  The authorized amount of capital stock of this Association shall be
2,073,750 shares of common stock of the par value of Ten Dollars ($10) each; but
said capital stock may be increased or decreased from time-to-time, in
accordance with the provisions of the


<PAGE>

laws of the United States.

       No holder of shares of the capital stock of any class of the Association
shall have the preemptive or preferential right of subscription to any share of
any class of stock of this Association, whether now or hereafter authorized or
to any obligations convertible into stock of this Association, issued or sold,
nor any right of subscription to any thereof other than such, if any, as the
Board of Directors, in its discretion, may from time-to-time determine and at
such price as the Board of Directors may from time-to-time fix.

       This Association, at any time and from time-to-time, may authorize and
issue debt obligations, whether or not subordinated, without the approval of the
shareholders.

   SIXTH.  The Board of Directors shall appoint one of its members President of
the Association, who shall be Chairman of the Board, unless the Board appoints
another director to be the Chairman.  The Board of Directors shall have the
power to appoint one or more Vice Presidents and to appoint a Secretary and such
other officers and employees as may be required to transact the business of this
Association.

       The Board of Directors shall have the power to define the duties of the
officers and employees of this Association; to fix the salaries to be paid to
them; to dismiss them; to require bonds from them and to fix the penalty
thereof; to regulate the manner in which any increase of the capital of this
Association shall be made; to manage and administer the business and affairs of
this Association; to make all By-Laws that it may be lawful for them to make;
and generally to do and perform all acts that it may be legal for a Board of
Directors to do and perform.

   SEVENTH.  The Board of Directors shall have the power to change the location
of the main office to any other place within the limits of the City of Columbus,
Ohio, without the approval of the shareholders but subject to the approval of
the Comptroller of the Currency; and shall have the power to establish or change
the location of any branch or branches of this Association to any other
location, without the approval of the shareholders but subject to the approval
of the Comptroller of the Currency.

9/13/91

                                    -4-


<PAGE>

   EIGHTH.  The corporate existence of this Association shall continue until
terminated in accordance with the laws of the United States.

   NINTH.  The Board of Directors of this Association, or any three or more
shareholders owning, in the aggregate, not less than 10 percent of the stock of
this Association, may call a special meeting of shareholders at any time.
Unless otherwise provided by the laws of the United States, a notice of the
time, place and purpose of every annual and special meeting of the shareholders
shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed at least ten days
prior to the date of such meeting to each shareholder of record at his address
as shown upon the books of this Association.

   TENTH.  Every person who is or was a Director, officer or employee of the
Association or of any other corporation which he served as a Director, officer
or employee at the request of the Association as part of his regularly assigned
duties may be indemnified by the Association in accordance with the provisions
of this paragraph against all liability (including, without limitation,
judgments, fines, penalties and settlements) and all reasonable expenses
(including, without limitation, attorneys' fees and investigative expenses) that
may be incurred or paid by him in connection with any claim, action, suit or
proceeding, whether civil, criminal or administrative (all referred to hereafter
in this paragraphs as "Claims") or in connection with any appeal relating
thereto in which he may become involved as a party or otherwise or with which he
may be threatened by reason of his being or having been a Director, officer or
employee of the Association or such other corporation, or by reason of any
action taken or omitted by him in his capacity as such Director, officer or
employee, whether or not he continues to be such at the time such liability or
expenses are incurred, provided that nothing contained in this paragraph shall
be construed to permit indemnification of any such person who is adjudged guilty
of, or liable for, willful misconduct, gross neglect of duty or criminal acts,
unless, at the time such indemnification is sought, such indemnification in such
instance is permissible under applicable law and regulations, including
published rulings of the Comptroller of the Currency or other appropriate
supervisory or regulatory authority, and provided further that there shall be no
indemnification of directors, officers, or employees against expenses,
penalties, or other payments incurred in an administrative proceeding or action
instituted by an appropriate regulatory agency which proceeding or action
results in a final order assessing civil money


9/13/91

                                    -5-


<PAGE>

penalties or requiring affirmative action by an individual or individuals in
the form of payments to the Association.  Every person who may be indemnified
under the provisions of this paragraph and who has been wholly successful on
the merits with respect to any Claim shall be entitled to indemnification as
of right.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, any indemnification
under this paragraph shall be at the sole discretion of the Board of
Directors and shall be made only if the Board of Directors or the Executive
Committee acting by a quorum consisting of Directors who are not parties to
such Claim shall find or if independent legal counsel (who may be the regular
counsel of the Association) selected by the Board of Directors or Executive
Committee whether or not a disinterested quorum exists shall render their
opinion that in view of all of the circumstances then surrounding the Claim,
such indemnification is equitable and in the best interests of the
Association.  Among the circumstances to be taken into consideration in
arriving at such a finding or opinion is the existence or non-existence of a
contract of insurance or indemnity under which the Association would be
wholly or partially reimbursed for such indemnification, but the existence or
non-existence of such insurance is not the sole circumstance to be considered
nor shall it be wholly determinative of whether such indemnification shall be
made.  In addition to such finding or opinion, no indemnification under this
paragraph shall be made unless the Board of Directors or the Executive
Committee acting by a quorum consisting of Directors who are not parties to
such Claim shall find or if independent legal counsel (who may be the regular
counsel of the Association) selected by the Board of Directors or Executive
Committee whether or not a disinterested quorum exists shall render their
opinion that the Director, officer or employee acted in good faith in what he
reasonably believed to be the best interests of the Association or such other
corporation and further in the case of any criminal action or proceeding,
that the Director, officer or employee reasonably believed his conduct to be
lawful. Determination of any Claim by judgment adverse to a Director, officer
or employee by settlement with or without Court approval or conviction upon a
plea of guilty or of NOLOCONTENDERE or its equivalent shall not create a
presumption that a Director, officer or employee failed to meet the standards
of conduct set forth in this paragraph.  Expenses incurred with respect to
any Claim may be advanced by the Association prior to the final disposition
thereof upon receipt of an undertaking satisfactory to the Association by or
on behalf of the recipient to repay such amount unless it is ultimately
determined that he is entitled to indemnification under this paragraph.  The
rights of indemnification provided in


9/13/91


                                    -6-

<PAGE>

this paragraph shall be in addition to any rights to which any Director,
officer or employee may otherwise be entitled by contract or as a matter of
law.  Every person who shall act as a Director, officer or employee of this
Association shall be conclusively presumed to be doing so in reliance upon the
right of indemnification provided for in this paragraph.


9/13/91


                                    -7-

<PAGE>


   ELEVENTH.  These Articles of Association may be amended at any regular or
special meeting of the shareholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of a
majority of the stock of this Association, unless the vote of the holders of a
greater amount of stock is required by law, and in that case by the vote of the
holders of such greater amount.



9/13/91


                                    -8-


<PAGE>


Exhibit 4

                                     BY-LAWS
                                       OF
                    BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

                                    ARTICLE I
                             MEETING OF SHAREHOLDERS


SECTION 1.01.  ANNUAL MEETING.  The regular annual meeting of the Shareholders
of the Bank for the election of Directors and for the transaction of such
business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held at its main
banking house, or other convenient place duly authorized by the Board of
Directors, on the third Monday of January of each year, or on the next
succeeding banking day, if the day fixed falls on a legal holiday.  If from any
cause, an election of directors is not made on the day fixed for the regular
meeting of shareholders or, in the event of a legal holiday, on the next
succeeding banking day, the Board of Directors shall order the election to be
held on some subsequent day, as soon thereafter as practicable, according to the
provisions of law; and notice thereof shall be given in the manner herein
provided for the annual meeting.  Notice of such annual meeting shall be given
by or under the direction of the Secretary or such other officer as may be
designated by the Chief Executive Officer by first-class mail, postage prepaid,
to all shareholders of record of the Bank at their respective addresses as shown
upon the books of the Bank mailed not less than ten days prior to the date fixed
for such meeting.

SECTION 1.02.  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  A special meeting of the shareholders of this
Bank may be called at any time by the Board of Directors or by any three or more
shareholders owning, in the aggregate, not less than ten percent of the stock of
this Bank.  The notice of any special meeting of the shareholders called by the
Board of Directors, stating the time, place and purpose of the meeting, shall be
given by or under the direction of the Secretary, or such other officer as is
designated by the Chief Executive Officer, by first-class mail, postage prepaid,
to all shareholders of record of the Bank at their respective addresses as shown
upon the books of the Bank, mailed not less than ten days prior to the date
fixed for such meeting.

   Any special meeting of shareholders shall be conducted and its proceedings
recorded in the manner prescribed in these By-Laws for annual meetings of
shareholders.


                                     -9-

9/13/91

<PAGE>

SECTION 1.03.  SECRETARY OF SHAREHOLDERS' MEETING.  The Board of Directors may
designate a person to be the Secretary of the meetings of shareholders.  In the
absence of a presiding officer, as designated in these By-Laws, the Board of
Directors may designate a person to act as the presiding officer.  In the event
the Board of Directors fails to designate a person to preside at a meeting of
shareholders and a Secretary of such meeting, the shareholders present or
represented shall elect a person to preside and a person to serve as Secretary
of the meeting.

   The Secretary of the meetings of shareholders shall cause the returns made
by the judges and election and other proceedings to be recorded in the minute
book of the Bank.  The presiding officer shall notify the directors-elect of
their election and to meet forthwith for the organization of the new board.

   The minutes of the meeting shall be signed by the presiding officer and the
Secretary designated for the meeting.

SECTION 1.04.  JUDGES OF ELECTION.  The Board of Directors may appoint as many
as three shareholders to be judges of the election, who shall hold and conduct
the same, and who shall, after the election has been held, notify, in writing
over their signatures, the secretary of the shareholders' meeting of the result
thereof and the names of the Directors elected; provided, however, that upon
failure for any reason of any judge or judges of election, so appointed by the
directors, to serve, the presiding officer of the meeting shall appoint other
shareholders or their proxies to fill the vacancies.  The judges of election at
the request of the chairman of the meeting, shall act as tellers of any other
vote by ballot taken at such meeting, and shall notify, in writing over their
signatures, the secretary of the Board of Directors of the result thereof.

SECTION 1.05.  PROXIES.  In all elections of Directors, each shareholder of
record, who is qualified to vote under the provisions of Federal Law, shall have
the right to vote the number of shares of record in his name for as many persons
as there are Directors to be


                                      -10-

1/18/94

<PAGE>

elected, or to cumulate such shares as provided by Federal Law.  In deciding
all other questions at meetings of shareholders, each shareholder shall be
entitled to one vote on each share of stock of record in his name.
Shareholders may vote by proxy duly authorized in writing.  All proxies used
at the annual meeting shall be secured for that meeting only, or any
adjournment thereof, and shall be dated, and if not dated by the shareholder,
shall be dated as of the date of receipt thereof.  No officer or employee of
this Bank may act as proxy.

SECTION 1.06.  QUORUM.  Holders of record of a majority of the shares of the
capital stock of the Bank, eligible to be voted, present either in person or by
proxy, shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting
of shareholders, but shareholders present at any meeting and constituting less
than a quorum may, without further notice, adjourn the meeting from time to time
until a quorum is obtained.  A majority of the votes cast shall decide every
question or matter submitted to the shareholders at any meeting, unless
otherwise provided by law or by the Articles of Association.















                                     -11-

1/18/94



<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE II
                                    DIRECTORS

SECTION 2.01.  MANAGEMENT OF THE BANK.  The business of the Bank shall be
managed by the Board of Directors.  Each director of the Bank shall be the
beneficial owner of a substantial number of shares of BANC ONE CORPORATION and
shall be employed either in the position of Chief Executive Officer or active
leadership within his or her business, professional or community interest which
shall be located within the geographic area in which the Bank operates, or as an
executive officer of the Bank.  A director shall not be eligible for nomination
and re-election as a director of the Bank if such person's executive or
leadership position within his or her business, professional or community
interests which qualifies such person as a director of Bank terminates.  The age
of 70 is the mandatory retirement age as a director of the Bank.  When a
person's eligibility as director of the Bank terminates, whether because of
change in share ownership, position, residency or age, within 30 days after such
termination, such person shall submit his resignation as a director to be
effective at the pleasure of the Board provided, however, that in no event shall
such person be nominated or elected as a director.  Provided, however, following
a person's retirement or resignation as a director because of the age
limitations herein set forth with respect to election or re-election as a
director, such person may, in special or unusual circumstances, and at the
discretion of the Board, be elected by the directors as a Director Emeritus of
the Bank for a limited period of time.  A Director Emeritus shall have the right
to participate in board meetings but shall be without the power to vote and
shall be subject to re-election by the Board at its organizational meeting
following the Bank's annual meeting of shareholders.

SECTION 2.02.  QUALIFICATIONS.  Each director shall have the qualification
prescribed by law.  No person elected a director may exercise any of the powers
of his office until he has taken the oath of such office.

SECTION 2.03.  TERM OF OFFICE/VACANCIES.  A director shall hold office until the
annual meeting for the year in which his term expires and until his successor
shall be elected and shall qualify, subject, however, to his prior death,
resignation, or removal from office.


                                     -12-

1/18/94

<PAGE>

Whenever any vacancy shall occur among the directors, the remaining directors
shall constitute the directors of the Bank until such vacancy is filled by
the remaining directors, and any director so appointed shall hold office for
the unexpired term of his or her successor. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
each director shall hold office and serve at the pleasure of the Board.

SECTION 2.04.  ORGANIZATION MEETING.  The directors elected by the shareholders
shall meet for organization of the new board at the time fixed by the
presiding officer of the annual meeting.  If at the time fixed for such
meeting there is no quorum present, the Directors in attendance may adjourn
from time to time until a quorum is obtained.  A majority of the number of
Directors elected by the shareholders shall constitute a quorum for the
transaction of business.

SECTION 2.05.  REGULAR MEETINGS.  The regular meetings of the Board of Directors
shall be held on the third Monday of each calendar month excluding March and
July, which meeting will be held at 4:00 p.m.  When any regular meeting of the
Board falls on a holiday, the meeting shall be held on such other day as the
Board may previously designate or should the Board fail to so designate, on such
day as the Chairman of the Board of President may fix.  Whenever a quorum is not
present, the directors in attendance shall adjourn the meeting to a time not
later than the date fixed by the Bylaws for the next succeeding regular meeting
of the Board.

SECTION 2.06.  SPECIAL MEETINGS.  Special meetings of the Board of Directors
shall be held at the call of the Chairman of the Board or President, or at the
request of two or more Directors.  Any special meeting may be held at such place
in Franklin County, Ohio, and at such time as may be fixed in the call.  Written
or oral notice shall be given to each Director not later than the day next
preceding the day on which special meeting is to be held, which notice may be
waived in writing.  The presence of a Director at any meeting of the Board shall
be deemed a waiver of notice thereof by him.  Whenever a quorum is not present
the Directors in attendance shall adjourn the special meeting from day to day
until a quorum is obtained.

SECTION 2.07.  QUORUM.  A majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum at
any


                                     -13-

1/18/94

<PAGE>

meeting, except when otherwise provided by law; but a lesser number may
adjourn any meeting, from time-to-time, and the meeting may be held, as
adjourned, without further notice.  When, however, less than a quorum as
herein defined, but at least one-third and not less than two of the
authorized number of Directors are present at a meeting of the Directors,
business of the Bank may be transacted and matters before the Board approved
or disapproved by the unanimous vote of the Directors present.

SECTION 2.08.  COMPENSATION.  Each member of the Board of Directors shall
receive such fees for, and transportation expenses incident to, attendance at
Board and Board Committee Meetings and such fees for service as a Director
irrespective of meeting attendance as from time to time are fixed by resolution
of the Board; provided, however, that payment hereunder shall not be made to a
Director for meetings attended and/or Board service which are not for the Bank's
sole benefit and which are concurrent and duplicative with meetings attended or
board service for an affiliate of the Bank for which the Director receives
payment; and provided further, that payment hereunder shall not be made in the
case of any Director in the regular employment of the Bank or of one of its
affiliates.

SECTION 2.09.  EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.  There shall be a standing committee of the
Board of Directors known as the Executive Committee which shall possess and
exercise, when the Board is not in session, all powers of the Board that may
lawfully be delegated.  The Executive Committee shall also exercise the powers
of the Board of Directors in accordance with the Provisions of the "Employees
Retirement Plan" and the "Agreement and Declaration of Trust" as the same now
exist or may be amended hereafter.  The Executive Committee shall consist of not
fewer than four board members, including the Chairman of the Board and President
of the Bank, one of whom, as hereinafter required by these By-laws, shall be the
Chief Executive Officer.  The other members of the Committee shall be appointed
by the Chairman of the Board or by the President, with the approval of the Board
and shall continue as members of the Executive Committee until their successors
are appointed, provided, however, that any member of the Executive Committee may
be removed by the Board upon a majority vote thereof at any regular or special
meeting of the Board.  The Chairman or President shall fill any vacancy in the
Committee by the appointment of another Director, subject to the approval of the
Board of Directors.  The regular meetings of the Executive Committee shall be
held on a regular basis as scheduled


                                     -14-

1/18/94

<PAGE>


by the Board of Directors.  Special meetings of the Executive Committee shall
be held at the call of the Chairman or President or any two members thereof
at such time or times as may be designated. In the event of the absence of
any member or members of the Committee, the presiding member may appoint a
member or members of the Board to fill the place or places of such absent
member or members to serve during such absence.  Not fewer than three members
of the Committee must be present at any meeting of the Executive Committee to
constitute a quorum, provided, however that with regard to any matters on
which the Executive Committee shall vote, a majority of the Committee members
present at the meeting at which a vote is to be taken shall not be officers
of the Bank and, provided further, that if, at any meeting at which the
Chairman of the Board and President are both present, Committee members who
are not officers are not in the majority, then the Chairman of the Board or
President, which ever of such officers is not also the Chief Executive
Officer, shall not be eligible to vote at such meeting and shall not be
recognized for purposes of determining if a quorum is present at such
meeting. When neither the Chairman of the Board nor President are present,
the Committee shall appoint a presiding officer.  The Executive Committee
shall keep a record of its proceedings and report its proceedings and the
action taken by it to the Board of Directors.

SECTION 2.10  COMMUNITY REINVESTMENT ACT AND COMPLIANCE POLICY COMMITTEE.  There
shall be a standing committee of the Board of Directors known as the Community
Reinvestment Act and Compliance Policy Committee the duties of which shall be,
at least once in each calendar year, to review, develop and recommend policies
and programs related to the Bank's Community Reinvestment Act Compliance and
regulatory compliance with all existing statutes, rules and regulations
affecting the Bank under state and federal law.  Such Committee shall provide
and promptly make a full report of such review of current Bank policies with
regard to Community Reinvestment Act and regulatory compliance in writing to the
Board, with recommendations, if any, which may be necessary to correct any
unsatisfactory conditions.  Such Committee may, in its discretion, in fulfilling
its duties, utilize the Community Reinvestment Act officers of the Bank, Banc
One Ohio Corporation and Banc One Corporation and may engage outside Community
Reinvestment Act experts, as approved by the Board, to review, develop and
recommend policies and programs as herein required.  The Community Reinvestment
Act and regulatory compliance policies and procedures established and the
recommendations made shall be consistent


                                      -15-

1/18/94

<PAGE>

with, and shall supplement, the Community Reinvestment Act and regulatory
compliance programs, policies and procedures of Banc One Corporation and Banc
One Ohio Corporation.  The Community Reinvestment Act and Compliance Policy
Committee shall consist of not fewer than four board members, one of whom
shall be the Chief Executive Officer and a majority of whom are not officers
of the Bank.  Not fewer than three members of the Committee, a majority of
whom are not officers of the Bank, must be present to constitute a quorum.
The Chairman of the Board or President of the Bank, whichever is not the
Chief Executive Officer, shall be an ex officio member of the Community
Reinvestment Act and Compliance Policy Committee.  The Community Reinvestment
Act and Compliance Policy Committee, whose chairman shall be appointed by the
Board, shall keep a record of its proceedings and report its proceedings and
the action taken by it to the Board of Directors.

SECTION 2.11.  TRUST COMMITTEES.  There shall be two standing Committees
known as the Trust Management Committee and the Trust Examination Committee
appointed as hereinafter provided.

SECTION 2.12.  OTHER COMMITTEES.  The Board of Directors may appoint such
special committees from time to time as are in its judgment necessary in the
interest of the Bank.









                                     -16-

1/18/94


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE III
                    OFFICERS, MANAGEMENT STAFF AND EMPLOYEES

SECTION 3.01.  OFFICERS AND MANAGEMENT STAFF.

   (a) The officers of the Bank shall include a President, Secretary  and
       Security Officer and may include a Chairman of the Board, one or more
       Vice Chairmen, one or more Vice Presidents (which may include one or
       more Executive Vice Presidents and/or Senior Vice Presidents) and one or
       more Assistant Secretaries, all of whom shall be elected by the Board.
       All other officers may be elected by the Board or appointed in writing
       by the Chief Executive Officer.  The salaries of all officers elected by
       the Board shall be fixed by the Board.  The Board from time-to-time
       shall designate the President or Chairman of the Board to serve as the
       Bank's Chief Executive Officer.

   (b) The Chairman of the Board, if any, and the President shall be elected by
       the Board from their own number.  The President and Chairman of the
       Board shall be re-elected by the Board annually at the organizational
       meeting of the Board of Directors following the Annual Meeting of
       Shareholders.  Such officers as the Board shall elect from their own
       number shall hold office from the date of their election as officers
       until the organization meeting of the Board of Directors following the
       next Annual Meeting of Shareholders, provided, however, that such
       officers may be relieved of their duties at any time by action of the
       Board in which event all the powers incident to their office shall
       immediately terminate.
   (c) Except as provided in the case of the elected officers who are members
       of the Board, all officers, whether elected or appointed, shall hold
       office at the pleasure of the Board.  Except as otherwise limited by law
       or these By-laws, the Board assigns to Chief Executive Officer and/or
       his designees the authority to appoint and dismiss any elected or
       appointed officer or other member of the Bank's management staff and
       other employees of the Bank, as the person in charge of and responsible
       for any branch office, department, section, operation, function,
       assignment or duty in the Bank.


                                     -17-

1/18/94

<PAGE>

   (d) The management staff of the Bank shall include officers elected by the
       Board, officers appointed by the Chief Executive Officer, and such other
       persons in the employment of the Bank who, pursuant to written
       appointment and authorization by a duly authorized officer of the Bank,
       perform management functions and have management responsibilities.
       Any two or more offices may be held by the same person except that no
       person shall hold the office of Chairman of the Board and/or President
       and at the same time also hold the office of Secretary.

   (e) The Chief Executive Officer of the Bank and any other officer of the
       Bank, to the extent that such officer is authorized in writing by the
       Chief Executive Officer, may appoint persons other than officers who are
       in the employment of the Bank to serve in management positions and in
       connection therewith, the appointing officer may assign such title,
       salary, responsibilities and functions as are deemed appropriate by him,
       provided, however, that nothing contained herein shall be construed as
       placing any limitation on the authority of the Chief Executive Officer
       as provided in this and other sections of these By-Laws.

SECTION 3.02.  CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER.  The Chief Executive Officer of the Bank
shall have general and active management of the business of the Bank and shall
see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into
effect.  Except as otherwise prescribed or limited by these By-Laws, the Chief
Executive Officer shall have full right, authority and power to control all
personnel, including elected and appointed officers, of the Bank, to employ or
direct the employment of such personnel and officers as he may deem necessary,
including the fixing of salaries and the dismissal of them at pleasure, and to
define and prescribe the duties and responsibility of all Officers of the Bank,
subject to such further limitations and directions as he may from time-to-time
deem proper.  The Chief Executive Officer shall perform all duties incident to
his office and such other and further duties, as may, from time-to-time, be
required of him by the Board of Directors or the shareholders.  The
specification of authority in these By-Laws wherever and to whomever granted
shall not be construed to limit in any manner the general powers of delegation
granted to the Chief Executive Officer in conducting the business of the Bank.
The Chief Executive Officer or, in his absence, the Chairman of the Board or
President of the Bank, as designated by the Chief Executive Officer, shall
preside at all meetings of shareholders and


                                     -18-

1/18/94

<PAGE>


meetings of the Board.  In the absence of the Chief Executive Officer, such
officer as is designated by the Chief Executive Officer shall be vested with
all the powers and perform all the duties of the Chief Executive Officer as
defined by these By-Laws.  When designating an officer to serve in his
absence, the Chief Executive Officer shall select an officer who is a member
of the Board of Directors whenever such officer is available.

SECTION 3.03.  POWERS OF OFFICERS AND MANAGEMENT STAFF.  The Chief Executive
Officer, the Chairman of the Board, the President, and those officers so
designated and authorized by the Chief Executive Officer are authorized for an
on behalf of the Bank, and to the extent permitted by law, to make loans and
discounts; to purchase or acquire drafts, notes, stock, bonds, and other
securities for investment of funds held by the Bank; to execute and purchase
acceptances; to appoint, empower and direct all necessary agents and attor-
neys; to sign and give any notice required to be given; to demand payment and/or
to declare due for any default any debt or obligation due or payable to the Bank
upon demand or authorized to be declared due; to foreclose any mortgages, to
exercise any option, privilege or election to forfeit, terminate, extend or
renew any lease; to authorize and direct any proceedings for the collection of
any money or for the enforcement of any right or obligation; to adjust, settle
and compromise all claims of every kind and description in favor of or against
the Bank, and to give receipts, releases and discharges therefor; to borrow
money and in connection therewith to make, execute and deliver notes, bonds or
other evidences of indebtedness; to pledge or hypothecate any securities or
any stocks, bonds, notes or any property real or personal held or owned by the
Bank, or to rediscount any notes or other obligations held or owned by the
Bank, to employ or direct the employment of all personnel, including elected and
appointed officers, and the dismissal of them at pleasure, and in furtherance of
and in addition to the powers hereinabove set forth to do all such acts and to
take all such proceedings as in his judgment are necessary and incidental to the
operation of the Bank.

   Other persons in the employment of the Bank, including but not limited to
officers and other members of the management staff, may be authorized by the
Chief Executive Officer, or by an officer so designated and authorized by the
chief Executive Officer, to perform the powers set forth above, subject,
however, to such limitations and conditions as are set forth in the
authorization given to such persons.


                                     -19-

1/18/94

<PAGE>

SECTION 3.04.  SECRETARY.  The Secretary or such other officers as may be
designated by the Chief Executive Officer shall have supervision and control of
the records of the Bank and, subject to the direction of the Chief Executive
Officer, shall undertake other duties and functions usually performed by a
corporate secretary.  Other officers may be designated by the Chief Executive
Officer or the Board of Directors as Assistant Secretary to perform the duties
of the Secretary.

SECTION 3.05.  EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS.  The Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of
the Board, President, any officer being a member of the Bank's management staff
who is also a person in charge of and responsible for any department within the
Bank and any other officer to the extent such officer is so designated and
authorized by the Chief Executive Officer, the Chairman of the Board, the
President, or any other officer who is a member of the Bank's management staff
who is in charge of and responsible for any department within the Bank, are
hereby authorized on behalf of the Bank to sell, assign, lease, mortgage,
transfer, deliver and convey any real or personal property now or hereafter
owned by or standing in the name of the Bank or its nominee, or held by this
Bank as collateral security, and to execute and deliver such deeds, contracts,
leases, assignments, bills of sale, transfers or other papers or documents as
may be appropriate in the circumstances; to execute any loan agreement, security
agreement, commitment letters and financing statements and other documents on
behalf of the Bank as a lender; to execute purchase orders, documents and
agreements entered into by the Bank in the ordinary course of business, relating
to purchase, sale, exchange or lease of services, tangible personal property,
materials and equipment for the use of the Bank; to execute powers of attorney
to perform specific or general functions in the name of or on behalf of the
Bank; to execute promissory notes or other instruments evidencing debt of the
Bank; to execute instruments pledging or releasing securities for public funds,
documents submitting public fund bids on behalf of the Bank and public fund
contracts; to purchase and acquire any real or personal property including loan
portfolios and to execute and deliver such agreements, contracts or other papers
or documents as may be appropriate in the circumstances; to execute any
indemnity and fidelity bonds, proxies or other papers or documents of like or
different character necessary, desirable or incidental to the conduct of its
banking business; to execute and deliver settlement agreements or other papers
or documents as may be appropriate in connection with a dismissal authorized by
Section 3.01(c) of these By-laws;


                                     -20-

1/18/94

<PAGE>


to execute agreements, instruments, documents, contracts or other papers of
like or difference character necessary, desirable or incidental to the
conduct of its banking business; and to execute and deliver partial releases
from and discharges or assignments of mortgages, financing statements and
assignments or surrender of insurance policies, now or hereafter held by this
Bank.

   The Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board, President, any officer
being a member of the Bank's management staff who is also a person in charge of
and responsible for any department within the Bank, and any other officer of the
Bank so designated and authorized by the Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of
the Board, President or any officer who is a member of the Bank's management
staff who is in charge of and responsible for any department within the Bank are
authorized for and on behalf of the Bank to sign and issue checks, drafts, and
certificates of deposit; to sign and endorse bills of exchange, to sign and
countersign foreign and domestic letters of credit, to receive and receipt for
payments of principal, interest, dividends, rents, fees and payments of every
kind and description paid to the Bank, to sign receipts for property acquired by
or entrusted to the Bank, to guarantee the genuineness of signatures on
assignments of stocks, bonds or other securities, to sign certifications of
checks, to endorse and deliver checks, drafts, warrants, bills, notes,
certificates of deposit and acceptances in all business transactions of the
Bank.

   Other persons in the employment of the Bank and of its subsidiaries,
including but not limited to officers and other members of the management staff,
may be authorized by the Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board,
President or by an officer so designated by the Chief Executive Officer,
Chairman of the Board, or President to perform the acts and to execute the
documents set forth above, subject, however, to such limitations and conditions
as are contained in the authorization given to such person.

SECTION 3.06.  PERFORMANCE BOND.  All officers and employees of the Bank shall
be bonded for the honest and faithful performance of their duties for such
amount as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors.


                                     -21-

1/18/94



<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE IV
                                TRUST DEPARTMENT

SECTION 4.01.  TRUST DEPARTMENT.  Pursuant to the fiduciary powers granted to
this Bank under the provisions of Federal Law and Regulations of the
Comptroller of the Currency, there shall be maintained a separate Trust
Department of the Bank, which shall be operated in the manner specified
herein.

SECTION 4.02.  TRUST MANAGEMENT COMMITTEE.  There shall be a standing
Committee known as the Trust Management Committee, consisting of at least
five members, a majority of whom shall not be officers of the Bank.  The
Committee shall consist of the Chairman of the Board who shall be Chairman of
the Committee, the President, and at least three other Directors appointed
by the Board of Directors and who shall continue as members of the Committee
until their successors are appointed.  Any vacancy in the Trust Management
Committee may be filled by the Board at any regular or special meeting.  In
the event of the absence of any member or members, such Committee may, in its
discretion, appoint members of the Board to fill the place of such absent
members to serve during such absence.  Three members of the Committee shall
constitute a quorum.  Any member of the Committee may be removed by the Board
by a majority vote at any regular or special meeting of the Board.  The
Committee shall meet at such times as it may determine or at the call of the
Chairman, or President or any two members thereof.

     The Trust Management Committee, under the general direction of the Board
of Directors, shall supervise the policy of the Trust Department which shall be
formulated and executed in accordance with Law, Regulations of the Comptroller
of the Currency, and sound fiduciary principles.

SECTION 4.03.  TRUST EXAMINATION COMMITTEE.  There shall be a standing
Committee known as the Trust Examination Committee, consisting of three
directors appointed by the Board of Directors and who shall continue as
members of the committee until their successors are appointed.  Such members
shall not be active officers of the Bank.  Two members of the Committee shall
constitute a quorum.  Any member of the Committee may

                                      -22-

1/18/94

<PAGE>

be removed by the Board by a majority vote at any regular or special meeting
of the Board.  The Committee shall meet at such times as it may determine or
at the call of two members thereof.

     This Committee shall, at least once during each calendar year and within
fifteen months of the last such audit, or at such other time(s) as may be
required by Regulations of the Comptroller of the Currency, make suitable
audits of the Trust Department or cause suitable audits to be made by
auditors responsible only to the Board of Directors, and at such time shall
ascertain whether the Department has been administered in accordance with
Law, Regulations of the Comptroller of the Currency and sound fiduciary
principles.

     The Committee shall promptly make a full report of such audits in
writing to the Board of Directors of the Bank, together with a recommendation
as to what action, if any, may be necessary to correct any unsatisfactory
condition.  A report of the audits together with the action taken thereon
shall be noted in the Minutes of the Board of Directors and such report shall
be a part of the records of this Bank.

SECTION 4.04.  MANAGEMENT.  The Trust Department shall be under the
management and supervision of an officer of the Bank or of the trust
affiliate of the Bank designated by and subject to the advice and direction
of the Chief Executive Officer.  Such officer having supervisory
responsibility over the Trust Department shall do or cause to be done all
things necessary or proper in carrying on the business of the Trust
Department in accordance with provisions of law and applicable regulations.

SECTION 4.05.  HOLDING OF PROPERTY.  Property held by the Trust Department
may be carried in the name of the Bank in its fiduciary capacity, in the name
of Bank, or in the name of a nominee or nominees.

SECTION 4.06.  TRUST INVESTMENTS.  Funds held by the Bank in a fiduciary
capacity awaiting investment or distribution shall not be held uninvested or
undistributed any longer than is reasonable for the proper management of the
account and shall be invested in accordance with the instrument establishing
a fiduciary relationship and local law.  Where such instrument does not
specify the character or class of investments to be made and does not vest in
the Bank any discretion in the matter, funds held pursuant to such instrument

                                      -23-

1/18/94

<PAGE>

shall be invested in any investment which corporate fiduciaries may invest
under local law.

     The investments of each account in the Trust Department shall be kept
separate from the assets of the Bank, and shall be placed in the joint
custody or control of not less than two of the officers or employees of the
Bank or of the trust affiliate of the Bank designated for the purpose by the
Trust Management Committee.

SECTION 4.07.  EXECUTION OF DOCUMENTS.  The Chief Executive Officer, Chairman
of the Board, President, any officer of the Trust Department, and such other
officers of the trust affiliate of the Bank as are specifically designated
and authorized by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, or the officer
in charge of the Trust Department, are hereby authorized, on behalf of this
Bank, to sell, assign, lease, mortgage, transfer, deliver and convey any real
property or personal property and to purchase and acquire any real or
personal property and to execute and deliver such agreements, contracts, or
other papers and documents as may be appropriate in the circumstances for
property now or hereafter owned by or standing in the name of this Bank, or
its nominee, in any fiduciary capacity, or in the name of any principal for
whom this Bank may now or hereafter be acting under a power of attorney, or
as agent and to execute and deliver partial releases from any discharges or
assignments or mortgages and assignments or surrender of insurance policies,
to execute and deliver deeds, contracts, leases, assignments, bills of sale,
transfers or such other papers or documents as may be appropriate in the
circumstances for property now or hereafter held by this Bank in any
fiduciary capacity or owned by any principal for whom this Bank may now or
hereafter be acting under a power of attorney or as agent; to execute and
deliver settlement agreements or other papers or documents as may be
appropriate in connection with a dismissal authorized by Section 3.01(c) of
these By-laws; provided that the signature of any such person shall be
attested in each case by any officer of the Trust Department or by any other
person who is specifically authorized by the Chief Executive Officer, the
President or the officer in charge of the Trust Department.

   The Chief Executive Officer, Chairman of the Board, President, any officer
of the Trust Department and such other officers of the trust affiliate of the
Bank as are specifically designated and authorized by the Chief Executive
Officer, the President, or the officer in charge of the Trust Department, or
any other person or corporation as is specifically

                                      -24-

1/18/94

<PAGE>

authorized by the Chief Executive Officer, the President or the officer in
charge of the Trust Department, are hereby authorized on behalf of this Bank,
to sign any and all pleadings and papers in probate and other court
proceedings, to execute any indemnity and fidelity bonds, trust agreements,
proxies or other papers or documents of like or different character
necessary, desirable or incidental to the appointment of the Bank in any
fiduciary capacity and the conduct of its business in any fiduciary capacity;
also to foreclose any mortgage, to execute and deliver receipts for payments
of principal, interest, dividends, rents, fees and payments of every kind and
description paid to the Bank; to sign receipts for property acquired or
entrusted to the Bank; also to sign stock or bond certificates on behalf of
this Bank in any fiduciary capacity and on behalf of this Bank as transfer
agent or registrar; to guarantee the genuineness of signatures on assignments
of stocks, bonds or other securities, and to authenticate bonds, debentures,
land or lease trust certificates or other forms of security issued pursuant
to any indenture under which this Bank now or hereafter is acting as Trustee.
Any such person, as well as such other persons as are specifically
authorized by the Chief Executive Officer or the officer in charge of the
Trust Department, may sign checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money
executed by the Trust Department in the course of its business.

SECTION 4.08.  VOTING OF STOCK.  The Chairman of the Board, President, any
officer of the Trust Department, any officer of the trust affiliate of the
Bank and such other persons as may be specifically authorized by Resolution
of the Trust Management Committee or the Board of Directors, may vote shares
of stock of a corporation of record on the books of the issuing company in
the name of the Bank or in the name of the Bank as fiduciary, or may grant
proxies for the voting of such stock of the granting if same is permitted by
the instrument under which the Bank is acting in a fiduciary capacity, or by
the law applicable to such fiduciary account.  In the case of shares of stock
which are held by a nominee of the Bank, such shares may be voted by such
person(s) authorized by such nominee.







                                      -25-

1/18/94


<PAGE>


                                    ARTICLE V
                          STOCKS AND STOCK CERTIFICATES

SECTION 5.01.  STOCK CERTIFICATES.  The shares of stock of the Bank shall be
evidenced by certificates which shall bear the signature of the Chairman of the
Board, the President, or a Vice President (which signature may be engraved,
printed or impressed), and shall be signed manually by the Secretary, or any
other officer appointed by the Chief Executive Officer for that purpose.

   In case any such officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has
been placed upon such certificate shall have ceased to be such before such
certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Bank with the same effect as if
such officer had not ceased to be such at the time of its issue.  Each such
certificate shall bear the corporate seal of the Bank, shall recite on its fact
that the stock represented thereby is transferable only upon the books of the
Bank properly endorsed and shall recite such other information as is required by
law and deemed appropriate by the Board.  The corporate seal may be facsimile
engraved or printed.

SECTION 5.02.  STOCK ISSUE AND TRANSFER.  The shares of stock of the Bank shall
be transferable only upon the stock transfer books of the Bank and except as
hereinafter provided, no transfer shall be made or new certificates issued
except upon the surrender for cancellation of the certificate or certificates
previously issued therefor.  In the case of the loss, theft, or destruction of
any certificate, a new certificate may be issued in place of such certificate
upon the furnishing of any affidavit setting forth the circumstances of such
loss, theft, or destruction and indemnity satisfactory to the Chairman of the
Board, the President, or a Vice President.  The Board of Directors, or the Chief
Executive Officer, may authorize the issuance of a new certificate therefor
without the furnishing of indemnity.  Stock Transfer Books, in which all
transfers of stock shall be recorded, shall be provided.

   The stock transfer books may be closed for a reasonable period and under
such conditions as the Board of Directors may at any time determine for any
meeting of shareholders, the payment of dividends or any other lawful purpose.
In lieu of closing the transfer books, the Board may, in its discretion, fix a
record date and hour constituting a


                                     -26-

1/18/94

<PAGE>

reasonable period prior to the day designated for the holding of any meeting
of the shareholders or the day appointed for the payment of any dividend or
for any other purpose at the time as of which shareholders entitled to notice
of and to vote at any such meeting or to receive such dividend or to be
treated as shareholders for such other purpose shall be determined, and only
shareholders of record at such time shall be entitled to notice of or to vote
at such meeting or to receive such dividends or to be treated as shareholders
for such other purpose.















                                     -27-

1/18/94


<PAGE>


                                   ARTICLE VI
                            MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

SECTION 6.01.  SEAL.  The impression made below is an impression of the seal
adopted by the Board of Directors of BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION.
The Seal may be affixed by any officer of the Bank to any document executed by
an authorized officer on behalf of the Bank, and any officer may certify any
act, proceedings, record, instrument or authority of the Bank.

SECTION 6.02.  BANKING HOURS.  Subject to ratification by the Executive
Committee, the Bank and each of its Branches shall be open for business on such
days and during such hours as the Chief Executive Officer of the Bank shall,
from time to time, prescribe.

SECTION 6.03.  MINUTE BOOK.  The organization papers of this Bank, the Articles
of Association, the returns of the judges of elections, the By-Laws and any
amendments thereto, the proceedings of all regular and special meetings of the
shareholders and of the Board of Directors, and reports of the committees of the
Board of Directors shall be recorded in the minute book of the Bank.  The
minutes of each such meeting shall be signed by the presiding Officer and
attested by the secretary of the meetings.

SECTION 6.04.  AMENDMENT OF BY-LAWS.  These By-Laws may be amended by vote of a
majority of the Directors.




                                     -28-

1/18/94

<PAGE>

                                    EXHIBIT 6


Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C. 20549


                                     CONSENT


The undersigned, designated to act as Trustee under the Indenture for Amresco,
Inc. described in the attached Statement of Eligibility and Qualification, does
hereby consent that reports of examinations by Federal, State, Territorial, or
District Authorities may be furnished by such authorities to the Commission upon
the request of the Commission.

This Consent is given pursuant to the provision of Section 321(b) of the Trust
Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.


                                       Bank One, Columbus, N.A.

Dated: December 19, 1995                 By: /s/ VICTORIA PAVLICK
                                            ------------------------------
                                               Victoria Pavlick
                                               Authorized Signer







                                     -29-

1/18/94


<PAGE>

                                    Exhibit 7


                              Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
                              OMB Number: 7100-0036
                              Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
                              OMB Number: 3064-0052
                              Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
                              OMB Number: 1557-0081
                              Expires March 31, 1996

FEDERAL FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS EXAMINATION COUNCIL

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[Logo]                        Please refer to page I,                        /1/
                              Table of Contents, for
                              the required disclosure
                              of estimated burden.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CONSOLIDATED REPORTS OF CONDITION AND INCOME FOR
A BANK WITH DOMESTIC AND FOREIGN OFFICES-FFIEC 031



REPORT AT THE CLOSE OF BUSINESS SEPTEMBER 30, 1995                      (950930)
                                                                         -------
                                                                     (RCRI 9999)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

This report is required by law: 12 U.S.C. Section 324 (State member banks); 12
U.S.C. Section 1817 (State nonmember banks); and 12 U.S.C. Section 161 (National
banks).

This report form is to be filed by banks with branches and consolidated
subsidiaries in U.S. territories and possessions, Edge or Agreement
subsidiaries, foreign branches, consolidated foreign subsidiaries, or
International Banking Facilities.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTE: The Reports of Condition and Income must be signed by an authorized
officer and the Report of Condition must be attested to by not less than two
directors (trustees) for State nonmember banks and three directors for State
member and National banks.

I, Richard D. Nadler,  Controller
  -------------------------------
   Name and Title of Officer Authorized to Sign Report

of the named bank do hereby declare that these Reports of Condition and Income
(including the supporting schedules) have been prepared in conformance with the
instructions issued by the appropriate Federal regulatory authority and are true
to the best of my knowledge and belief.


/s/ R. D. Nadler
- ----------------------------------------------
Signature of Officer Authorized to Sign Report

10/29/95
- ----------------------------------------------
Date of Signature

The Reports of Condition and Income are to be prepared in accordance with
Federal regulatory authority instructions. NOTE: These instructions may in some
cases differ from generally accepted accounting principles.

We, the undersigned directors (trustees), attest to the correctness of this
Report of Condition (including the supporting schedules) and declare that it has
been examined by us and to the best of our knowledge and belief has been
prepared in conformance with the instructions issued by the appropriate Federal
regulatory authority and is true and correct.

/s/ Frederick L. Cullen
- ---------------------------------
Director (Trustee)

/s/ Robert G. Davis
- ---------------------------------
Director (Trustee)

/s/ William M. Bennett
- ---------------------------------
Director (Trustee)

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For Banks Submitting Hard Copy Report Forms:

State Member Banks: Return the original and one copy to the appropriate Federal
Reserve District Bank.

State Nonmember Banks: Return the original only in the SPECIAL RETURN ADDRESS
ENVELOPE PROVIDED. If express mail is used in lieu of the special return address
envelope, return the original only to the FDIC, c/o Quality Data Systems, 2127
Espey Court, Suite 204, Crofton, MD 21114.

National banks:  Return the original only in the SPECIAL RETURN ADDRESS ENVELOPE
PROVIDED. If express mail is used in lieu of the special return address
envelope, return the original only to the FDIC, c/o Quality Data Systems, 2127
Espey Court, Suite 204, Crofton, MD 21114.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

FDIC Certificate Number | | | | | |
                       (RCRI 9050)


Banks should affix the address label in this space.

CALL NO. 193           31        09-30-95

STBK: 39-1580 00088 STCERT: 39-06559

BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NATIONAL ASSOCIA
100 EAST BROAD STREET
COLUMBUS, OH     43271

Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.  Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
<PAGE>

                                                                       FFIEC 031
                                                                          Page I
                                                                             /2/
CONSOLIDATED REPORTS OF CONDITION AND INCOME FOR
A BANK WITH DOMESTIC AND FOREIGN OFFICES
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Signature Page                                                             Cover

Report of Income

Schedule  RI-Income Statement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RI-1, 2, 3

Schedule RI-A-Changes in Equity Capital. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RI-4

Schedule  RI-B-Charge-offs and Recoveries and
  Changes in Allowance for Loan and Lease
  Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RI-4, 5

Schedule RI-C-Applicable Income Taxes by
  Taxing Authority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RI-5

Schedule RI-D-Income from
  International Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RI-6

Schedule RI-E-Explanations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RI-7, 8


Report of Condition

Schedule RC-Balance Sheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RC-1, 2

Schedule RC-A-Cash and Balances Due
  From Depository Institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RC-3

Schedule RC-B-Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RC-3, 4, 5

Schedule RC-C-Loans and Lease Financing
  Receivables:
  Part I. Loans and Leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RC-6, 7
  Part II.  Loans to Small Businesses and
   Small Farms (included in the forms for
   June 30 only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RC-7a, 7b

Schedule RC-D-Trading Assets and Liabilities
  (to be completed only by selected banks) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RC-8

Schedule RC-E-Deposit Liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RC-9, 10, 11

Schedule RC-F-Other Assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RC-11

Schedule RC-G-Other Liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RC-11

Schedule RC-H -Selected Balance Sheet Items
  for Domestic Offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RC-12

Schedule RC-1- Selected Assets and Liabilities
  of IBFs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RC-13

Schedule RC-K-Quarterly Averages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RC-13

Schedule RC-L-Off-Balance Sheet
  Items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RC-14, 15, 16

Schedule RC-M-Memoranda. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RC-17, 18

Schedule RC-N-Past Due and Nonaccrual
  Loans, Leases, and Other Assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RC-19, 20

Schedule RC-0-Other Data for Deposit
  Insurance Assessments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RC-21, 22

Schedule RC-R-Risk-Based Capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RC-23, 24

Optional Narrative Statement Concerning
  the Amounts Reported in the Reports
  of Condition and Income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RC-25

Special Report (to be completed by all banks)

Schedule RC-J-Repricing Opportunities (sent only to
  and to be completed only by savings banks)

Disclosure of Estimated Burden

The estimated average burden associated with this information collection is 31.6
hours per respondent and is estimated to vary from 15 to 225 hours per response,
depending on individual circumstances. Burden estimates include the time for
reviewing instructions, gathering and maintaining data in the required form, and
completing the information collection, but exclude the time for compiling and
maintaining business records in the normal course of a respondent's activities.
Comments concerning the accuracy of this burden estimate and suggestions for
reducing this burden should be directed to the Office of Information and
Regulatory Affairs, Office of Management and Budget. Washington, D.C. 20503, and
to one of the following:

Secretary
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
Washington, D.C. 2051
Legislative and Regulatory Analysis Division
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
Washington, D.C. 20219

Assistant Executive Secretary
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
Washington, D.C. 20429


For information or assistance, National and State nonmember banks should contact
the FDIC's Call Reports Analysis Unit, 550 17th Street, NW, Washington, D.C.
20429, toll free on (800) 688-FDIC(3342), Monday through Friday between 8:00
a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Eastern time. State member banks should contact their
Federal Reserve District Bank.

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Legal Title of Bank:   BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA                                          Call Date: 9/30/95  ST-BK: 39-1580  FFIEC 031
Address:               100 East Broad Street                                                                               Page RI-1
City, State   Zip:     Columbus, OH 43271-1066
FDIC Certificate No.:  06559

Consolidated Report of Income
for the period January 1, 1995-September 30, 1995

All Report of Income schedules are to be reported on a calendar year-to-date basis in thousands of dollars.

Schedule RI--Income Statement

                                                                                                              1480
                                                                                                 -----------------
                                                                    Dollar Amounts in Thousands  RIAD Bil Mil Thou
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>                 <C>

1. Interest income:
   a. Interest and fee income on loans:
       (1) In domestic offices:
           (a) Loans secured by real estate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4011       78,290   1.a.(1)(a)
           (b) Loans to depository institutions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4019            4   1.a.(1)(b)
           (c) Loans to finance agricultural production and other loans to farmers . . . . . .   4024          467   1.a.(1)(c)
           (d) Commercial and industrial loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4012       42,063   1.a.(1)(d)
           (e) Acceptances of other banks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4026            0   1.a.(1)(e)
           (f) Loans to individuals for household, family, and other personal expenditures:
               (1) Credit cards and related plans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4054      209,384   1.a.(1)(f)(1)
               (2) Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4055       73,587   1.a.(1)(f)(2)
           (g) Loans to foreign governments and official institutions. . . . . . . . . . . . .   4056            0   1.a.(1)(g)
           (h) Obligations (other than securities and Leases) of states and political
               subdivisions in the U.S.:
               (1) Taxable obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4503           97   1.a.(1)(h)(1)
               (2) Tax-exempt obligations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4504        1,165   1.a.(1)(h)(2)
           (i) All other loans in domestic offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4059            0   1.a.(2)
       (2) In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs . . . . . . . . . . .   4059            0   1.a.(2)
   b.  Income from lease financing receivables:
       (1) Taxable leases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4505       35,651   1.b.(1)
       (2) Tax-exempt leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4307          341   1.b.(2)
   c.  Interest income on balances due from depository institutions:(1)
       (1) In domestic offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4105            0   1.c.(1)
       (2) In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs . . . . . . . . . . .   4106        1,642   1.c.(2)
   d.  Interest and dividend income on securities:
       (1) U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government agency and corporation obligations . .   4027       28,181   1.d.(1)
       (2) Securities issued by states and political subdivisions in the U.S.:
           (a) Taxable securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4506            0   1.d.(2)(a)
           (b) Tax-exempt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4507        2,594   1.d.(2)(b)
       (3) Other domestic debt securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3657        1,553   1.d.(3)
       (4) Foreign debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3658          176   1.d.(4)
       (5) Equity securities (including investments in mutual funds) . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3659          173   1.d.(5)
   e. Interest income from trading assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4069            0   1.e
                                                                                                 -----------------

</TABLE>

- ---------------
(1) Includes interest income on time certificates of deposit not held for
trading.


                                        3
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Legal Title of Bank:   BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA                                          Call Date: 9/30/95  ST-BK: 39-1580  FFIEC 031
Address:               100 East Broad Street                                                                              Page RI-2
City, State   Zip:     Columbus, OH 43271-1066
FDIC Certificate No.:  06559

Schedule RI--Continued

                                                         Dollar Amounts in Thousands        Year-to-date
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                       RIAD Bil Mil Thou
<S>                                                                                    <C>                 <C>

 1. Interest income (continued)
    f. Interest income on federal funds sold and securities purchased under
       agreements to resell in domestic offices of the bank and of its Edge
       and Agreement subsidiaries, and in IBFs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4020       11,883   1.f.
    g. Total interest income (sum of items 1.a through 1.f). . . . . . . . . . . . .   4107      490,031   1.g.
 2. Interest expense:
    a. Interest on deposits:
       (1) Interest on deposits in domestic offices:
            (a) Transaction accounts (NOW accounts, ATS accounts, and
                telephone and preauthorized transfer accounts) . . . . . . . . . . .   4508        5,931   2.a.(1)(a)
            (b) Nontransaction accounts:
                (1) Money market deposit accounts (MMDAS). . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4509       33,004   2.a.(1)(b)(1)
                (2) Other savings deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4511       17,288   2.a.(1)(b)(2)
                (3) Time certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more . . . . . . . .   4174        3,509   2.a.(1)(b)(3)
                (4) All other time deposits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4512       54,851   2.a.(1)(b)(4)
       (2) Interest on deposits in foreign offices, Edge and Agreement
            subsidiaries, and IBFs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4172       20,080   2.a.(2)
    b. Expense of federal funds purchased and securities sold under
       agreements to repurchase in domestic offices of the bank and of its
       Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and in IBFs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4180       42,543   2.b.
    c. Interest on demand notes issued to the U.S. Treasury, trading
       liabilities, and other borrowed money . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4185       16,334   2.c.
    d. Interest on mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized
       leases. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4072          295   2.d.
    e. Interest on subordinated notes and debentures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4200        7,645   2.e.
    f. Total interest expense (sum of items 2.a through 2.e) . . . . . . . . . . . .   4073      201,480   2.f.
 3. Net interest income (item 1.g minus 2.f) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       RIAD 4074  288,551  3.
 4. Provisions:
    a. Provision for loan and lease losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       RIAD 4230   65,573  4.a.
    b. Provision for allocated transfer risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       RIAD 4243        0  4.b.
 5. Noninterest income:
    a. Income from fiduciary activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4070       11,891   5.a.
    b. Service charges on deposit accounts in domestic offices . . . . . . . . . . .   4080       25,765   5.b.
    c. Trading gains (losses) and fees from foreign exchange transactions. . . . . .   4075        1,263   5.c.
    d. Other foreign transaction gains (losses). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4076          245   5.d.
    e. Other gains (losses) and fees from trading assets and liabilities . . . . . .   4077            0   5.e.
    f. Other noninterest income:
       (1) Other fee income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5407      248,023   5.f.(1)
       (2) All other noninterest income* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5408       61,610   5.f.(2)
    g. Total noninterest income (sum of items 5.a through 5.f) . . . . . . . . . . .                       RIAD 4079  348,797  5.g.
 6. a. Realized gains (losses) on held-to-maturity securities. . . . . . . . . . . .                       RIAD 3521       53  6.a.
    b. Realized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities. . . . . . . . . . .                       RIAD 3196        0  6.b.
 7. Noninterest expense:
    a. SaLaries and employee benefits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4135       98,275   7.a.
    b. Expenses of premises and fixed assets (net of rental income)
        excluding salaries and employee benefits and mortgage interest). . . . . . .   4217       17,696   7.b.
    c. Other noninterest expense*. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4092      311,570   7.c.
    d. Total noninterest expense (sum of items 7.a through 7.c). . . . . . . . . . .                       RIAD 4093  427,541  7.d.
 8. Income (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary items and other
    adjustments (item 3 plus or minus items 4.a, 4.b, 5.g, 6.a, 6.b, and 7.d). . . .                       RIAD 4301  144,287  8.
 9. ApplicabLe income taxes (on item 8). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       RIAD 4302   47,676  9.
10. Income (loss) before extraordinary items and other adjustments (item 8
    minus 9) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       RIAD 4300   96,611 10.
                                                                                       --------------------------------------

</TABLE>

- ---------------
* Describe on ScheduLe RI-E--Explanations.


                                        4
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Legal Title of Bank:   BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA                                          Call Date: 9/30/95  ST-BK: 39-1580  FFIEC 031
Address:               100 East Broad Street                                                                               Page RI-1
City, State   Zip:     Columbus, OH 43271-1066
FDIC Certificate No.:  06559

Schedule RI--Continued

                                                                                            Year-to-date
                                                                                       -----------------
                                                         Dollar Amounts in Thousands   RIAD Bil Mil Thou
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                    <C>                 <C>

11. Extraordinary items and other adjustments:
    a. Extraordinary items and other adjustments, gross of income taxes* . . . . . .   4310            0   11.a.
    b. Applicable income taxes (on item 11.a)* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4315            0   11.b.
    c. Extraordinary items and other adjustments, net of income taxes
        (item 11.a minus 11.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       RIAD 4320        0 11.c.
12. Net income (loss) (sum of items 10 and 11.c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       RIAD 4340   96,611 11.c.
                                                                                       --------------------------------------

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                              1481
                                                                                                 -----------------
                                                                                                      Year-to-date
                                                                                                 -----------------
Memoranda                                                           Dollar Amounts in Thousands  RIAD Bil Mil Thou
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>                 <C>

 1. Interest expense incurred to carry tax-exempt securities, loans, and teases acquired after
    August 7, 1986, that is not deductible for federal income tax purposes . . . . . . . . . .   4513          233   M.1.
 2. Income from the sale and servicing of mutual funds and annuities in domestic offices
    (included in Schedule RI, item 8). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8431          490   M.2.
 3. Estimated foreign tax credit included in applicable income taxes, items 9 and 11.b above .   4309            0   M.3.
 4. To be completed only by banks with $1 billion or more in total assets:
    Taxable equivalent adjustment to "Income (loss) before income taxes and extraordinary
    items and other adjustments" (item 8 above). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1244        2,344   M.4.
 5. Number of full-time equivalent employees on payroll at end of current period (round to                  Number
    nearest whole number). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4150        3,385   M.5.
 6. Not applicable
 7. If the reporting bank has restated its balance sheet as a result of applying push down                MM DD YY
    accounting this calendar year, report the date of the bank's acquisition . . . . . . . . .   9106     00/00/00   M.7.
 8. Trading revenue (from cash instruments and off-balance sheet derivative instruments)
    (included in Schedule RI, items 5.c and 5.e):                                                     Bil Mil Thou
    a. Interest rate exposures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8757            0   M.8.a.
    b. Foreign exchange exposures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8758            0   M.8.b.
    c. Equity security and index exposures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8759            0   M.8.c.
    d. Commodity and other exposures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8760            0   M.8.d.
 9. Impact on income of off-balance sheet derivatives held for purposes other than trading:
    a. Net increase (decrease) to interest income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8761      (11,324)  M.9.a.
    b. Net (increase) decrease to interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8762         (524)  M.9.b.
    c. Other (noninterest) allocations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8763        4,855   M.9.c.
                                                                                                 -----------------

</TABLE>

- ---------------
* Describe on ScheduLe RI-E--Explanations.


                                        5
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Legal Title of Bank:   BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA                                          Call Date:    9/30/95 ST: 39-1580 FFIEC 031
Address:               100 East Broad Street                                                                               Page RI-4
City, State   Zip:     Columbus, OH 43271-1066
FDIC Certificate No.:  06559
Schedule RI-A--Changes in Equity Capital


Indicate decreases and losses in parentheses.

                                                                                                             -------
                                                                                                                1483
                                                                                                  ------------------
                                                                   Dollar Amounts in Thousands    RIAD Bil Mil Thou
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  <S>                                                                                             <C>                  <C>
  1.  Total equity capital originally reported in the December 31, 1994, Reports of Condition
      and Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3215       533,224   1.
  2.  Equity capital adjustments from amended Reports of income, net*. . . . . . . . . . . . .    3216             0   2.
  3.  Amended balance end of previous calendar year (sum of items 1 and 2) . . . . . . . . . .    3217       533,224   3.
  4.  Net income (loss) (must equal Schedule RI, item 12). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4340        96,611   4.
  5.  Sale, conversion, acquisition, or retirement of capital stock, net . . . . . . . . . . .    4346             0   5.
  6.  Changes incident to business combinations, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4356             0   6.
  7.  LESS: Cash dividends declared on preferred stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4470             0   7.
  8.  LESS: Cash dividends declared on common stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4460        10,000   8.
  9.  Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles from prior years* (see
      instructions for this schedule). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4411             0   9.
 10.  Corrections of material accounting errors from prior years* (see instructions for
      this schedule) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4412             0  10.
 11.  Change in net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities . . . .    8433           644  11.
 12.  Foreign currency translation adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4414             0  12.
 13.  Other transactions with parent holding company* (not included in items 5, 7, or 8 above)    4415             0  13.
 14.  Total equity capital end of current period (sum of items 3 through 13) (must equal
      Schedule RC, item 28). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3210       620,479  14.
                                                                                                  ------------------

- ---------
*Describe on Schedule RI-E--Explanations.

</TABLE>

Schedule RI-B--Charge-offs and Recoveries and Changes
               in Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

Part I.  Charge-offs and Recoveries on Loans and Leases

Part I excludes charge-offs and recoveries through
the allocated transfer risk reserve.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                              -------
                                                                                                                 1486
                                                                            -----------------------------------------
                                                                                  (Column A)            (Column B)
                                                                                  Charge-offs           Recoveries
                                                                            -----------------------------------------
                                                                                         Calendar year-to-date
                                                                            -----------------------------------------
                                               Dollar Amounts in Thousands    RIAD Bil Mil Thou    RIAD Bil Mil Thou
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  <S>                                                                         <C>                  <C>                 <C>
  1. Loans secured by real estate:
     a. To  U.S. addressees (domicile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4651        1,413    4661        3,841   1.a.
     b. To  non-U.S. addressees (domicile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4652            0    4662            0   1.b.
  2. Loans  to depository institutions and acceptances of other banks:
     a. To  U.S. banks and other U.S. depository institutions. . . . . . .    4653            0    4663            0   2.a.
     b. To  foreign banks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4654            0    4664            0   2.b.
  3. Loans  to finance agricultural production and other loans to farmers.    4655            0    4665            9   3.
  4. Commercial and Industrial loans:
     a. To U.S. addressees (domicile). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4645          845    4617        1,331   4.a.
     b. To non-U.S. addressees (domicile). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4646            0    4618            0   4.b.
  5. Loans to individuals for household, family, and other personal
     expenditures:
     a. Credit cards and related plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4656       45,536    4666        8,813   5.a.
     b. Other (includes single payment, installment, and all student loans)   4657       23,442    4667        8,177   5.b.
  6. Loans to foreign governments and official institutions. . . . . . . .    4643            0    4627            0   6.
  7. All other loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4644            0    4628           68   7.
  8. Lease financing receivables:
     a. Of U.S. addressees (domicile). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4658          769    4668          183   8.a.
     b. Of non-U.S. addressees (domicile). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4659            0    4669            0   8.b.
  9. Total (sum of items 1 through 8). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4635       72,005    4605       22,422   9.
                                                                            -----------------------------------------

</TABLE>

                                       6

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Legal Title of Bank:   BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA                                            Call Date: 9/30/95 ST-SK: 39-1580 FFIEC 031
Address:               100 East Broad Street                                                                               Page RI-5
City, State   Zip:     Columbus, OH 43271-1066
FDIC Certificate No.:  06559
Schedule RI-B--Continued

Part I. Continued

                                                                            -----------------------------------------
                                                                                  (Column A)            (Column B)
                                                                                  Charge-offs           Recoveries
                                                                            -----------------------------------------
                                                                                         Calendar year-to-date
                                                                            -----------------------------------------
                                               Dollar Amounts in Thousands    RIAD Bil Mil Thou    RIAD Bil Mil Thou
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                         <C>                  <C>                   <C>
1-3.  Not applicable
4.  Loans to finance commercial real estate, construction, and land
    development activities (not secured by real estate) included in
    Schedule RI-8, part 1, items 4 and 7, above. . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5409            0    5410            0   m.4.
5.  Loans secured by real estate in domestic offices (included in
    Schedule RI-B, part 1, item 1, above):
    a.  Construction and land development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3582           58    3583            3   m.5.a.
    b.  Secured by farmland. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3584            0    3585            9   m.5.b.
    c.  Secured by 1-4 family residential properties:
        (1) Revolving, open-end loans secured by 1-4 family residential
            properties and extended under lines of credit. . . . . . . . .    5411          817    5412           52   m.5.c.(1)
        (2) All other Loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties .    5413          396    5414          278   m.5.c.(2)
    d. Secured by multifamiLy (5 or more) residential properties . . . . .    3588            0    3589          346   m.5.d.
    e. Secured by nonfarm nonresidential properties. . . . . . . . . . . .    3590          142    3591        3,153   m.5.e.
                                                                            -----------------------------------------


</TABLE>

 Part II.  Changes in Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  ------------------
                                                                   Dollar Amounts in Thousands     RIAD Bil Mil Thou
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  <S>                                                                                             <C>                  <C>
  1. Balance originally reported in the December 31, 1994, Reports of Condition and Income . .    3124       120,654   1.
  2. Recoveries (must equal part 1, item 9, column B above). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4605        22,422   2.
  3. LESS: Charge-offs (must equal part 1, item 9, column A above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4635        72,005   3.
  4. Provision for loan and lease losses (must equal Schedule RI, item 4.a). . . . . . . . . .    4230        65,573   4.
  5. Adjustments* (see instructions for this schedule) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4815             0   5.
  6. Balance end of current period (sum of items 1 through 5) (must equal Schedule RC,
     item 4.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    3123       136,644   6.

</TABLE>
- ---------
*Describe on Schedule RI-E--Explanations.



Schedule RI-C--Applicable Income Taxes by Taxing Authority


Schedule RI-C is to be reported with the December Report of Income.


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  -----------------
                                                                                                               1489
                                                                                                  -----------------
                                                                   Dollar Amounts in Thousands    RIAD Bil Mil Thou
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  <S>                                                                                             <C>                 <C>
  1. Federal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4780          N/A   1.
  2. State and local . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4790          N/A   2.
  3. Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4795          N/A   3.
  4. Total (sum of items 1 through 3) (must equal sum of Schedule RI, items 9 and 11.b). . . .    4770          N/A   4.
  5. Deferred portion of item 4. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RIAD 4772           N/A                        5.
                                                                       -------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                       7

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Legal Title of Bank:   BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA                                                    Call Date:   9/30/95 ST-SK: 39-1580
Address:               100 East Broad Street                                                                               Page R1-6
City, State   Zip:     Columbus, OH 43271-1066
FDIC Certificate No.:  06559
Schedule RI-D--Income from International Operations

For all banks with foreign offices, Edge or Agreement subsidiaries, or IBFs where
international operations account for more than 10 percent of total revenues,
total assets, or net income.

Part I. Estimated Income from International Operations

                                                                                                            -------
                                                                                                               1492
                                                                                                      -------------
                                                                                                       Year-to-date
                                                                                                  -----------------
                                                                   Dollar Amounts in Thousands    RIAD Bil Mil Thou
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  <S>                                                                                             <C>                 <C>
  1. Interest income and expense booked at foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries,
     and IBFS:
     a. Interest income booked . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4837       1,818    1.a.
     b. Interest expense booked. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4838      20,081    1.b.
     C. Net interest income booked at foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and
        IBFs (item l.a minus l.b). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4839     (18,263)   1.c.
  2. Adjustments for booking Location of international operations:
     a. Net interest income attributable to international operations booked at domestic offices   4840            0   2.a.
     b. Net interest income attributable to domestic business booked at foreign offices. . . .    4841            0   2.b.
     c. Net booking location adjustment (item 2.a minus 2.b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4842            0   2.c.
  3. Noninterest income and expense attributable to international operations:
     a. Noninterest income attributable to international operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4097            0   3.a.
     b. Provision for loan and tease losses attributable to international operations . . . . .    4235            0   3.b.
     c. Other noninterest expense attributable to international operations . . . . . . . . . .    4239            0   3.c.
     d. Net noninterest income (expense) attributable to international operations (item
        3.a minus 3.b and 3.c) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4843            0   3.d.
  4. Estimated pretax income attributable to international operations before capital allocation
     adjustment (sum of items l.c, 2.c, and 3.d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4844     (18,263)   4.
  5. Adjustment to pretax income for internal allocations to international operations to reflect
     the effects of equity capital on overall bank funding costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4845            0   5.
  6. Estimated pretax income attributable to international operations after capital allocation
     adjustment (sum of items 4 and 5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4846     (18,263)   6.
  7. Income taxes attributable to income from international operations as estimated in item 6.    4797      (6,392)   7.
  8. Estimated net income attributable to international operations (item 6 minus 7). . . . . .    4341     (11,871)   8.
                                                                                                  -----------------

</TABLE>

Memoranda

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  -----------------
                                                                   Dollar Amounts in Thousands    RIAD Bil Mil Thou
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  <S>                                                                                             <C>                 <C>
  1. Intracompany interest income included in item l.a above . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4847            0   M.1
  2. Intracompany interest expense included in item l.b above. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4848            0   M.2.
                                                                                                  -----------------
</TABLE>


Part II.  Supplementary Details on Income from International Operations Require
by the Departments of Commerce and Treasury for Purposes of the U.S.
International Accounts and the U.S. National Income and Product Accounts


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      -------------
                                                                                                       Year-to-date
                                                                                                  -----------------
                                                                   Dollar Amounts in Thousands    RIAD Bil Mil Thou
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  <S>                                                                                             <C>                 <C>

  1. Interest income booked at IBFs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4849            0   1.
  2. interest expense booked at IBFs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4850            0   2.
  3. Noninterest income attributable to international operations booked at domestic offices
     (excluding IBFS):
     a. Gains (Losses) and extraordinary items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5491            0   3.a.
     b. Fees and other noninterest income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5492            0   3.b.
  4. Provision for loan and lease losses attributable to international operations booked at
     domestic offices (excluding IBFS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4852            0   4.
  5. Other noninterest expense attributable to international operations booked at domestic
     offices (excluding IBFS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4853            0   5.

</TABLE>

                                       8

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 Legal Title of Bank:  BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA                                          CALL Date:   9/30/95 ST-SK: 39-1580 FFIEC 031
 Address:              100 East Broad Street                                                                               Page RI-7
 City, State   Zip:    Columbus, OH 43271-1066
 FDIC Certificate No.: 06559

  Schedule RI-E--Explanations

  Schedule RI-E is to be completed each quarter on a calendar year-to-date basis.

  Detail all adjustments in Schedule RI-A and RI-B, all extraordinary items and
  other adjustments in Schedule RI, and all significant items of other
  noninterest income and other noninterest expense in Schedule RI. (See
  instructions for details.)

                                                                                                            -------
                                                                                                               1495
                                                                                                      -------------
                                                                                                       Year-to-date
                                                                                                  -----------------
                                                                   Dollar Amounts in Thousands    RIAD Bil Mil Thou
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  <S>                                                                                             <C>                 <C>
 1. All other noninterest income (from Schedule RI, item 5.f.(2))
    Report amounts that exceed 10% of Schedule RI, item 5.f.(2):
    a. Net gains on other real estate owned. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5415            0   1.a.
    b. Net gains on sales of loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5416            0   1.b.
    c. Net gains on sales of premises and fixed assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5417            0   1.c.
    Itemize and describe the three largest other amounts that exceed 10% of Schedule RI,
    item 5.f.(2):
    d.   TEXT 4461   Card Processing Income                                                       4461       49,934   1.d.
    e.   TEXT 4462                                                                                4462                1.e.
    f.   TEXT 4463                                                                                4463                1.f.
 2. Other noninterest expense (from Schedule RI, item 7.c):
    a. Amortization expense of intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    4531        5,478   2.a.
    Report amounts that exceed 10% of Schedule RI, item 7.c:
    b. Net losses on other real estate owned . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5418            0   2.b.
    c. Net losses on sales of loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5419            0   2.c.
    d. Net Losses on sales of premises and fixed assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    5420            0   2.d.
    Itemize and describe the three Largest other amounts that exceed 10% of ScheduLe RI,
    item 7.c:
    e.   TEXT 4464   Card Processing Expense                                                      4464       85,939   2.e.
    f.   TEXT 4467   Card Servicing Expenses                                                      4467       36,181   2.f.
    g.   TEXT 4468   Communication Expense                                                        4468       32,373   2.g.
 3. Extraordinary items and other adjustments (from Schedule RI, item 11.a) and applicable
    income tax effect (from Schedule RI, item 11.b) (itemize and describe all extraordinary
    item and other adjustments):
    a. (1)   TEXT 4469                                                                            4469                3.a.(1)
       (2) Applicable income tax effect                                  RIAD 4486                                    3.a.(2)
    b. (1)   TEXT 4487                                                                            4487                3.b.(1)
       (2) Applicable income tax effect                                  RIAD 4488                                    3.b.(2)
    c. (1)   TEXT 4489                                                                            4489                3.c.(1)
       (2) Applicable income tax effect                                  RIAD 4491                                    3.c.(2)
 4. Equity capital adjustments from amended Reports of Income (from Schedule RI-A, item 2)
    (itemize and describe all adjustments):
    a.   TEXT 4492                                                                                4492                4.a.
    b.   TEXT 4493                                                                                4493                4.b.
 5. Cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles from prior years
    (from Schedule RI-A, item 9) (itemize and describe all changes in accounting principles):
    a.   TEXT 4494                                                                                4494                5.a.
    b.   TEXT 4495                                                                                4495                5.b.
 6. Corrections of material accounting errors frown prior years (from Schedule RI-A, item 10)
    (itemize and describe all corrections):
    a.   TEXT 4496                                                                                4496                6.a.
    b.   TEXT 4497                                                                                4497                6.b.
         ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>
                                       9

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 Legal Title of Bank:   BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA                                        Call Date:   9/30/95 ST-SK: 39-1580 FFIEC 031
 Address:               100 East Broad Street                                                                             Page R1-8
 City, State   Zip:     Columbus, OH 43271-1066
 FDIC Certificate No.:  06559

 Schedule RI-E--Continued

                                                                                                      -------------
                                                                                                       Year-to-date
                                                                                                  -----------------
                                                                   Dollar Amounts in Thousands    RIAD Bil Mil Thou
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  <S>                                                                                             <C>                 <C>

 7. Other transactions with parent holding company (from ScheduLe RI-A, item 13)
    (itemize and describe all such transactions):
    a.   TEXT 4498                                                                                4498                7.a.
    b.   TEXT 4499                                                                                4499                7.b.
 8.  Adjustments to allowance for Loan and lease Losses (from ScheduLe RI-S, part 11, item
     (itemize and describe all adjustments):
     a.  TEXT 4521                                                                                4521                8.a.
     b.  TEXT 4522                                                                                4522                8.b.
                                                                                                  -----------------
 9.  Other explanations (the space below is provided for the bank to briefly describe, at its       1498       1499
     option, any other significant items affecting the Report of Income):                         -----------------
     No comment /X/ (RIAD 4769)
     Other explanations (please type or print clearly):
     (TEXT 4769)

</TABLE>

                                       10

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Legal Title of Bank:   BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA                                          Call Date: 9/30/95  ST-BK: 39-1580  FFIEC 031
Address:               100 East Broad Street                                                                               Page RC-1
City, State   Zip:     Columbus, OH 43271-1066
FDIC Certificate No.:  06559

Consolidated Report of Condition for Insured Commercial
and State-Chartered Savings Banks for September 30, 1995

All schedules are to be reported in thousands of dollars.  Unless otherwise indicated, report the amount outstanding as of the last
business day of the quarter.

Schedule RC--Balance Sheet

                                                                                                              C400
                                                                                                 -----------------
                                                                    Dollar Amounts in Thousands  RCFD Bil Mil Thou
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>                 <C>

ASSETS
 1. Cash and balances due from depository institutions (from Schedule RC-A):
    a. Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   0081      556,131    1.a.
    b. Interest-bearing balances(2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   0071            0    1.b.
 2. Securities:
    a. Held-to-maturity securities (from Schedule RC-B, column A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1754       79,762    2.a.
    b. Available-for-sale securities (from Schedule RC-B, column D). . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1773      469,972    2.b.
 3. Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell in domestic offices
    of the bank and of its Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and in IBFS:
    a. Federal funds sold. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   0276       76,375    3.a.
    b. Securities purchased under agreements to resell . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   0277       17,936    3.b.
 4. Loans and lease financing receivables:
     a. Loans and leases, net of unearned income (from Schedule RC-C). .  RCFD 2122  5,849,734                        4.a.
     b. LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses. . . . . . . . . . . .  RCFD 3123    136,644                        4.b.
     c. LESS: Allocated transfer risk reserve. . . . . . . . . . . . . .  RCFD 3128          0                        4.c.
     d. Loans and leases, net of unearned income,
        allowance, and reserve (item 4.a minus 4.b and 4.c). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2125    5,713,090    4.d.
 5.  Trading assets (from Schedule RC-D) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3545            0    5.
 6.  Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2145       58,533    6.
 7.  other real estate owned (from Schedule RC-M). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2150        2,070    7.
 8.  Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies (from Schedule RC-M).   2130          236    8.
 9.  Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2155        6,025    9.
10.  Intangible assets (from Schedule RC-M). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2143       42,142   10.
11.  Other assets (from Schedule RC-F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2160      374,195   11.
12.  Total assets (sum of items 1 through 11). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2170    7,396,467   12.

</TABLE>

- ---------------
(1) Includes cash items in process of collection and unposted debits.
(2) Includes time certificates of deposit not held for trading.


                                       11
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Legal Title of Bank:   BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA                                          Call Date: 9/30/95  ST-BK: 39-1580  FFIEC 031
Address:               100 East Broad Street                                                                               Page RC-2
City, State   Zip:     Columbus, OH 43271-1066
FDIC Certificate No.:  06559

Schedule RC--Continued

                                                                                             ---------------------
                                                               Dollar Amounts in Thousands            Bil Mil Thou
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                          <C>                     <C>

LIABILITIES
13. Deposits:
    a. in domestic offices (sum of totals of columns A and C from Schedule RC-E,
       part 1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCOM 2200   4,135,438   13.a.
       (1) Noninterest-bearing(1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  RCOM 6631  1,129,753                           13.a.(1)
       (2) Interest-bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  RCOM 6636  3,005,685                           13.a.(2)
    b. In foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs (from Schedule RC-E,
       part 11). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFN 2200     391,213   13.b.
       (1) Noninterest-bearing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  RCFN 6631          0                           13.b.(1)
       (2) Interest-bearing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  RCFN 6636    391,213                           13.b.(2)
14. Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase in domestic
    offices of the bank and of its Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and in IBFs:
    a. Federal funds purchased . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFD 0278     953,322   14.a.
    b. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFD 0279           0   14.b.
15. a. Demand notes issued to the U.S. Treasury. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCOM 2840      33,685   15.a.
    b. Trading liabilities (from Schedule RC-D). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFD 3548           0   15.b.
16. Other borrowed money:
    a. With original maturity of one year or less. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFD 2332     838,491   16.a.
    b. With original maturity of more than one year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFD 2333       1,135   16.b.
17. Mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFD 2910       4,178   17.
18. Bank's liability on acceptances executed and outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFD 2920       6,025   18.
19. Subordinated notes and debentures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFD 3200     189,219   19.
20. Other liabilities (from Schedule RC-G) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFD 2936     223,282   20.
21. Total liabilities (sum of items 13 through 20) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFD 2948   6,775,988   21.

22. Limited-life preferred stock and related surplus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFD 3282           0   22.
EQUITY CAPITAL
23.  Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFD 3838           0   23.
24.  Common stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFD 3230      20,738   24.
25.  Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFD 3839     107,356   25.
26.  a. Undivided profits and capital reserves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFD 3632     492,071   26.a.
     b. Net unrealized holding gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities . . . . . .   RCFD 8434         314   26.b.
27.  Cumulative foreign currency translation adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFD 3284           0   27.
28.  Total equity capital (sum of items 23 through 27) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFD 3210     620,479   28.
29.  Total liabilities, limited-life preferred stock, and equity capital (sum of
     items 21, 22, and 28) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFD 3300   7,396,467   29.
                                                                                             ---------------------

Memorandum
To be reported only with the March Report of Condition.
1. Indicate in the box at the right the number of the statement below that best
   describes the most comprehensive level of auditing work performed for the bank                           Number
   by independent external auditors as of any date during 1994 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFD 6724         N/A   M.1.

</TABLE>


1 =  Independent audit of the bank conducted in accordance with generally
     accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm which
     submits a report on the bank

2 =  Independent audit of the bank's parent holding company conducted in
     accordance with generally accepted auditing standards by a certified public
     accounting firm which submits a report on the consolidated holding company
     (but not on the bank separately)

3 =  Directors' examination of the bank conducted in accordance with generally
     accepted auditing standards by a certified public accounting firm (may be
     required by state chartering authority)

4 =  Directors' examination of the bank performed by other external auditors
     (may be required by state chartering authority)

5 =  Review of the bank's financial statements by external auditors

6 =  Compilation of the bank's financial statements by external auditors

7 =  Other audit procedures (excluding tax preparation work)

8 =  No external audit work

- ---------------
(1) Includes total demand deposits and noninterest-bearing time and savings
    deposits.


                                       12
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Legal Title of Bank:   BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA                                          Call Date: 9/30/95  ST-BK: 39-1580  FFIEC 031
Address:               100 East Broad Street                                                                               Page RC-3
City, State   Zip:     Columbus, OH 43271-1066
FDIC Certificate No.:  06559


Schedule RC-A--Cash and Balances Due From Depository Institutions
Exclude assets held for trading.

                                                                                                              C405
                                                                             -------------------------------------
                                                                                (Column A)          (Column B)
                                                                               Consolidated          Domestic
                                                                                   Bank               Offices
                                                                             -------------------------------------
                                               Dollar Amounts in Thousands   RCFD Bil Mil Thou   RCOM Bil Mil Thou
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>                 <C>                 <C>

1. Cash items in process of collection, unposted debits, and currency and
   coin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   0022      431,703                       1.
   a. Cash items in process of collection and unposted debits. . . . . . .                       0020      395,821   1.a.
   b. Currency and coin. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       0080       35,882   1.b.
2. Balances due from depository institutions in the U.S. . . . . . . . . .                       0082       28,093   2.
   a. U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks (including their IBFS) .   0083            0                       2.a.
   b. Other commercial banks in the U.S. and other depository
      institutions in the U.S. (including their IBFS). . . . . . . . . . .   0085       28,093                       2.b.
3. Balances due from banks in foreign countries and foreign central banks.                       0070        1,723   3.
   a. Foreign branches of other U.S. banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   0073            0                       3.a.
   b. Other banks in foreign countries and foreign central banks . . . . .   0074        1,723                       3.b.
4. Balances due from Federal Reserve Banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   0090       94,612   0090       96,612   4.
5. Total (sum of items 1 through 4) (total of column A must equal
   Schedule RC, sum of items 1.a and 1.b). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   0010      556,131   0010      556,131   5.
                                                                             -------------------------------------

<CAPTION>

Memorandum                                                          Dollar Amounts in Thousands  RCOM Bil Mil Thou
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>                 <C>

1. Noninterest-bearing balances due from commercial banks in the U.S. (included in item 2,
   column B above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   0050       28,093   M.1.

</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Schedule RC-B--Securities

Exclude assets held for trading.

                                                                                                              C410
                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Held-to maturity                       Available-for-sale
                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        (Column A)          (Column B)          (Column C)          (Column D)
                                      Amortized Cost        Fair Value        Amortized Cost      Fair Value (1)
                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Dollar Amounts in Thousands   RCFD Bil Mil Thou   RCFD Bil Mil Thou   RCFD Bil Mil Thou   RCFD Bil Mil Thou
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>

1. U.S. Treasury securities. . . .   0211            0   0213            0   1286      143,603   1287      143,500   1.
2. U.S. Government agency
   and corporation obligations
   (exclude mortgage-backed
   securities):
   a. Issued by U.S. Govern-
      ment agencies(2) . . . . . .   1289            0   1290            0   1291            0   1293            0   2.a.
   b. Issued by U.S.
      Government-sponsored
      agencies(3). . . . . . . . .   1294       21,221   1295       21,226   1297      297,428   1298      297,898   2.b.
                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

</TABLE>

- ---------------
(1)  Includes equity securities without readily determinable fair values at
     historical cost in item 6.c, column D.
(2)  Includes Small Business Administration "Guaranteed Loan Pool Certificates,"
     U.S. Maritime Administration obligations, and Export-Import Bank
     participation certificates.
(3)  Includes obligations (other than mortgage-backed securities) issued by the
     Farm Credit System, the Federal Home Loan Bank System, the Federal Home
     Loan Mortgage Corporation, the Federal National Mortgage Association, the
     Financing Corporation, Resolution Funding Corporation, the Student Loan
     Marketing Association, and the Tennessee Valley Authority.


                                       13
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Legal Title of Bank:   BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA                                          Call Date: 9/30/95  ST-BK: 39-1580  FFIEC 031
Address:               100 East Broad Street                                                                               Page RC-4
City, State   Zip:     Columbus, OH 43271-1066
FDIC Certificate No.:  06559

Schedule RC-B--Continued



                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Held-to maturity                       Available-for-sale
                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        (Column A)          (Column B)          (Column C)          (Column D)
                                      Amortized Cost        Fair Value        Amortized Cost      Fair Value (1)
                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
       Dollar Amounts in Thousands   RCFD Bil Mil Thou   RCFD Bil Mil Thou   RCFD Bil Mil Thou   RCFD Bil Mil Thou
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>

 3.  Securities issued by states
     and political subdivisions
     in the U.S.:
     a. General obligations. . . .   1676       12,151   1677       15,942   1678            0   1679            0   3.a.
     b. Revenue obligations. . . .   1681       18,313   1686       16,515   1690            0   1691            0   3.b.
     c. Industrial development
        and similar obligations. .   1694       10,708   1695       10,801   1696            0   1697            0   3.c.
 4. Mortgage-backed
     securities (MBS):
     a. Pass-through securities:
        (1)   Guaranteed by
              GNMA . . . . . . . .   1698            0   1699            0   1701            0   1702            0   4.a.(1)
        (2)   Issued by FNMA
              and FHLMC. . . . . .   1703          491   1705          513   1706            0   1707            0   4.a.(2)
        (3)   Other pass-through
              securities . . . . .   1709        6,634   1710        6,430   1711        6,060   1713        6,229   4.a.(3)
     b. Other mortgage-backed
        securities (include CMOs,
        REMICs, and stripped
        MBS):
        (1)   Issued or guaranteed
              by FNMA, FHLMC,
              or GNMA. . . . . . .   1714        6,777   1715        6,882   1716       18,291   1717       18,238   4.b.(1)
        (2)   Collateralized
              by MBS issued or
              guaranteed by FNMA
              FHLMC, or GNMA . . .   1718            0   1719            0   1731            0   1732            0   4.b.(2)
        (3)   All other mortgage-
              backed securities. .   1733            0   1734            0   1735          262   1736          263   4.b.(3)
 5. Other debt securities:
     a. Other domestic debt
        securities . . . . . . . .   1737          717   1738          741   1739            0   1741            0   5.a.
     b. Foreign debt
        securities . . . . . . . .   1742        2,750   1743        2,750   1744            0   1746            0   5.b.
 6. Equity securities:
     a. investments in mutual
        funds. . . . . . . . . . .                                           1747            0   1748            0   6.a.
     b. Other equity securities
        with readily determin-
        able fair values . . . . .                                           1749            0   1751            0   6.b.
     c. All other equity
        securities(1). . . . . . .                                           1752        3,844   1753        3,844   6.c.
 7.  Total (sum of item 1
     through 6) (total of
     column A must equal
     Schedule RC, item 2.a)
     (total of column D must
     equal Schedule RC,
     item 2.b) . . . . . . . . . .   1754       79,762   1771       81,800   1772      469,488   1773      469,972   7.

</TABLE>

(1)  includes equity securities without readily determinable fair values at
     historical cost in item 6.c, column D.


                                       14
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Legal Title of Bank:   BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA                                          Call Date: 9/30/95  ST-BK: 39-1580  FFIEC 031
Address:               100 East Broad Street                                                                               Page RC-5
City, State   Zip:     Columbus, OH 43271-1066
FDIC Certificate No.:  06559

Schedule RC-B--Continued

                                                                                                              C412
                                                                                                            ------
Memoranda                                                           Dollar Amounts in Thousands  RCFD Bil Mil Thou
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>                 <C>

1. Pledged securities(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   0416      530,377   M.1.
2. Maturity and repricing data for debt securities(2)(3)(4) (excluding those in nonaccrual
   status):
   a.  Fixed rate debt securities with a remaining maturity of:
       (1) Three months or less. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   0343      124,960   M.2.a.(1)
       (2) Over three months through 12 months . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   0344        1,512   M.2.a.(2)
       (3) Over one year through five years. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   0345       97,668   M.2.a.(3)
       (4) Over five years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   0346       35,398   M.2.a.(4)
       (5) Total fixed rate debt securities (sum of Memorandum items 2.a.(1) through 2.a.(4) .   0347      259,538   M.2.a.(5)
   b.  Floating rate debt securities with a repricing frequency of:
       (1) Quarterly or more frequently. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4544      282,683   M.2.b.(1)
       (2) Annually or more frequently, but less frequently than quarterly . . . . . . . . . .   4545        2,750   M.2.b.(2)
       (3) Every five years or more frequently, but less frequently than annually. . . . . . .   4551            0   M.2.b.(3)
       (4) Less frequently than every five years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4552          919   M.2.b.(4)
       (5) Total floating rate debt securities (sum of Memorandum items 2.b.(1) through
           2.b.(4)). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4553      286,352   M.2.b.(5)
   c. Total debt securities (sum of Memorandum items 2.a.(5) and 2.b.(5)) (must equal total
      debt securities from Schedule RC-8, sum of items 1 through 5, columns A and D, minus
      nonaccrual debt securities included in Schedule RC-N, item 9, column C). . . . . . . . .   0393      545,890   M.2.c.
3. Not applicable
4. Held-to-maturity debt securities restructured and in compliance with modified terms
   (included in Schedule RC-B, item 3 through 5, column A, above). . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5365            0   M.4.
5. Not applicable
6. Floating rate debt securities with a remaining maturity of one year or less(2)(5) (to be
   completed by all banks) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5519      150,384   M.6.
7. Amortized cost of held-to-maturity securities sold or transferred to available-for-sale or
   trading securities during the calendar year-to-date (report the amortized cost at date of
   sale or transfer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1778            0   M.7.
8. High-risk mortgage securities (included in the held-to-maturity and available-for-sale
   accounts in Schedule RC-8, item 4.b):
   a. Amortized cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8780            0   M.8.a.
   b. Fair value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8781            0   M.8.b.
9. Structured notes (included in the held-to-maturity and available-for-sale accounts in
   Schedule RC-8, items 2, 3, and 5):
   a. Amortized cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8782       21,219   M.9.a.
   b. Fair value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8783       21,226   M.9.b.
                                                                                                 -----------------

</TABLE>

- ---------------
(2)  Includes held-to-maturity securities at amortized cost and
     available-for-sale securities at fair value.
(3)  Exclude equity securities, e.g., investments in mutual funds, Federal
     Reserve stock, common stock, and preferred stock.
(4)  Memorandum item 2 is not applicable to savings banks that must complete
     supplemental Schedule RC-J.
(5)  For commercial banks, the debt securities included in Memorandum item 6
     will also have been reported in Memorandum item 2.b above. For savings
     banks, the debt securities included in Memorandum item 6 will also have
     been reported in supplemental Schedule RC-J, part 1, item 4. Savings banks
     should note that available-for-sale debt securities are reported at fair
     value in Memorandum item 6 and at amortized cost in Schedule RC-J.


                                       15
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<C>                                                                                    <C>
Legal Title of Bank:  BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, MA                                           Call Date:  9/30/95  ST-BK: 39-1580 FFIEC 03
Address:              100 East Broad Street                                                                               Page RC-6
City, State   Zip:    Columbus, OH 43271-1066
FDIC Certificate No.: 06559
Schedule RC-C--Loans and Lease Financing Receivables
</TABLE>

Part I. Loans and Leases


Do not deduct the allowance for loan and lease losses from amounts
reported in this schedule.  Report total loans and leases, net of unearned
income.  Exclude assets held for trading.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                              ----
                                                                                                              C415
                                                                             -------------------------------------
                                                                                (Column A)          (Column B)
                                                                               Consolidated          Domestic
                                                                                   Bank               Offices
                                                                             -------------------------------------
                                               Dollar Amounts in Thousands   RCFD Bil Mil Thou   RCOM Bil Mil Thou
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>     <C>         <C>      <C>        <C>
  1. Loans secured by real estate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1410    1,213,480                       1.
      a. Construction and Land development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       1415      138,975   1.a.
      b. Secured by farmland (including farm residential and other
         improvements) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       1420        7,225   1.b.
      c. Secured by 1-4 family residential properties:
         (1) Revolving, open-end Loans secured by 1-4 family residential
             properties and extended under lines of credit . . . . . . . .                       1797      373,273   1.c.(1)
         (2) All other loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties:
             (a) Secured by first liens. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       5367      183,006   1.c.(2)
             (b) Secured by junior liens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       5368      105,273   1.c.(2)
      d. Secured by multifamily (5 or more) residential properties . . . .                       1460       58,594   1.d.
      e. Secured by nonfarm nonresidential properties. . . . . . . . . . .                       1480      347,134   1.e.
  2.  Loans to depository institutions:
      a. To commercial banks in the U.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       1505          210   2.a.
         (1) To U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks. . . . . . . .   1506            0                       2.a.(1)
         (2) To other commercial banks in the U.S. . . . . . . . . . . . .   1507          210                       2.a.(2)
      b. To other depository institutions in the U.S . . . . . . . . . . .   1517           47   1517           47   2.b.
      c. To banks in foreign countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       1510          277   2.c.
         (1) To foreign branches of other U.S. banks . . . . . . . . . . .   1513            0                       2.c.(1)
         (2) To other banks in foreign countries . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1516          277                       2.c.(2)
  3.  Loans to finance agricultural production and other loans
      to farmers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1590        8,067   1590        8,067   3.
  4.  Commercial and industrial Loans:
      a. To U.S. addressees (domicile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1763      774,835   1763      774,835   4.a.
      b. To non-U.S. addressees (domicile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1764            0   1764            0   4.b.
  5.  Acceptances of other banks:
      a. Of U.S. banks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1756            0   1756            0   5.a.
      b. of foreign banks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1757            0   1757            0   5.b.
  6.  Loans to individuals for household, family, and other personal
      expenditures (i.e., consumer Loans) (includes purchased paper) . . .                       1975    3,092,582   6.
      a. Credit cards and related plans (includes check credit and other
         revolving credit plans) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2008    2,371,821                       6.a.
      b. other (includes single payment, installment, and all
         student loans). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2011      720,761                       6.b.
  7.  Loans to foreign governments and official institutions (including
      foreign central banks) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2081            0   2081            0   7.
  8.  Obligations (other than securities and Leases) of states and
      political subdivisions in the U.S. (includes nonrated
      industrial development obligations). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2107       20,415   2107       20,415   8.
  9.  Other Loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1563      110,399                       9.
      a. Loans for purchasing or carrying securities
         (secured and unsecured) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       1545        8,850   9.a.
      b. All other loans (exclude consumer loans). . . . . . . . . . . . .                       1564      101,549   9.b.
  10. Lease financing receivables (net of unearned income) . . . . . . . .                       2165      631,423  10.
      a. Of U.S. addressees (domicile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2182      631,423                      10.a.
      b. Of non-U.S. addressees (domicile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2183            0                      10.b.
  11. LESS: Any unearned income on loans reflected in items 1-9 above. . .   2123        2,001   2123        2,001  11.
  12. Total loans and leases, net of unearned income (sum of items 1
      through 10 minus item 11) (total of column A must equal
      Schedule RC, item 4.a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2122    5,849,734   2122    5,849,734  12.
                                                                             -------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                       16


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<C>                                                                                    <C>
  Legal Title of Bank:  BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA                                         Call Date:   9/30/95 ST-BK: 39-1580 FFIEC 031
  Address:              100 East Broad Street                                                                              Page RC-7
  City, State  Zip:     Columbus, OH 43271-1066
  FDIC Certificate No.: 06559
</TABLE>

 Schedule RC-C--Continued

 Part I. Continued

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                               -----------------------------------
                                                                                (Column A)          (Column B)
                                                                               Consolidated          Domestic
Memoranda                                                                          Bank               Offices
                                                                             -------------------------------------
                                               Dollar Amounts in Thousands   RCFD Bil Mil Thou   RCOM Bil Mil Thou
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                          <C>      <C>        <C>      <C>        <C>
   1. Commercial paper included in Schedule RC-C, part I, above. . . . . .   1496            0   1496            0   M.1.
   2. Loans and leases restructured and in compliance with modified terms
      (included in Schedule RC-C, part 1, above and not reported as past
      due or nonaccrual in Schedule RC-N, Memorandum item 1):
      a. Loans secured by real estate:                                                           -----------------
         (1) To U.S. addressees (domicile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1687            0   M.2.a.(1)
         (2) To non-U.S. addressees (domicile) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1689            0   M.2.a.(2)
      b. All other loans and all lease financing receivables (exclude
         loans to individuals for household, family, and other personal
         expenditures) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8691            0   M.2.b.
      c. Commercial and industrial Loans to and lease financing
         receivables of non-U.S. addressees (domicile) included in
         Memorandum item 2.b above . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   8692            0   M.2.c.
  3. Maturity and repricing data for loans and Leases(l) (excluding those
     in nonaccrual status):
      a. Fixed rate loans and leases with a remaining maturity of:
         (1) Three months or less. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   0348      163,655   M.3.a.(1)
         (2) Over three months through 12 months . . . . . . . . . . . . .   0349      220,405   M.3.a.(2)
         (3) Over one year through five years. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   0356    1,305,884   M.3.a.(3)
         (4) Over five years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   0357      286,270   M.3.a.(4)
         (5) Total fixed rate loans and leases (sum of Memorandum
             items 3.a.(l) through 3.a.(4)). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   0358    1,976,214   M.3.a.(5)
      b. Floating rate loans with a repricing frequency of:
         (1) Quarterly or more frequently. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4554    3,338,935   M.3.b.(1)
         (2) Annually or more frequently, but less frequently than
             quarterly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4555      497,117   M.3.b.(2)
         (3) Every five years or more frequently, but less frequently than
             annually. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4561        6,947   M.3.b.(3)
         (4) Less frequently than every five years . . . . . . . . . . . .   4564            0   M.3.b.(4)
         (5) Total floating rate loans (sum of Memorandum items 3.b.(l)
             through 3.b.(4)). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4567    3,842,999   M.3.b.(5)
      c. Total Loans and leases (sum of Memorandum items 3.a.(5) and
         3-b.(5)) (must equal the sum of total Loans and leases, net, from
         Schedule RC-C, part I, item 12, plus unearned income from
         Schedule RC-C, part 1, item 11, minus total nonaccrual loans and
         leases from Schedule RC-N, sum of items 1 through 8, column C). .   1479    5,819,213   M.3.c.
 4.   Loans to finance commercial real estate, construction, and land
      development activities (not secured by real estate) included in
      Schedule RC-C, part 1, items 4 and 9, column A, page RC-6(2) . . . .   2746       14,989   M.4.
 5.   Loans and leases held for sale (included in Schedule RC-C, part 1,
      above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5369            0   M.5.
                                                                                                 -----------------
 6.   Adjustable rate closed-end loans secured by first liens on 1-4 family                      RCOM Bil Mil Thou
      residential properties (included in Schedule RC-C, part 1, item                            -----------------
      1.c.(2)(a), column B, page RC-6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       5370       99,228   M.6.
                                                                             -------------------------------------
</TABLE>

- -------------
 1) Memorandum item 3 is not applicable to savings banks that must complete
    supplemental Schedule RC-J.
 2) Exclude loans secured by real estate that are included in Schedule RC-C,
    part 1, item 1, column A.


                                       17


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<C>                                                                                <C>
 Legal Title of Bank: BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA                                       Call Date:    9/30/95   ST-BK: 39-1580  FFIEC O31
 Address:               100 East Broad Street                                                                              Page RC-8
 City, State   Zip:    Columbus, OH 43271-1066
 FDIC Certificate No.:  06559
</TABLE>

 Schedule RC-D--Trading Assets and Liabilities

 Schedule RC-D is to be completed only by banks with $1 billion or more in total
 assets or with $2 billion or more in par/notional amount of off-balance sheet
 derivative contracts (as reported in Schedule RC-L, item 14.a through 14.e,
 columns A through D).

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                                    -------
                                                                                                                      C420     --
                                                                             ----------------------------------------------
                                               Dollar Amounts in Thousands                                    Bil Mil Thou
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                                 <C>       <C>            <C>
 ASSETS
  1. U.S. Treasury securities in domestic offices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RCOM 3531            0   1.
  2. U.S. Government agency and corporation obligations in domestic offices (exclude mortgage-
     backed securities). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RCOM 3532            0   2.
  3. Securities issued by states and political subdivisions in the U.S. in domestic offices. . . . .RCOM 3533            0   3.
  4. Mortgage-backed securities (MBS) in domestic offices:
     a. Pass-through securities issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC, or GNMA . . . . . . . . . . . .RCOM 3534            0   4.a
     b. Other mortgage-backed securities issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC, or GNMA
         (include CMOs, REMICs, and stripped MBS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RCOM 3535            0   4.b
     c. All other mortgage-backed securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RCOM 3536            0   4.c
  5. Other debt securities in domestic offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RCOM 3537            0   5.
  6. Certificates of deposit in domestic offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RCOM 3538            0   6.
  7. Commercial paper in domestic offices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RCOM 3539            0   7.
  8. Bankers acceptances in domestic offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RCOM 3540            0   8.
  9. Other trading assets in domestic offices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RCOM 3541            0   9.
 10. Trading assets in foreign offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RCFN 3542            0  10.
 11. Revaluation gains on interest rate, foreign exchange rate, and other commodity and equity
     contracts:
     a. In domestic offices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  RCOM 3543          0  11.a
     b. In foreign offices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .  RCFN 3544          0  11.b
 12. Total trading assets (sum of items 1 through 11) (must equal Schedule RC, item 5) . . . . . . .  RCFD 3545          0  12.
                                                                                                      --------------------

                                                                                                      --------------------
                                                                                                              Bil Mil Thou
                                                                                                      --------------------
 LIABILITIES
 13. Liability for short positions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RCFD 3546            0  13.
 14. Revaluation losses on interest rate, foreign exchange rate, and other commodity and equity
     contracts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .RCFD 3547            0  14.
 15. Total trading liabilities (sum of items 13 and 14) (must equal Schedule RC, item 15.b). . . . .RCFD 3548            0  15.
                                                                                                      --------------------
</TABLE>


                                       18


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<C>                                                                                  <C>
 Legal Title of Rank:  BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA                                        Call Date:  9/30/95  ST-BK:  39-1580  FFIEC 031
 Address:              100 East Broad Street                                                                               Page RC-9
 City, State   Zip:    Columbus, OH 43271-1066
 FDIC Certificate No.: 06559
</TABLE>

 Schedule RC-E--Deposit Liabilities
 Part I. Deposits in Domestic Offices

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                               ----------
                                                                                                                    C425
                                                                 --------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                          Nontransaction
                                                                         Transaction Accounts                Accounts
                                                                 --------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    (Column A)           (Column B)         (Column C)
                                                                 Total transaction       Memo:  Total           Total
                                                                accounts (including    demand deposits    nontransaction
                                                                   total demand         (included in         accounts
                                                                     deposits)            column A)      (including MMDAs)
                                                                 ---------------------------------------------------------
                                   Dollar Amounts in Thousands    RCOM Bil Mil Thou   RCOM Bil Mil Thou   RCOM Bil Mil Thou
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                              <C>     <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>     <C>         <C>
 Deposits of:
  1. individuals, partnerships, and corporations . . . . . . .   2201    1,224,051   2240      927,068   2346    2,670,856   1.
  2. U.S. Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2202        7,641   2280        7,641   2520            0   2.
  3. States and political subdivisions in the U.S. . . . . . .   2203       37,392   2290       27,220   2530       24,088   3.
  4. Commercial banks in the U.S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2206       92,765   2310       92,765                       4.
     a. U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks. . . . . .                                           2347            0   4.a.
     b. Other commercial banks in the U.S. . . . . . . . . . .                                           2348        3,586   4.b.
  5. Other depository institutions in the U.S. . . . . . . . .   2207        9,427   2312        9,427   2349            0   5.
  6. Banks in foreign countries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2213        2,319   2320        2,319                       6.
     a. Foreign branches of other U.S. banks . . . . . . . . .                                           2367            0   6.a.
     b. Other banks in foreign countries . . . . . . . . . . .                                           2373            0   6.b.
  7. Foreign governments and official institutions
     (including foreign central banks) . . . . . . . . . . . .   2216            0   2300            0   2377            0   7.
  8. Certified and official checks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2330       63,313   2330       63,313                       8.
  9. Total (sum of items 1 through 8) (sum of
     columns A and C must equal Schedule RC,
     item 13.a). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2215    1,436,908   2210    1,129,753   2385    2,698,530   9.
                                                                 ---------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

 Memoranda

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                       ------------------
                                                                         Dollar Amounts in Thousands   RCOM Bil Mil Thou
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>       <C>       <C>
  1. Selected components of total deposits (i.e., sum of item 9, columns A and C):
     a. Total Individual Retirement Accounts (IRAs) and Keogh Plan accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . .   6835      247,242   M.1.a.
     b. Total brokered deposits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2365        4,678   M.1.b.
     c. Fully insured brokered deposits (included in Memorandum item 1.b above):
        (1) Issued in denominations of less than $100,000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2343          169   M.1.c.(1)
        (2) Issued either in denominations of $100,000 or in denominations greater than
            $100,000 and participated out by the broker in shares of $100,000 or less. . . . . . . .   2344        4,048   M.1.c.(2)
     d. Total deposits denominated in foreign currencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3776            0   M.1.d.
     e. Preferred deposits (uninsured deposits of states and political subdivisions in the U.S.
        reported in item 3 above which are secured or collateralized as required under state law). .   5590       55,752   M.1.e.
 2.  Components of total nontransaction accounts (sum of Memorandum items 2.a through 2.d
     must equal item 9, column C above):
     a. Savings deposits:
        (1) Money market deposit accounts (MMDAs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6810    1,050,955   M.2.a.(1)
        (2) Other savings deposits (excludes MMDAs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   0352      498,176   M.2.a.(2)
     b. Total time deposits of less than $100,000. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6648    1,044,935   M.2.b.
     c. Time certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6645      104,464   M.2.c.
     d. Open-account time deposits of $100,000 or more . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6646            0   M.2.d.
  3. All NOW accounts (included in column A above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2398      307,155   M.3.
                                                                                                       ------------------
</TABLE>


                                       19


<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<C>                                                                                  <C>
 Legal Title of Bank:  BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA                                        Call Date:  9/30/95  ST-BK:  39-1580  FFIEC 031
 Address:              100 East Broad Street                                                                              Page RC-10
 City, State   Zip:    Columbus, OH 43271-1066
 FDIC Certificate No.: 06559
</TABLE>


 Schedule RC-E--Continued

 Part I. Continued

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 Memoranda (continued)


- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Deposit Totals for FDIC Insurance Assessments                                                        -----------------
                                                                         Dollar Amounts in Thousands   RCOM   Bil Mil Thou
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>    <C>          <C>
  4. Total deposits in domestic offices (sum of item 9, column A and item 9, column C)
     (must equal Schedule RC, item 13.a) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2200    4,135,438   M.4

     a. Total demand deposits (must equal item 9, column B). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2210    1,129,753   M.4.a
     b. Total time and savings deposits(1) (must equal item 9, column A plus item 9, column C
        minus item 9, column B). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2350    3,005,685   M.4.b
                                                                                                       -----------------
  ------------
  (1) For FDIC insurance assessment purposes, "total time and savings deposits"
      consists of nontransaction accounts and all transaction accounts other
      than demand deposits.
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                       ------------------
                                                                         Dollar Amounts in Thousands   RCOM  Bil Mil Thou
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                                    <C>   <C>          <C>
 5.  Time deposits of less than $100,000 and open-account time deposits of $100,000 or more
     (included in Memorandum items 2.b and 2.d above) with a remaining maturity or repricing
     frequency of:(l)
     a. Three months or less . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   0359      129,706   M.5.a
     b. Over three months through 12 months (but not over 12 months) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3644      434,535   M.5.b
 6.  Maturity and repricing data for time certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more: (l)
     a. Fixed rate time certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more with a remaining maturity of:
        (1) Three months or less . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2761       59,276   M.6.a.(1)
        (2) Over three months through 12 months. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2762       19,704   M.6.a.(2)
        (3) Over one year through five years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2763       22,792   M.6.a.(3)
        (4) Over five years. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2765        2,692   M.6.a.(4)
        (5) Total fixed rate time certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more (sum of
            Memorandum items 6.a.(1) through 6.a.(4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2767      104,464   M.6.a.(5)
     b. Floating rate time certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more with a repricing
        frequency of:
        (1) Quarterly or more frequently . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4568            0   M.6.b.(1)
        (2) Annually or more frequently, but less frequently than quarterly. . . . . . . . . . . . .   4569            0   M.6.b.(2)
        (3) Every five years or more frequently, but less frequently than annually . . . . . . . . .   4571            0   M.6.b.(3)
        (4) Less frequently than every five years. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4572            0   M.6.b.(4)
        (5) Total floating rate time certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more (sum of
            Memorandum items 6.b.(1) through 6.b.(4)). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   4573            0   M.6.b.(5)
     c. Total time certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more (sum of Memorandum items 6.a.(5)
        and 6.b.(5)) (must equal Memorandum item 2.c. above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6645      104,464   M.6.c.
                                                                                                       ------------------
</TABLE>
- ---------------
 (1) Memorandum items 5 and 6 are not applicable to savings banks that must
     complete supplemental Schedule RC-J.


                                       20
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Legal Title of Bank:   BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA        call Date: 9/30/95 ST-BK: 39-1580
Address:               100 East Broad Street
City, State   Zip:     Columbus, OH 43271-1066
FDIC Certificate No.:  06559

Schedule RC-E--Continued

Part II.  Deposits in Foreign Offices (including Edge and
Agreement subsidiaries and IBFs)

                                                                                                      ---------------------
                                                                           Dollar Amounts in Thousands    RCFN Bil Mil Thou
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                                   <C>
Deposits of:
1. Individuals, partnerships, and corporations                                                           2621        391,213   1.
2. U.S. banks (including IBFs and foreign branches of U.S. banks)                                        2623              0   2.
3. Foreign banks (including U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks, including their IBFs)           2625              0   3.
4. Foreign governments and official institutions (including foreign central banks)                       2650              0   4.
5. Certified and official checks                                                                         2330              0   5.
6. All other deposits                                                                                    2668              0   6.
7. Total (sum of items 1 through 6) (must equal Schedule RC, item 13.b)                                  2220        391,213   7.
                                                                                                      ----------------------

Schedule RC-F--Other Assets

                                                                                            ------------
                                                                                                  C435      --
                                                                                  ----------------------
                                                     Dollar Amounts in Thousands            Bil Mil Thou
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. income earned, not collected on loans                                             RCFD 2164    56,662   1.
2. Net deferred tax assets(l)                                                        RCFD 2148         0   2.
3. Excess residential mortgage servicing fees receivable.                            RCFD 5371         0   3.
4. Other (itemize amounts that exceed 25% of this item).                             RCFD 2168  317,5331   4.
   a.    TEXT 3549   Cash Surrender VaLue of Life Insurance        RCFD 3549     129,380                            4.a.
   b.    TEXT 3550                                                 RCFD 3550                                        4.b.
   C.    TEXT 3551                                                 RCFD 3551                                        4.c.
5. Total (sum of items 1 through 4) (must equal Schedule RC, item 11)                 RCFD 2160  374,1951   5.
                                                                                  ----------------------

Memorandum

                                                                                  ----------------------
                                                      Dollar Amounts in Thousands        Bil Mil Thou
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Deferred tax assets disallowed for regulatory capital purposes                     RCFD 5610        0    M.l.
                                                                                  ----------------------

Schedule RC-G--Other Liabilities

                                                                                            ------------
                                                                                                  C430      --
                                                                                  ----------------------
                                                     Dollar Amounts in Thousands            Bil Mil Thou
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. a. Interest accrued and unpaid on deposits in domestic offices(2)                  RCOM 3645    27,263   1.a.
   b. Other expenses accrued and unpaid (includes accrued income taxes payable)       RCFD 3646    78,704   l.b.
2. Net deferred tax liabilities(l)                                                    RCFD 3049    48,927   2.
3. Minority interest in consolidated subsidiaries.                                    RCFD 3000         0   3.
4. Other (itemize amounts that exceed 25% of this item).                              RCFD 2938    68,388   4.
   a. TEXT 3552 Deferred Fees Received on Swaps                 RCFD 3552     37,955                        4.a.
   b. TEXT 3553 Accrued Credit Card Customer Awards             RCFD 3553     24,005                        4.b.
   c. TEXT 3554                                                 RCFD 3554                                   4.c.
 5. Total (sum of items 1 through 4) (must equal Schedule RC, item 20)                RCFD 2930   223,282   5.
                                                                                  ----------------------

- ------------------
(1) See discussion of deferred income taxes in Glossary entry on "income taxes."
(2) For savings banks, include "dividends" accrued and unpaid on deposits.

</TABLE>

                                      21

<PAGE>

Legal Title of Bank:  BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA              Call Date: 9/30/95
Address:              100 East Broad Street               ST-BK: 39-1580 FFIEC 0
City, State Zip:      Columbus, OH 43271-1066             Page RC-12
FDIC Certificate No.: 06559

Schedule RC-H--Selected Balance Sheet Items for Domestic Offices

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                               <C>
                                                                                            ------------
                                                                                                  C440      --
                                                                                  ----------------------
                                                                                       Domestic Offices
                                                                                  ----------------------
                                                     Dollar Amounts in Thousands      RCOM  Bil Mil Thou
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>                 <C>
1. Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding                       2155          6,025   1.
2. Bank's liability on acceptances executed and outstanding                           2920          6,025   2.
3. Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell             1350         94,311   3.
4. Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase         2800        953,322   4.
5. Other borrowed money                                                               3190        839,626   5.
   EITHER
6. Net due from own foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs        2163            N/A   6.
   OR
7. Net due to own foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs          2941        396,026   7.
8. Total assets (excludes net due from foreign offices, Edge and Agreement
   subsidiaries, and IBFs)                                                            2192      7,393,655   8.
9. Total liabilities (excludes net due to foreign offices, Edge and Agreement
   subsidiaries, and IBFS)                                                            3129      6,377,150   9.
                                                                                  ----------------------

Items 10-17 include held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities in
domestic offices.

                                                                                  ----------------------
                                                                                      RCOM  Bil Mil Thou
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>                 <C>
10. U.S. Treasury securities                                                          1779        143,500   10.
11. U.S. Government agency and corporation obligations (exclude mortgage-backed
    securities)                                                                       1785        319,119   11.
12. Securities issued by states and political subdivisions in the U.S.                1786         41,172   12.
13. Mortgage-backed securities (MBS):
    a. Pass-through securities:
       (1) Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC, or GNMA                               1787            491   13.a
       (2) Other pass-through securities                                              1869         12,863   13.a
    b. Other mortgage-backed securities (include CMOs, REMICS, and stripped MBS):
       (1) Issued or guaranteed by FNM14A, FHLMC, or GNMA                              187         25,015   13.b
       (2) All other mortgage-backed securities                                       2253            263   13.b
14. Other domestic debt securities                                                    3159            717   14.
15. Foreign debt securities                                                           3160              0   15.
16. Equity securities:
    a. Investments in mutual funds                                                    3161              0   16.a
    b. Other equity securities with readily determinable fair values                  3162              0   16.b
    c. All other equity securities                                                    3169          3,844   16.c
17. Total held-to-maturity and available-for-sale securities (sum of items
    10 through 16)                                                                    3170        546,984   17.
                                                                                  ----------------------

Memorandum (to be completed only by banks with IEFs and other "foreign" offices)

                                                                                  ----------------------
                                                     Dollar Amounts in Thousands      RCOM  Bil Mil Thou
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
EITHER
1. Net due from the IBF of the domestic offices of the reporting bank                 3051           N/A    M.l.
   OR
2. Net due to the IBF of the domestic offices of the reporting bank                   3059           N/A    M.2.
</TABLE>

                                     22

<PAGE>

Legal Title of Bank:  BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA    Call Date: 9/3/95 ST-BCL
Address:              100 East Broad Street                39-1580 PFIEC 031
City, State Zip:      Columbus, OH 43271-1066              Page RC-13
FDIC Certificate No.: 06559

Schedule RC-I--Selected Assets and Liabilities of IBFs

To be completed only by banks with IBFs and other "foreign" offices.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                               <C>
                                                                                               -----
                                                                                                C445 --
                                                                                  ------------------
                                                    Dollar Amounts in Thousands    RCFN Bil Mil Thou
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Total IRBF assets of the consolidated bank (component of Schedule RC, item 12)   2133         N/A 1.
2. Total ISF loans and lease financing receivables (component
   of schedule RC-C, part 1, item 12, column A)                                    2076          N/A 2.
3. IBF commercial and industrial loans (component of Schedule RC-C, part 1,
   item 4, column A)                                                               2077          N/A 3.
4. Total IBF liabilities (component of Schedule RC, item 21)                       2898          N/A 4.
5. IBF deposit liabilities due to banks, including other IBFs
   (component of Schedule RC-E, part II, items 2 and 3)                            2379          N/A 5.
6. Other IBF deposit liabilities (component of Schedule RC-E,
   part II, items 1, 4, 5, and 6)                                                  2381          N/A 6.
                                                                                 -------------------

Schedule RC-K--Quarterly Averages(1)

                                                                                               -----
                                                                                                C445 --
                                                                                  ------------------
                                                    Dollar Amounts in Thousands         Bil Mil Thou
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ASSETS
1. Interest-bearing balances due from depository institutions                     RCFD 3381      957  1.
2. U.S. Treasury securities and U.S. Government agency and corporation
   obligations(2)                                                                 RCFD 3382  500,121  2.
3. Securities issued by states and political subdivisions in the U.S.(2)          RCFD 3383   41,069  3.
4. a. Other debt securities(2)                                                    RCFD 3647   18,530  4.a.
   b. Equity securities(3) (includes investments in mutual funds and Federal
      Reserve stock)                                                              RCFD 3648    3,844  4.b.
5. Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell in
   domestic offices of the bank and of its Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and
   in IBFs                                                                        RCFD 3365  186,425  5.
6. Loans:
   a. Loans in domestic offices:
      (1) Total loans                                                             RCOM 3360 4,949,379  6.a.(1)
      (2) Loans secured by real estate                                            RCOM 3385 1,167,504  6.a.(2)
      (3) Loans to finance agricultural production and other loans to farmers     RCOM 3386     7,633  6.a.(3)
      (4) Commercial and industrial loans                                         RCOM 3387   750,452  6.a.(4)
      (5) Loans to individuals for household, family, and other personal
          expenditures                                                            RCOM 3388 2,856,341  6.a.(5)
   b. Total loans in foreign offices, Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and IBFs   RCFN 3360         0  6.b.
7. Trading assets                                                                 RCFD 3401         0  7.
8. Lease financing receivables (net of unearned income)                           RCFD 3484   601,730  8.
9. Total assets(4)                                                                RCFD 3368 7,040,300  9.
LIABILITIES
10. Interest-bearing transaction accounts in domestic offices (NOW accounts,
    ATS accounts, and telephone and preauthorized transfer accounts)
    (exclude demand deposits)                                                     RCOM 3485   311,680  10.
11. Nontransaction accounts in domestic offices:
    a. Money market deposit accounts (MKDAS)                                      RCOM 3486   971,141  11.a.
    b. Other savings deposits                                                     RCOM 3487   592,169  11.b.
    c. Time certificates of deposit of S100,000 or more                           RCOW 3345   112,785  11.c.
    d. All other time deposits                                                    RCOM 3469 1,073,499  11.d.
12. Interest-bearing deposits in foreign offices, Edge and Agreement
    subsidiaries, and IBFs                                                        RCFN 3404   438,274  12.
13. Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase in
    domestic offices of the bank and of its Edge and Agreement subsidiaries, and
    in IBFs                                                                       RCFD 3353  1,077,973  13.
14. Other borrowed money                                                          RCFD 3355    233,585  14.
                                                                                ----------------------
- -----------------------------
</TABLE>
(1) For all items, banks have the option of reporting either (1) an average of
    daily figures for the quarter, or (2) an average of weekly figures (i.e.,
    the Wednesday of each week of the quarter).
(2) Quarterly averages for all debt securities should be based on amortized
    cost.
(3) Quarterly averages for all equity securities should be based on historical
    cost.
(4) The quarterly average for total assets should reflect all debt securities
    (not held for trading) at amortized cost, equity securities with readily
    determinable fair values at the lower of cost or fair value, and equity
    securities without readily determinable fair values at historical cost.

                                      23

<PAGE>

Legal Title of Bank: BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA    Call Date: 9/30/95 ST-SK: 39-1580
Address:             100 East Broad Street     FFIEC 031
City, State Zip:     Columbus, OH 43271-1066   Page RC-14
FDIC Certificate No.: 06559

Schedule RC-L--Off-Balance Sheet Items

Please read carefully the instructions for the preparation of Schedule RC-L.
some of the amounts reported in ScheduLe RC-L are regarded as volume
indicators and not necessarily as measures of risk.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                                                                               <C>
                                                                                               -----
                                                                                                C460 --
                                                                                  ------------------
                                                    Dollar Amounts in Thousands    RCFD Bil Mil Thou
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Unused commitments:
   a. Revolving, open-end lines secured by 1-4 family residential properties, e.g.,
      home equity lines                                                             3814     314,878  1.a.
   b. Credit card lines                                                             3815  25,306,390  1.b.
   c. Commercial real estate, construction, and land development:
      (1) Commitments to fund loans secured by real estate                          3816     107,508  1.c.(1)
      (2) Commitments to fund loans not secured by real estate                      6550       1,399  1.c.(2)
   d. Securities underwriting                                                       3817           0  1.d.
   e. Other unused commitments                                                      3818   1,411,189  1.e.
2. Financial standby letters of credit and foreign office guarantees                3819     488,410  2.
   a. Amount of financial standby letters of credit conveyed
      to others                                                 RCFD 3820  197,603                    2.a.
                                                                ------------------
3. Performance standby letters of credit and foreign office guarantees              3821      78,044  3.
   a. Amount of performance standby letters of credit conveyed
      to others                                                RCFD 3822   15,656                     3.a.
                                                               -------------------
4. Commercial and similar letters of credit                                         3411      80,461  4.
5. Participations in acceptances (as described in the instructions) conveyed to
   others by the reporting bank                                                     3428           0  5.
6. Participations in acceptances (as described in the instructions) acquired by
   the reporting (nonaccepting) bank                                                3429           0  6.
7. Securities borrowed                                                              3432           0  7.
8. Securities lent (including customers securities lent where the customer is
   indemnified against loss by the reporting bank)                                  3433           0  8.
9. Mortgages transferred (i.e., sold or swapped) with recourse that have been
   treated as sold for Call Report purposes:
   a. FNMA and FHLMC residential mortgage loan pools:
      (1) Outstanding principal balance of mortgages transferred as of the
          report date                                                               3650          0  9.a.(1)
      (2) Amount of recourse exposure on these mortgages as of the report
          date                                                                       3651          0  9.a.(2)
   b. Private (nongovernment-issued or -guaranteed) residential mortgage
      loan pools:
      (1) Outstanding principal balance of mortgages transferred as of the
          report date                                                                3652          0  9.b.(1)
      (2) Amount of recourse exposure on these mortgages as of the report
          date                                                                       3653          0  9.b.(2)
   c. Farmer Mac agricultural mortgage loan pools:
      (1) outstanding principal balance of mortgages transferred as of the
          report date                                                                3654          0  9.c.(1)
      (2) Amount of recourse exposure on these mortgages as of the report date       3655          0  9.c.(2)
10. When-issued securities:
    a. Gross commitments to purchase                                                 3434          0  10.a.
    b. Gross commitments to sell                                                     3435          0  10.b.
11. Spot foreign exchange contracts                                                  8765     12,504  11.12.
    All other off-balance sheet liabilities (exclude off-balance sheet
    derivatives) (itemize and describe each component of this item over 25% of
    Schedule RC, item 28, "Total equity capital")                                    3430          0   12.
    ------------                                                 ---------
    a. TEXT 3555                                                 RCFD 3555                             12.a.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------
    b. TEXT 3556                                                 RCFD 3556                             12.b.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------
    c. TEXT 3557                                                 RCFD 3557                             12.c.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------
    d. TEXT 3558                                                 RCFD 3558                             12.d.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------
13. All other off-balance sheet assets (exclude off-balance sheet derivatives)
    (itemize and describe each component of this item over 25% of Schedule RC,
    item 28, "Total equity capital")                                                  5591     83,506  13.
    ------------                                                 ---------
    a. TEXT 5592                                                RCFD 5592                              13.a.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------
    b. TEXT 5593                                                RCFD 5593                              13.b.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------
    c. TEXT 5594                                                RCFD 5594                              13.c.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------
    d. TEXT 5595                                                RCFD 5595                              13.d.
    ----------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                                     24

<PAGE>


Schedule RC-L--Continued

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   (Column A)               (Column B)           (Column C)            (Column D)
                                  Interest Rate           Foreign Exchange     Equity Derivative       Commodity and
Dollar Amounts in Thousands         Contracts                Contracts            Contracts          Other contracts
- ----------------------------      --------------          ----------------     -----------------      ---------------
Off-balance Sheet Derivatives    Tril Bil Mil Thou        Tril Bil Mil Thou     Tril Bil Mil Thou      Tril Bil Mil Thou
Position Indicators
<S>                               <C>                     <C>                  <C>                    <C>

14. Gross amounts (e.g., notional
amounts) (for each column, sum of
items 14.a through 14.e must equal
sum of items 15, 16.a, and 16.b):

a. Futures contracts                     0                       0                     0                       0        14.a.
                                     RCFD 8693                RCFD 8694             RCFD 8695             RCFD 8696

b. Forward contracts                  60,000                   140,167                 0                       0        14.b.
                                     RCFD 8697                RCFD 8698             RCFD 8699             RCFD 8700

c. Exchange-traded option contracts:
     (1) Written options                 0                       0                     0                       0        14.c.(1)
                                     RCFD 8701                RCFD 8702             RCFD 8703             RCFD 8704

     (2) Purchased options               0                       0                     0                       0        14.c.(2)
                                     RCFD 8705                RCFD 8706             RCFD 8707             RCFD 8708

d. Over-the-counter option contracts:

     (1) Written options             2,680,077                   0                     0                       0        14.d.(1)
                                     RCFD 8709                RCFD 8710             RCFD 8711             RCFD 8712

     (2) Purchased options           3,956,077                   0                     0                       0        14.d.(2)
                                     RCFD 8713                RCFD 8714             RCFD 8715             RCFD 8716

e. Swaps                            21,360,879                   0                     0                       0        14.e.
                                     RCFD 3450                RCFD 3826             RCFD 8719             RCFD 8720

15. Total gross notional
amount of derivative contracts
held for trading                         0                       0                     0                       0        15.
                                     RCFD A126                RCFD A127             RCFD 8723             RCFD 8724

16. Total gross notional
amount of derivative contracts
held for purposes other than
trading:

a. Contracts marked to market         871,310                  140,167                  0                      0        16.a.
                                     RCFD 8725                RCFD 8726             RCFD 8727             RCFD 8728

b. Contracts not marked to market  27,185,723                     0                     0                      0        16.b.
                                     RCFD 8729                ECFD 8730             RCFD 8731             RCFD 8732

</TABLE>

                                    25

<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Legal Title of Bank:   BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA                                          Call Date: 9/30/95  ST-BK: 39-1580  FFIEC 031
Address:               100 East Broad Street                                                                              Page RC-16
City, State   Zip:     Columbus, OH 43271-1066
FDIC Certificate No.:  06559

Schedule RC-L--Continued

                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        (Column A)          (Column B)          (Column C)          (Column D)
       Dollar Amounts in Thousands     Interest Rate     Foreign Exchange   Equity Derivative      Commodity and
- ----------------------------------       Contracts           Contracts           Contracts        Other Contracts
 Off-balance Sheet Derivatives       -----------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Position Indicators            RCFD Bil Mil Thou   RCFD Bil Mil Thou   RCFD Bil Mil Thou   RCFD Bil Mil Thou
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                  <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>

 17. Gross fair values of
     derivative contracts:
     a.  Contracts held for
         trading:
         (1) Gross positive
             fair value. . . . . .   8733            0   8734            0   8735            0   8736            0   17.a.(1)
         (2) Gross negative
             fair value. . . . . .   8737            0   8738            0   8739            0   8740            0   17.a.(2)
     b.  Contracts held for
         purposes other than
         trading that are marked
         to market:
         (1) Gross positive
             fair value. . . . . .   8741        1,525   8742        1,492   8743            0   8744            0   17.b.(1)
         (2) Gross negative
             fair value. . . . . .   8745        1,861   8746        1,488   8747            0   8748            0   17.b.(2)
     c.  Contracts held for
         purposes other than
         trading that are not
         marked to market:
         (1) Gross positive
             fair value. . . . . .   8749      122,256   8750            0   8751            0   8752            0   17.c.(1)
         (2) Gross negative
             fair value. . . . . .   8753      129,021   8754            0   8755            0   8756            0   17.c.(2)
                                     -----------------------------------------------------------------------------

<CAPTION>

Memoranda                                                           Dollar Amounts in Thousands  RCFD Bil Mil Thou
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>                 <C>

 1.-2. Not applicable
 3. Unused commitments with an original maturity exceeding one year that are reported in
    Schedule RC-L, items 1.a through 1.e, above (report only the unused portions of
    commitments that are fee paid or otherwise legally binding). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3833      953,216   M.3.
    a. Participations in commitments with an original maturity
       exceeding one year conveyed to others . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFD 3834   116,042                       M.3.a.
4.  To be completed only by banks with $l billion or more in total assets:
    Standby letters of credit and foreign office guarantees (both financial and performance)
    issued to non-U.S. addressees (domicile) included in Schedule RC-L, items 2 and 3,
    above. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3377        1,013   M.4.
5.  To be completed for the September report only:
    installment loans to individuals for household, family, and other personal expenditures
    that have been securitized and sold without recourse (with servicing retained), amounts
    outstanding by type of loan:
    a. Loans to purchase private passenger automobiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2741            0   M.5.a.
    b. Credit cards and related plans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2742    3,440,000   M.5.b.
    c. All other consumer installment credit (including mobile home loans) . . . . . . . . . .   2743       54,408   M.5.c.
                                                                                                 -----------------

</TABLE>


                                       26
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Legal Title of Bank:   BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA                                          Call Date: 9/30/95  ST-BK: 39-1580  FFIEC 031
Address:               100 East Broad Street                                                                              Page RC-17
City, State   Zip:     Columbus, OH 43271-1066
FDIC Certificate No.:  06559

Schedule RC-M--Memoranda
                                                                                                              C465
                                                                                                 -----------------
                                                                    Dollar Amounts in Thousands  RCFD Bil Mil Thou
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>                 <C>

 1. Extensions of credit by the reporting bank to its executive officers, directors, principal
    shareholders, and their related interests as of the report date:
    a. Aggregate amount of all extensions of credit to alt executive officers, directors,
       principal shareholders, and their related interests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   6164      214,507   1.a.
    b. Number of executive officers, directors, and principal shareholders to whom the amount
       of all extensions of credit by the reporting bank (including extensions of credit to
       related interests) equals or exceeds the lesser of $500,000 or
       5 percent of total capital as defined for this purpose in                        Number
       agency regulations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFD 6165        10                       1.b.
 2. Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell with U.S. branches
    and agencies of foreign banks(1) (included in Schedule RC, items 3.a and 3.b). . . . . . .   3405            0   2.
 3. Not applicable.
 4. Outstanding principal balance of 1-4 family residential mortgage loans serviced for others
    (include both retained servicing and purchased servicing):
    a. Mortgages serviced under a GNMA contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5500            0   4.a.
    b. Mortgages serviced under a FHLMC contract:
       (1) Serviced with recourse to servicer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5501            0   4.b.(1)
       (2) Serviced without recourse to servicer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5502            0   4.b.(2)
    c. Mortgages serviced under a FNMA contract:
       (1) Serviced under a regular option contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5503            0   4.c.(1)
       (2) Serviced under a special option contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5504            0   4.c.(2)
    d. Mortgages serviced under other servicing contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5505            0   4.d.
 5. To be completed only by banks with $1 billion or more in total assets:
    Customers' liability to this bank on acceptances outstanding (sum of items 5.a and 5.b must
    equal Schedule RC, item 9):
    a. U.S. addressees (domicile). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2103        6,025   5.a.
    b. Non-U.S. addressees (domicile). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   2104            0   5.b.
 6. Intangible assets:
    a. Mortgage servicing rights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3164            0   6.a.
    b. Other identifiable intangible assets:
       (1) Purchased credit card relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5506       25,986   6.b.(1)
       (2) All other identifiable intangible assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5507        3,067   6.b.(2)
    c. Goodwill. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3163       13,089   6.c.
    d. Total (sum of items 6.a through 6.c) (must equal Schedule RC, item 10). . . . . . . . .   2143       42,142   6.d.
    e. Amount of intangible assets (included in item 6.b.(2) above) that have been
       grandfathered or are otherwise qualifying for regulatory capital purposes . . . . . . .   6442            0   6.e.
 7. Mandatory convertible debt, net of common or perpetual preferred stock dedicated to
    redeem the debt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3295            0   7.
                                                                                                 -----------------

</TABLE>

- ---------------
(1)  Do not report federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements
     to resell with other commercial banks in the U.S. in this item.


                                       27
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Legal Title of Bank:   BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA                                          Call Date: 9/30/95  ST-BK: 39-1580  FFIEC 031
Address:               100 East Broad Street                                                                              Page RC-18
City, State   Zip:     Columbus, OH 43271-1066
FDIC Certificate No.:  06559

Schedule RC-M--Continued

                                                                                             ---------------------
                                                               Dollar Amounts in Thousands            Bil Mil Thou
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                          <C>                     <C>

 8. a. Other real estate owned:
        (1)  Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFD 5372           0   8.a.(1)
        (2)  All other real estate owned:
             (a) Construction and land development in domestic offices . . . . . . . . . .   RCOM 5508           0   8.a.(2)(a)
             (b) Farmland in domestic offices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCOM 5509           0   8.a.(2)(b)
             (c) 1-4 family residential properties in domestic offices . . . . . . . . . .   RCOM 5510         170   8.a.(2)(c)
             (d) Multifamily (5 or more) residential properties in domestic offices. . . .   RCOM 5511           0   8.a.(2)(d)
             (e) Nonfarm nonresidential properties in domestic offices . . . . . . . . . .   RCOM 5512       1,900   8.a.(2)(e)
             (f) In foreign offices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFN 5513           0   8.a.(2)(f)
        (3) Total (sum of items 8.a.(1) and 8.a.(2)) (must equal Schedule RC, item 7). . .   RCFD 2150       2,070   8.a.(3)
     b. Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies:
        (1) Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures. . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFD 5374           0   8.b.(1)
        (2) All other investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies.   RCFD 5375         236   8.b.(2)
        (3) Total (sum of items B.b.(1) and 8.b.(2)) (must equal Schedule RC, item 8). . .   RCFD 2130         236   8.b.(3)
     c. Total assets of unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies . . . . . . .   RCFD 5376       9,040   8.c.
 9.  Noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus included in Schedule RC,
     item 23, "Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus". . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCFD 3778           0   9.
10.  Mutual fund and annuity sales in domestic offices during the quarter (include
     proprietary, private label, and third party products):
     a. Money market funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCOM 6441          49   10.a.
     b. Equity securities funds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCOM 8427       6,121   10.b.
     c. Debt securities funds. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCOM 8428       1,740   10.c.
     d. Other mutual funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCOM 8429           0   10.d.
     e. Annuities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCOM 8430       6,454   10.e.
     f. Sales of proprietary mutual funds and annuities (included in items 10.a through
        10.e above). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   RCOM 8784       2,556   10.f.
                                                                                             ---------------------

<CAPTION>


Memorandum                                                          Dollar Amounts in Thousands  RCFD Bil Mil Thou
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                                                              <C>                 <C>

1. Interbank holdings of capital instruments (to be completed for the December report only):
    a. Reciprocal holdings of banking organizations' capital instruments . . . . . . . . . . .   3836          N/A   M.1.a.
    b. Nonreciprocal holdings of banking organizations' capital instruments. . . . . . . . . .   3837          N/A   M.1.b.
                                                                                                 -----------------
</TABLE>



                                       28
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Legal Title of Bank:   BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA                                          Call Date: 9/30/95  ST-BK: 39-1580  FFIEC 031
Address:               100 East Broad Street                                                                              Page RC-19
City, State   Zip:     Columbus, OH 43271-1066
FDIC Certificate No.:  06559

Schedule RC-N--Past Due and Nonaccrual Loans, Leases,
               and Other Assets



The FFIEC regards the information reported in all of Memorandum item 1, in items 1 through 10, column A, and in Memorandum items 2
through 4, column A, as confidential.

                                                                                                              C470
                                                         ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                            (Column A)          (Column B)          (Column C)
                                                             Past due           Past due 90         Nonaccrual
                                                           30 through 89       days or more
                                                          days and still         and still
                                                             accruing            accruing
                                                         ---------------------------------------------------------
Dollar Amounts in Thousands                              RCFD Bil Mil Thou   RCFD Bil Mil Thou   RCFD Bil Mil Thou
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>

 1. Loans secured by real estate:
    a. To U.S. addressees (domicile) . . . . . . . . .   1245                1246        3,703   1247       13,919   1.a.
    b. To non-U.S. addressees (domicile) . . . . . . .   1248                1249            0   1250            0   1.b.
 2. Loans to depository institutions and acceptances
    of other banks:
    a. To U.S. banks and other U.S. depository
        institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5377                5378            0   5379            0   2.a.
    b. To foreign banks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5380                5381            0   5382            0   2.b.
 3. Loans to finance agricultural production and
    other loans to farmers . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1594                1597            0   1583          101   3.
 4. Commercial and industrial loans:
    a. To U.S. addressees (domicile) . . . . . . . . .   1251                1252        3,766   1253       12,322   4.a.
    b. To non-U.S. addressees (domicile) . . . . . . .   1254                1255            0   1256            0   4.b.
 5. Loans to individuals for household, family, and
    other personal expenditures:
    a. Credit cards and related plans. . . . . . . . .   5383                5384       26,841   5385            0   5.a.
    b. Other (includes single payment, installment,
       and all student loans). . . . . . . . . . . . .   5386                5387       10,758   5388        4,260   5.b.
 6. Loans to foreign governments and official
    institutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5389                5390            0   5391            0   6.
 7. All other loans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   5459                5460            4   5461        1,093   7.
 8. Lease financing receivables:
    a. Of U.S. addressees (domicile) . . . . . . . . .   1257                1258          469   1259          827   8.a.
    b. Of non-U.S. addressees (domicile) . . . . . . .   1271                1272            0   1791            0   8.b.
 9. Debt securities and other assets (exclude other
    real estate owned and other repossessed assets). .   3505                3506            0   3507       15,374   9.
                                                         ---------------------------------------------------------

Amounts reported in items 1 through 8 above include guaranteed and unguaranteed portions of past due and nonaccrual loans and
leases.  Report in item 10 below certain guaranteed loans and leases that have already been included in the amounts reported in
items 1 through 8.

<CAPTION>

                                                         RCFD Bil Mil Thou   RCFD Bil Mil Thou   RCFD Bil Mil Thou
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
10. Loans and leases reported in items 1
    through 8 above which are wholly or partially
    guaranteed by the U.S. Government. . . . . . . . .   5612                5613        5,004   5614        1,405   10.
    a. Guaranteed portion of loans and leases
       included in item 10 above . . . . . . . . . . .   5615                5616        5,004   5617        1,390   11.a.
                                                         ---------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                       29
<PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Legal Title of Bank:   BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA                                          Call Date: 9/30/95  ST-BK: 39-1580  FFIEC 031
Address:               100 East Broad Street                                                                              Page RC-20
City, State   Zip:     Columbus, OH 43271-1066
FDIC Certificate No.:  06559

Schedule RC-N--Continued

                                                                                                              C473
                                                         ---------------------------------------------------------
                                                            (Column A)          (Column B)          (Column C)
                                                             Past due           Past due 90         Nonaccrual
                                                           30 through 89       days or more
                                                          days and still         and still
                                                             accruing            accruing
Memoranda                                                ---------------------------------------------------------
                           Dollar Amounts in Thousands   RCFD Bil Mil Thou   RCFD Bil Mil Thou   RCFD Bil Mil Thou
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>

  1.  Restructured loans and leases included in
      Schedule RC-N, items 1 through 8, above (and not
      reported in Schedule RC-C, part 1, Memorandum
      item 2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   1658                1659                1661                M.1.
  2.  Loans to finance commercial real estate,
      construction, and land development activities
      (not secured by real estate) included in
      Schedule RC-N, items 4 and 7, above. . . . . . .   6558                6559            0   6560        4,287   M.2.
                                                         ---------------------------------------------------------
  3.  Loans secured by real estate in domestic offices   RCOM Bil Mil Thou   RCOM Bil Mil Thou   RCOM Bil Mil Thou
      (included in Schedule RC-N, item 1, above):        ---------------------------------------------------------
      a. Construction and land development . . . . . .   2759                2769            4   3492        2,583   M.3.a.
      b. Secured by farmland . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3493                3494            0   3495           16   M.3.b.
      c. Secured by 1-4 family residential properties:
         (1) Revolving, open-end loans secured by
             1-4 family residential properties and
             extended under lines of credit. . . . . .   5398                5399          537   5400          612   M.3.c.(1)
         (2) All other loans secured by 1-4 family
             residential properties. . . . . . . . . .   5401                5402        1,797   5403        5,970   M.3.c.(2)
      d. Secured by multifamily (5 or more) residential
         properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   3499                3500           32   3501            0   M.3.d.
      e. Secured by nonfarm nonresidential properties.   3502                3503        1,333   3504        4,738   M.3.e
                                                         ---------------------------------------------------------

<CAPTION>

                                                         -------------------------------------
                                                            (Column A)          (Column B)
                                                            Past due 30         Past due 90
                                                          through 89 days      days or more
Memoranda                                                -------------------------------------
                           Dollar Amounts in Thousands   RCFD Bil Mil Thou   RCFD Bil Mil Thou
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>                 <C>                 <C>
  4. Interest rate, foreign exchange rate, and other
     commodity and equity contracts:
     a. Book value of amounts carried as assets. . . .   3522                3528            0   M.4.a
     b. Replacement cost of contracts with a
        positive replacement cost. . . . . . . . . . .   3529                3530            0   M.4.b.
                                                         -------------------------------------
</TABLE>


                                       30


<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Legal Title of Bank:  BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA          Call Date:   9/30/95 ST-BK: 39-1580   FFIEC 031
Address:              100 East Broad Street                                                Page RC-21
City, State   Zip:    Columbus, OH 43271-1066
FDIC Certificate No.: 06559






Schedule RC-0--Other Data for Deposit Insurance Assessments


                                                                                     ----
                                                                                     C475
                                                                     --------------------
                           Dollar Amounts in Thousands               RCOM  Bil  Mil  Thou
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  <S>                                                                <C>                     <C>
  1. Unposted debits (see instructions):
     a. Actual amount of all unposted debits.......................  0030             N/A    1.a.
        OR
     b. Separate amount of unposted debits:
        (1) Actual amount of unposted debits to demand deposits....  0031              0     1.b.(1)
        (2) Actual amount of unposted debits to time and savings
          deposits(1)..............................................  0032              0     1.b.(2)
  2. Unposted credits (see instructions):
     a. Actual amount of all unposted credits......................  3510             N/A    2.a.
        OR
     b. Separate amount of unposted credits:
        (1) Actual amount of unposted credits to demand deposits...  3512              0     2.b.(1)
        (2) Actual amount of unposted credits to time and savings
          deposits(1)..............................................  3514              0     2.b.(2)
  3. Uninvested trust funds (cash) held in bank's own trust
     department (not included in total deposits in
     domestic offices).............................................  3520              0     3.
  4. Deposits of consolidated subsidiaries in domestic offices
     and in insured branches in Puerto Rico and U.S. territories
     and possessions (not included in total deposits):
     a. Demand deposits of consolidated subsidiaries...............  2211           7,187    4.a.
     b. Time and savings deposits(1) of consolidated subsidiaries..  2351          11,816    4.b.
     c. Interest accrued and unpaid on deposits of consolidated
        subsidiaries...............................................  5514               0    4.c.
  5. Deposits in insured branches in Puerto Rico and U.S.
     territories and possessions:
     a. Demand deposits in insured branches (included in Schedule
        RC-E, Part II).............................................  2229               0    5.a.
     b. Time and savings deposits(1) in insured branches
        (included in ScheduLe RC-E, Part II).......................  2383               0    5.b.
     c. Interest accrued and unpaid on deposits in insured
        branches (included in ScheduLe RC-G, item 1.b).............  5515               0    5.c.
                                                                     ----------------------------
                                                                     ----------------------------

 Item 6 is not applicable to state nonmember banks that have not
 been authorized by the
 Federal Reserve to act as pass-through correspondents.
 6. Reserve balances actually passed through to the Federal
    Reserve by the reporting bank on behalf of its respondent
    depository institutions that are also reflected as deposit
    liabilities of the reporting bank:
    a. Amount reflected in demand deposits (included in Schedule
       RC-E, Part I, Memorandum item 4.a)..........................  2314               0    6.a.
    b. Amount reflected in time and savings deposits(1) (included
       in ScheduLe RC-E, Part I, Memorandum item 4.b)..............  2315               0    6.b.
 7. Unamortized premiums and discounts on time and savings
    deposits:(1)
    a. Unamortized premiums........................................  5516               0    7.a.
    b. Unamortized discounts.......................................  5517               0    7.b.
                                                                     ----------------------------
                                                                     ----------------------------

 8. To be completed by banks with "Oaker deposits."
    Total "Adjusted Attributable Deposits" of all institutions
    acquired under Section 5(d)(3) of the Federal Deposit
    Insurance Act (from most recent FDIC Oaker Transaction
    Worksheet(s))..................................................  5518             N/A    8.
                                                                     ----------------------------
                                                                     ----------------------------

  9. Deposits in Lifeline accounts.................................  5596                    9.
 10. Benefit-responsive "Depository institution Investment
     Contracts" (included in total deposits in domestic offices)...  8432               0   10.
                                                                     ----------------------------
</TABLE>
- ----------------
 (1) For FDIC insurance assessment purposes, "time and savings
     deposits" consists of nontransaction accounts and all
     transaction accounts other than demand deposits.


                                         31

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 Legal Title of Bank:   BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA               Call Date:   9/30/95 ST-BK: 39-1580   FFIEC 031
 Address:               100 East Broad Street                                                     Page RC-22
 City, State   Zip:     Columbus, OH 43271-1066
 FDIC Certificate No.:  06559

 Schedule RC-0--Continued


                                                                     --------------------
                           Dollar Amounts in Thousands               RCOM  Bil  Mil  Thou
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 <S>                                                                 <C>                     <C>
 11. Adjustments to demand deposits in domestic offices reported
     in ScheduLe RC-E for certain reciprocal demand balances:
     a.  Amount by which demand deposits would be reduced if
         reciprocal demand balances between the reporting bank
         and savings associations were reported on a net basis
         rather than a gross basis in Schedule RC-E................  6785               0   11.a.
     b.  Amount by which demand deposits would be increased if
         reciprocal demand balances between the reporting bank
         and U.S. branches and agencies of foreign banks were
         reported on a gross basis rather than a net basis in
         Schedule RC-E.............................................  A181               0   11.b.
     c.  Amount by which demand deposits would be reduced if cash
         items in process of collection were included in the
         calculation of net reciprocal demand balances between
         the reporting bank and the domestic offices of U.S.
         banks and savings associations in Schedule RC-E...........  A182               0   11.c.

 Memoranda (to be completed each quarter except as noted)

                                                                     --------------------
                           Dollar Amounts in Thousands               RCOM  Bil  Mil  Thou
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 1. Total deposits in domestic offices of the bank (sum of
    Memorandum items 1.a.(1) and 1.b.(1) must equal
    Schedule RC, item 13.a):
    a. Deposit accounts of S100,000 or less:
       (1) Amount of deposit accounts of $100,000 or less..........  2702       2,480,222   M.1.a.(1)
       (2) Number of deposit accounts of $100,000 or less   Number
           (to be completed for the June        ------------------
           report only).........................RCOM 3779      N/A                          M.1.a.(2)
    b. Deposit accounts of more than $100,000:
       (1) Amount of deposit accounts of more than $100,000........  2710       1,655,216   M.l.b.(l)
                                               -------------------
       (2) Amount of deposit accounts of more               Number
           than $100,000.......................RCOM 2722     3,702                          M.1.b.(2)
 2. Estimated amount of uninsured deposits in domestic offices of
    the bank:
    a. An estimate of your bank's uninsured deposits can be
       determined by multiplying the number of deposit accounts
       of more than $100,000 reported in Memorandum item 1.b.(2)
       above by S100,000 and subtracting the result from the
       amount of deposit accounts of more than S100,000 reported
       in Memorandum item 1.b.(1) above.

    Indicate in the appropriate box at the right whether your bank    YES        NO
    has a method or procedure for determining a better estimate    -------------------
    of uninsured deposits than the estimate described above......    RCOM 6861     X        M.2.a.

    b. If the box marked YES has been checked, report the            RCOM  Bil  Mil  Thou
       estimate of uninsured deposits determined by using your       --------------------
       bank's method or procedure..................................  5597             N/A   M.2.b.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Person to whom questions about the Reports of Condition and Income should be directed: c477

Elizabeth G. Gilliland, Assistant Vice-President                 (614) 248-8563
- ------------------------------------------------                 ---------------------------------
Name and Title (TEXT 8901)                                       Area code/phone number/extension
                                                                 (TEXT 8902)

</TABLE>
                                                 32
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Legal Title of Bank:  BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA                 Call Date:   9/30/95 ST-SK: 39-1580 FFIEC 031
Address :             100 East Broad Street                                                     Page RC-23
City, State  Zip:     Columbus, OH 43271-1066
FDIC Certificate No.: 06559


SCHEDULE RC-R--RISK-BASED CAPITAL

This schedule must be completed by alL banks as follows:  Banks that reported
total assets of $1 billion or more in Schedule RC,  item 12, for June 30,
1994, must complete items 2 through 9 and Memoranda items 1 and 2. Banks with
assets of Less than  $1 billion must complete items 1 and 2 below or ScheduLe
RC-R in its entirety, depending on their response to item 1 below.

1. Test for determining the extent to which Schedule RC-R must                    C480
   be completed. To be completed only by banks with total assets              ------------
   of Less than $1 billion. Indicate in the appropriate box at the            YES       NO
   right whether the bank has total capital greater than or equal             ------------
   to eight percent of adjusted total assets.......................  RCFD 6056              1.

   For purposes of this test, adjusted total assets equals
   total assets less cash, U.S. Treasuries, U.S. Government
   agency obligations, and 80 percent of U.S. Government-sponsored
   agency obligations plus the aLLowance for loan and lease losses
   and selected off-balance sheet items as reported on Schedule RC-L
   (see instructions).

   If the box marked YES has been checked, then the bank only
   has to complete item 2 below.  If the box marked NO has been checked,
   the bank must complete the remainder of this schedule.

   A NO response to item 1 does not necessarily mean that the
   bank's actual risk-based capital ratio is less than eight percent
   or that the bank is not in compliance with the risk-based capital guidelines.

                                                         -------------------------------------------
                                                               (Column A)                 (Column B)
                                                          Subordinated Debt(1)              Other
Item 2 is to be completed by all banks.                    and Intermediate                Limited-
                                                            Term Preferred              Life Capital
                                                                 Stock                   instruments
                                                         -------------------------------------------
                Dollar Amounts in Thousands              RCFD Bil Mil Thou         RCFD Bil Mil Thou
- ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                                      <C>                       <C>                  <C>
  2. Subordinated debt(1) and other limited-life
     capital instruments (original weighted average
     maturity of at Least five years) with a remaining
     maturity of:
     a. One year or less................................ 3780            0         3786            0    2.a.
     b. Over one year through two years................. 3781            0         3787            0    2.b.
     c. Over two years through three years.............. 3782            0         3788            0    2.c.
     d. Over three years through four years............. 3783            0         3789            0    2.d.
     e. Over four years through five years.............. 3784            0         3790            0    2.e.
     f. Over five years................................. 3785      189,219         3791            0    2.f.
  3. Not applicable

                                                        -------------------------------------------
Items 4-9 and Memoranda items 1 and 2 are to be completed      (Column A)              (Column B)
by banks that answered NO to item 1 above and                   Assets              Credit Equiv-
by banks with total assets of $1 billion or more.               Recorded             alent Amount
                                                                 on the             of Off-Balance
                                                              Balance Sheet          Sheet Items(2)
                                                         -------------------------------------------
                                                         RCFD Bil Mil Thou         RCFD Bil Mil Thou
                                                         -------------------------------------------
Assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance
sheet items assigned to the Zero percent risk category:
 a. Assets recorded on the balance sheet:
    (1) Securities issued by, other claims on, and
        claims unconditionally guaranteed by, the
        U.S. Government and its agencies and other
        DECO central governments........................ 3794      150,474                             4.a.(1)
    (2) All other....................................... 3795      134,395                             4.a.(2)
 b. Credit equivalent amount of off-balance
    sheet items.........................................                           3796      146,834   4.b.


- ------------------
1) Exclude mandatory convertible debt reported in Schedule RC-M,
   item 7.
2) Do not report in column B the risk-weighted amount of assets
   reported in column A.

</TABLE>


                                         33

<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Legal Title of Bank:  BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA              Call Date:   9/30/95 ST-BK: 39-1580 FFIEC 031
Address:              100 East Broad Street                                                    Page RC.
City, State   Zip:    Columbus, OH 43271-1066
FDIC Certificate No.: 06559


Schedule RC-R--Continued

                 Dollar Amounts in Thousands




                                                                     ----------------------------------------
                                                                         (Column A)            (Column B)
                                                                           Assets              Credit Equiv-
                                                                          Recorded             alent Amount
                                                                           on the              of Off-Balance
                                                                       Balance Sheet            Sheet Item(1)
                                                                     -----------------      -------------------
                                        Dollar Amounts in Thousands  RCFD Bil Mil Thou       RCFD Bil Mil Thou
                                                                     -----------------      -------------------

<S>                                                                  <C>                    <C>                 <C>
  5. Assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet items
     assigned to the 20 percent risk category:
     a. Assets recorded on the balance sheet:
        (1) claims conditionally guaranteed by the U.S.
            Government and its agencies and other DEOC central
            governments                                               3798    139,581                           5.a.(1)
        (2) Claims collateralized by securities issued by the
            U.S. Government and its agencies and other DEOC central
            governments; by securities issued by U.S. Government-
            sponsored agencies; and by cash on deposit                3799          0                           5.a.(2)
        (3) All other                                                 3800    911,257                           5.a.(3)
     b. Credit equivalent amount of off-balance sheet items                                  3801       452,891 5.b
  6. Assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet
     items assigned to the 50 percent risk category:
     a. Assets recorded on the balance sheet                          3802    208,249                           6.a

     b. Credit equivalent amount of off-balance sheet items                                  3803      4,946    6.b
  7. Assets and credit equivalent amounts of off-balance sheet
     items assigned to the 100 percent risk category:
     a. Assets recorded on the balance sheet                          3804  5,988,671                           7.a
     b. Credit equivalent amount of off-balance sheet items                                  3805      597,477  7.b
  8. Onbalance sheet asset values excluded from the calculation
     of the risk-based capital ratio(2)
  9. Total assets recorded on the balance sheet (sum of               3806        484                           8
     items 4.a, 5.a, 6.a, 7.a, and 8, column A)(must equal
     Schedule RC, item 12 plus items 4.b and 4.c)                     3807  7,533,111                           9.


Memoranda
                                                          Dollar Amounts in Thousands       RCFD Bit Mit Thou
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  1. Current credit exposure across all off-balance sheet
     derivative contracts covered by the
     risk-based capital standards                                                            8764      125,274  M.1.


                                                                      with a remaining maturity of
                                                 ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 (Column A)                    (Column B)               (Column C)
                                                 One year or less            Over one year             Over 5 years
                                                                          through five years
                                                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 RCFD Tril Bil Mil Thou   RCFD Tril Bil Mil Thou   RFCD Tril Bil Mil Thou
                                                 ------------------------------------------------------------------------
  2.  Notional principal amounts of
      through five years
      off-balance sheet derivative contracts(3):
      a.  Interest rate contracts                  3809       8,735,353       8766   10,569,917        8767       499,200   M.2.a
      b.  Foreign exchange contracts               3812         139,534       8769            0        8770             0   M.2.b
      c.  Gold contracts                           8771               0       8772            0        8773             0   M.2.c
      d.  Other precious metals contracts          8774               0       8775            0        8776             0   M.2.d
      e.  Other commodity contracts                8777               0       8778            0        8779             0   M.2.e
      f.  Equity derivative contracts              A000               0       A001            0        A002             0   M.2.f

- -----------------------
 (1) Do not report in column B the risk-weighted amount of assets
     reported in column A.
 (2) Include the difference between the fair value and the
     amortized cost of available-for-sale securities in item 8 and
     report the amortized cost of these securities in item 4 through 7
     above. Item 8 also includes on-balance sheet asset values (or
     portions thereof) of off-balance sheet interest rate,
     foreign exchange rate, and commodity contracts and those
     contracts (e.g. futures contracts) not subject to risk-based
     capital. Exclude from item 8 margin accounts and accrued
     receivables as well as any portion of the allowance for Loan and
     lease losses in excess of the amount that may be included in Tier 2 capital.
 (3) Exclude foreign exchange contracts with an original maturity
     of 14 days or less and all futures contracts.

                                          34
</TABLE>

<PAGE>

Legal TitLe of Bank: BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA            CALL Date:  9/30/95 ST-B
Address:             100 East Broad Street
City, State   Zip:   Columbus, OH 43271-1066
FDIC Certificate No.: 06559

                  Optional Narrative Statement Concerning the Amounts
                    Reported in the Reports of Condition and Income
                       at close of business on September 30, 1995


BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA              Columbus                     Ohio
- ----------------------------  -------------------------  --------------------
Legal Title of Bank            City                       State


The management of the reporting bank may, if it wishes, submit a brief
narrative statement on the amounts reported in the Reports of Condition and
Income. This optional statement will be made available to the public, along
with the publicly available data in the Reports of Condition and Income, in
response to any request for individual bank report data. However, the
information reported in column A and in all of Memorandum item 1 of Schedule
RC-N is regarded as confidential and will not be released to the public.
BANKS CHOOSING TO SUBMIT THE NARRATIVE STATEMENT SHOULD ENSURE THAT THE
STATEMENT DOES NOT CONTAIN THE NAMES OR OTHER IDENTIFICATIONS OF INDIVIDUAL
BANK CUSTOMERS, REFERENCES TO THE AMOUNTS REPORTED IN THE CONFIDENTIAL ITEMS
IN SCHEDULE RC-N, OR ANY OTHER INFORMATION  THAT THEY ARE NOT WILLING TO HAVE
MADE PUBLIC OR THAT WOULD COMPROMISE THE PRIVACY OF THEIR CUSTOMERS. Banks
choosing not to make a statement may check the "No comment" box below and
should make no entries of any kind in the space provided for the narrative
statement; i.e., D0 NOT enter in this space such phrases as "No statement,"
"Not applicable," "N/A," "No comment," and "None."

The optional statement must be entered on this sheet. The statement should
not exceed 100 words. Further, regardless of the number of words, the
statement must not exceed 750 characters, including punctuation, indentation,
and standard spacing between words and sentences. If any submission should
exceed 750 characters, as defined, it will be truncated at 750 characters
with no notice to the submitting bank and the truncated statement will appear
as the bank's statement both on agency computerized records and in
computer-file releases to the public.

All information furnished by the bank in the narrative statement must be
accurate and not misleading. Appropriate efforts shall be taken by the
submitting bank to ensure the statement's accuracy. The statement must be
signed, in the space provided below, by a senior officer of the bank who
thereby attests to its accuracy.

If, subsequent to the original submission, material changes are submitted for
the data reported in the Reports of Condition and Income, the existing
narrative statement will be deleted from the files, and from disclosure; the
bank, at its option, may replace it with a statement, under signature,
appropriate to the amended data.

The optional narrative statement will appear in agency records and in release
to the public exactly as submitted (or amended as described in the preceding
paragraph) by the management of the bank (except for the truncation of
statements exceeding the 750-character limit described above). THE STATEMENT
WILL NOT BE EDITED OR SCREENED IN ANY WAY BY THE SUPERVISORY AGENCIES FOR
ACCURACY OR RELEVANCE. DISCLOSURE OF THE STATEMENT SHALL NOT SIGNIFY THAT ANY
FEDERAL SUPERVISORY AGENCY HAS VERIFIED OR CONFIRMED THE ACCURACY OF THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED THEREIN. A STATEMENT TO THIS EFFECT WILL APPEAR ON ANY
PUBLIC RELEASE OF THE OPTIONAL STATEMENT SUBMITTED BY THE MANAGEMENT OF THE
REPORTING BANK.


- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
No comment /_/ (RCOM 6979)                                      / C471 / C472 /

BANK MANAGEMENT STATEMENT (please type or print clearly):
(TEXT 6980)


For regulatory purposes, the Bank defers the recognition of certain excess
income relating to securitized loan sales until cash is received.  The effect
of this accounting method has decreased net income for the current year
$20,376,000 and decreased retained earnings on a cumulative basis $94,233,000.


                                                            10-27-95
                 --------------------------------------  --------------------
                 Signature of Executive Officer of Bank   Date of Signature

                                       35

<PAGE>

Legal Title of Bank: BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NA            CALL Date:  9/30/95 ST-B
Address:             100 East Broad Street
City, State   Zip:   Columbus, OH 43271-1066
FDIC Certificate No.: 06559



                    THIS PAGE IS TO BE COMPLETED BY ALL BANKS
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CALL NO. 193        31      09-30-95             OMB No. For OCC:  1557-0081
STBK: 39-1580 00088 STCERT: 39-06559             OMB No. For FDIC: 3064-0052
                                          OMB No. For Federal Reserve: 7100-0036
                                                   Expiration Date: 3/31/96

BANK ONE, COLUMBUS, NATIONAL ASSOCIA                      SPECIAL REPORT
100 EAST BROAD STREET                          (Dollar Amounts in Thousands)
COLUMBUS, OH   43271
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                     CLOSE OF BUSINESS     FDIC Certificate Number
                     DATE                   06559                  C-700
                    9/30/95
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  LOANS TO EXECUTIVE OFFICERS (Complete as of each Call Report Date)
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  The following information is required by Public Laws 90-44 and 102-242, but
does not constitute a part of the Report of Condition. With each Report of
Condition, these Laws require all banks to furnish a report of all loans or
other extensions of credit to their executive officers made since the date
of the previous Report of Condition. Data regarding individual loans or
other extensions of credit are not required. If no such loans or other
extensions of credit were made during the period, insert "none"
against subitem (a).   (Exclude the first $15,000 of indebtedness of each
executive officer under bank credit card plan.) See Sections 215.2 and 215.3
of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations (Federal Reserve Board
Regulation 0) for the definitions of "executive officer" and "extension
of credit," respectively. Exclude loans and other extensions of credit
to directors and principal shareholders who are not executive officers.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                  <C>           <C>
a. Number of loans made to executive officers since the previous Call Report date    RCFD 3561      6  a.
                                                                                     ----------------
b. Total dollar amount of above loans (in thousands of dollars)                      RCFD 3562    141  b.
                                                                                     ----------------
c. Range of interest charged on above loans
     (example: 9 3/4% = 9.75)                             RCFD 7701     9.25 % to   RCFD 7702  18.65 % c.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------










- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF OFFICER AUTHORIZED TO SIGN REPORT                      DATE (Month, Day, Year)

/s/   Elizabeth G. Giltiland                                                    10/30/95
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NAME AND TITLE OF PERSON TO WHOM INQUIRIES MAY BE DIRECTED (TEXT 8903)        AREA CODE/PHONE NUMBER
 Elizabeth G. Giltiland, Assistant Vice-President                            EXTENSION (TEXT 8906)
                                                                              (614) 248-8563

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FDIC 8040/53 (6-95)
</TABLE>
                                       36


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission